£%	United Slates
¦MifcWKjfc Environmental Protection
*Jr I«ii»I AT m Agency	
Better Assessment Science
Integrating point and
Nonpoint Sources
BASINS
Version 4.S
User's Manual
January 2019

-------
Disclaimer
Production of this document has been funded wholly or in part by the U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency. Mention of trade names or commercial products does not constitute endorsement or
recommendation for use by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. The Better Assessment Science
Integrating Point and Nonpoint Sources (BASINS) system described in this manual is applied at the user's
own risk. Neither the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency nor the system authors can assume
responsibility for system operation, output, interpretation, or use.

-------
Contents
Contents	3
Acknowledgments	5
User Assistance and Technical Support	8
Introduction	9
System Overview and What's New	14
Databases	18
Environmental Assessment Tools	23
Utilities	25
Analysis Tools and Postprocessors	26
Hardware and Software Requirements	27
Installation	28
Finding Functionality from Earlier Versions	30
BASINS Details	33
User Interface	34
Project Creation and Management	50
Plug-ins	84
Watershed Delineation	112
Analysis	124
Compute	159
Tutorial	222
Building a BASINS Project	223
Downloading Additional Data	229
Reclassifying Land Use	240
Manual Delineation	246
Automatic Delineation	259
Frequently Asked Questions	279

-------
References	284
Appendix A - GIS Data Dictionary	287
Appendix B - Weather Data Files (WDM) Distributed Prior to Version 4.0	317
Appendix C - BASINS 4.0 Meteorological Data (Version 2009)	345
Appendix D - Cligen Meteorological Data Use in BASINS 4	353
Appendix E - NLDAS Meteorological Data in BASINS	355
Appendix F - Watershed and Instream Models	357

-------
Acknowledgments
BASINS 4.5 Core is the first full BASINS release to be produced jointly by U.S. EPA National Exposure
Research Laboratory (Computational Exposure Division) in Athens, Georgia and U.S. EPA Region 4
(Water Protection Division) in Atlanta, Georgia. Steve Kraemer, Rajbir Parmar, Yusuf Mohamoud, John
Johnston, Michelle Simon and the U.S. EPA Region 4 Modeling Team (Glenn Fernandez, Tim Wool,
Amanda Howell and John Davis) are acknowledged for their technical direction, guidance and testing in
advancing BASINS through this release. AQUA TERRA Consultants (a Division of RESPEC, Inc.) provided
software development services for this release. Paul Duda, Paul Hummel, and Tong Zhai made up the
RESPEC team for this effort. RESPEC intern Lucy Bricker assisted with documentation and testing.
Version 4.5 Core of the Better Assessment Science Integrating Point and Nonpoint Sources (BASINS)
system is a maintenance release that builds on Version 4.1 and earlier versions of the system. See the
User's Manuals for the earlier versions for the team involved in the production of those versions of the
system.
Technical direction and guidance for the development of BASINS 4.1 was provided by Marjorie Wellman
and Lisa Larimer of EPA's Office of Science and Technology, Standards and Health Protection Division.
For the development of version 4.0, technical direction and guidance was provided by Russell Kinerson,
Jim Carleton, Ed Partington, Marjorie Wellman and David Wells of the same office and division.
The GIS foundation for BASINS 4.0 and subsequent versions is provided by the open-source MapWindow
GIS. MapWindow was originally developed by the Utah Water Research Laboratory at Utah State
University and benefits from continuing development and support at Idaho State University and Utah
State University, along with a community of users around the world. Dan Ames at Idaho State University
and David Stevens and Jeff Horsburgh at Utah State University are particularly acknowledged for their
contributions to this effort.
David Tarboton at Utah State University is acknowledged for his contribution to the automatic
watershed delineation tools of BASINS 4.0 and subsequent versions. The automatic delineator is based
upon TauDEM (Terrain Analysis Using Digital Elevation Models), a set of tools for the analysis of terrain
using digital elevation models developed at Utah State University. TauDEM incorporates programs and
digital elevation model (DEM) analysis functions developed over several years of research.
The OpenSWAT plug-in included in BASINS 4.0 and subsequent versions was developed by Jeyakanthan
Veluppillai and Daniel P. Ames at Idaho State University. The SWAT Editor for SWAT 2005 is included in
the installation package in cooperation with R. Srinivasan at the Texas Agricultural Experiment Station.
Lew Rossman of the US EPA is acknowledged for his contributions and support for the inclusion of
SWMM in BASINS. Tim Wool at EPA Region 4 is acknowledged for his contributions and support for the
inclusion of WASP in BASINS, as well as the Watershed Characterization System (WCS). Chris Wilson of
Wilson Engineering was responsible for much of the development of the WCS plug-in.
The GWLF-E plug-in for BASINS was developed by Barry Evans and Ken Corradini of Penn State
University. The watershed simulation tools used in the GWLF-E plug-in are based on the GWLF
(Generalized Watershed Loading Function) model developed by Haith and Shoemaker (1987). The

-------
original DOS-compatible version of GWLF was re-written in Visual Basic by Evans et al. (2002) to
facilitate integration with various GIS software packages.
The BASINS 3.1 system, upon which version 4.0 is based, was developed for EPA by AQUA TERRA
Consultants under EPA contract number 68-C-01-037. USDA-ARS Southwest Watershed Research
Center and the US-EPA National Research Exposure Lab in Las Vegas, NV are acknowledged for their
contribution of the Automated Geospatial Watershed Assessment (AGWA) tool as an extension for
BASINS 3.1.
The BASINS 3.0 system, upon which version 3.1 is based, was developed for EPA by AQUA TERRA
Consultants under EPA contract number 68-C-98-010. This system was developed by AQUA TERRA in
cooperation with the following three groups outside of EPA:
Tetra Tech, Inc., Fairfax, Virginia, provided conceptual design, core system implementation, extension
implementation, database update, documentation, testing, and production services as a subcontractor
under EPA contract number 68-C-98-010. Henry Manguerra, Dan Sandhaus, Matt Meyers, Haihong Yang,
Qin Li, Ansu John, Jian Ouyang, Mustafa Faizullabhoy, Jim Callahan and Alex Trounov made up the Tetra
Tech team.
Texas A & M University and the Blacklands Research Center of the Texas Agricultural Experiment Station
provided an enhanced version of the SWAT model for BASINS 3.0, along with extensions linking BASINS
to SWAT, a watershed delineation extension, testing and documentation to the BASINS system under
EPA InterAgency Agreement number DW12938632. Jeff Arnold, Mauro Di Luzio and R. Srinivasan are
recognized for their efforts.
CH2M HILL, Herndon, Virginia provided the PLOAD extension to BASINS 3.0 under EPA contract number
OW1435NTLX. Sayedul Choudhury, John Tully and Tim Hare made up the CH2M HILL team which made
the enhancements which integrated PLOAD into BASINS 3.0. CH2M HILL also supported the
development of the BMP and REPORT modules in the HSPF model. Avinash Patwardhan is recognized for
his efforts on that effort.
The Hydrologic Analysis Software Support Program of the United States Geological Survey, Water
Resources Division is acknowledged for its support of the development of GenScn version 1.0 and some
of the extensions found in GenScn 2.0. Their support of the development of the MetComp software
which provided algorithms for the WDMUtil tool is also acknowledged. Kate Flynn and Alan Lumb are
particularly recognized.
EPA acknowledges the support of Earthlnfo, Inc., which granted permission to import selected hourly
precipitation data into BASINS from its CD-ROMs. Earthlnfo, Inc., 5541 Central Avenue, Boulder,
Colorado, (303) 938-1788.
Dr. Dennis C. Flanagan of the USDA - ARS NSERL in West Lafayette, IN provided the WEPP model code
used to disaggregate Cligen daily precipitation events into breakpoint data.
The development of the HSPFParm database was made possible by the support of a number of
individuals and organizations. At EPA's Office of Science and Technology Russell Kinerson was the Work

-------
Assignment Manager for the original development effort. In this capacity he provided focus and
guidance that assured a successful product.
Equally important to the successful development of the HSPFParm database were the contributions of
parameter data sets by modelers across the nation. Contributors to this first version of the database
included David Chen (Chinese University of Hong Kong), James Sams (USGS, Pittsburgh), Larry Moore
(University of Memphis), Thomas Fontaine (South Dakota School of Mines & Technology) and Scott
Wells (Portland State University).
For the original HSPFParm development effort, AQUA TERRA Consultants was responsible for the
collection of parameter values for HSPF applications, assimilation of the data into a unified database,
and development of a user interface. For AQUA TERRA, Tony Donigian, Jr. was the Project Manager. In
addition he developed the coarse characterization data for many of AQUA TERRA's HSPF applications
that were included in the database. He provided guidance throughout the planning and development of
the database and the database interface. John Imhoff was the Project Engineer and was responsible for
establishing database and interface requirements, acquiring data from modelers, and coordinating
documentation of the final product. John Kittle, Jr. was responsible for designing the data model for
the parameter database, designing the user interface, and automating the extraction of parameter
values from HSPF User Control Input files. Thomas Jobes and Paul Duda provided assistance in
assembling the database; in addition Paul Duda prepared the documentation related to the data model
and operational aspects of the database interface. Paul Hummel assisted in developing the initial list of
requirements for the user interface, and Mark Gray provided assistance in implementing the interface.
The Minnesota Pollution Control Agency (MPCA) funded an update to HSPFParm in 2012. Under
contract to the MPCA, AQUA TERRA Consultants ported the original stand-alone HSPFParm software to
this BASINS plug-in. As part of that project, many recent Minnesota HSPF applications were added to
the HSPFParm database. For AQUA TERRA, Paul Duda was the Project Manager. Tong Zhai of AQUA
TERRA revised the documentation following the HSPFParm software's inclusion as a BASINS Plug-in.
Timothy Larson and Charles Regan of MPCA are particularly acknowledged for their support.
The Minnesota Pollution Control Agency is also acknowledged for funding enhancements to the model
setup tool for HSPF. These enhancements facilitate HSPF model setup for snow simulation. Timothy
Larson and Charles Regan are again acknowledged for their support of these enhancements that benefit
the entire BASINS/HSPF modeling community.

-------
User Assistance and Technical Support
BASINS was developed to promote better assessment and integration of point and nonpoint sources in
watershed and water quality management. It integrates several key environmental data sets with
improved analysis techniques. Several types of environmental programs can benefit from the use and
application of such an integrated system in various stages of environmental management planning and
decision making.
EPA's Center for Exposure Assessment Modeling (CEAM) provides assistance and technical support to
users of the BASINS system to facilitate its effective application. Technical support can be obtained at
the BASINS Home Page: http://www2.epa.eov/exposure-assessment-models/basins-user-information"
arid-guidance

-------
Introduction
Better Assessment Science Integrating Point and Nonpoint Sources (BASINS) is a multipurpose
environmental analysis system for use by regional, state, and local agencies in performing watershed-
and water-quality-based studies. It was developed by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency's
(EPA's) Office of Water to address three objectives:
•	To facilitate examination of environmental information
•	To support analysis of environmental systems
•	To provide a framework for examining management alternatives
Because many states and local agencies are moving toward a watershed-based approach, the BASINS
system is configured to support environmental and ecological studies in a watershed context. The
system is designed to be flexible. It can support analysis at a variety of scales using tools that range from
simple to sophisticated.
BASINS was also conceived as a system for supporting the development of Total Maximum Daily Loads
(TMDLs). Section 303(d) of the Clean Water Act requires states to develop TMDLs for water bodies that
are not meeting applicable water quality standards by using technology-based controls. Developing
TMDLs requires a watershed-based approach that integrates both point and nonpoint sources. BASINS
can support this type of watershed-based point and nonpoint source analysis for a variety of pollutants.
It also lets the user test different management options.
Traditional approaches to watershed-based assessments typically involve many separate steps preparing
data, summarizing information, developing maps and tables, and applying and interpreting models. Each
individual step is performed using a variety of tools and computer systems. The isolated implementation
of steps can result in a lack of integration, limited coordination, and time-intensive execution. BASINS
makes watershed and water quality studies easier by bringing key data and analytical components
"under one roof". Using the familiar Windows environment, analysts can efficiently access national
environmental information, apply assessment and planning tools, and run a variety of proven, robust
nonpoint loading and water quality models. With many of the necessary components together in one
system, the analysis time is significantly reduced, a greater variety of questions can be answered, and
data and management needs can be more efficiently identified. BASINS takes advantage of recent
developments in software, data management technologies, and computer capabilities to provide the
user with a fully comprehensive watershed management tool.
A geographic information system (GIS) provides the integrating framework for BASINS. GIS organizes
spatial information so it can be displayed as maps, tables, or graphics. GIS provides techniques for
analyzing landscape information and displaying relationships. Through the use of GIS, BASINS has the
flexibility to display and integrate a wide range of information (e.g., land use, point source discharges,
water supply withdrawals) at a scale chosen by the user. For example, some users will need to examine
data at a multistate scale to determine problem areas, compare watersheds, or investigate gaps in data.
Others will want to work at a much smaller scale, perhaps investigating a particular river segment

-------
impaired by multiple point source discharges. This "zooming" capability of BASINS makes it a unique and
powerful environmental analysis tool.
Some agencies might wish to perform analyses at a variety of scales, in a nested fashion, to meet several
objectives at once. BASINS is designed to facilitate all of these scenarios because it incorporates tools
that operate on both large and small watersheds. Adding locally developed, high-resolution data sources
to existing data layers is an additional option that expands the local-scale evaluation capabilities.
BASINS comprises a suite of interrelated components for performing the various aspects of
environmental analysis. The components include (1) nationally derived databases with tools to Build
New Projects; (2) Watershed Characterization Reports that address large- and small-scale
characterization needs; (3) utilities to facilitate organizing and evaluating data; (4) tools for Watershed
Delineation; (5) infrastructure to include watershed loading and transport models such as Hydrological
Simulation Program - Fortran (HSPF) and Soil and Water Assessment Tool (SWAT).
The watershed characterization component, working under the GIS umbrella, allows users to quickly
evaluate selected areas, organize information, and display results. The model inclusion capability allows
users to examine the impacts of pollutant loadings from point and nonpoint sources. Working together,
these modules support several specific aspects of watershed-based analysis by
•	Identifying and prioritizing water-quality-limited waters.
•	Supplying data characterizing point and nonpoint sources and evaluating their magnitudes and
potential significance.
•	Integrating point source and nonpoint source loadings and fate and transport processes.
•	Evaluating and comparing the relative value of potential control strategies.
•	Visualizing and communicating environmental conditions to the public through tables, graphs, and
maps.
This user's guide provides information on the systems and procedures in BASINS Version 4.5 Core. This
version provides some significant enhancements and functions beyond those provided by the earlier
releases of BASINS, Versions 1.0 through 4.1. The modification and enhancement of the program reflect
the extensive comments and input provided by the user community regarding earlier versions. The
significant changes between BASINS versions include the following:
BASINS 4.5 Core
•	Complete replacement of all the data download libraries with the D4EM version of these libraries.
Data for Environmental Modeling, or D4EM, is a comprehensive set of tools that obtains and
processes data to be used in mathematical environmental models. See
http://www.epa.gov/athens/research/d4em.html for more information.
•	Updates the HUC8 layer of the 'Build New Project' national map to use the March 2017 update of
the Watershed Boundary Dataset (WBD).

-------
•	Provides access to both National Hydrography Dataset Plus (NHDPIus) version 1.0 and 2.1 through
the data download tool.
•	Updates the National Land Cover Database (NLCD) data download options to include 2011 land use
and impervious area data
•	Updates the North American Land Data Assimilation System (NLDAS) download to allow access to
the full suite of meteorological constituents needed for watershed and in-stream models, as well as
a new option to adjust time from UTC to the project time zone.
•	In BASINS 4.5 Core, all model plugins are installed separately from the BASINS 4.5 Core install.
BASINS 4.1
•	This release of BASINS is built upon the latest stable release of the non-proprietary, open-source GIS
MapWindow GIS (MapWindow web site). Along with the update to the underlying GIS platform, the
BASINS automatic watershed delineation tools have been updated to use TauDEM version 5 from
Utah State University.
•	Ensured 64-bit compatibility and compatibility with Windows 8.
BASINS 4.0
•	The first version of BASINS to be primarily based on a non-proprietary, open-source GIS foundation.
MapWindow GIS (MapWindow web site) is the lightweight open-source GIS upon which BASINS 4.0
is built. While not being dependent upon any proprietary GIS platform, the core of BASINS 4.0 is
designed to complement and interoperate with enterprise and full-featured GIS systems. BASINS
4.0 can import and export projects from ArcView 3.x and ArcGIS 9.x. This interoperability allows
users access to features available in these systems but not BASINS 4.0. Along with the change to
the underlying GIS platform, the BASINS extensions were refactored as they were ported to the new
system.
•	New plug-ins were developed to support several additional models, including SWMM, WASP and
GWLF-E. DFLOW was added as an analysis tool, and NHDPIus and NLDAS Precipitation were added
as available download types.
BASINS 3.1
• Entirely web-based data extraction. CD sets are no longer released by EPA region, but as only one
master CD for the BASINS system and tutorial data. All other data is downloaded from the web as
needed.

-------
•	A new Data Download tool that manages the downloading of data from the web.
•	A Build New Project tool that provides an interface for selecting the geographic area of interest from
among the entire 48 contiguous United States.
•	Refined BASINS web data holdings.
•	30-meter DEMs, from the National Elevation Dataset (NED).
•	A new Archive and Restore tool, to assist with storage and retrieval of BASINS projects, with the
ability to compare two BASINS projects.
•	New extensions for the AQUATOX model and the AGWA GIS-based modeling tool.
•	A new report tool based on the Watershed Characterization System (WCS)
BASINS 3.0
•	Addition of grid data sets including USGS DEM elevations grids (1:250,000 scale).
•	Additional flexibility for users to import their own data layers including elevation, landuse soils,
streams and point sources layers in shapefile and/or grid file formats.
•	New utility to perform automatic watershed delineations based on DEM data. The new watershed
delineation tool is used to generate and define the watershed boundary, stream network, and point
source discharge layers to be used for watershed modeling using HSPF or SWAT. The stream
network can be generated based on the DEM or defined by an existing stream layer such as USEPA
Reach File, Version 1 or National Hydrography Dataset (NHD). Point source locations can be
selected from the permit compliance system layer or manually added. The tool also generates many
of the watershed and stream characteristics needed for modeling including slopes, elevations, and
stream widths and depths.
•	A significantly enhanced manual delineation tool that provides users additional flexibility in editing
shapes and attributes of manually delineated watersheds.
•	A grid projector that extends the ArcView projection tool to also project grid data. This component
requires Spatial Analyst.
•	An NHD download tool that allows users to download NHD data layers from the USGS web site and
import them directly into a BASINS project window using the correct projection.
•	Incorporation of the Soil and Water Assessment Tool (SWAT) developed by the USDA Agriculture
Research Service (ARS). SWAT is a physical based, watershed scale model that was developed to
predict the impacts of land management practices on water, sediment and agricultural chemical
yields in large complex watersheds with varying soils, land uses and management conditions over

-------
long periods of time. SWAT2000 is the underlying model that is run from the BASINS ArcView
interface. SWAT requires the Spatial Analyst extension.
•	A new interface to the Hydrological Simulation Program - Fortran (HSPF), called WinHSPF. In earlier
versions of BASINS, the interface to HSPF was known as the Nonpoint Source Model (NPSM).
WinHSPF builds upon the successes of NPSM, but adds enhanced graphical displays and editing
capabilities such that all features of HSPF are available in WinHSPF. WinHSPF fully supports the
MASS-LINK, SCHEMATIC and SPECIAL ACTIONS blocks of the UCI File. This interface also directly
reads HSPF UCI file.
•	A postprocessor known as GenScn. GenScn works with data in a variety of formats including
Watershed Data Management (WDM) files, SWAT output files, and BASINS observed water quality
files.
•	A utility program for managing WDM files known as WDMUtil. WDM files are used by HSPF for
input and output time-series data. WDMUtil was designed to help manage the large volumes of
time-series data used with HSPF, as well as to add additional time series where needed.
•	A pollutant loading program known as PLOAD. Developed by CH2M-Hill, PLOAD estimates nonpoint
sources of pollution on an annual average basis, for any user-specified pollutant, using either the
export coefficient or simple method approach.
BASINS 2.0
•	Additions to the base data sets include USEPA Reach File Version 3 Alpha (RF3 Alpha), STATSGO
soils, DEM elevation data, federal and Indian land boundaries, water quality observation data,
ecoregions, fish and wildlife consumption advisories, shellfish contamination, and Clean Water
Needs Survey.
•	New utilities to facilitate data preparation such as Watershed Delineation and Watershed
Characterization Reports.
•	Expanded functionality of the nonpoint source modeling system to include in-stream transport and
visualization.
•	Postprocessing tools for evaluation of model output.
Users are encouraged to continue to provide EPA with comments and recommendations for further
development. Future enhancements to the system might include adding additional types of information,
using higher-resolution data, providing Internet access to data and model updates, expanding
assessment and evaluation capabilities, providing enhanced data management and display tools, and
adding a wider range of nonpoint source water quality and ecological modeling techniques.

-------
System Overview and What's New
The BASINS 4.5 Core system combines several components to provide the range of tools needed for
performing watershed and water quality analyses. These interrelated components can be summarized
as follows:
•	National environmental databases
•	Watershed characterization tools
•	Utilities
•	Watershed and In-stream Water quality models (model plugins available and installed separately)
•	Analysis tools and Postprocessors
A graphical representation of the BASINS components and their operating platform is provided in the
figure below.

-------
BASINS
GIS
BASINS 4.5 System Overview
Web Data
Download
Tool
Political

Boundaries

TIGER Line


and Census

Data


Monitoring

Data

Hydrography
Digital
Elevation
Data
State Soils
Data
Meteorological
Data (Weather
Stations)
Tools and Utilities
Watershed Reports
Time-Series Management
%
Watershed Delineation
Surface Water Statistics
W
Additional
User Supplied
Data

	


		

DFLOW




Models*
HSPF/WinHSPF
Decision Making and
Analysis
Postprocessing
Graph/List
'3 s
Pollutant Loading Estimator
F_
Reporting/Scripts
Watershed Management
Sensitivity Analysis
Climate Analysis
Nutrient Management
Source Water Protection
TMDLs
UAAs
Project Archive
BASINS System Overview
The BASINS physiographic data, monitoring data, and associated assessment tools are integrated in a
customized geographic information system (GIS) environment. MapWindow GIS (MapWindow web site)
is the lightweight open-source GIS upon which BASINS 4.0 and subsequent versions are built. The GIS
used in earlier versions is ArcView 3.x developed by Environmental Systems Research Institute, Inc. The
simulation models are integrated into this GIS environment through a dynamic link in which the data
required to build the input files are generated in the GIS environment and then passed directly to the
models. The results of the simulation models can also be displayed visually and can be used to perform
further analysis and interpretation.
BASINS 4.0 was the first version of BASINS to be primarily based on a non-proprietary, open-source GIS
foundation. While not being dependent upon any proprietary GIS platform, the core of BASINS 4.0 was
designed to complement and interoperate with enterprise and full-featured GIS systems. BASINS 4.0
and 4.1 can import and export projects from ArcView 3.x and ArcGIS 9.x. This interoperability allows
users access to features available in these systems but not BASINS.

-------
Previous versions of BASINS included Model Plug-ins within the BASINS installation. However, in BASINS
4.5 Core, all Model Plug-ins are packaged and installed separately. The architecture allows users to
develop and include their own plug-ins in their BASINS 4.5 Core installation. A list of EPA provided
Model Plug-ins, along with a short description of its function, is provided below. WinHSPF and WASP
plug-ins will continue to be supported by U.S. EPA. The remaining Plug-ins in the list will be made
available for installation but will not be supported by U.S. EPA.
Watershed Model plug-ins:
•	WinHSPF is an interface to the Hydrological Simulation Program Fortran (HSPF). HSPF is a watershed
scale model for estimating instream concentrations resulting from loadings from point and nonpoint
sources.
•	SWAT is a physical based, watershed scale model that was developed to predict the impacts of land
management practices on water, sediment and agricultural chemical yields in large complex
watersheds with varying soils, land uses and management conditions over long periods of time.
SWAT2005 is the underlying model that is run from the BASINS MapWindow interface.
•	SWMM is a dynamic rainfall-runoff simulation model used for single event or long-term (continuous)
simulation of runoff quantity and quality from primarily urban areas. The routing portion of SWMM
transports this runoff through a system of pipes, channels, storage/treatment devices, pumps, and
regulators.
Instream / Water Quality Models:
• AQUATOX is a simulation model for aquatic systems that predicts the fate of various pollutants, such
as nutrients and organic chemicals, and their effects on the ecosystem, including fish, invertebrates,
and aquatic plants.

WASP is a dynamic compartment-modeling program for aquatic systems, including both the water
column and the underlying benthos.
Loading models:
•	GWLF-E, an extension of the Generalized Watershed Loading Function (GWLF) model. GWLF-E is a
'mid-level' model that estimates monthly nutrient and sediment loads within a watershed.
•	PLOAD, a pollutant loading model. PLOAD estimates nonpoint sources of pollution on an annual
average basis, for any user-specified pollutant, using either the export coefficient or simple method
approach.
The BASINS 4.x system architecture was completely reengineered for version 3.0. Unlike its

-------
predecessor, all customized components of BASINS 3.0, such as model interfaces, data management
utilities, and watershed assessment tools, are developed as BASINS extensions, thereby providing users
the capability to load only the extensions needed for their BASINS project. The new architecture also
allows the system to support several levels of hardware and software sophistication. For the developers,
it will be easier to maintain and provide updates of the individual extensions rather than issuing a new
version of the entire system. This makes it also easier for the users to upgrade their system.
The BASINS GIS provides built-in additional procedures for data query, spatial analysis, and map
generation. These custom BASINS procedures allow a user to visualize, explore, query available data,
and perform individualized and targeted watershed-based analyses. Some familiarity with desktop GIS
systems is helpful in accessing and fully utilizing the capabilities of BASINS and the custom analytical
tools. Furthermore, as users become familiar with GIS operations, environmental relationships can be
further investigated using complex queries, overlays, proximity analyses, and buffer analyses.
BASINS 4.5 Core provides the following additional enhancements and features:
•	Updates the HUC8 layer of the 'Build New Project' national map to use the March 2017 update of
the Watershed Boundary Dataset (WBD).
•	Provides access to both NHDPIus version 1.0 and 2.1 through the data download tool.

-------
Databases
The BASINS system includes a variety of databases that are extracted and formatted to facilitate
watershed-based analysis and modeling. The databases were compiled from a wide range of federal
sources. The data were selected based on relevance to environmental analysis, national availability, and
scale and resolution. As new data become available, updates may be distributed through the BASINS
Internet site (see Download). Users are also encouraged to import locally derived data sets or higher-
resolution layers into BASINS to support the most appropriate and accurate analysis. The data included
within BASINS are intended to provide a starting point and data for those areas where limited site-
specific information is available.
Four types of data are delivered with the BASINS analysis system:
•	Base cartographic data
•	Environmental background data
•	Environmental monitoring data
•	Point sources/loading data
Base Cartographic Data
BASINS' base cartographic data include administrative boundaries, hydrologic boundaries, and major
road systems. These data are essential for defining and locating study areas and defining watershed
drainage areas. The base cartographic data products included in BASINS are listed below.
Base Cartographic Data
Source
U.S. Geological Survey (USGS)
Data Product
Hydrologic Unit Boundaries
Major Roads
Populated Place Locations
Urbanized Areas
Federal Highway Administration
Description
Nationally consistent delineations
of the hydrographic boundaries
associated with major U.S. river
basins
Interstate and state highway
network
Location and names of populated
locations
Delineations of major urbanized
areas used in 1990 Census
USGS
Bureau of the Census

-------
State and County Boundaries USGS
Administrative boundaries
EPA Regions	USGS	Administrative boundaries
Census Shapefiles	Bureau of the Census	Boundary layers and associated
tabular data from the 1990 and
2000 Census of Population, as well
as the TIGER line files showing
roads, railroads, and other linear
features
Environmental Background Data
Environmental background data provide information to support watershed characterization and
environmental analyses. These data include information on soil characteristics, land use layers, and the
stream hydrography. This information is used in combination with modeling tools to perform more
detailed assessment of watershed conditions and loading characteristics. The environmental
background data included in BASINS are listed below.
Environmental Background Data
BASINS Data Product
Source
Description
Ecoregions Level III
U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency (USEPA)
Ecoregions and associated
delineations
National Water Quality
Assessment (NAWQA) Study
Unit Boundaries
USGS
Delineations of study areas
State Soil and Geographic
(STATSGO) Database
U.S. Department of Agriculture,
Natural Resources Conservation
Service (USDA-NRCS)
Soils information including soil
component data and soils
Managed Area Database
University of California, Santa
Barbara
Data layer including federal and
Indian lands
Reach File Version 1 (RF1)
USEPA
Provides stream network for major
rivers and supports development
of stream routing for modeling
purposes (1:500k)
National Hydrography
Datasetl
USGS
Spatial dataset based upon the
USGS DLG and the USEPA Reach
File Version 3, that is more refined

-------
NHDPIus 1.0/2.11	US EPA
and expanded. Contains
information about surface water
features which are combined to
form reaches (surface water
drainage network), facilitating in
routing for modeling
purposes(l:100K)
an integrated suite of application-
ready geospatial data sets that
incorporates many of the best
features of the National
Hydrography Dataset (NHD), the
USGS Watershed Boundary
Dataset (WBD), and the National
Elevation Dataset (NED), along
with other value-added attributes.
Digital Elevation Model	USGS
(DEM) 1
National Elevation Dataset USGS
(NED)1
Land Use and Land Cover	USGS
(GIRAS) 1
Topographic relief mapping;
supports watershed delineations
and modeling
Topographic relief mapping;
supports watershed delineations
and modeling
Boundaries associated with land
use classifications including
Anderson Level 1 and Level 2
National Land Cover Data USGS MRLC	GIS layers from the NLCD dataset
(NLCD) 1992, 2001, 2006, and
20111
Environmental Monitoring Data
BASINS contains several environmental data products developed from existing national water quality
databases. These databases were converted into locational data layers to facilitate the assessment of
water quality conditions and the prioritization and targeting of water bodies and watersheds. These data
can be used to assess the current status and historical trends of a given water body and also to evaluate
the results of management actions. The environmental monitoring data included in BASINS are listed
below.
BASINS Environmental Monitoring Data

-------
BASINS Data Product
Source
Description
Water Quality Monitoring
Stations and Data Summaries
USEPA
Bacteria Monitoring Stations
and Data Summaries
USEPA
Water Quality Stations and
Observation Data
STORET
USEPA
USEPA
Statistical summaries of water
quality monitoring for physical and
chemical-related parameters;
parameter-specific statistics
computed by station for 5-year
intervals from 1970 to 1994 and 3-
year interval from 1995 to 1997
Statistical summaries of bacteria
monitoring; parameter-specific
statistics computed by station for
5-year intervals from 1970 to 1994
and 3-year interval from 1995 to
1997
Observation-level water quality
monitoring data for selected
locations and parameters
Observation-level water quality
monitoring data from the EPA
STORET database
Station Locations from
NWIS1
USGS
Station locations for the selected
station types, including 'Daily
Discharge', 'Water Quality',
'Measurements' and 'Ground
Water'
USGS Data from NWIS1
Meteorologic Stationsl
Meteorologic Databasel
USGS
National Oceanic and Atmospheric
Administration (NOAA)
NOAA
NLDAS Meteorological Datal NASA/NOAA
Data values collected at the
selected USGS station locations
Location of stations in the updated
BASINS Meteorological database
(Version 2009)
BASINS Meteorological data from
the updated BASINS
Meteorological database (Version
2009)
Hourly meteorological data from
NLDAS (North American Land Data
Assimilation System) Phase 2

-------
Point Source/Loading Data
BASINS also includes information on pollutant loading from point source discharges. The location, type
of facility, and estimated loading are provided. These loadings are also used to support evaluation of
watershed-based loading summaries combining point and nonpoint sources. The point source/loading
data included in BASINS are listed below.
BASINS Point Source/Loading Data
BASINS Data Product	Source Description
Permit Compliance System (PCS) Sites and USEPA
Computed Annual Loadings
NPDES permit-holding facility information;
contains parameter-specific loadings to surface
waters computed using the EPA Effluent Decision
Support System (EDSS) for 1990-1999
IData Layers that are added into the BASINS project using the Data Download.

-------
Environmental Assessment Tools
Watershed characterization is key to understanding water quality issues and pollution sources in the
watershed. In addition to evaluation of the watershed condition, it provides the necessary information
to assess monitoring programs, identify data gaps, and develop watershed-water quality modeling
strategies.
The BASINS system includes tools designed to assist in summarizing key watershed information in a
format suitable for preparing Watershed Characterization Reports. These tools produce tables that
inventory and characterize both point and nonpoint sources at the watershed and subwatershed scales.
Watershed Characterization Reports
BASINS provides users the capability to generate eight different types of Watershed Characterization
Reports, each in tabular form:
•	1990 Population and Sewerage by Census Tract
•	2000 Population and Census Tract Table
•	Landuse Distribution Table
•	Permitted Point Source Facilities Table
•	Point Source Discharge Concentration and Loading Table
•	Water Quality Observations Stations Table
Watershed Characterization System
The BASINS Watershed Characterization System can be used to select and generate several standard
reports designed to describe the physical characteristics of watersheds (subbasins) you have defined.
This feature is more customized version of the Watershed Characterization Reports. The following
reports are available:
•	Water Bodies
•	Population Estimates
•	Housing and Sewage
•	Soil Characteristics

-------
•	Landuse Characterization
•	Permitted Point Sources
•	Data Summary

-------
Utilities
Manual Delineation Tool
The BASINS Manual Watershed Delineation tool allows the user to delineate subwatersheds manually.
It allows the user to subdivide a watershed into several smaller hydrologically connected watersheds
based on the user's knowledge of that watershed's drainage topography. The tool also provides users
the flexibility to edit shapes and attributes of manually delineated watersheds, outlets and generating
stream networks.
Automatic Delineation Tool
The BASINS Automatic Watershed Delineation tool allows the user to delineate subwatersheds based
on an automatic procedure using Digital Elevation Model (DEM) data. User specified parameters
provide limits that influence the size and number of subwatersheds created.
Land Use Reclassification
The Land Use Reclassification tool assists the user in grouping or renaming land use categories as
needed to support modeling and analysis. Land uses can be reclassified in one of two ways:
reclassification of the entire layer (all land uses) or reclassification of selected layers (single or multiple
land uses from within an entire layer).
Lookup Tables
The Lookup Tables provide users quick access to relevant reference information on data products
included within BASINS. Information is provided for products such as the map projection, definition of
agency codes for monitoring data, Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) codes, and the water quality
criteria and threshold values of selected pollutants.

-------
Analysis Tools and Postprocessors
Climate Assessment Tool (CAT)
The BASINS Climate Assessment Tool (CAT) provides a flexible set of capabilities for representing and
exploring climate change and its relationship to watershed science. Tools have been integrated into the
BASINS system allowing users to create climate change scenarios by modifying historical weather data,
and to and use these data as the meteorological input to several BASINS watershed models (HSPF,
SWAT, and SWMM). A capability is also provided to calculate specific hydrologic and water quality
endpoints important to watershed management based on model output (e.g. the 100-year flood or
7Q10 low flow event). Finally, the CAT can be used to assess the outcomes of a single climate change
scenario, or to automate multiple model runs to determine the sensitivity or general pattern of
watershed response to different types and amounts of climate change. In BASINS 4.5, CAT is included
within the WinHSPF model plugin installation package.
Time Series Functions
BASINS contains utilities to manage and analyze available project time-series data. Project time-series
data are managed through the Time-Series Management Utilities. The Graph menu item is used to
produce graphs of the selected time series. When the 'Graph' menu item is selected, a form is produced
for choosing from among a set of possible graph types. Among the implemented graph types include
Timeseries, Flow/Duration, Running Sum, Residual, Cumulative Difference, and Scatter. The List menu
item produces a listing of dates and associated values for the selected time series.

-------
Hardware and Software Requirements
BASINS Version 4.5 Core is a customized MapWindow GIS application that integrates environmental
data, analysis tools, and modeling systems. BASINS' hardware requirements are, at a minimum, similar
to those of the PC-based MapWindow system. There are no additional software requirements for
BASINS because all software components integrated into the program are open source.
Users must have administrator privileges to install BASINS.
BASINS can be installed and operated on machines with the Microsoft Windows operating system
equipped with the software, random access memory (RAM), virtual memory, and hard disk space
presented in the table below.
Because the performance (response time) under the minimum requirements option might be too slow
for some users especially when dealing with large data sets, a preferred set of requirements is also
included.
BASINS Hardware/Software Requirements
Hardware/Software
Minimum Requirements
Preferred Requirements
Processor
1GHz processor
2GHz processor or higher
Available hard disk space
2.0 Gb
10.0 Gb
Random access memory
(RAM)
512 Mb of RAM plus 2 Gb of page
space
1 Gb of RAM plus 2 Gb of page
space
Color monitor
16 bit color, Resolution 1024x768
32 bit color, Resolution 1600x1200
DVD/Compact disc
reader/writer
Optional
Optional
Internet Connection
WiFi
DSL or better
Operating system
Windows 7, Windows 8, or later
Same
Internet Explorer 9.0 or newer is required to view help files.

-------
Installation
Installation Instructions for BASINS 4.5 Core
BASINS 4.5 Core is available at http://www2.epa.gov/exposure-assessmetTt-models/basiris-user-
iiiformation-atid-euidatice.
BASINS 4.5 Core is distributed as a single installation program. The setup program provides a software
wizard which guides the user through the setup process.
Installation Requirements
It is assumed that BASINS users already have some familiarity with Microsoft Windows, as well as GIS
concepts, and that they have a basic understanding of water quality analysis techniques and modeling.
The user must have administrator privileges before starting the installation. Since some new system
files are included in this release, the user may need to restart Windows after some files have been
updated before continuing with the installation.
Installing BASINS 4.5 Core
The BASINS installation program copies BASINS system files and tools, and it also sets up BASINS icons
automatically.
The BASINS installation program allows the user to install the BASINS system. The BASINS system
installation program installs all of these components to your local hard drive in a fixed directory
structure. It also sets up a Windows BASINS program group that includes icons for the BASINS
components.
When running the installation program, follow the instructions on the screen.
Tip: The BASINS installation program does not copy any BASINS data (except the optional tutorial) to
your hard drive.
Tip: If you have multiple hard drives or partitioned drives, you may have only one BASINS directory in
each partitioned or physical drive.
General Notes

-------
It is recommended that the BASINS system be installed at the root of a drive. The user must have write
access to the folder in which BASINS is installed.
Be sure you have administrator privileges before starting the installation. Since some new system files
are included in this release, you may need to restart Windows after some files have been updated
before continuing with the installation.
Notes for Users Upgrading to BASINS 4.5 Core
If you have an earlier version of BASINS installed already, uninstall it before installing BASINS 4.5.
Earlier BASINS project files and data will not be deleted during the uninstall process. Earlier BASINS
projects (MapWindow .mwprj files) may not open correctly in BASINS 4.5 Core, but the map layers may
be loaded into new BASINS 4.5 Core projects.

-------
Finding Functionality from Earlier Versions
Users of earlier versions of BASINS (3.1 and prior) might need a few minutes to become familiar with the
new features and structure of BASINS 4.0 and subsequent versions. Not all of the earlier BASINS
components have a directly corresponding component in later versions of BASINS. This section is
included to help users of BASINS 3.1 find the functions of BASINS 4.0 and subsequent versions that fulfill
the same functional requirements as BASINS 3.1. Unless otherwise noted, a directly corresponding
component of the current version of BASINS exists for each component of BASINS 3.1.
As stated previously, BASINS 4.0 and subsequent versions are built upon a lightweight open-source GIS
known as MapWindow GIS (MapWindow web site, Introduction to MapWindow). BASINS 4.0 was the
first version of BASINS to be primarily based on a non-proprietary, open-source GIS foundation.
Environmental Assessment Tools
The Assessment Tools from BASINS 3.1, TARGET, ASSESS, and Data Mining, have been superseded in
version 4.0 and subsequent versions by the new Watershed Characterization Reports tool. The
Watershed Characterization Reports are more powerful than ever before, with a full scripting capability
and the ability to summarize within any set of user-specified polygons.
Utilities
The Theme Manager component from BASINS 3.1 has been discontinued for version 4.0 and
subsequent versions. All of the auxiliary map layers from BASINS 3.1 are loaded onto the map as the
project is created. The legend grouping capability of MapWindow is used to group the layers logically.
The BASINS Import Tool from BASINS 3.1 is not available in BASINS 4.0 and subsequent versions because
each of the BASINS components has been re-engineered to accommodate user-supplied GIS layers. It is
anticipated that users will want to import locally developed data, which might be more accurate, at a
higher resolution, or more reflective of current conditions. Such layers can be added to the map and
then used by the BASINS tools directly.
The functionality of the Grid Projector from BASINS 3.1 is now built into the core GIS. In BASINS 4.0 and
subsequent versions a grid may be downloaded, projected, and loaded into the project seamlessly, and
in one step. Since the core GIS handles grid data, no special extensions are needed to accommodate
grids.
The Predefined Delineation Tool of BASINS 3.1 has been discontinued for BASINS 4.0 and subsequent
versions. Any user-supplied layers can be brought into BASINS through the core GIS functionality.
Advanced functionality of each of the BASINS components has been developed to accommodate user-
supplied GIS layers. User-supplied subbasins and streams layers can be used as inputs to the Manual
Watershed Delineator to produce output streams and subbasins layers with the required attributes for
modeling.
The functionality of the Water Quality Observation Data Management utility is part of the core GIS

-------
functionality. With MapWindow GIS, users can manipulate water quality observation locations and
data.
DEM Reclassification is part of the standard MapWindow GIS legend editor features.
GenScn facilitates the display and interpretation of output data derived from model applications.
GenScn is not a model itself. It serves as a postprocessor for both the HSPF and SWAT models, as well as
a tool for visualizing observed water quality data and other time-series data. Beginning with BASINS 4.1,
GenScn is available as a separate download at http://www.aquaterra.com/basins4. Most of the
functionality of GenScn is now included in the core BASINS user interface.
WDMUtil is a utility program for managing Watershed Data Management (WDM) files, which contain
input and output time-series data for HSPF. Beginning with BASINS 4.1, WDMUtil is available as a
separate download at http://www.aquaterra.com/basins4. The import functionality of WDMUtil has
migrated to the BASINS 4.x feature Read Data with Script.
Performing 'WDMUtil' Functions in BASINS 4.5 Core
Much of the WDM Time-series management functionality of WDMUtil is available through the 'File'
menu option in BASINS, especially through the 'File:Manage Data' menu option. This functionality is
documented in the user's manual under Time-Series Management.
To create a new WDM file in BASINS: Use 'File:New Data'. Select 'WDM Time Series' as the file type,
and specify the file name using the open file dialog.
To import local weather data using scripts: Use 'File:OpenData'. Select 'Read Data with Script' as the
file type, navigate to the text file of timeseries data using the file dialog, and then a script selection form
appears. Click 'Find' to select the script to use, or click 'Edit' to create a new one, and then click 'Run' to
import the data.
To save the newly added timeseries to WDM: Use 'File:Save Data In'. Select the name of the WDM file
from those available in the current BASINS project, select the timeseries from the list of those available,
and click 'OK'. The timeseries will be written to the WDM file.
To view the contents of a WDM file: Use 'File:Manage Data'. Then choose the 'Analysis:List' menu item.
Select 'no' to see a full list of data sets available. A data selection window will appear which summarizes
the contents of the WDM file.
To edit attribute values: Use 'Analysis:List' to list the data. In the Timeseries List window, use
'File:Select Attributes' to select which attributes will be visible. Edit attributes as desired. Close the list,
then use 'File:Save Data In' to save the revised timeseries to the selected WDM file.
To edit timeseries values: Use 'Analysis:List' to list the data. Edit the values as desired. Close the list,
then use 'File:Save Data In' to save the revised timeseries to the selected WDM file.

-------
To delete a WDM timeseries: Use 'File:Manage Data'. Select the file name in the Data Sources window,
and then choose the 'File:Remove Data from File' menu item. Choose the timeseries to be deleted.
Functions for computing meteorological timeseries and performing time step disaggregation for
meteorological data are available within the 'Compute:Meteorologic Generation' menu option. These
functions are documented in the user's manual under Compute.
To perform meteorological computations: Use 'Compute:Meteorologic Generation', then choose the
particular function desired. Once the new timeseries is computed, save the new timeseries to WDM.
To disaggregate a meteorological timeseries: Use 'Compute:Meteorologic Generation', then choose the
particular disaggregation function desired. Once the new timeseries is computed, save the new
timeseries to WDM.

-------
BASINS Details
This section of the manual provides information on the utilities available in BASINS and detailed
instruction on how to construct and manage a project within BASINS. BASINS has a wide range of
implicit utilities as well as links and plug-ins that avail the utility of other software programs via the
BASINS interface. This section begins with a discussion of the BASINS interface, available plug-ins and
the utilities they provide, then moves on to the procedures necessary to build and manage a BASINS
project, and concludes with instruction on how to use information from the BASINS project to set up
separate independent, yet linked, watershed models.

-------
User Interface
The BASINS user interface is based on a customized MapWindow interface. Within the system, all forms
consist of menus, toolbars, text boxes, buttons, lists, tables, check boxes, and radio buttons. Both the
left and right mouse buttons are used for mouse interaction.
The BASINS windows are organized logically, with access to the most basic and relevant information
available easily, and more detailed information available through additional menus or buttons.
Similarly, some windows organize data by stacked tabs, with the most frequently used tabs at the top of
the stack.
The BASINS user interface was designed to ensure that the user knows where they are within the
system. Each window is labeled with a title that indicates its function and confirms to the user that the
menu item or button they used took them to the expected place. The name on the main window is
updated each time a project is opened to reflect the project's file name. An asterisk appears after the
project's file name when the project has unsaved changes.
BASINS Customized MapWindow Interface
The BASINS customized MapWindow interface contains all of the menu, button, and toolbar items that
are present in the standard MapWindow interface. This provides access to MapWindow's full array of
utilities, including raster and vector operations and managing their associated attribute tables. These
tools and menus are activated through the Plug-ins menu item on the main form, which is also used to
access a number of additional menus and tool bar items that execute watershed delineation, BASINS
utilities, data management and analysis tools, watershed characterization reports, and watershed
models. The BASINS customized MapWindow interface is shown below.
Note: Depending on which plug-ins are installed and activated, the user's main BASINS menus may look
different than the menu depicted in screenshots throughout this documentation.

-------
'' BASINS 4.5 02060006*
»Watershed Delineation
| Compute
• Analysis Layer View Bookmarks Plug-ins
! *i
¦i s $
La
a
~
New Open
Save Print Settings
Add
Remove
Clear
f+) f_j H
In Out Extent
~
Pan In Out Extent Selected
Legend
Layers j Toolbox j
0D NAWQA Study Area Unit
00 Hydrology
00 Reach File, V1	—
0D Cataloging Unit Code
ElD Accounting Unit Boundarie
00 Cataloging Unit Boundarie
00& Political
0d Urban Area Names ~
0D County Names
0D County Boundaries O
0D EPA Region Boundaries
00 State Boundaries ^ n
0D Urban Area Boundaries
0D Ljf Transportation
0D Major Roads ^ —
SoiL Land Use/Cover
0D Ecoregions (Level III)
0D Land Use Index O
0 ~ Managed Area Database
~ ~ State Soil	^
~
00^ Elevation
|00 Digital Elevation f-^todeJ (0
¦ 0-131
~ 131 -262
>d
Previous
* X
\tr
Layer
Symbology Categories Query Properties Tabic
fe] fo shp shp
New Insert Add Remove
Converters Shapefile Editor Help
, 4:, m o +
Select Deselect Measure Identify Label Mover ,
, 1*2 -Hw	Jt
Copy Paste Merge Erase Erase beneath Move Rotate
/
Resize Move vertex
PC|lJTM Zone 18, Northern Hemisphere » j X:

Preview Map
ii
1:698433 I	BASINS Status
367,054,308 Y: 4,251,308,120 Meters | Lat: 38.400 Long: -76.523
Menu Missing
When the main BASINS window is not at full width, items on the right-hand side of the menu will be cut
off. To access these menu items, including the Help menu, simply maximize the BASINS window.
Standard MapWindow Toolbar Items
The following MapWindow toolbar items are available in the BASINS customized MapWindow interface.
They are used throughout this manual. Use this section as a reference during execution of BASINS
functions.

-------
Open New Project
*
Open Existing
Project

Save Current Project
¦
Print Map Display
La
Add Layer
a
Remove Layer
£3
Remove All Layers
Measure Distance or
Area
*
J®
Pan
Zoom In
¦ - - m.
Select
P
Zoom Out
K >
Zoom to Extent
0
Feature Identifier
~
Move Vertex
—
Table Editor
shp
Add New Shape to
Current Shapefile
shp
Remove Shape from
Current Shapefile
&
Create New
Shapefile
+
¦
Add Vertex to
Existing Shapefile

Remove Vertex from
Existing Shapefile




Visit the MapWindow web site for complete documentation on that program.
For further instructions and videos about using MapWindow, consult MapWindow Tutorials (Note: .pdf
documents must be opened in a separate window).	Keyboard Shortcuts To provide users
flexibility, use of a mouse is not necessary in BASINS.
MapWindow Shortcuts
There are several keyboard shortcuts that facilitate MapWindow-related functions, such as zooming
and panning within the main BASINS screen. These shortcuts are listed in the Help: Keyboard Shortcuts
menu option:

-------
MapWindow Documentation [Online)
BASINS Web Page
BASINS Documentation
Getting started with MapWindow
Report a bug
m
Register as a BASINS user
m
Check For Updates
m
Show Status Monitor
m
Send Feedback

Welcome Screen

About

This opens the following screen:

-------
Keyboard Shortcuts
The following keyboard shortcuts are available:
Del - Remove the currently selected layer.
Ins - Add a layer.
Ctrl-S - Save the project.
Ctrl-G - Open a project.
CtrK - Copy a map snapshot to the clipboard.
Ctrl -P - Open the Print Preview window
Ctrl-I - Feature Identifier Mode
Ctrl -H - Shape Selection/Highlight Mode
Ctrl-F4 - Close the current project.
Home - Zoom to Full Extents
Ctrl-Home - Zoom to Selected Layer
Plus - Zoom in on center of map [25% of View)
Minus - Zoom out: on center of map (25% of View)
Page-Up - Pan Up [50% of View)
Page-Down - Pan Down (50% of View)
Up Arrow - Pan Up (25% of View)
Down Arrow - Pan Down [25% of View)
Left Arrow - Pan Left (25% of View)
Right Arrow - Pan Right (25% of View)
Ctrl-Shift-I - Enter Zoom In mode.
Ctrl-Shift-O - Enter Zoom Out mode.
Ctrl -Shift-P - Enter Pan mode.
Ctrl-Spacebar: Toggle visibility on layer
Ctrl -Lip r Ctrl-Down: Switch selected layer in legend
Ctrl-Enter - Layer Properties
OK
"Fl" Keyboard Shortcuts
As an added help feature in BASINS, the user can press the Fl key on many screens to access
corresponding Help information from the BASINS documentation. For example, pressing Fl from the
main BASIN window will open the BASINS documentation.
Also, pressing Fl from the Climate Assessment Tool will open the BASINS documentation to the page

-------
about CAT,
Another type of keyboard shortcut using F1 is tooltips. By pressing F1 from the Save As dialog box,
tooltips appear describing the text boxes (depending on where the cursor is): Legend and Preview Map
Preview Map
The Preview Map may be updated at any time by choosing the View menu option on the main BASINS
screen, then Preview Map.
File I* ¦ Watershed Delineation ; Models - Compute | Launch	Analysis Layer
ID il Ji m # j Ua -a La I ¦	1%
New Open Save Print Settings ji Add Remove Clear I Symbology	Categories Query Prof
~
~
: Pan | In | Out Extent Selected Previous Next Layer
Legend
Layers j Toolbox |
Ml
New Insert Add Remove Copy
* X
View | Bookmarks Plug-ins Converters Shapefile Editor Help
e i
Identify Label Mover .
Panels
~
Set Map Scale

Show Floating Scale Bar

Copy
~
Zoom In
Zoom Out
Zoom to Full Extents
Zoom to Preview Map Extents
Previous Zoom
Next Zoom
Clear Selection of all layers
Preview Map
U s
Rotate Resize Move vertex Add ve
~
Update using Full Extents
Update using Current View
Clear
When the user updates the map, the image in the locator window will be built using the layers and
symbology currently displayed in the main map. Be sure to turn off any layers which are extremely
detailed, leaving only those layers important for orienting the user. There are three options:
• Update Using Full Extents: Updates or refreshes the Preview Map panel, showing the current map in
a red box within the full extent of all the selected layers.

-------
Preview Map
xJ
• Update Using Current View: Updates or refreshes the Preview Map panel, showing the current map
in a red box with only its immediate surroundings.
Preview Map
• Clear: Clears the Preview Map Pane

-------
Within the Preview Map frame, the user can drag the map to adjust the current view.
Legend
The legend is a graphical representation of all the map layers in the current project. The position of the
legend is the left hand side of the screen. The legend offers layer manipulation functionality including
but not limited to changing a layer's symbology or the order of display for the layers.
Legend
E30 Elevation
EjD0 Hydrology
—0 NHD 02060006	"V
—0 Reach File, V1	A/
-0 Cataloging Unit Code
—CD Accounting Unit Boundaries
—0 Cataloging Unit Boundaries
E ~ O bs en; ed D ata Stati o ns
0
Water Quality
¦
0
Water Quality Observation
¦
0
WDM Weather Data
•
0
Weather Station Sites
~
0
USGS Gage
•
0
Bacteria
•
0
Weather Station Area
~
0
NAWQA Stu dy Area U n it Bo u n d a ri es
~
I
~ Point Sources & Withdrawals
—0 Permit Compliance System
B@ Political
0 Urban Area Names
-0 County Names	•
-0 County Boundaries
-0 EPA Region Boundaries
-0 State Boundaries	~
—0 Urban Area Boundaries	Q
B0 Census
—0 2002Tiger NonvisibleFeature 020600A/
—0 2002 Tiger Physical Feature 02030009V
—0 2002 Ti g er Lan d m ark 02060006 A/
-0 2000 Block Group 02060006
-0 19S>0 Block Group 02060006
d

-------
Legend Information:
•	Visibility Checkbox: This indicates whether a layer is always visible (checked), always hidden (blank).
•	Text: This is the name of the layer.
•	Each line represents a layer of data that's in the main view. The image to the right of the legend is
an indicator to help identify the data layer. If, for example, the user had a polygon Shapefile that
was filled, the color in this image would be the same as the fill color. For a line Shapefile, the color
here will match the color the line is drawn with. Some layers have a plus or minus next to them. This
indicates that they are collapsible or expandable. For example, a grid may have a coloring scheme
indicating terrain height which may be displayed by expanding the layer, and hidden by collapsing it.
Changing the name of a layer does not affect the underlying data. The layer name is project dependent
and will not modify any information stored against the map source.
For more information about changing layer names and symbolization, see Legend Editor.
Docking
Window docking is a new and useful way to customize the user's information windows in MapWindow.
Docking is available for the Legend and the Preview Map, both originally located on the far left of the
BASINS screen.

-------
'' BASINS 4.5 02060006*
»Watershed Delineation
| Compute
• Analysis Layer View Bookmarks Plug-ins
! *i
¦i s $
La
a
~
New Open
Save Print Settings
Add
Remove
Clear
f+) f_j H
In Out Extent
~
Pan In Out Extent Selected
Legend
Layers j Toolbox j
0D NAWQA Study Area Unit
00 Hydrology
00 Reach File, V1	—
0D Cataloging Unit Code
ElD Accounting Unit Boundarie
00 Cataloging Unit Boundarie
00& Political
0d Urban Area Names ~
0D County Names
0D County Boundaries O
0D EPA Region Boundaries
00 State Boundaries ^ n
0D Urban Area Boundaries
0D Ljf Transportation
0D Major Roads ^ —
SoiL Land Use/Cover
0D Ecoregions (Level III)
0D Land Use Index O
0 ~ Managed Area Database
~ ~ State Soil	^
~
00^ Elevation
|00 Digital Elevation f-^todeJ (0
¦ 0-131
~ 131 -262
>d
Previous
* X
\tr
Layer
Symbology Categories Query Properties Tabic
fe] fo shp shp
New Insert Add Remove
Converters Shapefile Editor Help
, 4:, m o +
Select Deselect Measure Identify Label Mover ,
, 1*2 -Hw	Jt
Copy Paste Merge Erase Erase beneath Move Rotate
/
Resize Move vertex
PC|lJTM Zone 18, Northern Hemisphere » j X:

Preview Map
ii
1:698438 |	BASINS Status
367,054.308 Y: 4,251,308.120 Meters | Lat: 38.400 Long: -76.523
Docking and tabbing windows in MapWindow is easy to do by clicking and pulling on the top of the
window. Hold down the left mouse key and drag the window to desired location.

-------
Preview Map

ra um Zone 18, Northern Hemisphere -\ X: 329,115,833 YM,320,200.669 Meters Lat: 39.014Long:-76.974
1:678620
File ,. : Watershed Delineation Models , ' Compute Launch Analysis Layer View

^1 id s
'4»
! Ln
a ~
New
Open Save Print
Settings
Add
Remove Clear
*
* * t'



Pan
In Out Extent
Selected
Previous
Next Layer
Bookmarks Plug-ins	Converters Shapefile Editor Help
-1 , o m o i
able Select Deselect	Measure Identify Label Mover |
T	,-rs It?
m shp shP j j ® m CD & o ^
New Insert Add Remove Copy Paste Merge Erase Erase beneath Move Rotate Resize Move vertex
BASINS Status
B0Ljr Elevation
|B0 Digital Elevation Model (0206
¦ 0-131
O 131-262
^ No Data
Legend	^ X
Layers j Toolbox j
EDL3 Point Sources and Withdraws
SD Permit Compliance System
B ~ (2^ Observed Data Stations
BD Bacteria
El ~ NAWQA Study Area Unit Bou
Q0L5 Hydrology
00 Reach File, V1	¦>& —
SD Cataloging Unit Code
ElD Accounting Unit Boundaries
00 Cataloging Unit Boundaries
00 £*¦ Political
0D Urban Area Names ^ ~
0D County Names
0D County Boundaries L]
0D EPA Region Boundaries O
00 State Boundaries	I I
0D Urban Area Boundaries Q
0D & Transportation
0O Major Roads	—
0DE3' Soil, Land Use/Cover
0D Ecoregions (Level III) ^ O
0D Land Use Index	l~l
0D Managed Area Database ~
0D State Soil	^
n
In the event the windows are undocked in a bad location, you may use the view menu to check or
uncheck the Show legend and Show preview map options to turn them on or off.

-------
BASINS 4.5 - 02060006*
File
Models
La
Compute
B ~
Watershed Delineation
LJ ^ £ M ^
New Open Save Print Settings
> #-0 + Icr
In Out Extent Selected Previous Next Layer
1 Launch
Analysis Layer View Bookmarks Plug-ins Converters Shapefile Editor Help
m m m
Add Remove Clear Symbology	Categories Query Prof
^ on	shp sh(!
New Insert Add Remove Copy
Panels
Layers j Toolbox j
~	D & Point Sources and Withdraw/
El ~ Perm it Co m p I i ance Syste
~	~ L-7 Observed Data Stations
~ ~ Bacteria
El ~ NAWQA Study Area Unit
~	@ L—7 Hydrology
E10 Reach File, V1	—
0O Cataloging Unit Code
El D Accounting Unit Boundarie
S0 Cataloging Unit Bound arie
Set Map Scale
Show Floating Scale Bar
[£) copy
Zoom In
Zoom Out
Zoom to Full Extents
Zoom to Preview Map Extents
Previous Zoom
Next Zoom
Clear Selection of all layers
Preview Map
| v | Legend
| ^ | Preview Map
Default Positions
Rotate Resize Move vertex
*
When dragging either the Legend or Preview Map, there are several possible locations to "snap" to a
set position. These are represented by 5 floating windows with arrows that appear as either the Legend
or Preview Map is dragged.

-------
Jn|x|
File 4 ' Watershed Delineation Models Compute Launch Analysis Layer View Bookmarks Plug-ins Converters Shapefile Editor Help

^ *

! La
-B ~
m
a m %
life
| a lll?
O
^5*
New
Open Save Print
Settings
Add
Remove Clear
Symbology
Categories Query Properties
Table
Select Deselect Measure
Identify
Label Mover
[*
*+ I'

&
*
^ oo
shp
0D
s?

/ ¥
| Pan
In Out Extent
Selected
Previous
Next Layer
New Insert
Add Remove Copy Paste
Merge
Erase Erase beneath Move
Rotate
Resize Move
Layers | Toolbo) j
~ ~12^ Point
BO Permit
Sources and Withdravvals
Compliance System ~
BO '\& Obse |fed Data Stations
B ~ Bacter
BO NAWQAStudy Area Unit Bound
B 0 iij Hydr< 8
B 0 Reach j
BO Catalo I
B ~ Accou I
[B0 Catalo
logy
File, V1	¦
ging UnJCode
nting Unit Boundaries
B@ii3 Politi
BO Urban
B ~ Count I
BO Count |
BO EPAR
B0 State
BD Urban
BO Tran<
BO Majo
BOIZ^ Soil,
BO Ecore
-------
® BASINS 4.5 -02060006*

File
Watershed Delineation fc
Models i ^
Compute |
Launch u Analysis Lc

New
0 wm s
Open Save Print Settings
j La Lb Lq
Add Remove Clear
I Symbology Categories Query

*
Pan
/Ts s-\ * m 'V~
[~J L~J
In Out Extent Selected
Previous Next
Icr j
Layer
ha
New
»

ICreate new shaDpfile 1
Legend
¥ X

?
Layers j Toolbox ]



Dialogs Many interactions within BASINS involve dialog windows. The consistent interfaces on these
forms are used for many common tasks including opening a file, saving a file, and printing.
File Dialog
Throughout BASINS, the user will frequently desire to open or save an existing data file, which utilizes a
file dialog window. The typical file dialog box consists of a dropdown list at the top which displays the
directory path. The middle box displays all files of the type specified within the current directory. To
change the file specification type, use the dropdown labeled 'Files of type' at the bottom of the window.

-------
Open
My Documents
My Computer
My Network
Places

Look [n: I Q 02D6DDD6
<*=" ® &
i3. census!
p"|dem
£)demg
i^landuse
f^nhd
£)pcs
Clwqobs
j] 02060006-1.mwprj
j] 02060006.mwprj
j 02060006orig.mwprj
File name:
Files of type: | MapWindow Project r.mwprj}
"3
Open
Cancel
-7a
Print Dialog
The print dialog in BASINS is a specialized form written for MapWindow. From the main BASINS 4
menu, selecting File:Print opens a print layout window, This gives the user the opportunity to select
which aspects of the MapWindow document to print.
Within the File menu of the Print Layout window are found typical printing functions such as options to
set the printer specifications, page setup, and Print.

-------
S MapWindow Print Layout - Defaultmwl
File Select View Atlas Generator About
: ~ H fii 1g), [1 + "i ! '¦ A~ 9
^lnjxj
: J -0 £ 55%
02060006
Created cn:3Y1W2D13 2:*8:4S PH
\JtA ts
>¦* BAarBl.l
'/fMlher ShKm 5»l?» 2006
Cat Knot!
Bl ATEM
0
h aou
« OFWP
* PEVT
a pfiEC
Cjiacona Unl flourvdanai
a	
3141* BfanWiHh*
Dalai Ewtfian PAjd*l 10X61
E 0-131
111 ¦ 2G2
NttlUm	
Halo-jl Ll««alion Daljstl >02
E-t« U077
140 J? - 28 322
No Pali	
J

Rectangle 1
DateCreated
ProjectName
Scale Bar 1
North Arrow 1

ihj _d

-------
Project Creation and Management
Once the BASINS program is instantiated, the user has two options for accessing a BASINS project:
•	Build a new BASINS project
•	Open an existing BASINS 4 project
If the BASINS plug-in is active, then the Welcome to BASINS 4.5 Window avails these options when
BASINS is opened. Otherwise, the user can always create a new project or open an existing project
through the File:New menu item (or	button) and File:Open menu item (or _] button),
respectively, on the main BASINS form.
The File:Recent Projects menu item displays for selection a submenu of the most recent projects that
have been opened since the last BASINS 4 installation.

-------
BASINS 4.5 - 02060006
File
*
m
Watershed Delineation
Models
Compute
New
Open Project
Save
Save As
Archive/Restore Project...
Download Data
Open Data
Manage Data
Import to WDM
New Data
Save Data In.,,
^ J # _ i
ivious Next Layer New
¥ X
als
_ Print
La -a ~
Add Remove Clear
Syr
Jari
q Recent Projects
aj
CD
Open BASINS Project
Export
02060006
national
0206000 2
Settings
Close
Exit
Preview Map
~
_
V X
The File:Open BASINS Project menu item displays for selection a submenu of the subdirectories under
the '/BASINS/Data/' directory. If selected, the program will search that subdirectory for a BASINS
project file (extension .MWPRJ).

-------
® BASINS 4.5 - 02060006
File
idi
Watershed Delineation i •
Mo
i
New
_jl Open Project
.Li Save
* Save As
Archive/Restore Project,..
Download Data
Open Data
Manage Data
Import to WDM
New Data
Save Data In,,.
_ Print
Recent Projects	~
Open BASINS Project
~
k
-* Export
~

Settings

The File:Settings menu item opens a pop-up window with various fields that control aspects of
MapWindow. Visit the MapWindow web site for complete documentation on that program.
For further instructions and videos about using MapWindow, consult MapWindow Tutorials {Note: .pdf
documents must be opened in a separate window).
Once a project is open, the user should add the desired GIS and time-series data.	Welcome to
BASINS 4.5 Window
The opening window offers options for getting a BASINS project up and running (Build or Open). It also
provides a link to this BASINS 4.5 User Manual that can help to get the user started.
*
als
~
iar

-------
1^ Welcome to BASINS 4.5

xj

Build New Proiect

£*'*4
View Documentation

%yft
Open Existina Proiect




Show this dialog at startup


Close



To re-open the Welcome to BASINS 4.5 window, go to Help: Welcome Screen on the main BASINS
menu.

-------
File . ¦' Watershed Delineation ... ] Models - Compute Launch . Analysis Layer View Bookmarks Plug-ins
! IJ &i
4.
w -jA
Ln :-o
~
New Open
Save
i- Settings
Add Remove
Clear 1
Symbology Categories Query Properties Table
Converters
"I?
Shapefile Editor
~ jif O
Select Deselect Measure Identify Label Move
0
: Pan
Legend
Layers j Toolbox |
r +--*	ru
Out Extent Selected Previous Next
m
New
shp shp - j ij • m OD	O
Insert Add Remove Copy Paste Merge Erase Erase beneath Move Rotate Resize
Preview Map
Help |
<
m
MapWindow Documentation (Online)
BASINS Web Page
BASINS Documentation
Getting started with MapWindow
Report a bug
Keyboard Shortcuts
Register as a BASINS user
Check For Updates
Show Status Monitor
Send Feedback
Welcome Screen
About
|]g]Not defined -¦ | X: 2.679 Y: 0.557 |	| 1:181
Build BASINS Project The Build BASINS Project option allows the user to extract environmental data for
a specific geographic area from archive files stored on the BASINS web site. This tool is also used to
define the desired map projections for the geographic data, as well as to build the initial BASINS project.
BASINS projects can also be built from existing MapWindow projects, or as subsets of existing BASINS
projects. See the following sections for details on those features:
•	Building a BASINS Project from an Existing MapWindow Project
•	Building a BASINS Project as a Subset of an Existing BASINS Project
BASINS data on the Internet are already processed by specific geographic areas (e.g., cataloging units)
and compressed into self-extracting zip files (archive files). The Build BASINS Project tool is used select
the geographic areas of interest, download the core BASINS data for that area, decompress the data,
and project the geographic data into the user-specified map projection. This process places the retrieved
data into the BASINS data directory on the user hard drive.

-------
Using this tool a user selects one or more states, counties, or HUC-S hydrologic cataloging units
(+1 '] T *
anywhere in the United States. Standard GIS controls can be used to zoom	in on
and pan to the subject area of interest from the initial MapWindovv display of the United States.
BASINS 4.5 - national*

File Tiles Watershed Delineation Models Compute Launch Analysis Layer View Bookmarks Plug-ins Converters Shapefile Editor Help
: U
il S ^
Uj
lb
43
m
a
a*
m

1 :'fc
fit? O

New Open
Save Print Settings
Add
Remove
Clear
Symbology
Categories
Query
Properties
Table
: Select Deselect
Measure Identify
Label Mover
j±) £)
K ¦

shp
J


u
In Out Extent Selected Previous r Layer New Insert Add Remove Cop , Paste Merge E -:-e Erase beneath Move Rotate Resize Move vertex Add vertex
Layers j Toolbox j
I BlZI Lj' Hydrology
mn Waterways —
B01Z3' Political
00 States	~
EO Counties HU
~ @ Reference
0O Major Roads
J Cataloging Units
[2 unnamed - | X: -11,026,361.178 Y: 6,103,603.194 Meters | Lat: 47.980 Long: -99.0511
The following window pops up upon selecting the Build BASINS Project option, and the user should
( - U
click the Build button AFTER the area of interest has been selected	and highlighted yellow. In this
case one Cataloging Unit has been selected. Had a county or state been selected, the data for all
Cataloging Units in that county or state would be downloaded and extracted. Data can be extracted for
more than one Cataloging Unit, county, or state.

-------
^xj
To Build a New BASINS 4.5 Project, zoom/pan to your geographic area of interest,
select (highlight) it, and then click Build .
tf your area is outside the USA oryou do not want to use the map, click Build' with
no features selected to create an empty project.
Selected Features:
D206DDDS : Patuxent
Build
Cancel
The user will then be prompted to select a directory name and location to house the BASINS project.
The default name for the directory is the HUC-8 code, and the default location is in '\BASINS\data\'.

-------
Save new project as...
Save in: 02060006
^JxJ
"3 +¦ S & m-
File name:
Save as type:
3
3
Save
Cancel

Once the directory is selected, the user is prompted to select the desired projection for the GIS files
with the following window. Generally, the user will simply select the desired Category and the
appropriate Name for that category based on the location of the selected HUC-8. However, a custom
projection can be defined by the user if the required input data is known. The selected directory will
then automatically be populated with the appropriate GIS files.

-------
Projection Properties

f* Standard
C Custom
Category
State Plane -1983

T
Name
Maryland

T
Spheroid
GRS 80


Central Meridian
-76

Reference Latitude
37.6666666666

Standard Parallel 1
38.3

Standard Parallel 2
139.44

False Easting

400000.0

False Northing
w~

OK
Cancel
Note: The Map Units property for all GIS layers automatically defaults to meters.
The project is now established and can be further developed with utilities available through the main
menu of the interface.
For further information about building a BASINS project, see the Build a BASINS Project Tutorial.
Note: If the user knows the name of the area of interest but not the specific location on the map, the
MapWindow Table Editor can be useful. The Table Editor allows the user to view all of the attributes of
the current map layer. From the attributes the user can select the name of the area of interest and view
its location on the map.	Building a BASINS Project from an Existing MapWindow Project
With the BASINS plug-in active, the user can build a BASINS project from any existing MapWindow
project. This feature allows a MapWindow user to transform a MapWindow project into a BASINS
project, setting up the project as necessary to enable BASINS features such as the automatic download
and projection of new map layers.
From an existing MapWindow project, choose the File:New menu item on the main BASINS form. The
following dialog will appear:

-------
Convert Map Window Project to BASINS Project?

Do you want to create a BASINS project based on tin is MapWindow project?
(Answer 'No' to create an entirely new BASINS project)
Yes
No
Cancel
Click No to build an entirely new BASINS project, as documented in the section Build BASINS Project.
Click Yes to convert the existing MapWindow Project into a new BASINS project.
If the user clicks Yes, the procedure is very similar to the one outlined in the Build BASINS Project
section, with a few exceptions. The national project will be opened with the State, County, and
Cataloging Unit Boundaries, plus the dotted outline of the project area from the existing MapWindow
project. This dotted outline gives a reference that the user may find useful for identifying which
Cataloging Units to include in the new BASINS project.
The user must choose one or more State, County, or Cataloging Units, and then click Build. The user
will be required to specify a project folder and project name. If the map projection can be determined
from the existing MapWindow project, that projection will be used for the new BASINS project,
otherwise the user will be prompted to specify the projection.
When the new BASINS project has been built, it will load in MapWindow with the standard BASINS map
layers plus those layers contained in the original MapWindow project.	Building a BASINS Project
as a Subset of an Existing BASINS Project
With the BASINS plug-in active, the user can build a BASINS project as a subset of any existing BASINS
project. This feature allows a BASINS user to narrow the geographic scope of a BASINS project, as might
be desired when the user is setting up a model for only a portion of a Cataloging Unit.
From an existing BASINS project, select the feature(s) from an active shapefile layer to be used as the
extents of the new BASINS project. Then choose the File:New menu item on the main BASINS form.
The following dialog will appear:

-------
Create BASINS Project From Selected Features?
*
Do you want to create a BASINS project based on the selected feature (s) in this BASINS project?
(Answer 'No' to create an entirely new BASINS project)
Yes
No
Cancel
Click No to build art entirely new BASINS project, as documented in the section Build BASINS Project.
Click Yes to build a project containing a subset of the current BASINS project.
If the user clicks Yes, the user will be required to specify a project folder and project name. Once those
are specified, BASINS will build a new project containing the same layers as the original project, but the
extent of the map layers will be reduced. Any shapefile feature that is contained (wholly or partially)
within the specified extents will be retained, and any grid will be reduced to the specified extents.
Layers that do not overlap the specified extents will be retained in the project in their entirety.
Once the new BASINS project has been built, it will be opened in MapWindow as the current active
BASINS project.	Open Existing BASINS Project This utility opens an existing BASINS project.
Underneath the Open Existing BASINS Project entry is a list of previously opened projects available for
immediate selection (no projects will be listed when BASINS is first instantiated). Otherwise, the user is
prompted to browse for an existing BASINS project.
1^ Welcome to BASINS 4.5

X]

Build New Proiect


View Documentation
Open Existina Proiect
02060006

W Show this dialog at startup


Close


GIS and Time-Series Data When a BASINS project is created, a large cache of GIS layers is

-------
downloaded and stored in the project directory. These layers are immediately made available on the
left section of the main BASINS form. Click on the associated checkbox to have a layer appear on the
MapWindow interface.
B0I	/ Point Sources and Withdrawal
0C~ Permit Compliance System
~	~ L_/ Observed Data Stations
SD Bacteria	~
El ~ NAWQA Stu dy Area U n it Bo u
~	1? _J Hydrology
0 0 Reach File:V1	^ —
0 ~ Cataloging Unit Code \^>
0D Accounting Unit Boundaries
00 Cataloging Unit Boundaries
BE Political
0f Urban Area Names	*
0C County Names
0|T Count1/Boundaries	I I
0T EPA Region Boundaries
0 0 State Boundaries \J> Q
0 IT U rban Area Bo u n d a ri es I I
~	~Lj' Transportation
0D Major Roads	—
~	~Ljf Soil. Land Use/Cover
0D Ecoregions (Level III) \J> | |
0D Land Use Index s$> Q
0f Managed Area Database I I
0D State Soil	I I
00 Elevation
0 0 Dig ital El ev ati on Mode) (02 0S0
¦ 0 - 131
~ 131 - 262
b. i t-i n ¦=,+¦=
The user may download an additional wide range of data via the File:Download Data menu item. The

-------
available data can be divided into two general categories, GIS layers and time series.
GIS
•	Digital Elevation Model (DEM) Shapefile
•	DEM Grid (DEMG) (100m resolution)
•	Geographic Information Retrieval and Analysis System (GIRAS) Landuse Shapefile
•	National Elevation Dataset (NED) Grid (30m resolution)
•	National Hydrography Dataset (NHD) PolyLine layer
•	Census Shapefiles
•	Meteorologic Data Locations
•	NHDPIus (including grids and shapefiles, vl.O and v2.0)
•	USGS Station Locations from the National Water Information System (NWIS)
•	North American Land Data Assimilation System (NLDAS) Grid
•	National Land Cover Database (NLCD) (1992)
•	National Land Cover Database (NLCD) (2001, 2006, 2011)
•	EPA STORET Water Quality Stations
Notes:	The Map Units property for all GIS layers automatically defaults to meters. When
choosing whether to use the 30m resolution NED grid or the 100m resolution DEMG grid
as the basis for delineating and physically characterizing subbasins within the subject
watershed, it is important to consider the scale of the watershed area. If an entire HUC-
8 is being modeled, the DEMG is probably a better choice due to performance
considerations, while the NED would provide enhanced detail for significantly smaller
watersheds. The same consideration should be given to stream layers when burning
them in. The NLCD GIS layers are in Albers Equal-Area Conic projection, with Spheroid
GRS 80 and Reference Latitude 23.0.

-------
Time Series
•	Meteorological Datasets in WDM format
•	USGS (NWIS) Daily Streamflow
•	USGS (NWIS) Water Quality
•	USGS (NWIS) Streamflow Measurements
•	USGS (NWIS) Instantaneous Data Archive (IDA) Discharge
•	NLDAS Hourly Meteorological Data
Note:	The BASINS system can read time-series data stored in a variety of file formats,
which are detailed in the Time-Series Types section of this documentation. All
time-series data must be converted into one of these formats before it can be
brought into a BASINS project.
Once downloaded, data may be managed using an array of GIS Utilities and Time-Series Management
Utilities.	Download Data
The user may download a wide range of GIS and time-series data in several easy steps via the
File:Download Data menu item.
Key Procedures
Select File:Download Data from the main menu, and the Download Data form appears.

-------
Download Data
XJ
Region to Download
BASINS
Hydrologic Unit 02060006
0
l~~ DEM Shape T GIRAS Land Use T NED P Census l~ Met Stations
T DEM Grid	Legacy STORET T NHD 303(d) T Met Data
—National Hydrography Dataset Plus
C All	I- Elevation Grid
Catchments
P Hydrography
-Station Locations from US Geological Survey National Water Information System
r~ Discharge l~ Water Quality I" Measurements F Daily GW F Periodic
Data Values from US Geological Survey National Water Information System
Station Locations must be selected on the map before data value download
_ National Land Cover Data 2001
I- Land Cover I- Impervious	Canopy	1992 Land Cover
-EPA STORET Water Ql
Stations

jality
Results (available after Stations are selected on map]
— North American Land Do
I- Grid !
. .
itd Assimilation System
Precipitation (available after grid selection on map}
-SSURGO Soils from NR
l~ Shapefile
rc
Lj
I- Merge	I- Clip to Region	Help Cancel
Download
•	Choose the Region to Download. Region options include the project's Hydrologic Units, the View
Rectangle, and the Extent of the Selected Layer.
•	Select the checkboxes of the data types you wish to download, then click the Download button.

-------
•	There will be a pause while the requested data files are downloaded from the internet and
projected, merged, and clipped as needed. When the process is complete, the Download Data form
will disappear and user control will return to the main BASINS GIS interface.
•	Once GIS data has been downloaded, it becomes available in the table of contents on the left side of
the main BASINS form. Time-series data becomes available for use via the Time-Series Management
Utilities. A log file containing details of the download and processing is written to the BASINS cache
log folder.
Note: The Merge and Clip to Region check boxes, rather than specifying data types, specify
particular options for how downloaded data is added into the project. Merge can be useful for GIS
data types that are available for download as individual regions. Selecting Merge will create one GIS
layer from individually downloaded regions. Thus if a BASINS project includes multiple HUCs, using
this option when the data is downloaded it will be merged into a single data layer. Merge is
currently implemented only for NHD Plus data.
The 'Clip to Region' option can be useful for download types where a larger area than is selected
must be retrieved. If Clip is not selected, the layer will be added to the project as it was downloaded.
Selecting Clip will remove parts of the downloaded layer outside the region of interest before adding
the layer to the project. Clip implemented for NHD Plus and BASINS data types. Other data types are
downloaded by rectangle and are not affected by Clip and Merge.
Data types are grouped within a series of frames on this Download Data form:
BASINS
The types within the BASINS group include datasets that have been pre-processed for BASINS and
are stored on an EPA server for download. See BASINS Data Types for more details on the data
types available through the BASINS group.
NHD Plus
Within the National Hydrography Dataset (NHD) Plus group are options to download the elevation
grid, catchments shapefiles, hydrography shapefiles, plus an option to download all NHDPIus layers
(NHDPIus vl.O and v2.1). The grids are large files and take some time to reproject. Value Added
Attributes (VAAs) are added to the shapefile attribute tables. Once downloaded, these data will be
projected and made available in the BASINS GIS interface.
USGS Stations from NWIS
The 'Station Locations from US Geological Survey National Water Information System' options
download station locations for the selected station types. Station locations are available for 'Daily
Discharge', 'Water Quality', 'Measurements' and 'Ground Water'. The downloaded station locations
are made available on the BASINS map as shapefiles by data type.

-------
USGS Data from NWIS
The 'Data Values from US Geological Survey National Water Information System' options download
data values collected at the selected USGS station locations. Station locations to retrieve data from
must first be downloaded and then individual stations must be selected on the map before
downloading data values. Choose the station location type where the data of interest is collected
Click Download to get the station layer
Select the station layer in the legend
Use the Select Tool from the toolbar (looks like a small arrow and a dashed box) to select which
stations to get data from
Open the Download Data form again. The type of data will be automatically selected based on the
stations that are selected on the map.
Click Download again to get the data.
After downloading, data values are stored in the NWIS folder within the BASINS project. These
timeseries become part of the BASINS project.
National Land Cover Data (NLCD)
The 'National Land Cover Data' group is used to download GIS layers from the NLCD dataset. Layers
from the 2001, 2006 and 2011 dataset available for download include the land cover, impervious,
and canopy grids. The 1992 Land Cover grid from NLCD is also available for download. Once
downloaded, the grids will be projected and loaded onto the BASINS map.
North American Land Data Assimilation System
Hourly Meteorological Data from NLDAS (North American Land Data Assimilation System) Phase 2
can be added to the BASINS project using these options. The 'Grid' option should be used first to
download and display the NLDAS station locations. When this option is used, 2 shapefiles will be
added to the map in the Observed Data Stations group: "NLDAS Grid Center" is a layer of points at
the center of each grid cell, and "NLDAS Grid" is a layer of outlines of each grid cell.
The 'Hourly Data' option is available after one or more NLDAS grid locations are selected on the
map. When either NLDAS Grid layer is selected in the legend, and one or more grid cells are
selected using the Select tool, the 'Hourly Data' option downloads the NLDAS time series and either
reads the data in the downloaded format or imports it into a WDM file. To use the data in HSPF,
adding to a WDM file is needed. On this screen, the user has the option to change the time zone
from UTCto a project specific time zone.
BASINS Data Types DEM Shape provides a shapefile layer of elevations useful for performing
watershed delineation. Once downloaded, the data will be projected and automatically added to the

-------
BASINS project. It will then be available as a map layer to display in the BASINS GIS interface.
DEM Grid (DEMG) and National Elevation Dataset (NED) provide grid data that can be used for
various BASINS functions including automatic watershed delineation.
GIRAS Landuse data provide land use tiles from the USGS GIRAS Landuse database covering the
selected HUC. Once downloaded, these data will be projected and made available to add to the
BASINS View in the BASINS GIS interface.
National Hydrography Dataset (NHD) provides a shapefile layer of stream channel data. This
BASINS shapefile is a combination of the route feature class and flow relationships table from the
NHDinARC version of the NHD. Once downloaded, the layer will be projected and made available
within the BASINS GIS interface.
Census provides boundary layers and associated tabular data from the 1990 and 2000 Census of
Population, as well as the TIGER line files showing roads, railroads, and other linear features. Once
downloaded, these data will be projected and made available in the BASINS GIS interface.
Meteorologic downloads BASINS Meteorological data from the updated BASINS Meteorological
database (Version 2009) and creates a shapefile of the locations of that data. The updated database
contains data at over 16,000 stations, though not all stations are still active and most of them
contain only a subset of all the meteorological constituents used in BASINS. For those stations that
are current, data have been updated through the year 2009.
After downloading is complete, a new GIS layer (^Weather Station Sites 2009^) is added showing
the location of the stations. This layer is stored as a shape file (met.shp) in the BASINS project
directory. All stations within the current view are downloaded and merged into a single project
WDM file. The resulting WDM file is by default stored in the BASINS project directory (e.g.
\BASINS\Data\Project Name\met\met.wdm). This default location can be changed using the folder
button next to the Meteorologic checkbox in the Download Data form. The new WDM file is
automatically added to the current project.
The BASINS GIS interface has been updated to display a suite of distinct icons to graphically
represent which constituents are available at each meteorological station.
V,
r-1
'¦.3'
With each station marked by the letter M, the seven available constituents are represented at the
following positions in relation to the station center:

-------
•	Precipitation (PREC) - due South
•	Wind speed (WIND) - due West
•	Cloud Cover (CLOU) - North West
•	Potential Evapotranspiration (PEVT) - due North
•	Solar Radiation (SOLR) - North East
•	Air Temperature (ATEM) - due East
•	Dewpoint Temperature (DEWP) - South East
An enhancement for BASINS 4.5 allows direct download and/or calculation of this full suite from the
North American Land Data Assimilation System (NLDAS) gridded data set. Published by NASA, NLDAS
runs in near real-time on a l/8th-degree grid over central North America, with retrospective NLDAS
datasets extending back to January 1979. This enhancement not only allows direct download of this
data for a specified region but also facilitate creation of HSPF models driven by this gridded data.
GIS Utilities The main BASINS form contains a MapWindow toolbar that allows the user to manage GIS
layers. The standard toolbar consists of icons that allow the user to: open, save, or start a new project;
print the current map display; add or remove layers; and pan, zoom, select, and measure distance on
the map display. The standard toolbar appears as follows.
l v U +. ¦	a q , •-	# - " "i* , :P 0 4
New Open Save Print Settings ;; Add Remove dear j Symbology Categories Query Properties Table Select Deselect Measure Identify Label Mover
• Legend Editor allows the user to change the appearance of individual map layers, such as which
layers will be labeled on the MapWindow display, which attribute will be assigned as the label, as
well as font settings and extent relative to the display. The Legend Editor is accessible by
highlighting the name of a layer on the main BASINS screen to make it active, right-clicking on the
layer, and selecting Properties.

-------
Legend
1 Add Group
I»; Add Layer
g Remove Layer
~ Clear Layers
Zoom to Layer
Label Setup
Charts
'^j View Metadata
\ Shapefile categories
Attribute Table Editor
>t| Symbology manager
[_5	Expand Groups
^	Expand All
_2	Collapse Groups
!=;	Collapse All
j^] unnamed - X: -9,193,200.586 Y: 5,046,126.033 Meters | Lat: 41.229 Long:-82.584,
Rle | Tiles Watershed Delineation Models Compute Launch Analysis
Layer View Bookmarks Plug-ins Converters Shapefile Editor Help
i fv i l.
; LLJ m

La
]--U
~
*


m
1®

M7 0
: New Open
Save Print Settings
Add
Remove
Clear
Symbology
Categories
Query
Properties
Table
Select
Deselect Measure Identify Label Mover
In Out Extent Selected Previous ! Jext Layer
\m
OD

&
New Insert Add Remove Copy Paste Merge trase Erase beneath Move Rotate Resize Move vertex Add vertex
Preview Map
Layers j Toolbox j
~	~ Hydrology
EO Waterways ^ -
~	01^ Political
|l±10 States
\BD Counties
~ 0 \& Reference
BD MajorRoac
00 Cataloging
From the Legend Editor, the user can alter Layer Properties, Legend Properties, and Symbology.

-------
Layer properties; State Boundaries
xJ
General | Mode | Appearance | Categories | Labels | Charts || Visibility
Name
[State Boundaries
~~ Source
Type: polygon shapefile
Number of shapes: 1
Selected: 0
Source: d :Sdev\BAS I NS40','data\02UEC'C,DE>,'-st .shp
Bounds X: 105205.2Bto 4%DS'G.55m
Bounds Y: 41 S6EB9.20to 4406935.75 m
Proj4: 4proj=utm +zone=1B+ellps=GRSSD -*towgsB4=
0,0,0,0,0,0,0 -Hjnits=m -mojdefs	J

Projection

A
zl
W Layer visible
F Show preview
Ok
Apply
Cancel
Identifier uses the icon on the main form. Highlight the layer of interest (click on the layer
name to make it active). Then, when the icon is clicked and an area of the active layer selected, the
Feature Identifier window will pop up displaying a list of attributes for that area.
1 Feature Identifier - Watershed Sha
, njj
-------
• Table Editor uses the icon on the main form. When clicked, the DBF table associated with the
active layer is displayed on the Attribute Table Editor form where attribute values can be modified
I e Attribute Table Editor - 02060006.shp





_|n|
xl I
Edit View Selection Tools

SHAPE	ID RCH_
RCHJD
COMJD
RCH_CODE
RCH_DATE
LEVEL
METERS
GNISJD
d
~
0 |l
2
81693113
02060006002
20030417
-9998
270


1 |2
3
El 693115
02060006002
20030417
-9998
566


2 3
4
SI 693315
02060006002
20030417
3
416


3 4
5
81693317
02060006002
20030417
3
226


4 5
6
S1693319
02D600D6002
20030417
-9998
456


5 G
7
81693321
02D600D6002
20030417
2
629


G 7
8
81693323
02D600D6Q02
20030417
2
801


7 [a
9
81693325
02060006002
20030417
3
472


S 9
10
81693327
02060006002
20030417
3
549


9 10
11
81693329
02060006002
20030417
3
834


10 11
12
81693331
02060006002
20030417
3
397


11 12
13
81693333
02060006002
20030417
3
400


12 13
14
81693335
02060006002
20030417
4
594


13 14
15
81693337
02060006002
20030417
4
635


14 15
16
81693339
02060006002
20030417
4
928


15
16
17
81693341
02060006002
20030417
2
832

.
1G
17
J 8

mncriTinenrn
¦jnmn.ii 7
i .
RSJ

<1 I

Q
| @ | H
V ^
& I 00
J



Apply
Close
0 of 25S3 Selected




j
An array of additional GIS utilities is available via the Plug-in menu.
The following table details all of the MapWindow tool bar items that are available in the BASINS
Customized MapWindow Interface.
Open New Project	Open Existing Project	Save Current Project
Print Map Display	Add Layer	Remove Layer
- -	S
Remove All Layers .4. Pan	Select
B	*r

-------
HTt
Measure Distance or
f+)
Zoom In


LI
Area





Zoom Out
K ¦
Zoom to Extent
0
Feature Identifier
~
Move Vertex

Table Editor
shp
Add New Shape to




Current Shapefile
shp
Remove Shape from
Current Shapefile

Create New Shapefile
+
Add Vertex to
Existing Shapefile
¦
Remove Vertex from
Existing Shapefile




Visit the MapWindow web site for complete documentation on that program.
For further instructions and videos about using MapWindow, consult MapWindow Tutorials (Note: .pdf
documents must be opened in a separate window).	Time-Series Management Data files and
their time series can be managed via the File menu on the main form. There are five items on that
menu that execute various data management utilities. Simply make the desired selection(s) from the
pop-up form associated with each menu item.
Menu Item
Utility
New Data
Creates a new WDM file for data storage. Time series can later be saved

to this file with the Save Data In menu item.
Open Data
Opens a data file for inclusion in the current BASINS project. The data

file type can be one of the available depending upon the plug-ins

loaded. See Time-Series Types for more details.
Download Data
Download additional GIS or timeseries data from the internet.
Save Data In
Browse for time series in the current BASINS project and save that data

to a selected WDM file.
Manage Data
Open or close any of the available data file types to include/exclude that

data file in/from the current BASINS project. See below for more

details.
The Manage Data menu item produces the 'Data Sources' form for managing the time series data

-------
sources available in the project. The top pane of the 'Data Sources' form shows each time-series data
source in the project. Clicking on one of the file names produces a summary of the timeseries in that file
in the bottom pane.
|, : Data Sources

-|n|x||
File Analysis Help
| -]-WDM






Timeseries ::W DM
D ABAS 1N S\data\fl2060006\met\niet .wdm
55 Timeseries
25.6DO.OOD bytes
Modified 7/26/2012 2:52:06 PM
From the File menu, additional data sources may be opened, and data sources that are currently
opened may be closed.
The Analysis menu provides access to the BASINS Analysis tools. Choosing a menu item in the Analysis
menu will perform that analysis on all timeseries in the selected data source. Map Projections A
map projection is a mathematical expression used to transform the earth's curved terrain to a flat
surface. When a user creates a GIS project, the projection must be specified so that the software knows
how to represent the three-dimensional surface of the earth on a flat, two-dimensional map. Any map
projection causes some degree of distortion to one or more map properties, such as area, distance,
scale, or shape. Within MapWindow GIS and BASINS, hundreds of map projections are available. It is up
to the user to choose one of these projections for the BASINS project.
Within BASINS the user is asked to choose a projection during the Build BASINS Project process. This
projection will be used throughout the BASINS project. When data is added to the project through the
BASINS Data Download tool, BASINS will automatically re-project the data into the specified projection.
MapWindow also has projection capabilities. The following section describes MapWindow's capabilities
with regard to map projections.
The first layer that the user adds to a new MapWindow project will be checked for projection data (an
ESRI-style ".prj" file containing Weil-Known Text (WKT) projection information). If a .prj file is found, the

-------
MapWindow project will adopt that projection. This information can be viewed under the file/settings
menu.
Project Settings | Application Settings |
©:
|+j-
Hi

~ Coordinate Display

Map Data Units
Meters

Show Additional Unit
Lat/Long

Show Map Data Units
True

Status Bar Comma Separators (Additio
True

Status Bar Comma Separators [Stands
True

Status Bar Decimals (Additional)
3

Status Bar Decimals (Standard)
3
E Display Options

Use default background color?
True

Project Map Background Color
1 1 255, 255, 255
E Project Behavior

MapWindow Configuration File
C:\Users\Lucy. BfickerNApp Data\Roaming\B
E Project Projection

Projection Absence Behavior
Assign From Project

Projection Mismatch Behavior
Reproject

Project Projection
UTM1 Zone 18, Northern Hemisphei...|

Show Mismatch Warnings?
True

Show Loading Report
False

Project Projection
Projection Mismatch
When additional layers are added, if they are in the same projection, they simply load

-------
If they are in a different projection, then the user is asked how they would like to handle the situation.
The default is to reproject the new layer to the projection of the originally added layer (the "project
projection").
The user can also set up BASINS to automatically reproject into project projection for the rest of the
session.
Warning: The projection specified in the project settings differs
from the projection of the layer you're adding.
Project Projection: USA Contiguous Albers Equal Area Conic
USGS
New Layer: NAD 19B3 UTM Zone 15N
File Name: pcs3.shp
How 'would you like to proceed?
V Use this ans wer for the duration of this session
Reproject the layer you're adding to match the
projection of the project
C Overwrite existing file(s) with reprojected data
^ Create new file with reprojected data [i.e.,
origname_reprojected.shp), add this instead
C Do Nothing [Data may not appear as expected)
i— Never Show This Again
[Always "Do Nothing*)
Cancel Adding
OK
Note: MapWindow does not support on-the-fly projection because it gives the user a false sense of the
data being in a projection which it is not in. This is a situation that is suitable for viewing, but
problematic for modeling. Instead, MapWindow provides a facility to warn the user when data with
mismatched projections are added to the same project. The user is then prompted to optionally
reproject the data such that all data is in the same projection, or proceed with the disclaimer that data
may not appear as expected.
Assigning Projections
In the main BASINS window, in the Legend pane, click on the 'Toolbox' tab.
• Select Assign Projection to Shapefile.

-------
Legend
Layers Toolbox |
Projections
IVlZZZ
Projection to Shapefile

Identify Projection
Projection Viewer
Reproject Shapefile
Fl-r / Vector Operations
~ ]	) Standard
\-J* 3D vector to 2D vector
.Aggregate shapes
i	J* Buffer Shapes
i-v* Calculate Polygon .Areas
!	/ Create Centroids
i	^ Dissolve by .Attribute
Explode Shapes
Export Selection
;	y* Fix up Shapefile
Merge Shapefiles
Simplify Lines
Assign Projection to Shapefile
.Assigns cooordinate system and projection to shapefile
or group of shapefiles for which the coordinate system
isnt defined. The operation doesnt change coordinates
• A dialog will open where the user can specify the desired projection and the layer(s) to which to
assign the projection. Click Assign when ready.

-------
§§ Assign Projection
.Jn|x|
BLJ
eH&
Great Lakes
UTM
' UTM
' UTM
' UTM
' UTM
NAD83/UTM
NAD83 /UTM
NAD83
NAD83
NAD83/UTM
NAD83/UTM
NAD83
NAD83
NAD83/UTM
NAD83/UTM
NAD83/UTM
NAD83/UTM
NAD83/UTM
NAD83/UTM
NAD83/UTM
NAD83/UTM
NAD83/UTM
NAD83/UTM
NAD83/UTM
NAD83/UTM
NAD83/UTM
Man R-3 / I ITM
zone 5SN
zone SON
zone 1N
zone 2N
zone 3N
zone 4N
zone 5N
zone SN
zone 7N
zone 8N
zone 3N
zone 1DN
zone 11N
zone 12N
zone 13N
zone 14N
zone 15N
zone 16N
zone 17N
zone 18N
zone 13N
'nn» 2fltJ
Name
Projection
W W_branch.shp NAD_1583_UTM_Zone_18N
- x
Projection: NAD83 / UTM zone 19N
.Assign
Test
Close
J
Click Ok on the following screen:
BASINS 4,5
xj
¦ The projection was successfully assigned to the files: 1
OK
Reprojections

-------
MapWindow allows the user to reproject files, or place them in a new spatial reference system
from the currently used reference system, for modeling and mapping. All data for modeling is
typically kept in the same projection.
To reproject a shapefile:
In the main BASINS window, in the Legend pane, click on the 'Toolbox' tab.
• Select Reproject Shapefile.
Legend

¥ x II
Layers
Toolbox
I
Eh J Projections
.Assign Projection to Shapefile
Identify Projection
Projection Viewer
-
Reproject Shapefile
Vector Operations
B-tJ Standard
ph 3D vector to 2D vector
Aggregate shapes
Buffer Shapes
Calculate Polygon .Areas
Create Centroids
Dissolve by .Attribute
Explode Shapes
p* Export Selection
Fix up Shapefile
Merge Shapefiles
p* Simplify Lines
Reproject Shapefile
Changes projection or (and) coordinate system of
shapefile. The shapefile must have assigned coordinate
system to perfrom this operation. This tool changes the

-------
• A dialog will open where the user can specify the desired projection and the layer(s) to reproject.
Click Reproject when ready.
Reproject la vers
M*I
s-Ca
§¦~
m-m
B-LJ
a-Ca
l-Q
sh
a-a
s-Ca
El lJ
i±j •	j
Delaware
Florida
Georgia
Hawaii
Iowa
Idaho
Illinois
Indiana
Kansas
Kentucky
Louisiana
Massachusetts
Maryland

\
NADS3/Maryland ft U

V
NAD33 / Maryland

El-i	J
ill lJ
(±1	J
0-Qf
a-ca
S--LJ
Maine
Michigan
Minnesota
Missouri
Mississippi
Montana
| Name
I*/ j Q20BC'D[}G_coJM}.shp
Projection
IJTM Zone 1B, Northern Hemisphen
li
J
Projection : NAD83 / Maryland
Reproject
Close
J
• Projection Name Correction
In order to change the name of the projection, go to File:Settings on the main BASINS window.

-------
Project Settings | Application Settings |
1HJ

~ Coordinate Display

Map Data Units
Meters

Show Additional Unit
Lat/Long

Show Map Data Units
True

Status Bar Comma Separators (Additio
True

Status Bar Comma Separators [Standc
True

Status Bar Decimals (Additional)
3

Status Bar Decimals (Standard)
3
E Display Options

Use default background color?
True

Project Map Background Color
1 1 255. 255. 255
E Project Behavior

MapW
ndow Configuration File
C:\IJsers\Ujcy. Bricker\App Data\Roaming\B
E Project Projection

Projection Absence Behavior
Assign Prom Project

Projection Mismatch Behavior
Reproject

Project Projection
UTM Zone 18. Northern Hemispha ... I

Show Mismatch Warnings?
True

Show Loading Report
False

Project Projection
The name of the current project projection can be adjusted by clicking on the "button and then
specifying the desired projection on the form that follows.

-------
JSJ_X|
Choose coordinate system and projection for the project:
Unspecified datums
S 	i	
El - _j WORLD
AFRICA
i _J AMERICA
0	_J ASIA
1	_J EUROPE
i-Ca OCEANIA
NSWC SZ-2
PZ-90
WGS SG
WGS 72
"J WGS 72BE
WGS S4
B ¦	J Favorite
Geographical
; ¦¦ J WGS 24
t / Projected
WGS 84/ Pseudo-Mercator
+
J
3
Ok
Cancel
J*
(For more information about the Projection Parameters utility, see Projection Parameters)
Hard Copy and Exporting Hard Copy In order to print the current map view, select File:Print from
the main BASINS toolbar. The MapWindow Print Layout form will pop up, which allows the user to
select what map elements to display, create the layout of those elements, and then send that image
to a printer.

-------
iB MapWlndow Print Layout
File Select View Atlas Generator About
: q a a i a \ n +1=« ~ •
JSJill
> >-j 55%
ialatoarc Unt ro-ndat:?
•V btath sJid
1	I
Jiqtal tlsvaccr Msdtr iCl'tetJiE i
no 131
... 131-5fi?
Ho Dal a
m
jj
j

Map 1
jlIjJ
Xj
IS
m
lu\m

3 Layout
0
Location
725. 427

Name
Legend 1
0
Size
220,76123. 24:
3 Symbol

Color
¦ Black

Column Widl
268
0
Font
Arial, 10pt

Layers
(Collection)

Map
Map 1

NumColumr
1

TextHint
AntiAliasGridRt
Name
Exporting The user may export a map image as a bitmap (.BMP) or graphic interchange file (.GIF),
for instance to include within a word processing document. Select View:Copy from the main BASINS
menu.
BASINS 4.5 - 02060006*
File
Watershed Delineation Models Compute Launch Analysis Layer
L	1 vB
&
IB
: La
l-O
~
New Open
Save
Print Settings
Add
Remove
Clear
"J
K ¦
Out Extent Selected Previous Next Layer
¥ X
Pan
Legend
Layers j Toolbox ]
E ~ Po i nt So urces an d With d ravals
0D Permit Compliance System ~
Observed Data Stations
~ ~ Bacteria
mn NAWQA Study Area UnitBoundari
~ 0 (& Hydrology
00 Reach File, V1	—
0D Cataloging Unit Code
The user will then be presentee
Symbology
New
Categories Query Prof
oa
Insert
Add Remove Copy
View | Bookmarks Plug-ins Converters Shapefile Editor f
O %
Identify Label Mover
Panels
~
Set Map Scale

Show Floating Scale Bar


copy
Zoom In
jE) Zoom Out
" Zoom to Full Extents
Zoom to Preview Map Extents
Previous Zoom
Next Zoom
a Clear Selection of all layers
Preview Map
Legend
iosle Ba-
Morth Arrow
with a dialog asking where to save the file. The user may export a

-------
scale bar by selecting the View menu, then Copy, then Scale Bar. This will prompt the user for a
location to save the resulting image file. This file could then be used in word processing or
publishing software. Lastly, the user may export a north arrow by choosing the View menu, then
Copy, then North Arrow. This also will prompt the user for a location to save the image.

-------
Plug-ins
BASINS 4.5 -02060006*
File Watershed Delineation . Models Compute Launch Analysis Layer View Bookmarks
ft ! *
Table Sele
m m
Merge Erase
New Open Save Print Settings
(2) Pl	IT)
Pan
In Out Extent Selected Previous Next Layer
Legend	^ X
Layers j Toolbox j
El ~ LiS'Point Sources and Withdrawals A
HID Permit Compliance System
El ~ & Observed Data Stations
~ ~ Bacteria	^
E) ~ NAWQA Study Area U n it Bo u
B0liJ Hydrology
0 0 Reach File, V1	—
!+)~ CatalogingUnitCode
SO Accounting Unit Boundaries
IBB Cataloging Unit Boundaries
~ 0 Political
El~ Urban Area Names ^ ~
El ~ County Names
0D County Boundaries CD
BO EPA Region Boundaries
I La La Lo	IS
Add Remove Clear Symbology Categories Query Properties
^  shp shp
New Insert Add Remove Copy Paste
zi
Preview Map
Plug-ins | Converters Shapefile Editor Help
Edit Plug-ins
t#j Scripts
Analysis
y Archive Project Tool
j] BASINS 4,5
~ CSV to Shapefile Converter
^ D4EM Data Download
EPA SWMM 5.0 Setup
EPA WASP Model Builder
GWLF-E Data Processor
| HSPFParm - Parameter Database for HSPF
| Manual Delineation
| Model Segmentation
| Model Setup (HSPF/AQUATOX)
| Pollutant Loading Estimator (PLOAD)
| Shapefile Editor
| Soil and Water Assessment Tool (SWAT)
Tiled Map
Timeseries
Watershed Characterization System (WCS)
Watershed Delineation
To edit the selection of plug-ins currently available, select the Edit Plug-ins option on the Plug-ins
Plug-ins are modular and extensible software programs that interact with the host program to provide
additional functions via the host program's user interface. The functionality of piug-ins is as varied as
the software programs which they support. There are hosts of plug-ins available for BASINS, and they
can be accessed via the Plug-ins item on the main menu.
\dd v

-------
menu. This sets the default of which plug-ins are activated.
Edit Plug-ins
X]
Loaded PVjg-ns
E
Archive Prefect Tool
*
V
BASINS 4.1

V
CSV to ShapeWe Converter

V
D4EM Data Download BASINS
|
~
D4EM Data Download Main

5?
D4EM Data Download NHDPIus
	1
V
D4EM Data Download NICD2001

E
D4EM Data Download: NLDAS

SI
D4EM Data Download NWIS

V.
D4EM Data Download STORET

Si
EPA SWMM 5.0 Setup

*
EPA WASP Model Butter
zJ

GWLF-E Data Processor
Turn All Qn
PJug*i Detarfs
Refresh bst
Tun All Off
Name:
Version:
Build Date:
Author:
Description:
BASINS 41
3.1.1.0
10/16/2012 3:55 52 PM
AQUA TERRA Consultants
BASINS 41 extension
OK
Cancel
^pply
The BASINS plug-in provides essential and additional functionality for BASINS 4.5. The D4EM Data
Download plug-ins provide the functionality for downloading spatial and timeseries data (See Download
Data for more details). The other plug-ins provide additional GIS, time series, model setup, and analysis,
and computation utilities.
Type
Name
GIS
GIS Utilities GIS-Related Plug-ins Identifier Legend Editor Shapefile
Editor Table Editor Watershed Delineation Plug-ins
Time Series
Time Series Types Time Series Operations

-------
Model Plug-ins
HSPFSWATWASPSWMMAQUATOXPLOAD GWLF-E (Plug-ins are
separately for installation)
Analysis Plug-ins
Cligen Climate Assessment Tool (installed with HSPF plug-in) Data Tree
DFLOW Graph List Lookup Tables Reclassify Land Use Seasonal
Attributes Synoptic USGS Surface Water Statistics Watershed
Characterization Reports Watershed Characterization System
Compute Plug-ins
Statistics Generate Timeseries Seasons Meteorologic Generation Events
Other
Archive Project
Note: Data for Environmental Modeling, or D4EM, is a comprehensive set of tools that obtains and
processes data to be used in computational environmental models. The software enables users to
download data from various websites, and then processes the data to create model inputs.
BASINS Main Plug-in
The BASINS plug-in adds two items: b> Analysis and Compute, to the main menu on the interface. These
utilities provide additional time series management and model setup capabilities, links to external web
sites that serve as information resources, and links to external software packages that manage GIS and
time-series data. It also invokes the Welcome to BASINS 4.5 window upon instantiation of the program,
which expedites setting up or opening a project.
A script consists of programming code stored in an ASCII file that is compiled at runtime, allowing the
user an easy, dynamic method to assemble customized utilities. The user has a choice of writing code in
one of two languages, VB.Net or C#. It follows that a user must have basic programming skills in the
selected language if they are to assemble a successful script. The product of the scripting operation can
be either a script, which can be loaded and run at a later time, or a plug-in, which will be compiled and
added to the Plug-ins menu. Complete documentation about MapWindow scripting is available via
th el©! button or the Help menu item on the MapWindow Scripts window.
Scripts
The MapWindow Scripts window pops up when the user selects Plug-ins:Scripts.

-------
if MapWindow Scripts
File Execute Help
Jnj^l
D C y ~ -4 Q
Language ~
(? VB.Net
C Ctt
Output
(* Script
C Plug-in
|lmpouts MapWindow.Interfaces
Imports MapWinGIS
Imports System. Windows . Forms
Imports Microsoft.VisualBasic
1 Each script should (tout doesn1 t have to) have a unijl
Putolic Module MyExample
Public Sub ScriptMain(ByRef m_MapWin As IMapWin)
MsgBox("This is a simple script to display the r
MsgBox("Numtoer of Layers: " £ m_MapWin.Layers.Nv
End Suto
End Module

J
To start a new script, click the_Q_l button. To open an existing script, click theL^U button. Once the
programming code has been selected from the Language frame and the desired code has been written,
the user has several options.
•	To save the module as a script, select Script from the Output frame then click theL^J button
•	To run the script, select Script from the Output frame then click the_^J button
•	To compile the code as a plug-in, select Plug-in from the Output frame then click thei^J button.
The name of the new plug-in, which will appear on the Plug-ins menu, is assigned in the code as the
Name property.
GIS-Related Plug-ins
There are a series of GIS-related plug-ins available as part of the MapWindow installation package, each
providing a particular range of utility. This section will cover plug-ins available on the plug-in menu; for
an explanation of other GIS functions, see GIS Utilities.

-------
• Shapefile Editor adds both the Shapefile Editor menu item and
thJ: £b shp shp § 0 • # ££> *Ji O ^ "+ ¦"
buttons to the main toolbar.

-------
• CSV to Shapefile Converter adds the Converters menu item to the main toolbar.
¦p CSV to Shapefile 2.0
This tool will convert a comma-delimited text file into a shapefile. The file
must contain column titles as the first row, and each row must appear on a
new line.
*J
Input File: [j-
Field Delimiter: JT
~ Data Type
(* Points
C Lines
C Polygons
3
Open File...
(For Lines/Polygons Only)
(For Lines/Polygons Only)
"Conversion Options
Polygon/Line ID:
Part ID:
X Field:
Y	Field;
Z Field: (optional)
M Field: (optional)
V	Add Coordinates to Shapefile Attributes?
F Convert .AJI Other Fields into Shapefile retributes
W Add to Map?
B
3
3
(progress will be shown here)
Convert
Close
plug-in allows the user to convert at comma-delimited text file into a point shapefile.
This

-------
Visit the MapWiridow web site for complete documentation on that program. For further instructions
and videos about using MapWindow, consult MapWindow Tutorials {Note: .pdf documents must be
opened in a separate window).
Delineation Plug-ins
There are two methods of watershed delineation available in BASINS: Manual Watershed Delineation
and Automatic Watershed Delineation. Both are available on the Plug-ins menu option on the main
BASINS window.
BASINS 4.5 - 02060006*
File . ' Watershed Delineation Models
m m S
New Open Save Print Settings
> £ ; iP
In Out Extent Selected Previous Next Layer
Compute i. ''' Launch m Analysis
ls a a
Add Remove Clear

*

Pan
m a i% m
Symbology Categories Query Properties Table
Plug-ins
Help
Layer
Converters
5eie
Layers I Toofoax
~ ^ Projections


	~
Assign Projection to Shapefile


	y*- Identify Projection


Projection Viewer


	~
- Reproject Shapefile
~ £2? Vector Operations —

Fl-t:'h Standard



	j* 3D vector to 2D vector



Aggregate shapes



	J* Buffer Shapes



¦¦¦¦y* Calculate Polygon Areas



f* Create Centroids



	y* Dissolve by Attribute



	Explode Shapes



	Export Selection
Reproject Shapefile
Changes projection or (and) coordinate system of
shapefile. The shapefile must have assigned
Preview Map
. ob shp
New Insert Add Remove Cop,'
~
Paste Merge Erase
4

Analysis
Archive Project Tool
BASINS 4.5
CSV to Shapefile Converter
D4EM Data Download
EPA SWMM 5.0 Setup
EPA WASP Model Builder
GWLF-E Data Processor
HSPFParm - Parameter Database for HSPF
Manual Delineation
Model Segmentation
Model Setup (HSPF/AQUATOX)
Pollutant Loading Estimator (PLOAD)
Shapefile Editor
Soil and Water Assessment Tool (SWAT)
Tiled Map
Timeseries
Watershed Characterization System (WCS)
Watershed Delineation
1
THT/C.
If either Manual Delineation or Watershed Delineation is selected from the Plug-ins list, a new menu
option titled Watershed Delineation will appear on the main BASINS menu.
The Manual Delineation plug-in adds a Manual option to this menu:
BASINS 4.5 - 02060006*
File

Watershed Delineation Models
New
L. *
Manual

Automatic

Advanced TauDEM Functions ~
Detailed information about this plug-in
can be found here.
• The Watershed Delineation plug-in adds an Automatic Delineation and Advanced Tau-DEM
Functions option to the Watershed Delineation menu:

-------
Watershed Delineation
Help

Automatic



Advanced TauDEM Functions
~
More information about this plug-in can be
found here.
Model Plug-ins
Several of the main modeling programs that can be used in BASINS are available as Plug-ins. When a
particular model plugin is installed, it can be selected from the main Plug-ins menu. When selected, the
particular model is then added to the Models menu options. For example, if the HSPF model plugin is
installed, the Plugin-ins menu adds the menu item Model Setup for HSPF.
Other Plug-ins
The Archive Project Tool plug-in allows the user to archive the many files associated with a project as
one zip file. The plug-in adds the option Archive/Restore Project to the main File menu. When selected
from the File menu, the following window pops up:

-------
fr Archive or Restore Project
*]
Archive Project...
Notes:
r— Preserve original file locations in
archive?
|— Include all files in same directory as
project, even if not in project?
F Include Computer and User Name in Notes?
Compression: 5
	 I	
I	I
Archive Project
Restore Project .Archive...
I	
Archive:
View Archive Details...
Restore To:
¦ Open into existing [current; project"
Restore Prajec
Close
The Tiled
Map plug-in allows the user to load a tiled base map using images from a number of different providers.
This plug-in adds the 'Tiles' menu to the main MapWindow interface. Within the Tiles' menu a user can

-------
choose to load tiles from any of the providers shown below.
Tiles I* Analysis y Models ^ Launc
No Tiles
OpenStreetMap
Cloudmade
Fine Line
Midnight
OpenCydeMap
Yahoo Satellite
Yahoo Maps
ArcGIS Online World Topo Map
ArcGIS Online World Street Map
Cache Folder.,.
Choosing any of the tile options will result in the corresponding base map images being downloaded and
added to the map, as shown below.

-------

MapWinGIS 4.8
BASINS 4.1 - national*
File Tiles ^ Models ; ' Compute t I Launch Analysis Layer View Bookmarks Plug-ins Watershed Delineation Converters Shapefile Editor Help
xj
«i
H
.1
La
a
~
-n %
*


SI7 0
"5*
New Open
Save Print Settings
Add
Remove
Clear
Symbology Categories
Query
Properties Table
Select
ieselec! Measure Identify
Label Mover
^ ob Shp
New Insert Add
Legend
Ul ®
Paste Merge
V X
~I* m* ¦" >/ [|Sj
Res Move vertex Add vertex Remove vertex Cleanup Undo
& If-'*
In Out Extent
~ 0 Hydrology

ED Waterways
s$> -
|E0 Cataloging Units
v&n 1
~ 0 Political

00 States
~
0D Counties

BD& Reference

®D Major Roads

00 LJ Tiles

| 1:7626967
Preview Map	? X
PC] unnamed ~
X: -8,481,220.649 Y: 5,066,188.515 Meters ! Lat: 41.364Long: -76.188
The Tiled Map feature is only available in the 'National' project when building a new BASINS project, and
in any BASINS project using the 'Google Mercator' projection. Map tiles are only loaded when the
provider is selected from the 'Tiles' menu; the user may wish to reselect the provider from the 'Tiles'
menu after changing the zoom level or panning the map. Time-Series Plug-ins There are a variety of

-------
time-series types and operations available through the Plug-ins:Time Series menu.
lalyas Layer View Bookmarks Plug-re Shapefie Editor Converters Help
Properties
L_
R
.y








. v
.u3


.V
.V

Jt?
I
.V
.'V
BasmsObsWQ
Cligen Output
D-4EM
DBF
Event
Exca
HSPF Bnary Output
Math
Meteorologic Generation
NASAGOS
n-day h»gh/low
NOAA
NOAAHPD
NOAA ISH
Sept
Seasons
Statistics
STORET
SWAT Data Ftes
SWATD6F
SWMM Input
SWMMS Output
Synoplnput
USGSRD6
WDM
WRD6 Archive
£¦ Edit Plug-ins
(jfj Scripts
Analysis
Archive Project Tool
a CSV to Shapefite Converter
0
BASINS 4.1
J9
JV

D4EM Data Download
EPA SWMM 5.0 Setup
EPA WASP Model Builder
GWLF € Data Processor
HSPFParm - Parameter Database for HSPF
Manual Delineation
Model Segmentation
| Model Setup (HSPF/AQUATOX)
j^| Pollutant Loadng Estimator (PlOAD)
~7[ Shape file Editor
[ Sod and Water Assessment Tool (SWAT)
Tiled Map

Timesenes
Watershed Characten?abon System (WCS)
Watershed Delrieabon
1:1053043

-------
Time-Series Types allow BASINS to recognize numeric data sets stored in different formats and to
incorporate that data as part of the BASINS project. Time-Series Operations allow the user to perform a
variety of mathematical procedures and analyses on data sets available within the BASINS project.
Time-Series Types
When a time-series type is selected from the Plug-ins:Time Series menu, that formatted data storage
option becomes available for incorporation into the BASINS project via the File:Open Data menu item.
The following Select a File Type window pops up when plug-ins for ail available time-series types have
been selected.
Select a File Type
-lOJxJ

Basins Observed Water Quality DBF
QiGen Output
HSPF Binary Output
Integrated Surface Hourly Data
NASAGDS File
NOAA Hourly Pnecip Data, Archive Format, TD-324C
NOAA Summary of the Day. .Archive Format, TD-32DD
Read Data With Script
STORET Water Quality
SWAT Data Files
SWAT Output DBF
SWMM Input
Timeseries DBF
Timeseries EXCEL
Timeseries SWMM5 Output
USGS RDB File
WDM Time Series
WRDB Archive

-------
Time-Series Type
Description
BASINS Observed Water
Quality DBF
CliGen
HSPF Binary Output
Integrated Surface Hourly
Data
NASA GDS File
NOAA Hourly Precip Data
NOAA Summary of the Day
Read Data with Script
STORET Water Quality
SWAT Data Files
SWAT Output DBF
SWMM Input
Timeseries DBF
Timeseries EXCEL
Timeseries SWMM5 Output
USGSRDB
WDM Time Series
DBF file of water quality observations downloaded with the BASINS core
data
Output from a CliGen run
Binary output file (.HBN) from the HSPF model
Meteorologic data from the named database
Timeseries format of data downloaded from the North American Land
Data Assimilation System (NLDAS)
Meteorologic data from the named database
Meteorologic data from the named database
Utility to read a timeseries from a file into memory using a script.
Format of data downloaded from the EPA STORET system
SWAT Data Files (*.pcp, *.tmp, output.rch, .sub, .hru)
Output file from the SWAT model
Timeseries from a SWMM model input file
DBF file time series values stored with dates in one column and values
in the next column
Timeseries stored in Excel format with dates in one column and values
in the next column
Output file from the SWMM model
Timeseries format of data downloaded from the USGS NWIS system
Input and output time-series data that can be managed with WDMUtil
or GenScn, which are available under the Analysis menu item.
Beginning with BASINS 4.1, GenScn and WDMUtil are available as a
separate download at http://www.aquaterra.com/basins4. Much of the
WDM Time-series management functionality of WDMUtil is available
through the 'File' menu option in BASINS, especially through the
'File:Manage Data' menu option. This functionality is documented in
the user's manual under Time-Series Management.
WRDB Archive
Archive (.txt) format from WRDB

-------
Time-Series Operations
When the time-series operations listed on the Plug-ins:Time Series menu are selected, corresponding
submenu items become available under Compute on the main menu. The available operations, listed
below, are detailed in the Compute section of this documentation.
•	Event
•	Math
•	Meteorological Generation
•	Seasons
•	Statistics
Read Data with Script
The Timeseries Script plug-in allows a user to read a file containing a timeseries into memory based on a
script that describes the format of the file.
Selection of the 'File:Open Data' menu item, followed by 'Read Data With Script', allows the user to
access time series data not in a standard timeseries format recognized by BASINS and bring it into
BASINS. From there the imported time series may be saved to a WDM file and/or analyzed and
manipulated in the same manner as any time series known to BASINS.
Importing of time series is performed using a scripting language. This language was developed to handle
the wide variety of formats in which time series data are stored. Data Import Scripts have been
developed to process many common data formats, but the system is also dynamic in that new scripts
may be created and introduced through BASINS.
When 'File:Open Data', followed by 'Read Data With Script', is selected, a dialogue prompts the user for
the name of the file containing the data to be imported. Once a file has been specified, the user has the
option to select an existing script from the Script Selection form or to create a new script using the Script
Creation Wizard. Alternatively, the user may also develop a new script by hand using a text editor and
building a script from scratch or modifying an existing script. For other than simple formats, this method
is preferred as the Script Creation Wizard may not be able to successfully create scripts for complex
formats.
Details of the Script Selection and Script Creation Wizard forms are presented in this section. Specific
Details on the scripting language are presented in the section entitled Scripting Language.
Key Procedures
To access this plug-in, go to the 'File:Open Data' menu item.

-------
File
Tiles i Compute Models
Q

New


Download Data


New Data
i	1

Open
*4
Open Data

Mansnp risl-fl
From the 'Select a File Type' window, select 'Read Data With Script'. A file dialog will prompt the user
for the name of the file containing the time series data to import. 	
Select a File Type
¦ -InlxJ
1 El File


Basins Observed Water Quality DBF

CliGen Output


HSPF Binary Output


Integrated Surface Hourly Data


¦¦¦¦ NASAGDS File


NOAA Hourty Precip Data, Archive Format, TD-324D

¦ NOAA Summary of the Day, .Archive Format, TD-3200

B Read Data With Script


STORET Water Quality


• SWAT Data Files


¦ SWAT Output DBF


Synop Input


Timeseries DBF


Timeseries EXCEL


USGS RDB File


WDM Time Series





Ok | Cancel


Navigate to the file, click 'Open', and the following 'Script Selection' window will appear for selecting the
script to be used in reading the data.

-------
Script Selection for importing D:\BA5IN5\Extra Training Files\beltsville_precip.txt
JBJxJ
Description | Script File
Blank Script
Edit
Find...
Forget
Help
Cancel
Click 'Find' to navigate to the script to be used in reading the data. (More information about the
available scripts is provided at the bottom of this page.)
EB Open Script File
*]
1 _ _ II
C3K 7^ 1 " Computer
~ 500G (D:) " BASINS » etc » TimeseriesScripts


~ p. | Search TimeseriesScripts

Organize ~ New folder



1== " E0 #
iFavorites
Name *
| Date modified
| Type
13tze 1 1
K Desktop
Q HPCP_NCDC_Arch.ws
2/7/20019:57 AM
WS File
3KB
$ Downloads
1 A HPCP_NCDC_OL. ws
6/16/2000 12:28 PM
WS File
2 KB
^ Recent Places
Q IdStMet_DLY.ws
2/9/2001 3:43 PM
WS File
2KB
1^1 Libraries
Q] Documents
[j MultiCol7_Wid 10_Mon, ws
1	] SimpDly_MDY.ws
2/8/200 1 3:43 PM
2/7/200 1 9:49 PM
WS File
WS File
3KB
1KB
Music
fl SimpDly_YMD.ws
2/7/200 1 9:51PM
WS File
1KB
B Pictures
j	) SimpHrly_YMDH. ws
1/24/20014:06 PM
WS File
1KB
fj§ Videos
Q SODjOL.ws
6/21/2000 4:18 PM
WS File
2KB

[	SOD_OL_Coop.ws
2/7/200 1 9:03 PM
WS File
2KB
Computer
SL os (co
1	] SurfAir_Hrly_Arch.ws
Q USGSdvBASINSdownload. ws
2/7/200 1 9:45 AM
WS File
2KB
Lj, 500G (D:)
6/27/2007 3:11 PM
WS File
4KB

Q UsgsDv Web_MDY, WS
5/24/2001 2:43 PM
WS File
2KB
^H Network
Lj UsgsDvWeb_MDY_2001. WS
5/24/2001 2:42 PM
WS File
1KB

[j UsgsDvWeb_YMD.WS
5/24/2001 2:43 PM
WS File
2KB

[ USGSsmBASINSdownload.ws
12/18/2006 12:03 PM
WS File
3KB

r 1 WDMUtil_Dly.ws
2/1/2001 10:17 AM
WS File
1KB

[j WDMUtil_Hrly.ws
2/1/2001 10:06 AM
WS File
1KB
Filename: |hPCP_NCDC_OL.ws
w | [Wizard Script Files (*,ws)	T |
Open	Cancel
Specify the intended script file, and then click 'Open'. The 'Script Selection' window will appear
highlighting the selected script to be used in reading the data.

-------
Script Selection for importing D:\BA5IN5\Extra Training Files\beltsville_precip.txt
JBJxJ
Description Script File
Blank Script
Hourly Pre+
D :\BASI NStetcVTi meseries Scri pts'',H PCP_NCD'C_0 L.ws
Edit
Find...
Forget
Help
Cancel
Click 'Run' to read the data. A message will indicate when it has been read successfully.
Ran Import Data Script
ATCScript Hourly Precip, On-Line Format NCDC TD-324CT
Dataset Count = 1
ill
After the timeseries file has
been read, the time series wiii appear in the 'Manage Data Sources' window as type 'Script'.
Data Sources
File Edit View Analysis Help
JnJxJ
^¦DABASINS\da(taM)206000S-5\met\met.wdm (31)
~ -Script
D:\BASINS'.Extra Training Files\beltsville_precip.txt (1)
To save the imported data to WDM, from the 'Data Sources' window, use the menu option 'File:Save

-------
In...' and specify the WDM file.

File Analysis Help
j New
i J Open
Ctrl+O
Ctrl-m
)1\meftntet.wdm [SG)
View File As Text
p1,beltsville_precip.txt ('

Show File Folder
Remove Data From File
,'jJ Save In...
D: \dev \BASINS40 \data \p 7080201VnetVnet. wdm
Close Selected
Close All
Exit
D:\BASINS\Extra Training Files'-beltsville_precip.txt
1 Timeseries
121.70S bytes
Modified 5/27/2002 2:03:45 PM
In the 'Select Data to Save' window, select the new timeseries and click 'OK'.

-------
Select Data to Save
File Attributes Select Help


J Location
Scenario
Constituent
COMPUTED
OBSERVED
ATEM
CLOU
DEWP
HPCP
PEVT
IA130157
IA131402
IA13238S
IA133584
Matching Data {1 of 87}
180700
180700
OBSERVED
HPCP
Selected Data (1)
OBSERVED
180700
HPCP
p Dates to Include
.All | Common |
1985/12/31
Start 1985/12/31 1985/12/31
End 1988/12/24 1988/12/24 j 1988/12/24
I- Apply month/day range to each year
r Change Time Step To: fl [Year	|Average/Same T |
Ok
Cancel
This new timeseries has now been written to WDM.
Script Selection
Data import scripts have been developed to process many common data formats. The Script Selection
form displays all of the data import scripts of which this tool is aware. The list of scripts contains a
column of short descriptions and a column of script file names. The color of the script name in the list
provides a hint as to whether this script is likely to work for importing this type of data. Script names
with a red background appear unlikely to work for the data file selected.

-------
Selecting a script and then clicking the Run button will cause the data to be read and brought into
memory.
If no appropriate script is available, the user has three options:
•	Selecting a script that processes data similar to this one and then clicking the Edit button to bring up
the Script Creation Wizard. From there the script may be modified to process the data.
•	Selecting the Blank Script item and then clicking the Edit button to bring up the Script Creation
Wizard. From there a new script may be built to process the data.
•	Using a text editor to modify an existing script to process the data.
Note: some complex scripts use features that can not yet be edited in the graphical interface. These
scripts may be edited manually as text files before pressing 'Run'.
Clicking the Find button browses your disk for new scripts that are not in the list. The full suite of scripts
distributed with BASINS may be found in the BASINS\etc\TimeseriesScriptsfo\der where BASINS was
installed.
Clicking the Forget button removes the selected script from the list, but leaves it on disk.
Clicking the Debug button runs the selected script one step at a time. This is a useful tool when creating
new scripts and you want to check each step of the script as it processes the data.
Clicking the Cancel button closes the Script Selection form without importing any data.
Using the Script Creation Wizard
New scripts may also be created and used in this plug-in. The Script Creation Wizard provides a feature
to assist in the compilation of time series data from user-defined formats.

-------
Script Creation Wizard
^jnjxj
File Properties i Data Mapping
Data File;
Script File:
Description:
D:\BASINS\Extra Training Fites\bettsville_precip.txt
JtxtScriptDesc
[—Header
^ Skip
(* None
C Starts With
'• " Lines
F
I-Column Format
(* Fixed Width
C Tab Delimited
r Space Delimited
f Character:
-Line Ending
CR/LF or CR
r lf
r ASCII Char:
Line Length:
Browse
Browse
13_
BO
1234567890123456739012345675
9012345 673 9012345 673 901
COOPID,STATION NAME
,CD,ELEM,UN
f
180700,BELTSVILLE
, 00,HPCP,HT
130700,3ELTSVILLE
, 00,HPCP,HT
180700,BELTSVILLE
,00,HPCP,HT
180700,BELTSVILLE
,00,HPCP,HT
180700,BELTSVILLE
, 00,HPCP,HT
180700,BELTSVILLE
,00,HPCP,HT
180700,BELTSVILLE
,00,HPCP,HT
180700,BELTSVILLE
, 00,HPCP,HT
180700,BELTSVILLE
,00,HPCP,HT
1 pmno - tt
nn acre ejt
1
~
Read Data
Save Script
Help
Cancel
il
J
A
When the Edit button on the Script Selection form is clicked, the Script Creation Wizard is displayed.
The File Properties tab contains general specifications about the data file being imported. The name of
the file being imported and the name of the script file being edited, along with its description, are
displayed at the top of the form. (If building a new script, the Script File name will be blank). The
Browse buttons to the right of the file names allow different files to be selected.
The Header frame contains specifications about processing any header lines in the file. If the Skip check
box is checked, there are three options available for skipping header records: None, lines that Start
With a specified character, or a specified number of Lines.

-------
The Column Format frame contains specifications about the format of the data records. The Fixed
Width option implies that the data elements (values, dates, etc) are in the same columns throughout
the file. The Tab and Space Delimited options imply that the data elements are separated by tabs and
spaces, respectively. The Character option allows the user to specify characters that separate the data
elements.
The Line Ending frame contains specifications about what markers are used to indicate the end of the
data records. The most common is CR/LF (carriage return/line feed), although some data downloaded
from the internet may only contain a line feed (LF). Options for other ASCII Characters or specific Line
Lengths are also available.
As specifications are made in these frames, the display of the data file may be adjusted to reflect them.
For example, if a specific number of header lines are identified to be skipped, that many header lines will
be removed from the data file display.
After making the necessary File Properties specifications, the Data Mapping tab can be used to describe
the format of the data.

-------
Script Creation Wizard
^jnjxj
File Properties |Data Mapping
Name
Attribute
Beg-End Column
Constant
Skip Values
jk.
Value
no




Year


1900


Month
no




Day


1


Hour


0


Minute


0


Scenario
yes




Location
yes


w
<1


i >r
1234567890123456789012345678
90123456789012345678901
COOPID,STATION NAME
,CD,ELEM,UN
f
180700,BELTSVILLE
, 00, HPCP,HT
180700,3ELTSVILLE
, 00,HPCP,HT
180700,BELTSVILLE
,00,HPCP,HT
180700,BELTSVILLE
,00,HPCP,HT
180700,BELTSVILLE
, 00,HPCP,HT
180700,BELTSVILLE
,00,HPCP,HT
180700,BELTSVILLE
,00,HPCP,HT
180700,BELTSVILLE
, 00,HPCP,HT
180700,BELTSVILLE
,00,HPCP,HT
*i on Ton t tt
nn aDi~c ut
il
J
Read Data
Save Script
Help
Cancel

The list at the top of the Data Mapping tab contains Names of various data elements used in importing
data. The lower portion of the tab contains a display of the data file with column numbers across the
top of it. These column numbers can be highlighted, by clicking and dragging with the mouse, to define
the location of the data elements. Thus, to define the Input Column for a data element, click on that
element and then click and drag on the column numbers in which the element is found. In some cases a
data element's value will be constant (e.g. Hour and Minute for daily data). In such a case, the value for
that element may be entered under the Constant column. The Constant column may also be used to
apply a constant value to a data element. This is done by inserting the desired mathematical symbol in
front of the constant value. For example, if the year values on a file were only the last two digits,
entering +1900 in the Constant column would add 1900 to the 2-digit year values when processing the
data.

-------
Some data elements are general information about the data being processed. These elements may be
stored as attributes of the time series. To indicate a data element as an attribute, a yes is entered under
the Attribute column for that element. The values for these attributes may then be entered under the
Constant column. It is important to enter values for the Scenario, Location, and Constituent attributes as
this will make the new time series more recognizable by other BASINS components.
Once the data elements have been defined as desired, the Save Script button may be used to write the
script to a file for future use. The Read Data button is used to try to process the data using the script
defined in the wizard. The Cancel button will close the Wizard and no data will be imported.
Data Import Scripts Distributed with BASINS
This table summarizes the data import scripts distributed with BASINS. Sample data files listed in the
table are also distributed. These files may be found in the BASINS\etc\TimeseriesScripts folder where
BASINS was installed.
Script File Name
HPCP_NCDC_Arch.ws
HPCP_NCDC_OL.ws
ldStMet_DLY.ws
MultiCol7_WidlO_Mon.ws
SimpDly_MDY.ws
SimpDly_YMD.ws
SimpHrly_YMDH.ws
SOD_OL.ws
SOD_OL_Coop.ws
SurfAir_Hrly_Arch.ws
UsgsDvWeb_MDY.WS
UsgsDvWeb_YMD.ws
WDMUtil_Exp_Dly.ws
Description of Data Format Script Reads
Hourly Precip, Archive Format, TD-3240
Hourly Precip, On-Line Format, NCDC TD-
3240
Idaho State Climate Services Daily Format
Multi-Columns (7) of Width 10, Monthly
Values
Simple Daily Value Format-mm/dd/yyyy
Simple Daily Value Format-yyyy/mm/dd
txtScriptDesc
Summary of the Day TD-3210
Summary of the Day, On-Line, Coop
Surface Airways Hourly Data, Archive
Format, TD-3280
USGS Daily Web Values (mm/dd/yyyy)
USGS Daily Web Values (yyyy/mm/dd)
WDMUtil Export Format - Daily Values
Sample Data File
lthaca_prec.ncd, ncdc.ncd
aberdeen.ncd
fennrs.log
acpoint.prn
usgsfecal.prn
Bing_SOD.ncd
Amherst.ncd
surface.ncd
histjittleyellow.cgi
tendall.rdb
tmax.exp

-------
WDMUtil_Exp_Hrly.ws	WDMUtil Export Format - Hourly Values prec.exp
Scripting Language
Wizard scripts use polish notation (Operator Argument Argument...) The best way to learn how they
work is to examine the sample scripts (*.ws), but this reference provides a brief summary of the various
scripting language commands.
Command	Example
And	(And (Not EOF) (< Day 32))
ATCScript	Every scripts starts: (ATCScript "Script Description"
Attribute	(Attribute "Constituent" "PREC")
ColumnFormat	See below
Comment	(Comment "Author: Mark Gray 8 May 2000")
Dataset	(Dataset Scenario "OBSERVED"
Location Location
Constituent Constituent
Description "Summary of the Day")
Date	(Date Year Month Repeat Hour "0")
EOF	End of File indicator
FatalError (FatalError "Unknown flag found")
Fill	(Fill H 1 0 -999 -998)
This fills in any omitted, missing, or accumulated
values to create a constant interval dataset
First arg is first letter of time units:
Century, Year, Month, Hour, minute, second
Next arg is number of time units between values
(default 1)
Next arg is value to fill in for omitted values
(default 0)
Next arg is value to fill in between missing values.
Missing values are those set to -999 by the script
(default -999) \
Next arg is value to fill in between accumulated values
Accumulated values are those set to -998
(default -998)
Flag
(Flag 1) Not used by any application yet
For
(For Repeat = 1 to "31"
(Date Year Month Repeat)
(Value Value))

-------
If	(If (= Value 999999)
(Value -999))
In	(If (In Value 999999 000000)
(Value -999))
Increment	(Increment Repeat)
Sets Repeat = Repeat + 1
IsNumeric	(If (IsNumeric Value)
(Increment Repeat))
LineEnd	(LineEnd CR)
Defines end of line
Literal
+ / * A -
Mid
NextLine
Not
Or
Set
Test
Trim
Unset
Value
Warn
"31"
Any string enclosed in double quotes is left alone
(Set Repeat (+ Repeat 1))
(Value (/ Value 100))
Not yet implemented
(NextLine)
Moves to the next line of the input file
(While (Not EOF) ...
Returns logical opposite of its argument (0, 1)
(If (Or EOF (> Repeat 31)) ...
(Set Constituent Col2)
Assigns value of second argument to variable named
by first argument.
(Test (And (< Year 2100) (> Year 1800)))
If the last expression within a Test returns True
(True = 1) then this script will be highlighted.
(Set Constituent (Trim Col2))
Evaluates to its argument without surrounding spaces
(Unset Constituent)
Opposite of Set. Remove variable definition.
(Value ValRead)
ValRead is the name of the column from the
column definition. Assigns argument to data
value in current dataset at current date.
(Warn "Uh, oh!")
A message box is opened, then the script proceeds.
While
(While (Not EOF) ... )
The first argument is evaluated for truth (0 or 1)
If true, the other arguments are evaluated (run)

-------
and then the loop repeats.
>	(If (> Repeats 31) ... )
>=	Comparison operators evaluate to 1 if the comparison
<	is true, 0 if it is false.
<=
<>
Fixed width ColumnFormat Example and discussion
(ColumnFormat Fixed
61-66:Value
32-35:Year
36-37:Month
59-60:Hour
9-31:Location
55-58:Constituent
1-8:Station
38-42:Latitude
43-48:Longitude
4	9-54:Elevation
5	9-66:Repeating)
For fixed width columns, the first argument is "Fixed". All other arguments are in the format
columns:name. Columns are numbered starting with 1 for the first character. Columns are either a single
number indicating a single characterposition (perhaps a flag column) or a pair of numbers indicating
arange of columns. 10-12 indicates a column that includes three characters on eachline: 10, 11, and 12.
10+3 indicates the same three characters and is merely analternate syntax for convenience.
The name which appears after the colon is how this column is referred to later in the script.
Repeating is a special column name. This is specified if there is more than one value on a line. The
columns specified for Repeating are the first set of character positions that show the pattern. In the
example above, 59-66:Repeating includes the columns for59-60:Hour and 61-66:Value so both of these
columns repeat. It is important to get the boundaries of Repeating correct - The character just after the
end of Repeating should correspond to the first character of Repeating. For example, if 50-59:repeating
is specified, that range should include the first value on the line and 60-69 should contain the second
value and so on. When reading all the values on a line, the special variable Repeat is used to determine
which position we are looking at. For delimited columns, the first argument would be "Tab" or "Space"
or a string of characters which are each to be treated asa delimiter. For an Excel spreadsheet saved as
comma-separated values where one column is a date in the format 6/12/99, the first argument might be
,/ so the parts of the date will be separated as well as the other columns.

-------
Watershed Delineation
Several BASINS delineation tools are provided to assist the user with subdividing a selected HUC-8
watershed into higher-resolution subbasins. The comprehensive data products available in BASINS were
developed based on nationally available information and are suited for large-scale assessments. When
dealing with localized small-basin analysis, however, higher-resolution data might be necessary to
effectively capture the site-specific feature variability. A watershed boundary created using the BASINS
Watershed Delineation tool allows a user to define the entire land area contributing to flow in a stream.
Watersheds can be delineated for Reach File, VI or NHD/NHDPIus reach file stream segments depending
on which data will be used for modeling. Once delineated, analyses can be performed on delineated
watersheds using the BASINS Watershed Characterization Report tools.
The automatic and manual delineation tools and their associated functions are described below. The
user does not need any additional software besides that provided with BASINS 4 to perform the
delineation task.
•	Automatic Delineation Tool: This tool allows the user to delineate subwatersheds based on an
automatic procedure using Digital Elevation Model (DEM) data. User specified parameters provide
limits that influence the size and number of subwatersheds created.
•	Manual Delineation Tool: This tool allows the user to delineate subwatersheds using a mouse.
Doing so allows a user to segment a watershed into several smaller hydrologically connected
watersheds based on the user's knowledge of that watershed's topography.
Automatic Watershed Delineation
BASINS 4 Automatic Watershed Delineation tool carries out advanced GIS functions to aid the user in
segmenting watersheds into several hydrologically connected sub-watersheds for use in watershed
characterization and modeling. The delineation process requires a Digital Elevation Model (DEM) in grid
format, and optionally a stream segment outlet point layer and/or a pre-digitized stream network
(Reach File Version 1 or NHD/NHDPIus datasets) in polyline format.
Key Procedures
•	Download a DEM grid via the File:Download Data menu item. The BASINS DEM Grid (DEMG) has a
100 m resolution while the National Elevation Dataset (NED) has a 30 m resolution.
•	Select the Plug-ins:Watershed Delineation menu item, which will make the automatic delineation
tool available under the Watershed Delineation:Automatic menu item.
•	(Optional) Select the Watershed Delineation:Advanced TauDEM Funtions menu item to avail these
functions, for which full documentation is available online.

-------
• Select the Watershed Delineation:Automatic menu item, and the Automatic Watershed
Delineation form will pop up.
Automatic Watershed Delineation
*]
Setup and Preprocessing
Elevation Units Base Elevation Data (DEM) Layer:

| || Digital Elevation Model (02{>60DD6demg)
^¦'l
—
L^l
f- Burn-in Existing Stream Polyline


( Select a Stream Polyline Shapefile
dl
_ ^1
l~~ Use a Focusing Mask


r Use Cunent View Extents for Mask
Set Extents
(* Use Grid or Shapefile for Mask

i
| Select a Mask Grid or Polygon Shapefile or Use Extents
3

Draw Mask Select Mask | D Selected
Use Existing Intermediate Files
Run
I
I I
11S273
Use Existing Intermediate Files

|36.2S4S
|sq. mi
d
Run
"Custom Outlet/Inlet Definition and Delineation Completion
r Use a Custom Outlets/Inlets Layer
j Select a Point Shapefile, then Select or Draw Outlets/Inlets
Draw Outlets/Inlets	Select Outlets/Inlets C1 Selected
Snap Preview
Snap Threshold |3DD
1]
Run
Number of processes 11
Advanced Settings
l~~ Show TauDEM output
Qose
Run All

-------
Click the top ^| button and browse for the DEM grid to provide topographic data for the
delineation process.
(Optional) Check the Burn in Existing Stream Polyline box, click the associated /y\ button, then
browse for the stream segment polyline layer.
(Optional) Check the Use a Focusing Mask box if you want to delineate subbasins in only a portion
of the specified input DEM grid. When the Use a Focusing Mask box is checked, specify whether
you wish to use the current view extents as the mask or whether you wish to use an existing grid or
shapefile as the mask. The Current View Extents option will delineate subbasins only within the
area currently shown on the map. If desired the user may click Set Extents to return to the map,
reset the map extents, and then return to the automatic delineation dialog. If the Use Grid or
Shapefile option is chosen, the user may click the associated button and then browse for the
shapefile or grid to use. The Draw Mask button is used to allow the user to digitize a mask, and the
Select Mask button is used to select particular polygons within a shapefile to be used as the mask.
Click the Run button within the Setup and Preprocessing frame. At this point the DEM will be
preprocessed for use in the following delineation options.
Enter the minimum number of cells to be used as the threshold for delineation. For example, if the
100m resolution DEMG is being used as the basis for delineation and the threshold is set at 3000
cells, then the minimum contributing area of a delineated subbasin would be 30 million square
meters (3,000 hectares). The delineation threshold can also be entered in other units of area such
as square miles, using the field to the right of the number of cells.
Click the Run button within the Delineation frame. At this point the stream network will be
computed based upon the input threshold level.
(Optional) Check the Use an Custom Outlets Layer box to add additional outlets not already
computed based on the threshold. The user may add a custom outlets layer through a choice of
means. One way is to click the associated button, then browse for the stream segment outlet
point layer. The other way is to use the Draw Outlets button to place the outlets on the map in a
point-and-click process. Either way only the selected outlets will be used in creating subbasins. The
Select Outlets button is used to return to the map and adjust which outlets are selected. The Snap
Threshold and Snap Preview button are used to move the specified points to locations on the
stream network within the specified tolerance.
Click the Run button within the Custom Outlet Definition and Delineation Completion frame. At
this point the subbasins will be computed based upon the specifications of the form.
(Optional) The user may return to the delineation threshold or custom outlets steps to refine the
delineation after seeing the computed subbasins and stream network.
(Optional) Check the Advanced Settings box, and a form will appear include several advanced
TauDEM options, including options to control which layers are added to the map, options for

-------
delineation algorithms, and options controlling additional fields that might be calculated as desired.
Full TauDEM documentation is available online.
Advanced Options
*J
-Relative Output Directory
'Available Intermediate Output Layers to add to Map
I- Select All
V	Pit Filled
l~~ D 8 Corttri buti ng Area
Dlnf Contributing Area
V	Full River Network Raster
I- Watershed Grid
Watershed Shapefil
I- DS Flow Directions
I- Dlnf Flow Directions
Strahler Order and
r
r
Flaw Path Lengths
Stream Order Grid
and Network
Stream Shapefile
i— 0 utlet Merged
Watershed Shapefile
Delineation Options
P Use D-infinity For more accurate delineation
|— Check for Edge Contamination (Removes sub-basins
with in-flow from edge cells)
.Additional Calculated Fields
Calculate Additional
17
Stream Fields
R
Calculate Additional
Watershed Fields
17
Calculate .Additional Outlet
Merged Watershed Fields
Close
• The Run All button performs the functions of all three Run buttons on this form consecutively.
Using this button a user may set all inputs on this form initially and then do all processing with one
click. The program will process the delineation task then return to the main form with the new
Watershed Shapefile and Stream Reach Shapefile displayed on the map window.
Automatic Watershed Delineation Output Data
Watershed Shapefile (Subbasins) Layer Data Fields

-------
Field Name Description
Shapejd
Shape identifier
PolygonID
Polygon identifier
AveSlope
Average subbasin slope [%]
Area_M
Area in square meters
Area_Acre
Area in acres
Area_SqMi
Area in square miles
StreamLink
Identifier of corresponding stream segment
StreamLen
Length of corresponding stream segment [meters]
DSWSID
PolygonID of downstream watershed
US1WSID
PolygonID of first upstream watershed
US2WSID
PolygonID of second upstream watershed
Streams Layer Data Fields
Field Name
Description
Shape_id	Shape Identifier
LINKNO	Link Number. A unique number associated with each link (segment of channel between
junctions); corresponds to StreamLink in the Watershed Shapefile
DSLINKNO Link Number of the downstream link. -1 indicates that this does not exist.
USLINKNOl Link Number of first upstream link
USLINKN02 Link Number of second upstream link.
DSNODEID Node identifier for node at downstream end of stream reach. This identifier
corresponds to the 'id' attribute from the Outlets shapefile used to designate nodes.
Order	Strahler Stream Order
Length	Length of the link [meters]
Magnitude Shreve Magnitude of the link. This is the total number of sources upstream

-------
DS_Cont_Ar
Drainage area at the downstream end of the link [square meters]. Generally this is one

grid cell upstream of the downstream end because the drainage area at the

downstream end grid cell includes the area of the stream being joined.
Drop
Drop in elevation from the start to the end of the link [meters]
Slope
Average slope of the link (computed as drop/length) in percent
Straight_L
Straight line distance from the start to the end of the link [meters]
US_Cont_Ar
Drainage area at the upstream end of the link [square meters]
WSNO
Watershed number. Cross reference to the *w.shp and *w grid files giving the

identification number of the watershed draining directly to the link.
DOUT_END
Distance to the outlet from the downstream end of the link [meters]
DOUT_START
Distance to the outlet from the upstream end of the link [meters]
DOUT_MID
Distance to the outlet from the midpoint of the link [meters]
ElevLow
Minimum elevation of the stream reach [meters]
ElevHigh
Maximum elevation of the stream reach [meters]
MeanWidth
Estimated stream reach width [meters]
MeanDepth
Estimated stream reach depth [meters]
DSAreaAcre
Drainage area at the downstream end of the stream segment in acres
DSAreaSqMi
Drainage area at the downstream end of the stream segment in square miles
USAreaAcre
Drainage area at the upstream end of the stream segment in acres
USAreaSqMi
Drainage area at the upstream end of the stream segment in square miles
Note: In the table above, all but the last eight fields are computed by TauDEM. See the TauDEM
documentation for full details.
Outlets Layer Data Fields
Field Name Description
Shapejd Shape Identifier
ID	Outlet Identifier

-------
Note: The Automatic Watershed Delineator creates the Outlets Layer only if specified by the user, for
the purposes of specifying where subbasin outlets are to be located. PCS locations can be added to
HSPF by specifying the PCS layer as the Outlets Layer in the HSPF Model Setup Plug-in.
Manual Watershed Delineation
The BASINS 4 Manual Watershed Delineation tool allows the user to manually subdivide a watershed
into several smaller hydrologically connected watersheds for use in watershed characterization and
modeling. A single watershed or a watershed system containing multiple subwatersheds can be
delineated. The tool is further enhanced to provide users the flexibility in editing shapes and attributes
of manually delineated watersheds, outlets and generating stream networks.
The procedures for using the Watershed Delineation tool are described below for single and multiple
watershed delineations. Watershed delineation procedures are the same for Reach File, VI or
NHD/NHDPIus stream segments.
Key Procedures
Single-Watershed Delineation
•	Download a DEM grid via the File:Download Data menu item. The BASINS DEM Grid (DEMG) has a
100 m resolution, while the National Elevation Dataset (NED) has a 30 m resolution. A DEM
shapefile can also be used.
•	Download a stream polyline layer via the File:Download Data menu item. The BASINS
NHD/NHDPIus layers have a high resolution that works well for detailed watershed analyses, while
the Reach File, VI layer has a low resolution that works well on the grosser HUC-8 scale.
•	Make sure the active GIS layers include a watershed boundary polygon layer, a DEM grid layer, and a
stream polyline layer.
•	Select the Plug-ins:Manual Delineation menu item, which will make the manual delineation tool
available under the Watershed Delineation:Manual menu item.

-------
• Select the Watershed Delineation:Manual menu item, arid the Manual Watershed Delineator form
will pop up.
Manual Watershed Delineator
rManual Delineation
Subbasin Layer:
Delineate Subbasin
Cataloging Unit Boundaries
Commit
Cancel
Combine Selected Subbasins
Subbasin Parameters
Elevation Layer: [Dig ital Elevation Model
Calculate Subbasin
Parameters
rStream Network
Reach Layer: Reach File, VI
Define Stream
Network and Outlets
^MJxj
E
3

r Include PCS as Outlets !"~ Force continuous flow path
Close
•	To subdivide the watershed into subbasins:
•	Select the watershed boundary layer from the Subbasin Layer pull-down menu.

-------
•	Click the Delineate Subbasin button.
•	Change focus to the main BASINS window.
•	Draw a new interior boundary to subdivide the watershed by clicking on the beginning and end
point, as well as any intermediate vertices, of the new boundary line.
Tip: To delineate your watershed, you need to begin and end the delineation process outside of the
existing watershed boundary in which you are working. The new boundary line will appear red.
Place the mouse pointer slightly outside the cataloging unit boundary and click the left mouse
button to begin delineation. Move the cursor to a point within the cataloging unit boundary and
click the left mouse button once to create the first line segment of the watershed outline. Repeat
this point-and-click process for each interior vertex.
• To finish the watershed outline, make a final mouse-click at a point outside the existing watershed
boundary and right-click; or return to the Manual Watershed Delineator form, and click the Commit
button. Click the Cancel button to erase the new boundary line and forego making any changes. It
is not necessary to delineate the portion of your watershed that coincides with the existing
watershed boundary. The delineation tool automatically clips your watershed at the existing
watershed boundary.
Tip: Best results are produced by an "out-and-back" procedure; that is, delineate in the direction of
the watershed's pour point (on one side of the stream segment) and return to the cataloging unit
boundary on the other side of the stream. Start the watershed delineation at the upper most
stream segment (headwaters) within the study area and work down stream.
To calculate subbasin parameters for the newly delineated watershed:
•	Select the DEM grid from the Elevation Layer pull-down menu.
•	Click the Calculate Subbasin Parameters button.
Tip: The new subbasin parameters will be stored in the DBF file associated with the watershed layer,
and will be available later to provide watershed parameters for watershed model construction.
These attributes can be viewed and edited using the Table Editor |U] utility when the subbasin
layer is active on the main BASINS form.
To demarcate the stream segments and their outlets in the newly delineated watershed:

-------
•	Select the polyline stream layer from the Reach Layer pull-down menu.
•	Click the Define Stream Network and Outlets button.
Tip: The new stream segment parameters will be stored in the DBF file associated with the stream
layer, and will be available later to provide streambed parameters for watershed model
construction. These attributes can be viewed and edited using the Table Editor HQ ¦ utility when
the stream layer is active on the main BASINS form.
•	(Optional) Click the Include PCS as Outlets checkbox to include Permit Compliance System (PCS)
facilities as outlet points in the stream network. If this option is checked, each PCS facility located
within each subbasin will be added as a point in the outlets layer. Doing so provides the connection
to the modeling plug-ins that establishes which PCS point source discharges are to be represented in
the model.
•	(Optional) The Force continuous flow path checkbox can be used to create a continuous stream line
through each subbasin. With this option off, in most cases the stream line will be continuous
throughout each subbasin. However in some cases the stream network specified in the stream layer
can have gaps or missing segments. This option can be used to fix incomplete or non-contiguous
stream networks.
The Combine Selected Subbasins button is used to combine subbasins selected on the map view into a
single subbasin shape. This tool is designed for the user with a large number of smaller subbasins that
the user has decided to combine for modeling purposes. The user should select a number of subbasins
from the currently active subbasin shapefile on the map, and then click this button to combine (merge)
them into a single shape. After using this tool as many times as desired, the user should proceed to
calculate subbasin parameters and define the stream network and outlets using the corresponding tools
within this form.
Manual Watershed Delineation Output Data
Subbasins Layer Data Fields
Field Name Description
Shapejd
Subbasin
Slol
Shape Identifier
Subbasin number
Subbasin slope [%]

-------
AreaAcres
AreaMi2
Bname
Subbasin area in acres
Subbasin area in square miles
Assigned subbasin name
Streams Layer Data Fields
Field Name
Description
Shape_id
Shape Identifier
Subbasin
Subbasin number
Subbasinr
Subbasin number receiving surface water from the subbasin
Len2
Stream reach length [meters]
LArea
Local drainage area [square meters]
TArea
Total cumulative drainage area [square meters]
TArea Acres
Total cumulative drainage area in acres
TAreaMi2
Total cumulative drainage area in square miles
Wid2
Stream reach width [meters]
Dep2
Stream reach depth [meters]
MinEI
Minimum elevation of the stream reach [meters]
MaxEl
Maximum elevation of the stream reach [meters]
Slo2
Stream reach slope [%]
Sname
Stream name
Outlets Layer Data Fields
Field Name
Description
Shapejd
Shape Identifier
ID
Outlet Identifier

-------
Pcsid	Unique ID from PCS; blank if not a PCS location
Xpr	X coordinate in the current projection
Ypr	Y coordinate in the current projection

-------
Analysis
There is an array of piug-in utilities available under the Analysis menu item.
Plug-ins Shapefile Editor Watershed Delineation Converters Help
I

Edit Plug-ins
Scripts
0 %
;ntify Label Mover

Analysis ~

Cligen

Archive Project Tool

Climate Assessment Tool

BASINS 4.1

Data Tree
.J
CSV to Shapefile Converter

DFLOW

D4EM Data Download ~

Graph

EPA SWMM 5,0 Setup

List
u
EPA WASP Model Builder

Lookup Tables

GWLF-E Data Processor

Reclassify Land Use

HSPFPamn - Parameter Database for HSPF

Seasonal Attributes

Manual Delineation

Synoptic

Model Segmentation

USGS Surface Water Statistics (SWSTAT)

Model Setup (HSPF/AQUATOX)
i-. 11 1 || I- r- I ¦ i /V-.i ¦ l—l \
B
Watershed Characterization Reports
There is a one-to-one correlation between selections from the Plug-ins:Analysis submenu and Analysis
menu items, with the exception of Lookup Tables, which has a single entry under Plug-ins:Analysis but
four entries under Analysis (Projection Parameters, STORET Agency Codes, Standard Industrial
Classification (SIC) Codes, and 304a Water Quality Criteria). In addition to the aforementioned software
links, the following utilities are provided by Analysis plug-ins:
•	Time Series Functions
•	Lookup Tables
•	Reclassify Land Use
Watershed Characterization Reports
Time Series Functions
Five utilities available via the Analysis menu provide the ability to quickly analyze available project time-
series data: Data Tree, Graph, Seasonal Attributes, Synoptic Analysis, and List. Project time-series data
are managed through the Time-Series Management Utilities. There may be any number of timeseries
available in a project, based on which time series files are in the project. Note: In order for the following

-------
Time-Series Functions to be accessible, they must be activated from the Plug-ins:Analysis menu on the
main BASINS screen.
-|P|.X||
File : Models Compute
' Analysis
Bookmarks
Watershed De ineatiori
converters
Edit Plug-ins
Scripts
New Open e Prin' Settings
LQ I-O Lq
Add Remove Clear
Legend
i c
Selected Previous Next
JJ X
I Symbology Cate
1^1 ] Archive Project Tool
^ BASINS 4.5
Jjj CSV to Shapefile Converter
D4EM Data Download
EPA SWMM 5.0 Setup
J] EPA WASP Model Builder
GWLF-E Data Processor
HSPFParm - Parameter Database for HSPF
>] Manual Delineation
ja] Model Segmentation
J] Model Setup (HSPF/AQUATOX)
jj] Pollutant Loading Estimator (PLOAD)
p] Shapefile Editor
*
~
~
ii? o *
leasure Identify Label Mover
M
Soil and Water Assessment Tool (SWAT)
Tiled Map
Timeseries
Watershed Characterization System (WCS)
Watershed Delineation
Climate Assessment Tool
Data Tree
DFLOW
Graph
Graph From JSON
List
Lookup Tables
Reclassify Land Use
Seasonal Attributes
Synoptic
USGS Surface Water Statistics (SWSTAT)
Watershed Characterization Reports
[21 Not defined - | X: 2.405 Y: 0.542
I 1:9 |
When any one of these five items is selected, the Select Data form pops up, allowing the user to filter
the available time series based on their attributes.

-------

T | (Constituent
dATEM
CLOU
DEWP
PEVT
PREC
TI r-rs i n
PREC
ATEM
WIND
SO LP.
PEVT
DE'/'/P
CLOU
PREC

-
=1

Select Data
File Attributes Select Help
r~ Select .Attribute Values to Filter Available Data
Scenario
COMPUTED
OBSERVED
Matching Data (55 of 55}
OBSERVED
OBSERVED
OBSERVED
OBSERVED
OBSERVED
OBSERVED
OBSERVED
COMPUTED
— Selected Data (0)
31 Location
MD180700
MD1S0701
MD180702
MD180703
MD180704
um fwvrrvc
MD180700
MD180700
MD180700
MD180700
MD180700
MD180700
MD180700
MD180700
— Dates
Start
End
I- Apply month/day range to each year
I- Change Time Step To: fl [5ay "H |Accumulate/Divide ^
to Include
All	| Common
none	none
none	none
Ok
Cancel
The top section of this form is titled Select Attribute Values to Filter Available Data and contains pull-
down lists with time-series attributes. The number and content of these lists can be managed through
the Attributes menu. When the user selects an attribute from any of these lists, the grid beneath is
populated with the range of distinct values for that attribute from all available time series. Then, when
the user selects one or more of these values from the list, the middle section of the form, titled
Matching Data, is populated with all available time series that have the selected value for the given
attribute.

-------
Select Data
File Attributes Select Help
r~ Select .Attribute Values to Filter Available Data
Scenario
Matching Data (7 of 55)
OBSERVED
OBSERVED
OBSERVED
OBSERVED
OBSERVED
OBSERVED
OBSERVED
31 Location
MD1SQ702
MD180703
MD180704
Uni OA7AC
MD180700
MD180700
MD1807Q0
MD180700
MD180700
MD180700
MD180700
T | (Constituent


MD180700
OBSERVED

ATEM
CLOU
DEWP
PEVT
PREC
PREC
ATEM
WIND
SO LP.
PEVT
DE'/'/P
CLOU


d
— Selected Data (0)
p Dates to Include
Lommon
Start none
End none
none
none
I- Apply month/day range to each year
r Change Time Step To: fl [5ay T || |Accumulate/Divide
Ok
Cancel
Finally, the user selects from among the time series listed in the Matching Data section, and these time
series are listed in the bottom section of the form, Selected Data. Once time series are selected, clicking

-------
on the OK button will close that form and invoke the appropriate form for the selected analysis.
Select Data
File Attributes Select Help
r~ Select .Attribute Values to Filter Available Data
Scenario
m Location
Jnj2
-------
the five time series analysis tools covered in this section can be selected
1^ Data Tree
- !~ 1
Jtl
File
Edit View Analysis Help
1 - OBSERVED 01594526 FLOW
A
- Attributes




AGENCY
USGS



COMPFG
1



Constituent: FLOW



DAREA: 89.7



Data Source : D:\Basins\data\02060006\flow\flow.wdm



DATCRE
2/15/2008 9:37:56 AM



DATMOD
: 2/1 5/2008 9:37:56 AM



ELEV: 30




HeaderCompiete : True



History 1 :
from flow.wdm



HUCODE
2060006



ID : 15




interval: 1




LATDEG:
38.81422



LNGDEG
-76.74873



Location :
01594526



Scenario :
OBSERVED



STANAM
WESTERN BRANCH AT UPPER MARLBORO, MD



STFIPS : 24



TGROUP
6



Time Step
: 1



Time Unit
4



TSBYR: 1980



TSFILL:-99999



TSFORM
1



TSTYPE :
FLOW



VBTIME : 1

¦
- Computed




%00.0015
: 1.1



%00.148:1.4



%00.1633
1.5



%00.1816
1.5



%00.1999
1.5



%00.2182
1.5



%00.2396
1.5



%00.264:1.7

Graph
The Graph menu item is used to produce graphs of the selected time series. When the 'Graph' menu
item is selected, a form is produced for choosing from among a set of possible graph types. Among the
implemented graph types include Timeseries, Flow/Duration, Running Sum, Residual, Cumulative
Difference, and Scatter.

-------
Choose Graphs to Create

0 Tirneseries
~	Flow/Duration
~	Runninq Sum
~	Residual (TS£ -TS1) (two datasets needed but 1 datasets selected
~	Cumulative Difference (two datasets needed but 1 datasets selectee
~	Scatter (TS2 vs TS1) (two datasets needed but 1 datasets selected"
All
None
Cancel
Generate

Once the user has selected one or more of the desired graph types and clicks 'Generate', the graphs wili
be produced. The File menu can be used to print the graph or save it to file. The tirneseries displayed on
the graph can be changed using the 'Select Data' menu item from the 'File' menu.

-------
Timeseries Graph
File Edit View Analysis Coordinates Help
5,000
4,000
5 3,000
o
Q
111
>
cc
111
m
O 2,000
1,000
OBSERVED FLOW at 01 594526
OBSERVED FLOW at 01651 800
- ~ X
IL IMiUhJUli
Jy
1994 1996 1998 2000 2002 2004 2006
The Edit menu can be used to modify the appearance (for instance curves, axes, labels, and so forth) of
the graph. The form contains five tabs (Axes, Curves, Lines, Legend, and Text). When a graph is first
drawn it is given default values for all these parameters.

-------
Edit Timeseries Graph

Axes 1 Curves Lines Legend Text
Axis (*¦ Bottom X LeftY C RightY
Type C TirnB C Linear C Logarithmic
C Auxiliary Y
C Probability
Title


Zoom Range |l 992/06/17 to |2007/09/30
Major Units p tics grid |Grid Color
Minor Units R tics P grid |Grid Color

I- Apply Automatically
Apply
Menu items on the View menu are used to specify zooming/panning on the horizontal or vertical axes.
If the graph has been zoomed in, the 'Zoom to All' menu option returns the graph to the original
extents. The Analysis menu allows the user to switch to another of the BASINS timeseries data analysis
tools directly from the graph. If, for instance, the current graph includes two timeseries, the user
chooses the 'List' item from the 'Analysis' menu and obtain a listing of the same two timeseries. The
Coordinates menu allows the user to turn on a feature that displays the coordinates of the mouse
pointer as it is moved over the graph.
List
The List submenu item produces a listing of dates and associated values for the selected time series.

-------
1^ Timeseries Lis
!~!
xj|
File Edit View
Analysis Help
History 1
from flow.wdrn
4
Max
4,220
Zl
Mean
97.177

Min
1.1

STANAM
WESTERN BRANCH AT UPPER MARLBORO.. MD

1985/10/01 24:00
42

1985/10/02 24:00
33

1985/10/03 24:00
685

1985/10/04 24:00
283

1985/10/05 24:00
85

1985/10/08 24:00
52

1985/10/07 24:00
39

1985/10/08 24:00
31

1985/10/09 24:00
27

1985/10/10 24:00
25

1985/10/11 24:00
22

1985/10/12 24:00
21

1985/10/13 24:00
20

1985/10/14 24:00
20

1985/10/15 24:00
30

1985/10/18 24:00
27

1985/10/17 24:00
21

1985/10/18 24:00
19

1985/10/19 24:00
19

1985/10/20 24:00
19

1985/10/21 24:00
93

1985/10/22 24:00
217
d



-------
The View menu contains a set of customization options for the listing. The File:Select Attributes menu
item allows the user to select the attributes that will appear at the top of the listing.

LDIST
Location
LoqFlq
IMEANDD
Min
Max
Mean
NDay
Parent Tirneseries
Scenario
SDND
seadbg
seadnd
seasbg
seasnd
Serial Correlation Coefficient
SJDay
Skew
SKWND
STAID
STANAM
Standard Deviation
Standard Error of Skew
STFIPS
Sum
i
zi

All
None
Ok
Cancel
A
Seasonal Attributes
The Seasonal Attributes submenu item calculates the value of the selected attribute(s) for each interval
in the selected type of season. For calculation purposes, a "season" can be days of the week, months of
the year, the traditional four seasons (Autumn, Winter, Spring, Summer), or a variety of other options.
The following form will calculate the mean, minimum, and maximum value for the selected time series
during each of the four seasons.

-------
Seasonal Attributes
Attributes
7010
IHilOO
Date Created
Date Modified
Count
SJDay
EJDay
Geometric Mean
Variance
Standard Deviation
Skew
Standard Error of Skew
Serial Correlation Coefficient
Coefficient of Variation
01 %
02%
d
All
None
- nlill
Seasons
|BS
Oct

Nov

Dec

Jan

Feb

Mar

Apr

May

Jun

Jul

Aug


All
None
Cance
Synoptic Analysis

-------
The Synoptic submenu item produces an analysis of events in the selected time series.
^ Synoptic Analysis of OBSERVED MD180700 PREC

File Edit View Analysis Help
~3 P
Events
Allow Gaps of up to
Group By
1.3% of volume in 4833 events
F
Hours
Each Event
1]
3
during an event
Group
Start Date
Start Time
Measurements
Volume
Duration
Intensity
Intensity
Time Since Last




Sum
Sum
Max
Mean
Mean




in
Hours
in/hr
in/hr
Hours
1
1948-05-02
16:00
1
0.19
1
0.19
0.19

2
1948-05-03
00:00
3
0.91
3
0.53
0.30333
8
3
1948-05-04
23:00
5
1
5
0.36
0.2
45
4
1948-05-07
04:00
3
0.48
3
0.18
0.16
49
5
1948-05-12
23:00
7
1.36
7
0.39
0.19429
137
6
1948-05-17
01:00
1
0.2
1
0.2
0.2
92
7
1948-05-26
11:00
1
0.1
1
0.1
0.1
226
8
1948-05-29
15:00
5
0.5
5
0.2
0.1
78
9
1948-05-30
02:00
1
0.4
1
0.4
0.4
7
10
1948-05-30
19:00
4
1.17
4
0.47
0.2925
17
11
1948-06-07
13:00
1
0.49
1
0.49
0.49
183
12
1948-06-16
08:00
3
0.57
3
0.41
0.19
211
13
1948-06-16
19:00
3
0.91
3
0.49
0.30333
57
14
1948-08-19
15:00
4
1.07
4
0.39
0.2875
18
15
1948-06-20
00:00
1
0.47
1
0.47
0.47
6
16
1948-06-24
17:00
2
0.67
2
0.38
0.335
113
1
d
The
time series is divided into events based on a specification of threshold and gap values. The event
threshold is a value and a conditional (above or below). An event begins when a value in the time series
crosses the threshold value into the event space. When a value in the time series crosses back over the
threshold, the event conditionally ends. If the time series has an additional value that is in the event
space before the time span specified by the gap ends, then the event continues. Otherwise, the event
ends at the conditional end. The results of the synoptic analysis are displayed in a table specified by the
Group By combo box.

-------
^ Synoptic Analysis of OBSERVED MD180700 PREC
File Edit View Analysis Help
Events [Above	(*1
- n x
1.3% of volume in -1833 events
Allow Gaps of up to
Group By
w~
|Hours
3
Each Event

3
during an event
Group
Start Date

L.O.L-N C-Vfcjni

Intensity
Intensity
Time Since Last
Start
Numhp.r nf MRRSurp.mpntR

on



Maximum Intensity



Max
Mean
Mean



Mean Intensity



in/hr
in/hr
Hours
1
1948-05-02
16:01
Total Volume
k



0.19
0.19

2
1948-05-03
00:01
iviumii
Vpfi r




0.53
0.30333
8
3
1948-05-04
23:01
One Group



0.36
0.2
45
4
1948-05-07
04:00
3
0.48
3
0.18
0.16
49
5
1948-05-12
23:00
7
1.36
7
0.39
0.19429
137
6
1948-05-17
01:00
1
0.2
1
0.2
0.2
92
7
1948-05-26
11:00
1
0.1
1
0.1
0.1
226
8
1948-05-29
15:00
5
0.5
5
0.2
0.1
76
9
1948-05-30
02:00
1
0.4
1
0.4
0.4
7
10
1948-05-30
19:00
4
1.17
4
0.47
0.2925
17
11
1948-06-07
13:00
1
0.49
1
0.49
0.49
183
12
1948-06-16
08:00
3
0.57
3
0.41
0.19
211
13
1948-06-18
19:00
3
0.91
3
0.49
0.30333
57
14
1948-06-19
15:00
4
1.07
4
0.39
0.2675
18
15
1948-06-20
00:00
1
0.47
1
0.47
0.47
6
16
1948-06-24
17:00
2
0.67
2
0.38
0.335
113
=1
zi
The
Event report provides details about each event. The Number of Measurements report summarizes
events based on their duration. In the following figure, the first data row shows that there are 5 events
with a duration greater than 30 hours. The additional columns provide details about these 5 events.
File Edit View Analysis Help
Events | Above -3H
Allow Gaps of up to p
Group By
88.3% of volume in 4833 events
Hours
Number of Measurements
| during an event
3
Group Events
Volume
Volume
Volume
Volume
Duration
Duration
Duration
Duration
Intensity Intensity
Intensity
Time Since Last
Time Since Last
Time Since Last


Max
Sum
Mean
Cumulative
Max
Sum
Mean
Standard Deviation
Max
Mean
Standard Deviation
Max
Mean
Variance


in
in
in
in
Hours
Hours
Hours
Hours
in/hr
in/hr
in/hr
Hours
Hours
Hours
30
5
3.7
12.8
2.56
12.8
38
167
33.4
2.7928
0.4
0.076647
0.076004
337
115.2
666.4
20
36
9.35
96.689
2.6858
109.49
29
855
23.75
2.5453
0.91
0.11309
0.12846
789
113.67
745.12
15
58
5.2052
99.305
1.7122
208.8
20
1,009
17.397
1.2131
1.4345
0.098419
0.12232
412
93.672
276.63
10
226
5
293.17
1.2972
501.97
15
2,832
12.531
1.3667
1.9
0.10352
0.12843
786
96.08
420.98
7.5
311
4.58
285.01
0.91644
786.98
10
2,768
8.9003
0.82679
1.82
0.10297
0.12907
789
105.78
621.98
5
343
3.51
254.58
0.74221
1,041.6
7
2,202
6.4198
0.49425
2.6
0.11561
0.15316
834
110.44
632.5
4
277
4.2
164.86
0.59517
1,206.5
5
1,385
5
0
2.3
0.11903
0.16264
798
99.433
648.91
3
291
2.8
156.34
0.53725
1,362.8
4
1,164
4
0
1.5
0.13431
0.16824
752
103.93
668.61
2
358
3.4785
177.47
0.49572
1,540.3
3
1,074
3
NaN
2.6
0.16524
0.20531
776
105.62
766.82
1.5
524
2.8
225.47
0.43029
1,765.8
2
1,048
2
0
2.7
0.21514
0.22165
803
106.42
590.79
The Maximum Intensity report groups and summarizes events based on their largest single value. In
the following figure, the first data row shows that there are 2 events with a maximum values greater
than 4.

-------
Synoptic Analysis of OBSERVED MD180700 PREC
File Edit View Analysis Help
Events |Above ]~] [1
Allow Gaps of up to (3
Group By
88.3% of volume in 4833 events
[Hours	jr] during an event
"3
-jni.il
Group
Events Volume
Volume
Volume Volume
Duration
Duration
Duration Duration
Intensity Intensity
Intensity
Time Since Last
Time Since Last
Time Since Last

Max
Sum
Mean Cumulative
Max
Sum
Mean Standard Deviation
Max Mean
Standard Deviation
Max
Mean
Variance

in
in
in in
Hours
Hours
Hours Hours
in/hr in/hr
in/hr
Hours
Hours
Hours
4
2 4.735
8.848
4.424 8.848
1
2
1 0
4.735 4.424
0.4398
46
32
16.333
2
9 4.2
27.418
3.0464 36.266
7
37
4.1111 2.1473
2.7 0.74102
0.96269
367
163.33
747.16
|-|.5
10 4.58
26.13
2.613 62.396
11
43
4.3 3.5606
1.9 0.60767
0.70298
266
91.7
406.44
1
52 5.2052
101.3
1.9481 163.7
19
244
4,6923 4.4613
1.5 0,41517
0.46764
752
98.558
788.65
0.75
88 9.35
135.39
1.5385 299.09
22
406
4.6136 4.4345
1 0.33347
0.33583
509
114.1
649.93
0.5
197 5.7791
243.43
1.2357 542.52
28
993
5.0406 5.2273
0.75 0.24515
0.22728
792
100.35
634.53
0.4
343 5.1
321.96
0.93866 864.48
38
1,863
5.4315 5.3147
0.5 0.17282
0.1581
786
103.2
575.18
03
404 3.4
318.37
0.78805 1,182.9
32
2,301
5.6955 5.3506
0.395 0.13836
0.11072
803
108.44
667.65
0.2
828 2.5
444.62
0,53698 1,627.5
34
4,237
5,1171 4.7858
0.298 0.10494
0.077147
1,029
104.45
687.81
0.15
192 1.22
59.8
0.31146 1,687.3
11
470
2.4479 1.9219
0.19465 0.12723
0.0487
10,291
193.45
23,094
0.1
2708 1.8
470.01
0.17356 2,157.3
25
6,312
2.3309 2.7079
0.146 0.074463
0.044871
1,439
93.966
595.73
The Mean Intensity report groups and summarizes events based on the event mean value. In the
following figure, the first row shows that there are 2 events with event mean values greater than 4.
Synoptic Analysis of OBSERVED MD180700 PREC

File Edit View Analysis Help
Events |Above V] (1
Allow Gaps of up to [3
Group By
8.3% of volume in 4833 events
~ | during an event
Group
Events Volume
Volume
Volume Volume
Duration
Duration
Duration Duration
Intensity
Intensity
Intensity
Time Since Last
Time Since Last
Time Since Last

Max
Sum
Mean Cumulative
Max
Sum
Mean Standard Deviation
Max
Mean
Standard Deviation
Max
Mean
Variance

in
in
in in
Hours
Hours
Hours Hours
in/hr
in/hr
in/hr
Hours
Hours
Hours
4
2 4.735
8.848
4.424 8.848
1
2
1 0-
4.735
4.424
0.4398
46
32
16.333
1.5
I 1,8
5.1
1.7 13.948
1
3
1 0
1.8
1.7
0.1
31
23
4.6667
1
20 3.4785
32.422
1.6211 46.37
3
27
1.35 0.67082
2.7
1.2008
0.73865
455
125.2
818.61
0.75
30 4.2
36.526
1.2175 82.896
5
43
1.4333 0.85836
2.3
0.84944
0.3859
451
114.7
580.53
0.5
76 4.58
86.339
1.136 169.24
8
144
1.8947 1.5369
2.6
0.59958
0.39717
792
114.58
760.65
0.4
137 9.35
109.78
0.80134 279.02
22
248
1.8102 2.0635
2.0465
0.44267
0.269
757
97.015
608.51
0.3
192 5.2052
153,6
0.79998 432.62
16
458
2.3854 2.3949
2.1
0,33536
0.28322
684
116.31
639.67
0.2
491 5.7791
325.13
0.66217 757.75
28
1,412
2.8758 3.0296
1.4
0.23026
0.17381
1,029
109.12
818.22
0.15
403 5.4
278.27
0.69049 1,036
28
1,647
4.0868 3.8095
1.5
0.16895
0.13321
10,291
144.28
11,466
0.1
2571 3.3
655.18
0.25484 1,691.2
24
5,833
2.2688 2.9782
0.9
0.11232
0.077204
1,439
94.985
607.62
0.075
294 3.7
210.52
0.71604 1,901.7
38
2,496
8.4898 5.6228
0.6
0.084342
0.072804
834
97.027
477.87
0.05
479 2.4
211.27
0.44107 2,113
34
3,513
7.334 4.6709
0.3
0.060141
0.057733
789
97.714
489.98
0.04
110 1.1
35.3
0.32091 2,148.3
24
832
7.5636 3.6158
0.2
0.042428
0.049937
412
84.655
348.15
0.03
25 [0.7
9
0.36 2,157.3
19
250
10 [3.1754
0.1
0.036
0.048096
789
148.04
1,809.6
The Total Volume report groups and summarizes events based on the event total volume.
File Edit View Analysis Help
^Jnj_xJ
Events |Above T] |7
Allow Gaps of up to [3~
Group By
88.3% of volume in 4833 events
~ | during an event

Group
Events
Volume
Volume
Volume Volume
Duration
Duration
Duration Duration
Intensity Intensity
Intensity
Time Since Last
Time Since Last
Time Since Last

Max
Sum
Mean Cumulative
Max
Sum
Mean Standard Deviation
Max Mean
Standard Deviation
Max
Mean
Variance

in
in
in in
Hours
Hours
Hours Hours
in/hr in/hr
in/hr
Hours
Hours
Hours
7.5
1 9.35
9.35
9.35 9.35
22
22
22 NaN
0.91 0.425
0.223
113
113
NaN
5
5
5.7791
26.484
5.2969 35.834
28
115
23 6.8557
1.4345 0.2303
0.22584
277
137.8
662.53
4
11
4.735
47.838
4.3489 83.672
21
123
11.182 7.2363
4.735 0.38893
0.63583
236
95.545
248.37
3
15
4
51.088
3.4059 134.76
38
206
13.733 9.7795
2.6 0.248
0.38924
367
87.2
398.42
2
81
2.9895
191.36
2.3625 326.12
34
1,137
14.037 7.996
2.7 0.1683
0.24796
463
103.07
436.83
1.5
137
[2	
230.76
1.6844 556.88
31
1,438
10.496 5.7255
1.8 0.16048
0.21094
786
106.68
815.31
1
315
1.5
375.09
1.1907 931.97
25
2,560
8.127 4.5627
1.4546 0.14652
0.17614
789
112.46
666.6
0.75
292
1
250.87
0.85916 1,182.8
20
1,775
6.0788 4.0347
1 0.14134
0.16826
823
104.07
611.22
0.5
580
0.75
343.84
0.59283 1,526.6
19
3,232
5.5724 3.3242
0.73 0.10639
0.11278
834
113.33
714.27
0.4
340
0.5
143.11
0.42091 1,669.7
13
1,295
3.8088 2.5914
0.5 0.11051
0.1172
738
94.729
530.94
0.3
463
0.4
144.35
0.31178 1,814.1
9
1,555
3.3585 2.0196
0.39394 0.092831
0.084821
789
97.685
566.02
0.2
668 0.3
141.27
0.21148 1,955.4
5
1,525
2.2829 1.2532
0.296 0.092633
0.068313
1,029
105.13
650.99
0.15
88 0.1906
14.76
0.16773 1,970.2
1
88
1 0
0.1906 0.16773
0.015088
10,291
248.41
49,580
0.1
1837
0.142
187.11
0.10185 2,157.3
1
1,837
1 0
0.142 0.10185
0.0068282
1,439
91.174
613.29

-------
The Month report groups and summarizes events based on the month when they began.
File Edit View Analysis Help

Events ] Above T3 r
Allow Gaps of up to |3
Group By	KUl
88.3% of volume in 4833 events
jHours	during an event

Group
Events
Volume
Volume
Volume
Volume
Duration
Duration
Duration
Duration
Intensity Intensity
Intensity
Time Since Last
Time Since Last
Time Since Last

Max
Sum
Mean
Cumulative
Max
Sum
Mean
Standard Deviation
Max
Mean
Standard Deviation
Max
Mean
Variance

in
in
in
in
Hours
Hours
Hours
Hours
in/hr
in/hr
in/hr
Hours
Hours
Hours
Jan
399
2.1
136.26
0.34151
136.26
25
1,580
3.9599
4.2324
0.63701
0.086242
0.07604
1,439
103.52
778.35
Feb
356
2.5
125.41
0.35228
261.67
31
1,374
3.8596
4.2036
0.5
0.091275
0.074391
817
107.47
716.97
Mar
431
4.5603
189.53
0.43974
451.2
28
1,799
4.174
4.9151
4.113
0.10535
0.13475
823
99.907
556.72
Apr
424
2.3
147.32
0.34744
598.52
21
1,447
3.4127
3.6846
1.4
0.10181
0.094385
580
87.059
433.92
May
513
2.9
207.08
0.40367
805.6
32
1,601
3.1209
3.7434
1.4
0.12935
0.14276
798
81.261
497.19
Jun
457
4.7
195.15
0.42702
1,000.7
20
1,109
2.4267
2.492
2.6
0.17597
0.21181
10,291
109.86
9,910.5
Jul
450
5.4
233.15
0.51811
1,233.8
28
1,086
2.4133
2.6483
4.735
0.21469
0.31906
640
90.782
474.74
Aug
425
9.35
224.98
0.52937
1,458.8
29
1,145
2.6941
3.1824
2.6
0.19649
0.25074
715
91.327
485.37
Sep
376
5.2052
206.88
0.55021
1,665.7
28
1,299
3.4548
3.9663
1.8 0.15926
0.19358
1,029
111.57
891.77
Oct
295
5.7791
169.76
0.57544
1,835.5
28
1,342
4.5492
4.9319
1.4
0.12649
0.12968
747
131.9
904.11
Nov
331
4.2
166.9
0.50424
2,002.4
38
1,534
4,6344
4.842
1.4
0.1088
0.11094
913
131.36
1,009.1
Dec
376
3.3
154.87
0.41188
2,157.3
34
1,592
4.234
4.7456
0.9
0.097278
0.083577
745
104.37
559.11
The Year report groups and summarizes events based on the year when they began.
Synoptic Analysis of OBSERVED MD180700 PREC
File Edit View Analysis Help
Events |Above	pi
Allow Gaps of up to
Group By
8.3% of volume in 4833 events
|3
iHours
3
(Year

zJ
=Jni_xj
Group
Events
Volume
Volume
Volume
Volume
Duration
Duration Duration Duration
Intensity Intensity Intensity
Time Since Last
Time Since Last
Time Since Last


Max
Sum
Mean
Cumulative
Max
Sum Mean Standard Deviation
Max
Mean Standard Deviation
Max
Mean
Variance


in
in
in
in
Hours
Hours Hours Hours
in/hr
in/hr in/hr
Hours
Hours
Hours
1948
52
2.62
29.898
0.57496
29.898
13
162 3.1154 2.7272
0.73
0.18456 0.13437
485
109.35
522.78
1949
52
1.84
22.292
0.42869
52.19
7
132 2.5385 1.852
0.95
0.16888 0.15016
776
165.44
1,194.8
1950
62
4.58
30.57
0.49306
82.76
11
135 2.1774 1.9961
1.82 0.22644 0.22796
830
141,02
1,240.2
1951
53
2.37
28.306
0.53408
111.07
7
138 2.6038 1.8845
1.77
0.20512 0.23043
823
159.94
1,202.3
1952
69
4.38
32.98
0.47797
144.05
14
214 3.1014 3.2501
1.8 0.15411 0.17351
834
125.26
864.7
1953
61
2.258
29.919
0.49047
173.97
10
163 2.6721 2.3855
0.87
0.18355 0.15621
517
139.18
704.93
1954
47
1.8
21.512
0.4577
195.48
10
110 2.3404 1.833
1.2
0.19556 0.20073
752
193.19
1,459.5
1955
42
9.35
30.739
0.73189
226.22
22
127 3.0238 3.7966
1.45
0.24204 0.23451
817
178.36
1,680.4
1956
54
2.15
25.341
0.46928
251.56 9
140 2.5926 1.9669
2.05
0.18101 0.18905
1,439
180
2,417
1957
44
2.1
22.399
0.50906
273.96
13
118 2.6818 2.7346
0.728
0.18982 0.15574
792
199.07
1,377
1958
67
4.5603
39.134
0.58409
313.09
21
173 2.5821 2.924
4.113
0.22621 0.34895
735
130.34
1,019.5
1959
55
1.99
23.882
0.43422
336.97
6
122 2.2182 1.5116
0.87
0.19575 0.16217
693
157.73
1,259.3
1960
52
2.91
28.069
0.53979
365.04
13
132 2.5385 2.6823
0.98
0.21264 0.17841
810
167.73
1,359.6
1961
59
1.8157
24.757
0.41961
389.8
12
136 2.3051 2.4015
0.79
0.18204 0.12577
707
142.47
841.26
1962
41
1.93
20.979
0.51167
410.78
13
126 3.0732 2.7963
0.726
0.1665 0.12692
1,029
218.37
2,297.4
1963
47
3.7
31.815
0.67691
442.6
38
229 4.8723 6.4828
1.343
0.13893 0.16756
789
176.7
1,294.1
1964
75
1.5
31.454
0.41939
474.05
19
307 4.0933 4.0242
0.7
0.10246 0.099077
852
117.04
1,260.8
1965
81
2.8
28.542
0.35237
502.59
19
270 3.3333 3.7316
1.5
0.10571 0.13461
394
105.17
401.91
zi
The One Group report provides summary information about all events.
Synoptic Analysis of OBSERVED MD180700 PREC
File Edit View Analysis Help
Events |Above	pi
Allow Gaps of up to [3
Group By
8.3% of volume in 4833 events
lours	]~] during an event
"3

Group
Events
Volume
Volume
Volume
Volume
Duration
Duration
Duration
Duration
Intensity Intensity Intensity
Time Since Last
Time Since Last
Time Since Last

Max
Sum
Mean
Cumulative
Max
Sum
Mean
Standard Deviation
Max Mean Standard Deviation
Max
Mean
Variance

in
in
in
in
Hours
Hours
Hours
Hours
in/hr in/hr in/hr
Hours
Hours
Hours
All
4833
9.35
2,157.3
0.44636
2,157.3
38
16,908
3.4984
4.041
4.735 0.12759 0.16388
10,291
102.35
1,524.5
Reclassify Land Use

-------
The BASINS Land Use Reclassification tool is used to group detailed land use classes, based on their code
and name, into broad categories. Conversely, it can also break out a single land use category into
multiple categories (e.g., create High-density and Low-density from a single Residential category or
create Corn and Soybeans from a single Cropland category) based on user-defined fractions. The land
use reclassification tool produces a DBF table that can be used later to define land use categories and
quantify pervious and impervious drainage areas in support of nonpoint source modeling.
Reclassification of land use is often required to update existing land use data files, to regroup land use
types, or to evaluate water quality impacts or management alternatives based on changes to land use
over time. For example, changes in water quality due to urbanization can be accounted for by
converting agricultural or forested land that is likely to be developed into an urban land classification. In
addition, land use classes that have similar characteristics can be grouped into a single classification to
simplify modeling. This tool may be used with any boundary polygon layer, but most often is used after
watershed delineation and before setting up a watershed model. The land use layer to reclassify should
already be downloaded and available on the map. Key Procedures
• Select Reclassify Land Use from the Plug-ins:Analysis submenu.
• Select Analysis:Reclassify Land Use from the main menu, and the BASINS Land Use Reclassification
^JnJjSj
BASINS LandUse Reclassification
LandUse Type:
fuSGS GIRAS Shapefile jj]
Summarize within Layer:
ID Field:
Name Field:
|Cataloging Unit Boundaries
| CATJD
HI

| NAME

form will pop up..
Cancel
Next


• Select the land use layer from the top pull-down listbox and the boundary layer from the Summarize
within Layer listbox beneath. Once the boundary layer is selected, the ID Field and Name Field
listboxes are populated with the names of all fields from the DBF for that layer; select the
appropriate ID and Name fields. When the appropriate selections have been made click the Next

-------
button, and, after calculating the area distribution, the following table will appear.
BASINS LandUse Reclassification
JflJ^
Normal C Advanced
G1RAS classes witNn layer Cataloging Unit Boundaries (grouped by giras dbf)
Code
Description
.Area Percent
Group
Impervious";
-
0

0.01


11
RESIDENTIAL
14.21
Urban or Built-up Land
50

12
COMMERCIAL AND SERVICES
2.49
Urban or Built-up Land
50

13
INDUSTRIAL
0.19
Urban or Built-up Land
50

14
TRANS, COMM. UTIL
0.77
Urban or Built-up Land
50

15
IN DUST & COM MERC CMPD
-------
60% impervious area).
BASINS LandUse Reclassification
JflJ^
f Normal f* Advanced
G1RAS classes witNn layer Cataloging Unit Boundaries (grouped by giras dbf)
Code
Description
.Area Percent
Group
lmpep,'ious%
Multiplier
Subbasin [
0

0.01


1

11
RESIDENTIAL
14.21
Urban or Built-up Land
30
0.B5

11
RESIDENTIAL
14.21
Urban or Built-up Land
60
0.15

12
COMMERCIAL AND SERVICES
2.49
Urban or Built-up Land
50
1

13
INDUSTRIAL
0.19
Urban or Built-up Land
50
1

14
TRANS. COMM. UTIL
0.77
Urban or Built-up Land
50
1

15
IN DUST & COMMERC CMPLXS
0.27
Urban or Built-up Land
50
1

16
MXD URBAN OR BUILT-UP
0.13
Urban or Built-up Land
50
1

17
OTHER URBAN OR BUILT-UP
0.64
Urban or Built-up Land
50
1

21
CROPLAND AND PASTURE
34.34
Agricultural Land
0
1

22
ORCH.G ROV.VNYRD ,NU RS.O RN
0.11
Agricultural Land
0
1

23
CONFINED FEEDING OPS
0.01
Agricultural Land
0
1

24
OTHER AGRICULTURAL LAND
0.04
Agricultural Land
0
1

41
DECIDUOUS FOREST LAND
5.9S
Forest Land
0
1

42
EVERGREEN FOREST LAND
0.57
Forest Land
0
1

43
MIXED FOREST LAND
30.42
Forest Land
0
1

51
STREAMS AND CANALS
5.12
Wetlartds/Water
0
1

52
LAKES
0.02
Wetlands Abater
0
1

Load
Save
Close
J
Add
Delete
• The Subbasin column is used to specify the subbasin(s) to which the lmpervious% arid Multiplier
should apply. For instance, a user might wish to specify that for a certain subbasin the lmpervious%
is higher than for others. This might be the case where the user might know that a given subbasin is
densely developed and thus more impervious than the nearby less urbanized subbasins. The default
value for the Subbasin is 'all', which indicates that the values on a given row will apply within all
subbasins. If within a given land use type one row has a subbasin specified and others are set to
'all', the values corresponding to 'all' will apply to all values except the one row with a subbasin
specified. Only one subbasin (or 'all') may be specified in the subbasin field on a given row.

-------
Click the Save button to save the current land use aggregation/division scheme to a DBF file.
Jj*j
Save Reclassification File
Save in: ns- landuse
BJLbaltmd.dbf
B'1 l_washdc,dbf
[sj] overlay, dbf
~z]	H'
File name:	|Regrouped_LU
S ave as Jype: | DBF files (" dbf)
3
3
Save
Cancel

Watershed Characterization Reports
The BASINS system includes tools designed to assist in summarizing key watershed information in a
format suitable for preparing watershed characterization reports. These tools produce tables that
inventory and characterize both point and nonpoint sources at the watershed and subwatershed scales.
Watershed characterization is key to understanding water quality issues and pollution sources in the
watershed. In addition to evaluation of the watershed condition, it provides the necessary information
to assess monitoring programs, identify data gaps, and develop watershed-water quality modeling
strategies. In order to access the Watershed Characterization Reports, first activate plug-in via Plug-
ins:Analysis on the main BASINS window.

-------
BASINS 4.1 - 02060006*

File " Models ... Compute Launch Analysis
ta Id S #
a a
New Open Save Print Settings Add Remove Clear
^ ¦
Out Extent Selected Previous Next Layer
¥ X
Layer View Bookmarks
* IA I®
Symbology Categories Quen
/-
&
*
Pan
Legend
Layers ) Toolbox j
~ 0 Data Layers
|BD L_WASHDG
[£j
shp

Categories
H Urban or Built-up Land
¦ Agricultural Land
I Rang eland
H Forest Land
H Water
Wetland
Barren Land
Tundra
Perennial Snow or Ice
Plug-ins | Watershed Delineation Shapefile Editor
Help

Edit Plug-ins
9 %

Saipts
itify Label Mover

Analysis ~ |
,$"1 Cligen
^ Archive Project Tool
Climate Assessment Tool
BASINS 4,1
Data Tree
CSV to Shapefile Converter
[j] DFLOW
^ D4EM Data Download ~
f] Frequency Grid
j£] EPA SWMM 5.0 Setup
~^| Graph
p] EPA WASP 7.3 Setup
3 Ust
2 GeoSFM
Lookup Tables
£ GWLF-E Data Processor
Reclassify Land Use
jj] HSPFParm - Parameter Database for HSPF
Seasonal Attributes
Manual Delineation
Synoptic
Model Segmentation
USGS Surface Water Statistics (SWSTAT)
~
jj] Model Setup (HSPF/AQUATOX)
m 		 _ . 		
7| Watershed Characterization Reports
This activates a Watershed Characterization Reports option under the Analysis menu, which opens the
following screen:
-Inl *1
File , ¦ Models . Compute Analysis Layer View Bookmarks Plug-ins | Watershed Delineation Converters Shapefile Editor
tf Edit Plug-ins
New Open Save Prin~ Settings
if a
Ln a La
Add Remove Clear
Pan In Out Extent Selected Previous Next Layer
Legend	^ X
Layers I Toolbox I
Symbology Gate
£l rfa shl
New Insert Adc
Saipts
Analysis
jj] Archive Project Tool
^ BASINS 4.5
ji] CSV to Shapefile Converter
jjjgl D4EM Data Download
>] EPA SWMM 5.0 Setup
^ EPA WASP Model Builder
GWLF-E Data Processor
HSPFParm - Parameter Database for HSPF
Manual Delineation
Model Segmentation
[3 Model Setup (HSPF/AQUATOX)
u * Launch Help
O 4
Measure Identify Label Mover .
Climate Assessment Tool
Data Tree
DFLOW
]~
~
~
j]	Graph
^3	Graph From JSON
0	List
P|	Lookup Tables
Reclassify Land Use
jj]	Seasonal Attributes
jj]	Synoptic
^	USGS Surface Water Statistics (SWSTAT)
Watershed Characterization Reports
ffl Pollutant Loading Estimator (PLOAD)
BASINS 4 provides users the capability to generate several different types o; watershed characterization
reports, each in tabular form:
1990 Population and Sewerage by Census Tract
2000 Population and Census Tract Table
Landuse Distribution Table
Permitted Point Source Facilities Table
Point Source Discharge Concentration and Loading Table
Other user-defined reports can be added by creating scripts and inserting them into the
'\BASINS\etc\Reports' folder. Any VB.NET script residing in this folder will be added to the list of
available reports viewed from the Reports menu. The tables generated by these tools are displayed both
on the screen in their own window and written to a tab-delimited text file in the '\BASINS\Reports\'

-------
directory. These text files can be directly imported into any standard spreadsheet or word processor for
further formatting and incorporation into other watershed characterization reports.
1990 Population and Sewerage by Census Tract
The 1990 Population and Sewerage by Census Tract summarizes the selected area by census tract ID.
For each census tract, the report lists the population, number of housing units, type of residential sewer
system, and spatial percentage of that tract located within the subject watershed area. The BASINS
Census GIS layers, which are available via File:Data Download menu selection, are the data source for
this report. The information generated for this report is summarized in tabular form in a pop-up
window (see below) and in an output text file.
- I ~'
Watershed Characterization Report
x
1990 Population and Seweraqe by Census Tract Table
ArealD
AreaNarne
TractID
Population
HouseUnits
SewerPublic
SewerSeptic
SewerOther
% in Are a
1
PATUXENT
7520
6906
2162
513
1584
65
1.0
1
PATUXENT
6040
8746
2885
4
2824
57
77.6
1
PATUXENT
6030
7592
2551
48
2453
50
63.0
1
PATUXENT
700298
2084
734
23
686
25
29.4
1
PATUXENT
6070
0
0
0
0
0
100.0
1
PATUXENT
6021
3985
1463
993
470
0
6.7
1
PATUXENT
700202
6127
2201
1505
680
16
32.4
1
PATUXENT
6022
6151
2288
2106
180
0
94.4
1
PATUXENT
700103
2992
972
16
946
10
77.8
1
PATUXENT
602301
15482
5304
4961
343
0
94.6
1
PATI IYFNT
Rn?R
3RR4
1 4fl7
19PI3
1 14
n
9 R

zi
The 1990 Population and Sewerage by Census Tract can be used to examine specific areas for
population density and the prevalence of septic systems, which can be significant sources of pathogens,
household chemicals, and nutrients (especially nitrate) escaping into groundwater and nearby receiving
water bodies.
2000 Population and Census Tract Table
The 2000 Population and Census Tract Table summarizes population in the selected area by census
tract ID, and it also lists the spatial percentage of each tract that lies within the subject watershed area.
The BASINS Census layers, which are available via File:Data Download menu selection, are the data
source for this report. The information generated for this report is summarized in tabular form in a pop-

-------
up window (see below) and in an output text file.
1 4£t
L Watershed Characterization Report
E
in
|J5
Jl
2000 Population by Census Tract Table




ArealD
AreaNarne
Tract ID
Population
36inArea
4


1
PATUXENT
7520
10392
1.0
~


1
PATUXENT
604001
5638
64.7


1
PATUXENT
6030
10645
62.9


1
PATUXENT
604002
5335
89.5


1
PATUXENT
700204
1949
29.7


1
PATUXENT
6021
6788
6.6


1
PATUXENT
700202
6777
32.5


1
PATUXENT
6022
7970
94.4


1
PATUXENT
700103
4530
78.5


1
PATUXENT
602303
3879
100.0
1


1
DATI IYPMT
cmp
R9CR
r> n








The 2000 Population and Census Tract Table can be used to examine specific areas for population
density. Comparing this report to the 1990 population by census tract can help identify growth trends in
particular areas.
Landuse Distribution Table
The Landuse Distribution Table provides a summary of landuse distribution within the selected
watershed(s). There are two primary landuse layers available for download through the BASINS system:
the USGS Geographic Information Retrieval and Analysis System (GIRAS), which uses the Anderson Level
II classification, and the 1992 National Land Cover Dataset. The GIRAS and 1992 NLCD GIS landuse
layers, which are available via File:Data Download menu selection, are the data source for this report.
The information generated in this report is summarized in tabular form in a pop-up window (see below)

-------
and in an output text file.
^ Watershed Characterization Report
GIRAS Landuse Table in Acres


1

PATUXENT

32
Agricultural Land
203560
Barren Land
11754
Forest Land
213070
Urban or Built-up Land
110233
Wetlands/Water
46223
The Landuse Distribution Report can be used to examine the various land uses in the study area (by
subwatershed) to assist in developing a modeling strategy such as the selection of nonpoint source
segments (subwatershed) and the land use classes to be represented in the nonpoint source model. It
can also be used to assess the need for a nonpoint source monitoring program and to determine areas
where monitoring data are most useful for model parameterization and calibration.
Permitted Point Source Facilities Table
The Permitted Point Source Facilities Table provides a summary of discharge facilities in a given
watershed. The report relies on the EPA Permit Compliance System (PCS) database to identify permitted
facilities in the selected study area. The Permit Compliance System GIS layer, which one of the BASINS
core layers downloaded as BASINS project is built, is the data source for this report. The information
generated for this report is summarized in tabular form in a pop-up window (see below) and in an
output text file.
Permitted Point Source Facilities Table
ArealD AreaName NPDES Facility Name
SIC
SIC Name
City
-
1 PATUXENT MD0000469 MARYLAND & VIRGINIA MILK PRO.
2023
CONDENSED AND EVAPORATED MILK
LAUREL

1 PATUXENT MD0001155 GENERAL ELECTRIC APP PARKEAST
3631
HOUSEHOLD COOKING EQUIPMENT
COLUMBIA

1 PATUXENT MD0002658 PEPCO CHALK POINT GEN. STATION
4911
ELECTRICAL SERVICES
AQUASCO

1 PATUXENT MD0003093 ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCE
8733
NONCOMMERCIAL RESEARCH ORGANI
BENEDICT

1 PATUXENT MD0020150 PATUX. RIV. NAVAL AIR STATION
9711
NATIONAL SECURITY
PATUXEN"

1 PATUXENT MD0021628 CITY OF BOWIE WWTP
4952
SEWERAGE SYSTEMS
BOWIE

1 PATUXENT MD0021B52 PATUXENT WATER RECLAMATION FAC
4952
SEWERAGE SYSTEMS
ANNE ARL

1 PATUXENT MD0021717 FT GEORGE G. MEADE
9711
NATIONAL SECURITY
FORT GEC

1 PATUXENT MD0021725 PARKWAY WWTP
4952
SEWERAGE SYSTEMS
LAUREL

1 PATUXENT MD0021733 HORSEPEN BRANCH
4952
SEWERAGE SYSTEMS
BOWIE

1 , dati ivpmt ynnrrn~ia 1 wfptpdmpdam™ uaa/td
< I I

CPVAVPDAnP CVQTiriJo
UVATTQVI
_
zi

-------
The Permitted Point Source Facilities Table is useful for identifying sources of pollutant loadings in a
given watershed. Potential applications of this report tool include rapid identification of point sources
and evaluation of their proximity to major streams. A summary of discharge concentrations and loading
associated with each facility is provided in the Point Source Discharge Concentration and Loading Table.
Point Source Discharge Concentration and Loading Table
The Point Source Discharge Concentration and Loading Table summarizes the annual flow rate,
concentration, and load for a range of reported pollutants. The PCS Discharge GIS layer, which is
available via File:Data Download menu selection, is the data source for this report. The information
generated for this report is summarized in tabular form in a pop-up window (see below) and in an
output text file.
_ | ~ | X
Watershed Characterization Report
Point Source Discharge Concentration and Loading Table
ArealD
AreaName
NPDES
Facility Name

Parameter

Year
Flow (MGD)
Avg. Cone, (mg/l)
Load (Ibs/yr)

PATUXENT
MD0000469
MARYLAND S
VIRGINIA MILK PRO.
OX/GEN, DISSOLVED
(DO)
1990
0.15610
9.24000
4390.56000

PATUXENT
MD0000469
MARYLAND
VIRGINIA MILK PRO.
OX/GEN, DISSOLVED
(DO)
1991
0.18460
8.29000
4873.30000

PATUXENT
MD0000469
MARYLAND
VIRGINIA MILK PRO.
OXYGEN, DISSOLVED
(DO)
1992
0.16640
8.03640
4096.96000

PATUXENT
MD0000469
MARYLAND
VIRGINIA MILK PRO.
OXVGEN, DISSOLVED
(DO)
1993
0.13320
8.24750
3520.71000

PATUXENT
MD0000469
MARYLAND
VIRGINIA MILK PRO.
OXYGEN, DISSOLVED
(DO)
1994
0.01820
7.54750
464.87000

PATUXENT
MD0000469
MARYLAND
VIRGINIA MILK PRO.
OXVGEN, DISSOLVED
(DO)
1995
0.00000
7.35500
0.56000

PATUXENT
MD0000469
MARYLAND
VIRGINIA MILK PRO.
OXYGEN, DISSOLVED
(DO)
1996
0.00000
8.30220
0.00000

PATUXENT
MD0000469
MARYLAND
VIRGINIA MILK PRO.
OXVGEN, DISSOLVED
(DO)
1997
0.00000
6.52630
0.00000

PATUXENT
MD0000469
MARYLAND
VIRGINIA MILK PRO.
OXYGEN, DISSOLVED
(DO)
1998
0.01930
7.24630
472.35000

PATUXENT
MD0000469
MARYLAND
VIRGINIA MILK PRO.
OXYGEN, DISSOLVED
(DO)
1999
0.11340
8.56620
3068.56000

PATUXENT
MD0000469
MARYLAND
VIRGINIA MILK PRO.
BOD, 5-DAY (20 DEG. C)
1990
0.15610
7.01160
3147.67000

PATUXENT
MD0000469
MARYLAND
VIRGINIA MILK PRO.
BOD, 5-DAY (20 DEG. C)
1991
0.18460
11.48450
6220.17000

PATUXENT
MD0000469
MARYLAND
VIRGINIA MILK PRO.
BOD, 5-DAY (20JDEG. C)
1992
0.16640
12.05590
6174.13000

PATUXENT
MD0000469
MARYLAND &
VIRGINIA MILK PRO.
BOD, 5-DAY (20 DEG. C)
1993
0.13320
47.35250
20438.45000
1
zi
The summary of discharge concentrations and loads allows the user to perform a planning-level
assessment of the magnitude and severity of point source contributions. Analyzing the data for
different years can provide information to evaluate changes in contributions from various point sources
over time and support trend analysis.
Watershed Characterization System
The BASINS Watershed Characterization System can be used to select and generate several standard
reports designed to describe the physical characteristics of watersheds (subbasins) you have defined.
This feature is more customized version of the Watershed Characterization Reports. The following
reports are available:
Water Bodies
Population Estimates
Housing and Sewage
Soil Characteristics
Landuse Characterization
Permitted Point Sources

-------
• Data Summary
All reports require that a subbasins layer be defined in advance. In addition, each report has its own
unique set of required layers (e.g., the Landuse Characterization report requires that a landuse grid or
shapefile be loaded and identified). All required layers can be easily downloaded using the built-in
BASINS download tool. Default layer and field names are automatically assigned the first time you use
WCS; settings are stored in a separate data file along with the BASINS project data files.
Getting Started
The user must first open or create a BASINS project, which is generally defined by an eight-digit HUC
somewhere in the U.S. Next, you must define one or more subbasins for which you want to perform a
detailed analysis. The subbasin layer is a closed polygon layer containing at least one field which
describes each subbasin's name or ID. The BASINS Watershed Delineation tools may be used to create
the subbasins layer. The WCS plugin must then be loaded and activated (using the Analysis : Watershed
Characterization System (WCS) menu item), at which point the following form appears:
JLJ-Kj
Watershed Characterization System (WCS)
Ge
neral | Available Reports | Results]
The BASINS Watershed Characterization System can be used to select and generate several standard reports designed to
describe the physical characteristics of watersheds (subbasins) you have defined. Some reports utilize layers that are not
downloaded by default, requiring you to use the BASINS download utility to acquire them.
Default layer and field names are automatically assigned the first time you use WCS and settings are stored with the BASINS
project.
Press F1 on each field for context sensitive help on each item.
Output Folder Name: |C:\BASINS\data\02060006\WCS\WCS Reports
Browse..
Delete all previously generated reports
Subbasin Layer:
Watershed Shapefile (02060006demgw.shp)
Subbasin Name Field: StrearnLink
"31
"31
About
Help

Generate

Close
A
Context-sensitive help is available for all fields on this form by moving to that field and then pressing F1
key. Alternatively, you can click the '?' button in the upper right portion of the form, then click the

-------
button, field, list or grid you want information about. You will see popup help like this:


-eviouslv
w.shp)
Re port files are auto rn ati cal ly 1
created and sequentially
n u m b e re d e ach ti rn e yo u cl i ck 1
the Generate button. Click this 1—
link to delete all old report files. §
The General Tab
On the General tab, enter or browse to the folder where you wish generated reports to be saved. By
default, this folder is saved under the data folder associated with the BASINS project you are working
on. Every time you generate a report, a new, uniquely named output file is created. You can quickly
delete previously generated report files using the link on this tab. Next, select the shape file layer
containing the polygon(s) that define your subbasin(s). Note that the reports always analyze all
subbasins in the layer. You must also select the field which contains the subbasin name to be used in the
report. The BASINS watershed delineation routine by default just creates a field containing an integer
subbasin number; you may choose to add an additional field into which you enter a more descriptive
name and use it instead. When selecting layers, WCS knows the type of layer required (e.g., line
shapefile, polygon shapefile, or grid). Only layers of the appropriate type are available for selection in
the drop-down list. Once the layer is selected, the field name drop-down list is automatically populated
with the fields found in the attribute table associated with that layer. Furthermore, the expected field
names will be automatically selected if found. This scheme allows the WCS tool to work most easily with
the standard shape files distributed with BASINS yet still gives you the flexibility to use custom shape
files if you wish.
The Available Reports Tab
Use this tab to define which reports you want to generate, and what layers and fields are logically
associated with the required input information.

-------
Watershed Characterization System (WCS)
JLJjiJ
General Available Reports | Results |
Available Reports:
121
Water Bodies & 303d
~	Population Estimates
~	Housing and Sewage
>/ Soil Characteristics
~	Landuse Classification
~	Permitted Point Sources
0 Data Summarv
All
None
-Water Bodies | Population | Sewage | Soils | Landuse | PCS | Data
Reach File Layer:
303d Layer:
Reach File Stream Name: PNAME
303d Impairment:
1 Reach File, V1
m

1303d List-Lines
zl
Field Names
PNAME
¦

|WBODY_NAME
u

EPAJMPAIR

About
Help
Generate
Close

As you select each report in the list on the left, the tab associated with that report is displayed on the
right. You can run the reports individually or select several so that the reports are all generated at once.
Each report has its own unique set of layers needed to run, and you usually need to download additional
layers than those automatically compiled for you when you create the BASINS project. For example, in
the above figure the "Reach File, VI" layer was initially provided when the project was set up, but the
303d shapefile had to be downloaded separately using the BASINS download tool. The purpose and
contents of the individual reports is self-explanatory, however a few comments are in order:
•	WCS expects the user to select reasonable layers and fields. If a transportation layer is selected for
reach layer, it may be possible for the report to be generated without error, but the results would
obviously be invalid.
•	Empty portions of a report usually indicate that no such features were found in any of the subbasins
you've defined. For example, there may be no 303d waterbodies located in your subbasins, so there
will be no entries in that report table.
•	The Population Estimates report is intended to characterize changes in population over time, so it is
expected that two distinct census periods will be selected, and each attribute table will have
identical fields and matching shapes. Census results by census tract may violate this requirement if
tracts are created or eliminated from one census to the next. If this occurs within any of your
subbasins, an error message will be shown.
•	The Soil Characteristics report relies on a polygon shapefile and single soil ID field. Soil
characteristics are obtained by linking the value found in the soil ID field with the data found in the

-------
file SoilNames.txt. This is a tab-delimited text file containing Soil ID, Soil Name, and Soil Group
columns located in the plug-ins folder for WCS. You can edit this file using a text editor or
spreadsheet to add soil characteristics for your state or region.
•	Landuse data can be taken from one of five different sources: USGS GIRAS shapefiles, NLCD grids
(1992 or 2001), User shapefile, or User grid. Like soils information, the shapefile or grid contains a
single field or value defining a landuse ID; the ID is related to landuse characteristics using a tab-
delimited text file found in the WCS plug-in folder called LandUses.txt. This file stores IDs and names
for all five types of landuse data sources and can be edited using a text editor or spreadsheet
program.
•	Data reports are intended to summarize time series data previously acquired using the BASINS
Download tool; all data sources will automatically be listed in the form.
•	Note that most lists in the WCS form (e.g., layer lists) are populated when the form is first opened; if
you add layers while WCS is open, it may be necessary to close then reopen the form to refresh it.
The Results Tab
Each report is generated into an HTML-formatted file which is displayed on the Results tab. HTML
reports are ideal for creating web pages or interpretation by word processing and spreadsheet
programs. They automatically resize the columns to fit the available width of the printed or displayed
page.
Watershed Characterization System (WCS)
General | Available Reports Results |
BASINS Watershed Characterization System
Soil Characteristics by STATSGO Soil Map Units
Subbasin
Soil
Soil
Hyd. Soil
Area
Portion of
Name
ID
Name
Group
(ac)
Watershed (%)
1
MD004


762.7
36.58
1
MD006


1322.5
63.42
1

Totals

2085.2
100.00
2
MD001


470.9
2.64
2
MD004


1460.2
8.19
2
MD007


5397.8
30.28
2
MD008


10499.9
58.89
2

Totals

17828.8
100.00
3
MD001


1172.2
13.07
3
MD002


869.4
9.69
3
MD004


1025.0
11.43
Copy
About
Repor12.htm (Click Generate bull on lo refresh results)
Help
Preview..
Generate
Print...
Close
4
The report can be copied to the clipboard, printed, or used directly. Each time a report is generated, a

-------
new HTML file is created and given a unique name. You can delete all previously generated reports using
a link provided on the General tab
Projection Parameters
The Projection Parameters utility allows the user to determine what projection the current BASINS
MapWindow project is in. To activate this option, click on Lookup tables from the Plug-ins:Analysis
menu option on the main BASINS menu. Then, click on the Analysis menu option on the main BASINS
menu, and select Projection Parameters.
1® BASINS 4.5

File
Models
Compute

Analysis
Layer View Bookmarks Plug-ins
Data Tree
DFLOW
Climate Assessment Tool
List.
Graph
Watershed Characterization Reports
Synoptic
Seasonal Attributes
Reclassify Land Use
ui
New Open Save Print Setting
i Pan
In
Out Extent Selected
Legend
Layers | Toolbox ]
I
1
¦
Projection Parameters
STORET Homepage
Standard Industrial Classification Codes
Water Quality Criteria 304a
Watershed Characterization System (WCS)
USGS Surface Water Statistics (SWSTAT) ~
hi	
The Analysis:Projection Parameters menu item simply displays the fundamental parameter data for the

-------
GIS projection selected for the active project.

__ Projection Parameters
proj
+proj=utm
+:one=16
+ellps=GRS80
+lon_Cl=-87
+lat_0=0
+k=0.999G
+x_0=500000.0
+y_0=0
end
OK
The data cannot be edited,, but rather the GIS layers must be reprojected. For new spatial data to be
displayed in the same map extent as the existing data, the map projection parameters specified in the
lookup table should be used during reprojection. (For information about modifying projections during
project creation, see Projections)
Codes and Criteria
For additional support in watershed analysis, the four Analysis:Lookup Tables options provide users
quick and easy access to important reference information including the STGRET homepage, Standard
Industrial Classification (SIC) codes, and water quality criteria and threshold values for both priority and
non-priority pollutants. To access these features, select Lookup Tables from the Plug-ins:Analysis menu
option on the main BASINS menu.
		-Inl x||
. Models
Compute . Analysis Layer View Bookmarks
New Open Save Print Settings
Add Remove Clear I Symbology Cate C#| Scripts
Pan In Out Extent Selected Previous Next Layer
Legend	^ X
Layere j Toolbox j
Ml
New
nsert Adc
Plug-ins
Edit Plug-ins
Watershed Delineation Converters
Shapefile Editor Launch Help
K' O n
Measure Identify Label Mover .
Analysis
j*] Archive Project Tool
j] BASINS 4.5
CSV to Shapefile Converter
D4EM Data Download
J] EPA SWMM 5.0 Setup
[~>| EPA WASP Model Builder
^ GWLF-E Data Processor
HSPFParm - Parameter Database for HSPF
jj] Manual Delineation
p] Model Segmentation
j] Model Setup (HSPF/AQUATOX)
[~-p| Pollutant Loading Estimator (PLOAD)
1H
Climate Assessment Tool
Data Tree
DFLOW
Graph
Graph From JSON
List
Lookup Tables
Reclassify Land Use
Seasonal Attributes
Synoptic
USGS Surface Water Statistics (SWSTAT)
Watershed Characterization Reports

-------
Once Lookup Tables has been activated, the following four menu options are available:
^ BASINS 4.5
File
L Models i Compute

Analysis
Layer View Bookmarks Plug-ins
W


1
I J s *
m
Data Tree

New
Open Save Print Setting
4
~FLOW

jery



m
Climate Assessment Tool

1: ~
/





: Pan

Out Extent Selected

List

Co
Legend
J?
n
Graph


Layers
| Toolbox |
H
Watershed Characterization Reports




i|
Synoptic




ii
Vq
Seasonal Attributes




n
Reclassify Land Use




i|
Projection Parameters




ui
STORET Homepage





Standard Industrial Classification Codes




ig
Water Quality Criteria 304a




i|
Watershed Characterization System (WCS)




i
USGS Surface Water Statistics (SWSTAT) ~


-------
STORET Homepage: A link to the Water Quality Data (WQX) homepage, the successor of STORET for
further investigation into the EPA monitoring data.
O FPA
Lliri United Sut« tnvifonirve^iAl Protect >00 Aqency



Advanced Search
A-Z Index
IEARH THE ISSUES SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY LAWS & REGULATIONS ABOUT EPA

3CAACM
| STORET/WQX Homo	Qconuct 1siwc
you are litre: EPA Honw - Water » Wedands, Oceans, & Wace-rshetfs * Monitoring and Assessing Water Quality
* StCHRfT "Home
Welcome to STORET and WQX, tPA's repository and framework for
sharing water monitoring data.
The STQfiET (short for STGrage and RETrievaFj Data Warehouse is a repository for water quality, biological, and physical
data and is used by state environmental agencies, EFA and other federal agencies, universities* private citizens, am)
many others, Take a minute to browse around our sue or click on the water drop to retrieve monitoring data®
Download Data
W.ilervh e-d Summary
Fact Sheets
STOtiET Home
AImmm STOREI / WQX
Dm download
On.1i.ti-r YuioruJi
Oi(« SubnwtUl
Useful hftuim linki
Support
Tools( Web Services
Frequent QwmInmii
Hclpdcsk
Siiemap
Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) Codes: Pull-down menu for lookup SIC codes based on
alphabetic listing of their equivalent names. Can be used as a reference to identify the industrial

-------
classification of a point source discharger.
File Edit View Favorites lools Help
^ Back ^ 10 " W L~
^Search ^Favorites ^0) ^
3] 0 So
Address
http: //www. epa. go v/en viro/htm l/sic Jkup 2. htm 11
Links #] AQUA TERRA Consultants ATC Wiki £) MapWindow GIS g] BASINS US EPA
Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) Code Lookup
Use the pull-do™ menu to scroll to the appropriate code or search for a SIC by typing the first, letter
of the name, then press the Select button. Press the Cancel button to close this window.	
NO SIC CODE SELECTED
13 Done
90 Internet
Select Cancel
-]j http: //www.epa.gov/enviro/html/sicJkup2.html - Microsoft Internet Explorer

-------
• Water Quality Criteria 304a: Provides information on numerous water topics relative to the Clean
Water Act and the Safe Drinking Water Act.
*>EPA
Environmental Topic* Laws & Regulations About EPA
ftalated Topics: Environmental Topics
SHARE f
Water Topics
When the wattf in our rivers, takes. and oceans becomes polluted; it can endanger wildlife, make our
drinking water unsafe, and threaten the waters where we swim and fish. EPA research supports efforts
under the Clean Water Act and Sa*e Drinking Water Act.
Drinking Water
Water Bodies
EPA Watct Division
Infrastructure
Finance
Regulation*
Wastewater and
Water Treatment
Monitoring and
Preventing Water
Pollution
• Projection Parameters

-------
Compute
The Compute menu item pops open a series of submenus that avail a wide range of time series utilities.
All computations produce a time series in the memory buffer, which can then be written to a WDM file
via the File:Save Data In menu option,
|®_ BASINS 4.5 - 02060006
File
Models
Compute
i Analysis
Layer
View Bookmarks
Plug-ins
Watershed Delineation
Converter:
| ~

i M
m
Statistics ~
PI
m

m % ¦ i
Query Properties Table
Select

New
Open Save
c
Generate Timeseries
~
m
Math
~
De:
*
&
<0 ,
m
Seasons

~
\
Date
~
m
Subset by date


Pan
In
Out Ei
m
Meteorologic Generation
~

Unit Conversion
~
m
Merge

sse



m
Events

~



ki
Subset by date boundary












	



As seen on the menu, when all available computation plug-ins are selected, there are 5 main categories
of time series computations:
Category
Statistics
Description
Calculates average annual flood and low-flow frequency analyses for
user-defined return periods. The following form will produce an annual
(each year running from October 1 - September 30) time series with the

-------
average 7-day high flow over the course of each year.
Specify Years and Seasons
_ln|xj
r~ Year or Season Boundaries
[October
dh
| September
zJ l3C
"Yeans to Include in Analysis
Start Year | 1 S&5 Data Starts 1985/10/01 24:00
End Year | 1 BBS Data Ends 1939/04/30 24:00
Number of Days j 7*
Ok
Cancel

Seasons
Events
Splits a single time series into multiple; one containing the data from
each of the user-selected intervals (e.g., 2 time series produced for AM
or PM, 7 time series produced for Day of Week, etc...). No additional
selections besides the input time series are necessary.
Creates a separate time series for each event having successive values
above a threshold specified on the Specify Event Attributes form. The
range of values in the base time series is displayed near the bottom of
the form. The following form will produce a separate time series for
each continuous event from the base time series that maintains a value
above 1500.

-------
1 f Specify Event Attributes
_=_LnJ2
-------
Note: Events and Meteorological Generation are subject to the Time Series:Event, Time
Series:Meteorological Generation, and Time Series:Cligen Plug-ins being selected.
Before the selected computation can be made, the user must select one or more time series from those
available. Source data files can be added and removed via the Time-Series Management Utilities. Once
the desired source data files have been added to the project and the Compute menu item has been
selected, the user is ready to click on a selection from the Select a Computation window and click Ok.
The Select Data form will pop up, and the user should select the desired time series then click Ok.

-------
Select Data
File Attributes Select Help
r~ Select .Attribute Values to Filter Available Data
Scenario
COMPUTED
OBSERVED
Matching Data (7 of 55)
OBSERVED
OBSERVED
OBSERVED
OBSERVED
OBSERVED
OBSERVED
OBSERVED
31 Location
MD180700
MD1S0701
MD1SQ702
MD180703
MD180704
mrii nmnc
MD180700
MD180700
MD180700
MD180700
MD180700
MD180700
MD180700
T | (Constituent

ATEM
CLOU
DEWP
PEvT
PREC
ATEM
WIND
SO LP.
PEVT
DEWP
CLOU


d
Selected Data (1 of 55)
OBSERVED
MD180700
PREC
Dates to Include
.All | Common |
1548/04/30
Start 1943/04/30 1948/04/30
End 2009/12/31 2009/12/31 | 2009/12/31
I- Apply month/day range to each year
r Change Time Step To: fl [5ay T || |Accumulate/Divide
Ok
Cancel
Once the time series have been selected and the computations completed, the resulting time series are
put into a memory buffer and are henceforth available to be selected via the ubiquitous Select Data
form. The newly computed time series will retain most of the same attributes as their source time
series, which can make them difficult to distinguish when filtering by attribute values. The key to
successfully identifying the newly created time series on the Select Data form is to filter by the attribute
History 1, which will contain the name of the computation performed for the new time series. For

-------
example, the following form shows time series filtered by History 1 after a Seasons:Split:Day of Week
computation was performed.

Select Data




*j
File Attributes Select
belect Attribute Values to Filter Available Data
| History 1 T|
| Location
d
| Constituent
3


from Alameda, wdm
ALAMEDA _±l
AGWO

Spl
t by DayOfWeek Fri
AL_RCH1 —J
DF'RC

Spl
t by DayOfWeek Mon
AL_RCH10
ETO

Spl
t by DayOfWeek Sat
AL_RCH11
EVAP
—
Spl
t by DayOfWeek Sun
AL_RCH12
FLOW


Spl
t by DayOfWeek Thu
AL_RCH13
IFWO


Spl
t by DayOfWeek Tue
AL_RCH14
IRRG


Spl
t by DayOfWeek Wed
AL_R CH15

LZSX
zi
Matching Data (128 of 128)
from Alameda, wdrn
CALABAZA
EVAP
=i
from Alameda, wdm
CALABAZA
EVAP

from Alameda, wdm
SANJOSE
ETU


from Alameda, wdrn
SJ_CALi.B
P15M


from Alameda, wdm
SJ_CALi.B
PREC


from Alameda (Airlnn
PATTFRN
FVAP
zl
-Selected Data (0 of 128)
~ k
Cancel

-------
Events
This function will create a separate time series for each event with values above a specified threshold.
To use the Events tool, first open a *.wdm dataset using File:Open Data.
1^ BASINS 4.5 -02060006

File

Models t Compute u ^
i
New
^ Open Project
.Li Save
* Save As
Archive/Restore Project,,.
Download Data
Open Data
Manage Data
Import to WDM
New Data
Save Data In,..
= Print
0 Recent Projects	~
Open BASINS Project	~
-* Export	~
3 j
d>
Settings
Close
Exit

-------
Select WDM Time Series, and then open Basins/data/Climate/base.wdm.
^ Select a File Type
-|P|X|
El File
Basins Observed Water Quality DBF
QiGen Output
HSPF Binary Output
NOAA Summary of the Day, .Archive Format, TD-32DD
SWAT Output DBF
WDM Time Series
Ok
Cancel
Select Compute:Events:Split from the main BASINS window, which will open the Select data for Split
window.
Select HPRECIP from the Constituent column and OBSERVED UPMARLBR from the Matching Data.

-------
Select data for Split





-ln|x|
File Attributes Select
Help





Select .Attribute Values to Available Data
(Scenario
T | (Location

d
(Constituent
hi
; . J
OBSERVED
01594526



DEWPT
-J
PT-OBS
BELTSVIL



DO
	 M
SCEN
LAUREL



FLOW

RCH4



HPRECIP

RCH5

-
NH3
d

f~l f— 1 I/*

K 1 ITfl ur
Matching Data (2 of 42}






OBSERVED
LAUREL



HPRECIP
OBSERVED
UPMARLBR



HPRECIP

Selected Data (1 of 42)
OBSERVED
UPMARLBR
HPRECIP
p Dates to Include
.All | Common |
1955/12/31
Start 1955/12/31 1955/12/31
End 1990/12/31 1990/12/31 | 1990/12/31
I- Apply month/day range to each year
r Change Time Step To: fl [5ay T || |Accumulate/Divide
Ok
Cancel
The Specify Event Attributes window will pop up. The user must specify which events will be separated
into individual time series, by selected either Above or Below, and a Threshold Value. The range of
values within the dataset is shown at the bottom of the window. For this example, select events Above,
and type the threshold value of 0.1.

-------
^.Specify Event Attribut
,x.i
Select values Above or Below Threshold?
f* .Above
f Below
Threshold value:
~ays of gap allowed: (o
Range of values: 0 - 2.56
foT
Ok
Cancel
A
By clicking on Ok, separate time series will be created for each day with HPRECIP over 0.1. The Events
window will now appear, informing the user that there have been 2,878 datasets created. From this
screen, the user can chose to save the new file with these time series, discard all time series, add or
remove specific datasets, or display the data (as a list, graph, data tree, or by seasonal attributes).
*J
Select what to do with this data:
Save to file
Discard
Re-Select Datasets
= Display
List
Graph
Data Tree
Seasonal .Attributes
Event
2878 datasets
- !~

-------
The List option shows the new time series datasets:
\Z. Timeseries List






-In|x||
File Edit View Analysis Help
History 1
from base.wdm
from base.wdm
from base.wdm
from base.wdm
from base.wdm
from base.wdm from base.wdm
from base.wdm
from base.wdm
H
Constituent
HPRECIP
HPRECIP
HPRECIP
HPRECIP
HPRECIP
HPRECIP HPRECIP
HPRECIP
HPRECIP
I_3
Id
105
105
105
105
105
105 105
105
105

Min
0
0.07
0.06
0.01
0
0 0
0.08
0.054

Max
0.1
0.12
0.196
0.14
0.13
0.48 0.27
0.12
0.32

Mean
0.05
0.095
0.124
0.09
0.065
0.24 0.14733
0.1
0.17486

1956/01/11 08:00
0.1








1956/01/11 09:00
0







1956/01/2824:00

0.12






1956/01/29 01:00

0.07






1956/02/02 06:00


0.13





1956/02/02 07:00


0.11





1956/02/02 08:00


0.196





1956/02/02 09:00


0.06





1956/02/24 19:00



0.14




1956/02/24 20:00



0.12




1956/02/2421:00



0.01




1956/03/06 23:00




0.13



1956/03/06 24:00




0



1956/03/0716:00





0.48


1956/03/07 17:00





0


1956/03/08 07:00





0.27


1956/03/08 08:00





0.172


1956/03/08 09:00





0


1956/03-13 03:00






0.12

1956/03/1304:00






0.08

iftcrmni < mrui






Jj
<1 ' 1
I








Note: Unless the results are discarded, these newly created time series will appear when selecting data
in the future. For example, there are now 2,880 OBSERVED UPMARLBR datasets in the selectable data
list:

-------
fL Select Timeseries for

¦

- ~!
*J
File Attributes Select Help





		, c:u _ ft. — ri_*_




Mill l ULtLC dILf-j LU rilL~l MVdlIdUIC U3Lfl
Scenario T |
I Location
E
I Constituent
M

OBSERVED
01594526
Jk
FLOW
d
PT-OBS
BELTSVIL

HPRECIP

SCEN
LAUREL

NH3


RCH4

NITRITE


RCH5
d
NITROGEN
d

nr-i ir1

Matching Data [2BB0 of 2920)





OBSERVED
LAUREL
HPRECIP
OBSERVED
UPMARLBR
HPRECIP

—1
OBSERVED
UPMARLBR
HPRECIP

OBSERVED
UPMARLBR
HPRECIP


OBSERVED
UPMARLBR
HPRECIP

OBSERVED
UPMARLBR
HPRECIP


OBSERVED
UPMARLBR
HPRECIP


OBSERVED
UPMARLBR
HPRECIP

d
i


Selected Data (Oof 2920)
Ok
Cancel
The user may wish to select these new results. Otherwise, to discard the newly created time series,
either select "Discard" from the Event window, or go to File:Manage Data, click on Split, and then
choose File:Close Selected.

-------
Data Sources

File Analysis Help
: - D:\BASINS41 \data\Climate^base.wdm (42)
g-Event
i- Split (287S)
Generate Time Series
The Generate Time Series menu has three options: Date, Math, and Unit Conversion.
P BASINS 4.5 - 02060006*
File
I',, Models
b Compute
l* Analysis
Layer
View Bookmarks
Plug-in;
: rr—,

1
«¦
Statistics ~
n at li
%

New
Ope
n Save
Generate Timeseries ~
Math
~
(
! ^
Pan
In
Out E:
Seasons
Meteorologic Generation
~
~
Date
Unit Conversion
~
~
on
Legend
Events

~



Layers
; | Toolbox ]

|			

—	


To use the Generate Time Series tool, first open a *.wdm dataset using File:Open Data.

-------
I "' L BASINS 4.5 -02060006
File

Models
Compute

New
Download Data
Open Data
n
Manage Data

itifl
Import to WDM

n
New Data

td|
Save Data In...

m
Print
6
Recent Projects
~
n
Open BASINS Project
~
-
Export
~

Settings

&J
Close

CD
Exit

. i i1
Select WDM Time Series, arid then open Basins/data/Climate/base.wdm.
^ Open Project
.Li Save
* Save As
Archive/Restore Project,,.

-------
Select a File Type
_=lSj_xJ
El File
Basins Observed Water Quality DBF
CliGen Output
HSPF Binary Output
NOM Summary of the Day, Archive Format, TD-32DC
SWAT Output DBF
WDM Time Series
Ok
Cancel
Date
There are three options under the Date menu: Merge, Subset by Data, and Subset by Date Boundary.
P BASINS 4.5 - 02060006*







File
Models
Compute |
Analysis
Layer
View Bookmarks
Plug-ins Watershed Delineation
Converte

£
i *,
n
Statistics ~
PI


Br | 1||
Query Properties Table
: %
Select

New
Open Save

Generate Timeseries
~
n
Math
~
D.
j*

£ ,
m
Seasons

~
1
Date
~
Subset by date

Pan
In
Out E;
m
Meteorologic Generation
~
m
Unit Conversion
~
ki Merge
iS
Legend
1 ai'pn: 1
ji— 1
m
Events

>

Subset by date boundary

•	Merge
•	This option allows the user to merge time series data that has been collected for the disjoint dates
into one dataset. Note: When there are duplicate dates, the data will be used for the dataset that
was selected first. After selecting the Merge option, the Generate Timeseries:Merge window will

-------
appear. Click on Select.
jn>d
Generate Timeseries: Merge
Timeseries
Lance

-------
• The Select Timeseries for window will pop up. Select HPRECIP from the Constituent column,
both OBSERVED LAUREL and OBSERVED UPMARLBR from the Matching Data, then click Ok.
Select Timeseries for
File Attributes Select Help
Select .Attribute Values to Filter Available Data
Scenario
OBSERVED
PT-OBS
SCEN
Matching Data (2 of 42)
OBSERVED
OBSERVED
~3f Location
01594528
BELTSVIL
LAUREL
RCH4
RCH5
LAUREL
UPMARLBR
T I (Constituent
DEWPT
DO
FLOW
HPRECIP
NH3
T I KI it n
HPRECIP
HPRECIP
and
"3
J
d
Selected Data (2 of 42)
OBSERVED
OBSERVED
LAUREL
UPMARLBR
HPRECIP
HPRECIP
Dates to Include


All
Common |

Start 1949/12/31
1955/12/31
1949/12/31
End 1990/12/31
1990/12/31
1990/12/31
V Apply month/day range to each year
I- Change Time Step To: fi | Day	]Accumulate/Divide
Ok
Cancel

-------
• The Generate Timeseries:Merge window will now reflect that two time series have been selected to
merge by date. Click Ok.
~ Generate Timeseries: Merge
^~J x]
Timeseries
|2 data
sets
Select
Ok	| Cancel
• The Timeseries::Math 'Merge' 1 datasets window will now appear. At the top, it says "1 dataset",
to reflect that the two datasets were merged by date. The user now has the option of saving or
discarding the results, or Adding/Removing datasets to merge. The user can also display the data as

-------
a list, graph, data tree, or seasonal attribute table.
Select what to do with this data:
Save to file
Discard
Re-Select Datasets
_ Display
List
Graph
Data Tree
Seasonal Attributes
Timeseries::Math 'Merge' 1 datasets
Jfll,
1 dataset

-------
• Note: Unless the results are discarded, the newly created time series will appear when selecting
data in the future. For example, there is now a third HPRECIP dataset:
Select Data
File Attributes Select Help
Select .Attribute Values to Filter Available Data
|Scenario
OBSERVED
PT-OBS
SCEN
Matching Data (3 of 43)
OBSERVED
OBSERVED
OBSERVED
~3f Location
01594528
BELTSVIL
LAUREL
RCH4
RCH5
LAUREL
UPMARLBR
T I (Constituent
DEWPT
DO
FLOW
HPRECIP
NH3
T I KI it n
HPRECIP
HPRECIP
HPRECIP

"3
J
I
d
Selected Data (0 of 43)
Dates to Include


All
Common |

Start none
none
1949/12/31
End none
none
1990/12/31
V Apply month/day range to each year
I- Change Time Step To: fi | Day	]Accumulate/Divide
Ok
Cancel
• The user may wish to select these new results. Otherwise, to discard the newly created timeseries,
either select "Discard" from the Timeseries::Math 'Merge' window, or go to File:Manage Data, click

-------
on "Merge (1)", and select File:Close Selected.
Data Sources
-ln|x||
File Analysis Help
~¦¦WDM
¦D:\BASINS41 \data\Climatetoase.wdm (42)
[El-Math



Timeseries:: Math

Merge

1 Timeseries

Subset by Date
The Generate Time Series:Data:Subset by Date option allows the user to use one dataset to create
one new dataset only containing the data within certain day, month, and year boundaries.
BASINS 4 02060006*
File
~ EE
Legend
Compute Analysis Models Edit
Events
Generate Timeseries
H30
El-! Sdrtmatiu eae'v-uver
Meteorologic Generation
Seasons
Statistics
View Plug-ins Watershed Delineation
¦v i-HI
GIS Tools Help
Date
Math
Unit Conversion

Merge
Subset by date
Subset by date boundary
5SS

-------
Clicking on Subset by Date opens the Generate Time Series:Data:Subset by Date window. Click
Select to choose one time series.
~ Generate Timeseries: Subset by date
^~J x]
Timeseries
Start Date
End Date
Select
Ok
Cancel

-------
• Select HPRECIP from the Constituent column, and OBSERVED UPMARLBR from the Matching Data,
then click Ok.
__JnJ_xJ
File Attributes Select Help
Select .Attribute Values to Filter Available Data
Scenario
OBSERVED
PT-OBS
SCEN
Matching Data (2 of 42)
OBSERVED
OBSERVED
~3f Location
01594528
BELTSVIL
LAUREL
RCH4
RCH5
LAUREL
UPMARLBR
T I (Constituent
DEWPT
DO
FLOW
HPRECIP
NH3
T I KI it n
HPRECIP
HPRECIP
3
d
J
I
d
- Selected Data (1 of 42)
OBSERVED
UPMARLBR
HPRECIP
Dates to Include


All
Common |

Start 1955/12/31
1955712/31
1955/12/31
End 1990/12/31
1990/12/31
1990/12/31
V Apply month/day range to each year
I- Change Time Step To: [i | Day	]Accumulate/Divide
Ok
Cancel

-------
• Now type in the desired Start Date and End Date, in YYYY/MM/DD format. For this example, you
may use 1980/01/01 as a start date and 1990/01/01 as an end date. Click on Ok.
¦
~ Generate Timeseries: Subset bv date

Timeseries
Start Date
End Date
|OBSERVED UPMARLBR HPRECIP
|1980/01/01
|1590/01/01
Select
Ok
Cancel

-------
The Timeseries::Math 'Subset by date' 1 datasets window will appear, giving the user the option to
save or discard the results or Adding/Removing datasets. The user can also display the data as a list,
Timeseries::Math 'Subset
^lajxi
1 dataset
Select what to do with this data:
Save to file
graph, data tree, or seasonal attribute table..
Discard
Re-Select Datasets
Display
List
Graph
Data Tree
Seasonal .tributes
• Note: Unless the results are discarded, the newly created time series will appear when selecting
data in the future. For example, there is now a third HPRECIP dataset:

-------
Select Data
File Attributes Select Help
r~ Select .Attribute Values to Filter Available Data
|Scenario
OBSERVED
PT-OBS
SCEN
Location
Matching Data {3 of 43)
OBSERVED
OBSERVED
OBSERVED
01594526
BELTSVIL
LAUREL
RCH4
RCH5
LAUREL
UPMARLBR
HPRECIF'
HPRECIP
HPRECIP

T I (Constituent
DEWPT
DO
FLOW
HPRECIP
NH3
T I miTnr
~3
d
J
d
~ Selected Data (D of 43)
Dates to Include


HA"


Start none
none
1949/12/31
End none
none
1990/12/31
l~~ Apply month/day range to each year
V Change Time Step To: fl |Day T| IAccumulate/Divide
Ok
Cancel
The user may wish to select these new results. Otherwise, to discard the newly created timeseries,
either select "Discard" from the Timeseries::Math 'Subset by date' window, or go to File:Manage

-------

File Analysis Help
-¦¦WDM
^¦¦¦•D:\BASINS41\data\Climate\base.wdm (42)
S-Math
Subset by date (0)
Timeseries::Math
Subset by date
•	Subset by Date Boundary Generating time series with Subset by Date Boundary lets the user select
one time series and creates one new time series with different year boundaries. The user chooses a
month and day to begin and end the new dataset. Therefore, the new dataset has all the same data
EXCEPT the data in the first year which precedes the chosen month and day, and the data in the last
year which falls after the chosen month and day. This allows the user to organize the data into
different "years", which start on any day, such as a "water year".
•	Click on Subset by Date Boundary to open the Generate Timeseries:Subset by Date Boundary
window, then click Select. As was done in the above example for Subset by Date, select the
HPRECIP OBSERVED UPMARLBR dataset. Type 10 for the boundary month (October), and 01 for the
boundary day. This will delete all data before October 1 in the first year of data, and all data after

-------
October 1 in the last year of data, keeping all data in between.
L Generate Timeseries: Subset by date boundary
^]x]
Timeseries
Boundary Month pfjj
|OBSERVED UPMARLBR HPRECIP
Select
Boundary Day |oi~
Ok
Cancel
• Clicking Ok gives the familiar Timeseries screen, with options as explained above.
Math
The Generate Time Series:Math menu includes 15 mathematical operations that can be done to the
entire time-series dataset.

-------
BASINS 4.5
File Tiles Models Compute IM Analysis Layer View Bookmarks Plug-ins Watershed Delineation Convertei
IlT * ft m
New Open Save Print
~
Pan
In
M
Out Extent S
Legend
Layers j Toolbox |
Statistics
Generate Timeseries
m Seasons
m Meteorologic Generation
jl Events
fcif Math
t * Date
7 Unit Conversion
X
Add

Absolute Value
10 Ax
Subtract
Running Sum
Log 10
Log e
Exponent
Min Each Date
Max Each Date
Geometric Mean Each Date
Mean Each Date
Divide
Multiply
e " x
With any of these options, the Generate Timeseries window appears. Click on the Select button to
select a time series to perform the calculation on.
Generate Timeseries: 10 ¦
Timeseries
Jd2<]
Select
Ok
Cancel

-------
Some functions may lead to a slightly modified Generate Timeseries window, such as the Add option:
Generate Timeseries: Add
Timeseries
Number
Cancel
This will open the Select Timeseries for window. Select HPRECIP from the Constituent column, and
OBSERVED UPMARLBR from the Matching Data, then click Ok.

-------
Select data for Split





-ln|x|
File Attributes Select
Help





Select .Attribute Values to Available Data
(Scenario
T | (Location

d
(Constituent
hi
; . A
OBSERVED
01594526



DEWPT
-J
PT-OBS
BELTSVIL



DO
	 M
SCEN
LAUREL



FLOW

RCH4



HPRECIP

RCH5

-
NH3
d

f~l f— 1 I/*

K 1 ITfl ur
Matching Data (2 of 42}






OBSERVED
LAUREL



HPRECIP
OBSERVED
UPMARLBR



HPRECIP

Selected Data (1 of 42)
OBSERVED
UPMARLBR
HPRECIP
p Dates to Include
.All | Common |
1955/12/31
Start 1955/12/31 1955/12/31
End 1990/12/31 1990/12/31 | 1990/12/31
I- Apply month/day range to each year
r Change Time Step To: fl [5ay T || |Accumulate/Divide
Ok
Cancel
Depending on which math function was selected, the name in the frame of the Timeseries window will
now reflect the function that was performed. For example, if the 10A x function was selected, the
following Timeseries window will appear:

-------
*J
Select what to do with this data:
Save to file
Discard
Re-Select Datasets
- Display
List
Graph
Data Tree
Seasonal retributes
This gives the user the option to save or discard the results or Add/Remove datasets. The user can also
display the data as a list, graph, data tree, or seasonal attribute table.
Timeseries::Math 10 A x' 1 data
_=!~!-
1 dataset
Note: Unless the results are discarded, the newly created time series will appear when selecting data in
the future. For example, there is now a third HPRECIP dataset:

-------
Select Data
File Attributes Select Help
r~ Select .Attribute Values to Filter Available Data
Scenario
OBSERVED
PT-OBS
SCEN
31 Location
Matching Data (3 of 43}
OBSERVED
OBSERVED
OBSERVED
01594526
BELTSVIL
LAUREL
RCH4
RCH5
LAUREL
UPMARLBR
HPRECIP
HPRECIP
HPRECIP

T | (Constituent
DEWPT
DO
FLOW
HPRECIP

NH3
k i itr ur
d
J
I
d
— Selected Data (0 of 43)
Dates to Include


n«
Common |

Start none
none
1949/12/31
End none
none
1990/12/31
I- Apply month/day range to each year
V Change Time Step To: fl [5ay "H |Accumulate/Divide
Ok
Cancel
To discard the newly created timeseries, either select "Discard" from the Timeseries::Math 'Subset by
date' window, or go to File:Manage Data, click on "10Ax (1)", and choose File:Close Selected.

-------
Data Sources

File Analysis Help
EE1-WDM
D:''.BASINS41 ''.data'.CIimateljase.wdm (42)
g Math
IhMWH
Timeseries:: Math
10" x
1 Timeseries
Unit Conversion
There are two options for unit conversion:
•	Celsius to F
•	F to
Celsius
|®_ BASINS4.5
File
Tiles % Models [
Compute
Analysis
Layer
View Bookmarks
Plug-ins Watershed Delineatioi

A_
k 1
H
Statistics ~ |





New
Open Save Print
fcH Generate Timeseries ~
||
Math
~
Properties Table |i Sele



«n
Seasons

~
gfl
Date
~
fi t ifjK

i Pan

Out Extent S
n
Meteorologic Generation
~

Unit Conversion
>
Celsius to F

Legend
I • 1
fl
Events

~



^ F to Celsius

Layers
1 TnnlhfW1 1

¦mr~








-------
Both options open the Generate Timeseries window. Click on the Select button to select a time
series to perform the calculation on.
jnjx
Generate Timeseries: F to Celsius
Timeseries
Cancel

-------
• This will open the Select Timeseries for window. Select AIRTMP from the Constituent column, and
OBSERVED BELTSVILfrom the Matching Data, then click Ok.
Select Timeseries for
File Attributes Select Help


| Constituent
Scenario
Location
OBSERVED
PT-OBS
SCEN
BELTSVIL
LALIREL
RCH4
RCH5
ATD-NH3
ATD-N03
BOD
BOD. 5-D
Matching Data (1 of 42)
OBSERVED
AIRTMP
- Selected Data (1 of 42)
OBSERVED
BELTSVIL
AIRTMP
Dates to Include


All
Common |

Start 1979/12/31
1979/12/31
1979/12/31
End 1990/12/31
1990/12/31
1990/12/31
V Apply month/day range to each year
I- Change Time Step To: fi | Day	] Accumulate/Divide
Ok
Cancel
• Depending on which unit conversion function was selected, the name in the frame of the Timeseries
window will now reflect the function that was performed. This gives the user the option to save or
discard the results, or Add/Remove datasets. The user can also display the data as a list, graph, data
tree, or seasonal attribute table.

-------
JS|x|
1 dataset
Select what to do with this data:
	-Save to file	|
	Discard	|
	Re-Select Datasets	|
- Display	
	List	|
Graph	|
	Data Tree	|
	Seasonal Attributes	|
• Note: Unless the results are discarded, the newly created time series will appear when selecting
data in the future. The user may wish to select these new results. Otherwise, to discard the newly
created timeseries, either select "Discard" from the Timeseries::Math window, or go to File:Manage
Data, click on Math:F to Celsius(l), and choose File:Close Selected.

-------
Computations
The algorithms for calculating output meteorological time series with the Meteorologic
Generation:Computations utilities on the Compute form are documented in this section.
Solar Radiation
This procedure computes the total daily solar radiation (langleys) based on empirical curves of
radiation as a function of latitude (Hamon et al, 1954). The inputs are latitude in decimal degrees
and daily cloud cover in tenths (ranges from 0 to 10). This method is limited to latitudes from 25
degrees N to 50 degrees N, but this limit is not enforced by the program.
.Jnjxjl
Compute Solar Radiation
Specify Cloud Cover Timeseries
Select | |0BSERVED SEA-TAC CLOUD # U
Latitude (in decimal degress) [3T 656
~ k
Cancel
• Hamon PET
This method generates daily potential evapotranspiration (inches) using air temperature (F or C), a
monthly variable coefficient, the number of hours of sunshine (computed from latitude), and
absolute humidity (computed from air temperature). The computations are based on the Hamon
(1961) formula.	pet = cts * dyl * dyl * vdsat
where
PET = daily potential evapotranspiration (in)
CTS = monthly variable coefficient
DYL =	possible hours of sunshine, in units of 12 hours,
computed as a function of latitude and time of year
VDSAT =	saturated water vapor density (absolute humidity)
at the daily mean air temperature (g/cm3)
VDSAT = (216.7 * VPSAT)/(TAVC + 273.3) where
VPSAT = saturated vapor pressure at the air temperature
TAVC =	mean daily air temperature,
computed from the daily max-min data (C)
VPSAT = 6.108 * EXP((17.26939 * TAVC)/(TAVC + 237.3))

-------
Hamon (1961) suggests a constant value of 0.0055 for CTS. However, this has been found to
underestimate PET in some areas, especially for winter months. Therefore, monthly values can be
specified.
H	^]n]x|[
Compute Hamon PET
Specify Input Timeseries
Min Temp: Select | |0BSERVED UWA ATEM-MIN #1,031
Maw Temp: Select | |0BSERVED UWA AT EM-MAX # 1,036
(* Degrees F C Degrees C
Latitude (decimal degress): |31 ,65tj
Specify Monthly Coefficients
Jan Feb Mar Apr M ay Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec
10.0055 10.0055 10.0055 10.0055 10.0055 10.0055 10.0055 10.0055 10.0055 10.0055 10.0055 10.0055
~ k
Cancel
• Jensen PET
This procedure generates daily potential evapotranspiration (inches) using a coefficient for the month,
the daily average air temperature (F), a coefficient, and solar radiation (langleys/day). The computations
are based on the Jensen and Haise (1963) formula.
PET = CTS * (TAVF - CTX) * RIN
where	PET = daily potential evapotranspiration (in)
CTS = monthly variable coefficient
TAVF = mean daily air temperature (F), computed from max-min
CTX = coefficient
RIN = daily solar radiation expressed in inches of evaporation
RIN = SWRD/(597.3 - (.57 * TAVC)) * 2.54
where
SWRD = daily solar radiation (langleys)
TAVC = mean daily air temperature (C)
The following is abstracted from the PRMS manual (Leavesley, et al., 1983): As with the Hamon
procedure, the Jensen-Haise procedure tends to underestimate winter PET; therefore, monthly
variable CTS coefficients are included. Values of CTS and CTX for the warmer months can be
estimated using regional air temperature, elevation, vapor pressure, and vegetation data (Jensen et
al. 1969). For aerodynamically rough crops (assumed to include forests), CTS can be computed for
the watershed by:
CTS = 1/[C1 + (13.0 * CH)] where
CI = an elevation correction factor
CH = humidity index
CI = 68.0 - [3.6 * El/1000] where
El = median elevation of the watershed (ft)

-------
CH = 50/(e2 - el) where
e2 =	saturation vapor pressure (mb) for the mean maximum
air temperature for the warmest month of the year
el =	saturation vapor pressure (mb) for the mean minimum
air temperature for the warmest month of the year
CTX is computed for each land segment as:
CTX = 27.5 - 0.25 * (e2 - el) - (E2/1000) where
E2 = median elevation of the land segment (ft)
Compute Jensen PET
Jn|j^
Specify Input Timeseries
Min Temp: Select |	|0BSERVED UWA ATEM-MIN # 1,031
Max Temp: Select |	|0BSERVED UWA ATEM-MAX tt l7036~
Solar Radiation: Se|ect |	|0BSERVED UWA SOLRAD # 1,021
Constant Coefficient:
|1.104
Temperature Units:
Specify Monthly Coefficients
Jan Feb Mar Apr
f* Degrees F
r Degrees C
May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec
|0.012 |0.012 |0.012 |0.012 |0.012 |0.012 |0.012 |0.012 |0.012 |0.012 |0.012 |0.012
Ok
Cancel
• Penman Pan Evaporation
This procedure estimates daily pan evaporation (inches) using daily average air temperature (F),
dewpoint (F), wind movement (miles/day), and solar radiation (langleys/day). The method is that of
Kohler, Nordensen, and Fox (1955), and it is based on the Penman (1948) formula; the following
description is abstracted from Hydrocomp (1977):
E = (Q*DEL + Ea*GAM)/(DEL + GAM)	(1)
where
E =	pan evaporation
Q =	net radiation exchange
DEL =	slope of the saturation vapor pressure
curve at the air temperature
GAM =	0.0105 inches Hg/deg F (defined by Bowen's Ratio)
Ea =	pan evaporation (assuming air temperature equals
water temperature)
To express the above equation in terms of available meteorological data, empirical curve fitting of
data points is used. An empirical expression for Q*DEL, which can be treated as a single parameter,
is
Q*DEL = exp[(Ta -212) (0.1024 - 0.01066 In R)] - 0.000 (2) where

-------
Ta = air temperature (F)	R = daily solar radiation (langleys) An
expression for Ea is
Ea = (0.37 + 0.0041 Up) * (es - ea)**0.88
(3) where (es - ea) =	vapor pressure deficit between
surface and dewpoint temperature and
Up = total daily wind movement (miles)
The Clausius-Clapeyron equation can be used to express e, the vapor pressure, and DEL, the slope of
the saturation vapor pressure curve at air temperature Ta:
e = exp{ [-7482.6/(Ta + 398.36)] + 15.674 }	(4)
DEL = [7482.6/Ta+398.36)**2] exp[15.674-7482.6/(Ta+398.36)] (5)
To calculate evaporation, the procedure uses Eqn 1. Parameters needed for the evaluation of Eqn 1
are found using Eqns 2-5. Air temperature is estimated as the average of maximum and minimum
daily temperature. If dewpoint temperatures are not available, minimum daily temperatures can be
substituted.
Compute Penman Pan Evaporation
Specify Input Timeseries
Min Temp:	Select |
MaxTennp:	Select |
Solar Radiation:	Select |
Dewpoint Tennp:	Select |
Wind Movement:
Select
OBSERVED UWA ATEM-MIN tt 1.031
~ BSE RVE D UWA AT E M -MAX tt 1,036
OBSERVED UWA S0LRAD #1,021
OBSERVED SEA-TAC DEWP tt 12
OBSERVED SEA-TAC WIND #1,070
Ok
Cancel
JnJj
-------
Disaggregations
The algorithms for disaggregating meteorological time series from daily to hourly with the Meteorologic
Generation:Disaggregations utilities on the Compute form are documented in this section.
• Solar Radiation
This procedure distributes daily solar radiation to hourly values by assuming an
empirical distribution over daylight hours that are computed from latitude and
time of year. It is limited to latitudes from 25 degrees N to 50 degrees N, but
this limit is not enforced by the program. It is an empirical method based on
work by Hamon et al. (1954).
Disaggregate Solar Radiation
JEJ-X]
Specify Daily Solar Radiation Tinneseries
Select | (OBSERVED UWA SOLRAD #1,021
Latitude (in decimal degress) |31.565
Ok
Cancel
Evapotranspiration
This procedure distributes daily evapotranspiration to hourly values; it
assumes a distribution based on latitude and time of year.
^JnJisJ
Disaggregate Evapotranspiration
Specify Daily Evapotranspiration
Select | | LIB SERVED UNION E TO #171
Latitude (in decimal degress) |31.565)
Ok
Cancel

-------
• Temperature
This procedure distributes daily max-min temperatures to hourly values; it
assumes the minimum occurs at 6 AM and the maximum occurs at 4 PM. The
observation hour (1-24) is the hour at which these max and min temperatures
are recorded. If this hour is 17-24,
occurred on that day. If the hour is
then both the input max and min actually
6-16, then the input max actually
occurred on the previous day. If the hour is 1-5, then both the input max and
min actually occurred on the previous day.
Disaggregate Temperature
Jn\2Sl
Specify Daily Temperature Tinneseries
Min Temp: Select | |0BSERVED UWA ATEM-MIN #1,031
Max Temp: Select | |0BSERVED UWA AT EM-MAX tt 1,036
[20
Observation Hour:
Ok
Cancel
Wind
Th is procedure distributes daily wind movement (any length units) to hourly
values (same as input length unit); it allows the user to adjust the default
empirical hourly distribution fractions.
I	_=!~]->£]
Disaggregate Wind
Specify Daily Wind Tinneseries
Select | [OBSERVED SEA-TAC WIND tt 1,070
Wind:
Specify Hourly Distribution
1-12: 10.034 10.034 10.034 10.034 10.034 10.034 10.034 10.035 10.037 10.041 10.046 |0.05
12-24:|o 053 | q.054 10.058 10.057 10.056 |0.05 10.043 |0.04 10.038 10.035 10.035 10.034
Ok
Cancel
• Precipitation
This procedure distributes daily precipitation to hourly values based on
hourly time series from nearby stations (up to 5). The daily precipitation
time series must not contain any missing periods as indicated by negative
values. It distributes the data according to one of several secondary hourly
stations, using the one whose daily total is closest to the daily value. If
the daily total for the hourly stations being used are not within a user-
specified tolerance of the daily value, the daily value is distributed using a
triangular distribution centered around the middle of the day. The tolerance
is expressed as a ratio of the total to the daily value being disaggregated.
One hundred percent means that any daily total (from the hourly stations) is
acceptable. Zero percent means that the daily total must match the daily
value exactly. Fifty percent means that the daily total must be between one

-------
half and double the daily value. The observation hour (1-24) at the station
where the data was recorded must be indicated. An optional summary output
file may be produced reporting either: 1) which hourly station was used to
disaggregate each daily value, or 2) no suitable hourly station was found so
triangular distribution was used.
Disaggregate Precipitation
JnJiSj
Specify Daily Precipitation Timeseries to Disaggregate
Select | |0BSERVED 457473 FRCP tt 1,001
Specify Hourly Precipitation Tirneseries:
Select
OBSERVED UNION PREC tt 371
OBSERVED LIV PREC tt 501
OBSERVED LTR PREC #502
OBSERVED 0N0 PREC tt 503
OBSERVED ROSEPEAK PREC tt 505
Observation Hour:
F
Data Tolerance [%}: jgg
Summary File (optional):
Select | CAB AS IN S \data\18050004\PrecD isaggR eport. s
:. sunn
Ok
Cancel
• Dewpoint
This procedure distributes average daily dewpoint temperature (F or C) to
hourly values. It assumes that the daily average is constant over the 24-hour
period.
Cligen
CliGen is a stand-alone model that generates daily meteorological data for an observation station based
on that station's historical values. Required inputs to run CliGen are:
•	parameter file (*.par) containing station's stats
•	starting year for which to generate data
•	number of years of data to generate
•	output file (*.dat) to house generated data
CliGen is accessible from the Compute:Meteorologic Generation menu.

-------
The CliGen form allows for the specification of the above input requirements. Additionally, it allows the
user to update the monthly statistical values for the observation station to then generate an alternative
set of met data.
CliGen Weather Generator
-inl *1
Specify CliGen Rles
Parameter File: Select | J D :\B AS INS41 \data\Qimate\Wash Nat .par
Output File: | Select | |D:\BASINS41\data\Qimate\WashNat2.dat
Starting Year: | 2000 Number of Years: Jl	Select Data to be Available after Running:
- Station Parameters
WASHINGTON NAT WBAP VA	448906 0
LATT= 38.85 L0NG= -77.03 YEARS = 44. TYPE= 3
ELEVATION = 10. TP5 = 3.15 TP6= 5.S5
P Original Daily Cligen
I" Disaggregated Hourly
Edit Values by:
/Absolute
* Percent
Cons
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sept
Oct
Nov
Dec |
Edit Raw, Absolute
Precip on Wet Days (in)
.27
.29
.32
.29
.34
.35
.40
.45
.43
.40
.35
.34
0
SD of Precip
.31
.33
.36
.34
.42
.52
.55
.68
.67
.52
.43
.40
0
Skew of Precip
1.92
1.90
1.85
2.55
2.26
4.60
3.34
3.39
3.16
1.98
2.05
1.96
0
Prob of Wet Day after Wet Day
.46
.44
.44
.46
.47
.42
.40
.43
.41
.46
.41
.40
0
Prob of Wet Day after Dry Day
.27
.27
.29
.27
.29
.26
.28
.24
.20
.17
.23
.25
0
Max Temp (Deg F)
43.35
46.68
55.27
66.65
75.89
84.05
88.07
86.13
79.60
CC.9-
57.64
46.69
0
Min Temp (Deg F)
28.01
29.95
36.89
46.30
56.28
65.30
70.31
68.87
61.91
50.15
40.22
31.59
0
SD of Max Temp
10.68
10.83
11.38
10.59
8.69
7.13
5.62
5.82
7.92
8.48
9.97
10.25
0
SD of Min Temp
8.%
8.56
8.05
7.69
7.09
5.98
4.46
5.05
7.32
8.19
8.45
8.45
0
Solar Radiation (Langleys)
176.
267.
343.
413.
546.
500.
533.
445.
375.
297.
210.
167.
0
SD of Solar Radiation
35.9
37.8
56.6
78.1
68.4
94.7
77.9
142.7
76.3
39.4
31.5
30.3
0
d
Select Parms to View/Edit
Reset to Original Values
Save Parms

Run CliGen

Cancel |
A
The parameter file contains monthly averages for a large number of different constituents, especially
wind data (3 records for each of the 12 wind directions). The user has the ability to control which
parameters are displayed in the grid for editing by clicking on the Select Params to View/Edit button.
When this button is selected, the entire list of available parameters is shown with a check box next to
each one that can be clicked 'on' or 'off'. Those constituents clicked 'on' will then be displayed on the
editing grid and those 'off' will not. (These selections are stored in a file called CliGenEdit.prm, in the
same directory as the executable).

-------
Select CliGen Parms to Edit
JnJjcJ
0 Precip on Wet Days (in)
~	SD of Precip
v'] Skew of Precip
0 Prob of Wet Day after Wet Day
Prob of Wet Day after Dry Day
~	Max Tennp (Deg F)
0 Min Tennp (Deg F)
0 SD of Max Tennp
v" SD of Min Temp
0 Solar Radiation (Langleys)
~	SD of Solar Radiation
0 Max Daily 30-rnin Precip intensity (
i/ Dewpoint Ternp (Deg F)
\Z Time to Peak Intensity. (Distribute
~	Percent Time Wind from North
~	Ave North Wind Velocity (mph)
C SD of North Wind Velocity
Skew of North Wind Velocity
zl
All
1
None


~ K
1
Cancel
J
Monthly values in the grid may then be edited cell by cell or by using the far right column to adjust a
whole row of values. When a value is entered for a cell in the far right column, every other cell in that
row is adjusted by the entered value. The radio buttons above the far right column dictate whether the
adjustment is absolute (i.e. add the entered value to every cell in the row) or by percent (i.e. multiply
every value in the row by the entered percentage). When the Run CliGen button is selected, CliGen is
run using the specified inputs and a suite of 10 meteorological time series are created and become
available in memory.

-------
Seasons
The Generate Time Series:Seasons function has 10 options to split a single time series into multiple new
time series. For example, two time series are produced for the "AM or PM::Split" option, and 7 time
series are produced for the "Day of Week::Split" option.
To use the Seasons tool, first open a *.wdm dataset using File:Open Data.

-------
BASINS 4.5 - 02060006
File
b Models it; Compute i* j
New
% Open Project
j Save
* Save As
Archive/Restore Project...
Download Data
Open Data
Manage Data
Import to WDM
New Data
Save Data In,.,
__ Print
q Recent Projects	~
Open BASINS Project	~
-» Export	~
Settings
£ j Close
£l) Exit
Select WDM Time Series, and then open Basins/data/Climate/base.wdm.

-------
^Select a File Type

H File
Basins Observed Water Quality DBF
QiGen Output
HSPF Binary Output
NOAA Summary of the Day, .Archive Format, TD-32DD
SWAT Output DBF
WDM Time Series
Ok
Cancel
Click on Compute: Seasons: Split: AM or PM::Split, which will open the Select data for AM or PM::Split
window. Select the dataset to divide into two datasets, one with the data collected in the AM, and one
with PM data. For this example, select precipitation (HPRECIP) from the Constituent column, and
OBSERVED UPMARLBR HPRECIP from the Matching Data section. Then click on Ok.

-------
~J Select data for AM or PM::Split




-ln|x|
File Attributes Select
Help





Select .Attribute Values to Available Data
(Scenario
T | (Location

d
(Constituent
hi
; . A
OBSERVED
01594526



DEWPT
-J
PT-OBS
BELTSVIL



DO
	 M
SCEN
LAUREL



FLOW

RCH4



HPRECIP

RCH5

-
NH3
d

f~l f— 1 I/*

K 1 ITfl ur
Matching Data (2 of 42}






OBSERVED
LAUREL



HPRECIP
OBSERVED
UPMARLBR



HPRECIP

Selected Data (1 of 42)
OBSERVED
UPMARLBR
HPRECIP
p Dates to Include
.All | Common |
1955/12/31
Start 1955/12/31 1955/12/31
End 1990/12/31 1990/12/31 | 1990/12/31
I- Apply month/day range to each year
r Change Time Step To: fl [5ay T || |Accumulate/Divide
Ok
Cancel
A window will pop up with the title of the Seasons calculation, in this case, AMorPM. This window gives
the user options to save or discard results, or display the results as a list, graph, data tree, or seasonal
attribute table. The top of the window will show that "2 datasets" have been created.

-------
AMorPM
^jajxj
2 datasets
Select what to do with this data:
Save to file
Discard
Re-Select Datasets
Display
List
Graph
Data Tree
Seasonal /tributes
One way to display the results is with a List. Click on the List button. The Timeseries List window will
pop up, listing the two new time series. Note that one dataset contains all of the data collected in the
AM, and the other with the PM data.

-------
Timeseries List
File Edit View Analysis Help

History 1
from base.wdm
from base.wdm
Constituent
HPRECIP
HPRECIP
Id
105
105
Min
0
0
Max
1.84
2.56
Mean
0.0042679
0.0053644
1955/12/31 09:00
0

1955/12/31 10:00
0

1955/12/3111:00
0

1955/12"31 12:00
0
NaN
1955/12/31 13:00

0
1955/12/31 14:00

0
1955/12/31 15:00

0
1955/12/31 16:00

0
1955/12/31 17:00

0
1955/12/31 1S:00

0
1955/12/31 19:00

0
1955/12/31 20:00

0
1955/12/31 21:00

0
1955/12/31 22:00

0
1955/12/31 23:00

0
1955/12/31 24:00
NaN
0
1356/01/01 01:00
0

1956/01/01 02:00
0

1956/01/01 03:00
0

1956/01/01 04:00
0

1956(01/01 05:00
0

1956/01/01 06:00
0

1956/01/01 07:00
0

1956/01/01 08:00
0

1956/01/01 09:00
0

1956/01/01 10:00
0

1956/01/01 11:00
0

1956/01/01 12:00
0
NaN
mcc/nim n.nn


jxj
=1
zi

-------
Note: Unless the results are discarded,, these two newly created time series will appear when selecting
data in the future. For example, there are now three HPRECIP dataset for UPMARLBR:
Select Data
File Attributes Select Help
p Select .Attribute Values to Filter Available Data
[Scenario
OBSERVED
PT-OBS
SCEN
Matching Data (4 of 44)
OBSERVED
OBSERVED
OBSERVED
OBSERVED
~3\ Location
01594526
BELTSVIL
LAUREL
RCH4
RCH5
LAUREL
UPMARLBR
UPMARLBR
UPMARLBR
Jnjxj
j (Constituent
DEWPT
DO
FLOW
HPRECIP
NH3
T I Munn
d
J
I
zl
HPRECIP
HPRECIP
HPRECIP
HPRECIP
Selected Data (0 of 44)
Dates to Include


u"
Common |

Start none
none
1955/12/31
End none
none
1990/12/31
I- .Apply month/day range to each year
Change Time Step To: [l (Day T| |Accumulate/Divide "^"f
Ok
Cancel
The user may wish to select these new results. Otherwise, to discard the newly created time series,
either select "Discard", or go to File:Manage Data, click on AM or PM, and choose File:Close Selected.

-------
JnJiiJ
Data Sources
File Analysis Help
[pi--WDM
D:\BASI NS41'lrfata\Climate\base.wdm (42)
|ij -Seasonal - AMorPM

or PM::Split [0]
Timeseries::Seasonal - AMorPM
AM or PM::Split
Statistics
The Compute:Statistics option on the main BASINS menu yields the N-day and Frequency Option, with
two choices:

-------
•	n-day high time series
•	n-day low time series
|v BASINS 4.5 - 02060006*
File
Models
Compute
Analysis
Layer
View Bookmarks Plug-ins
Watershed Delineation Converter

Jj
, in
L_
Statistics
~
N-day and Frequency ~
4 f= n-day low timeseries
New
Open Save
m
Generate Timeseries
~
ear Symbology Categories Que
n-day high timeseries
~
Pan
In
,
Out E:
*4
Seasons
Meteorologic Generation
~
~
j ob 5l{ Shp
:r j: New Insert Add Remove
G ~ «• ®
Copy Paste Merge Erase Erase
Legend


H
Events

~
1	
1 aupn

1






These options will produce an annual time series (based on the dates specified) with the average n-day
high or low flow over the course of each year. Therefore, one value is generated for each year within
the bounds of the calculation. The following example will produce a 7-day high flow over each year
from October 1-September 30.
To use the Statistics tool, first open a *.wdm dataset using File:Open Data.

-------
BASINS 4.5 - 02060006
File
b Models it; Compute i* j
New
% Open Project
j Save
* Save As
Archive/Restore Project...
Download Data
Open Data
Manage Data
Import to WDM
New Data
Save Data In,.,
__ Print
q Recent Projects	~
Open BASINS Project	~
-» Export	~
Settings
£ j Close
£l) Exit
Select WDM Time Series, and then open Basins/data/Climate/base.wdm.

-------
^Select a File Type

H File
Basins Observed Water Quality DBF
QiGen Output
HSPF Binary Output
NOAA Summary of the Day, .Archive Format, TD-32DD
SWAT Output DBF
WDM Time Series
Ok
Cancel
Open the Statistics tool from the Compute:Statistics:N-day and frequency:n-day high timeseries menu
on the main BASINS menu.
This will open the Select data to compute statistics for window. Select FLOW from the Constituent
column and OBSERVED 01594526 from the Matching Data section. Click Ok at the bottom of the
window.

-------
Select data to compute statistics for
File Attributes Select Help


Select .Attribute Values to l-ilter Available Data
|Scenario T |
| Location T |
J Constituent
3
OBSERVED
01594526

AIRTMP

PT-OBS
BELTSVIL

ATD-NH3
J
SCEN
LAUREL

ATD-N03

RCH4

BOD

RCH5

BOD.5-D

r—tf~-1 if*
Matching Data (42 of 42}
OBSERVED
01594526
FLOW
3
OBSERVED
LAUREL
HPRECIF'
OBSERVED
UPMARLBR
HPRECIP

OBSERVED
BELTSVIL
PET

OBSERVED
BELTSVIL
AIRTMP

OBSERVED
WASH.NAT
CLOUD
OBSERVED
WASH_NAT
WIND

OBSERVED
WASH_NAT
DEWPT |



ieiectea uata 11 ot 4Z/
OBSERVED
01594526
FLOW

Dates to Include


All
Common |

Start 1985/09/30
1985/09/30
1985/09/30
End 1989/04/30
1989/04/30 |
1989/04/30
I- Apphy month/day range to each year
V Change Time Step To: fl [5ay "H |Accumulate/Divide
Ok
Cancel
The Specify Years and Seasons window will appear. This gives the user the ability to determine how to
define the year or season. For example, the user can choose to define "water years" that begin on
October 1 and end on September 30. In this example, use the years 1985 and 1988 as the boundaries.
By entering the "Number of Days" on this form, the user determines the duration of the high flow.
Entering seven means the calculation will be done for the 7-day high flow period of each year. Click Ok.

-------
F
Specify Years and Seasons

_|n|
*1

["Year or Season Boundaries
[October
dh
| September
d l3B
"Years to Include in Anal>rsis
Start Year | 1985 Data Starts 1985/10/01 24: DO
End Year I 1588 Data Ends 1989/04/30 24: DC
Cancel
A
| 1585
| 1588
Number of Days j 7~
Ok
The Timeseries::n-day high/low 'n-day high timeseries' 1 datasets window will appear, showing at the
top that "1 dataset" has been created. This window gives the user options to save or discard data or
add/remove datasets. It also has options for displaying the data as a list, graph, data tree, or seasonal
attribute table.

-------
*J
Select what to do with this data:
Save to file
Discard
Re-Select Datasets
Display
List
Graph
Data Tree
Seasonal retributes
Click on the List display option, which will open the following window. This shows one value for each
year from 1985 to 1988. Each value is the 7-day high value for FLOW.
Timeseries::n-dav high/low'm
-=lQ]
1 dataset

-------
ui. „!a-!J.miuM
File Edit View Analysis Help
History 1
frorr base.wdm
Constituent
H007
Id
27
Mim
203.43
Max
313
Mean
2G1.52
1936/09/30 24:00
203.43
1937/09/30 24:00
268.14
1933/09/30 24:00
313
Note: Unless the results are discarded, this newly created time series will appear when selecting data in
the future. For example, there is now an OBSERVED 01594526 dataset called H007 which was added to
the data list:

-------
Select Data

-ln|x|
File Attributes Select Help

Select .Attribute Values to rilter Available Uata
|Scenario T |
| Location T |
J Constituent
3
OBSERVED
01594526

AIRTMP

PT-OBS
BELTSVIL

ATD-NH3
J
SCEN
LAUREL

ATD-NQ3

RCH4

BOD

RCH5

BOD.5-D

r—tf~-1 if*
Matching Data (43 of 43)
PT-OBS
RCH4
NITROGEN
PT-OBS
RCH4
NITROGEN
PT-OBS
RCH4
NITRITE

PT-OBS
RCH4
PHOSPHOR

PT-OBS
RCH4
CHLORINE

PT-OBS
RCH4
PHOSPHOR
PT-OBS
RCH4
FLOW

OBSERVED
01594526
H007

l



ieiectea uata {\)
OBSERVED
01594526
H007

Dates to Include


All
Common |

Start 1985/09/30
1985/09/30
1985/09/30
End 1988/09/30
1988/09/30 |
1988/09/30
I- Apply month/day range to each year
V Change Time Step To: fl [5ay "H |Accumulate/Divide
Ok
Cancel
The user may wish to select these new results. Otherwise, to discard the newly created time series,
either select "Discard" from the Timeseries::n-day high/low window, or go to File:Manage Data, click
on Timeseries::n-day high/low, and choose File:Close Selected.

-------
1 Data Sources
-|n|x||
File Analysis Help
B-WDM

D:\BASINS41\data\Climatetoase.wdm (42)

E] n-day high/low




Timeseries::n-day high/low

ri-day high timeseries


-------
Tutorial
This section describes a walkthrough of BASINS 4.5 that demonstrates some major features and
functionality.
First, the user will build a BASINS project and populate it with BASINS core data.
Next, the procedure to download additional data will be shown.
Using data downloaded in the previous step, the user will reclassify land use into user-defined
categories.
Based on the digital elevation model (DEM) layer, the automatic delineation of subwatersheds will then
be completed.

-------
Building a BASINS Project
When BASINS first initializes, the following window is displayed:
Welcome to BASINS 4.5
X|
Build New Project
View Documentation
Open Existing Project
w Show this dialog at startup
dose
Execute the following steps to build a BASINS project and download a cache of standard data for the
selected HUC-8 area.
Select Build BASINS Project, and a map of the United States will appear, as will the smaller Build New
BASINS 4.5 Project window. Do not click the Build button on the smaller window until AFTER the HUC-8
has been selected and highlighted yellow on the main BASINS form.

-------
BASINS 4.5 - national*

File Tiles Watershed Delineation Models 1 Compute Launch m Analysis Layer View Bookmarks Plug-ins Converters Shapefile Editor Help
! D ll
ia
•S ®
Us
-S
~
J=> U
>a
slip shp
 ~
SO Counties Q
~	Reference
ED Major Roads
[ElB Cataloging Units

|X] unnamed - | X: -11,026,361.178 Y: 6,103,603.194Meters j Lat: 47.980 Long: -99.051
On the main form, use the MapWindow Zoom In and Pan tools to navigate to the
¦ *
Virginia/Maryland area. Then use the Select	tool to select the Patuxent Watershed (02060006),
which should then be highlighted yellow. To see which watershed has been selected, check the Build
New Basins Project window.

-------
* Build New BASINS 4.1 Project
X]
To Build a New BASINS Project, zoom/pan to your geographic area of interest,
select [highlight) it, and then click Build . If your area is outside the US, then click
Build with no features selected to create an international project.
Selected Features:
D2D6D|[>C|G: PatLHent. Maryland.
Build
Cancel

-------
Select Deselect Measure Identify Label Mover
p BASINS 4.5 - national*
Legend
¥ x
Layers I Toolbox j
Hydrology

EO Waterways
-
|00 Cataloging Units
1
~ @ \L? Political

00 States
^ ~
SO Counties
^ ~
BO Reference

0D Major Roads

File Tiles Models Compute Analysis Layer View Bookmarks Plug-ins Watershed Delineation Converters Shapefile Editor Launch Help
i «3
to ¦ ~
! La
-S
~ W


% *¦"
\m
¦¥
oo
shp
shp
GS J
m
New Open
Save Print Settings
Add
Remove
Clear 1 Symbology
Categories
Query
Properties Table
New
Insert
Add
Remove
Copy Paste
Merge Erase
Preview Map
PC] unnamed - | X: -8,538,716.349 Y: 4,701,940.094 Meters | Lat: 38.862Long: -76.705
1:2164566

~ & £> J-3 P , |P
Pan In Out Extent Selected Previous
Click the Build button on the Build New BASINS 4.5 Project window.
A new folder named after the HUC-8 code will be created in the '\BASINS\Data\' directory, and you will
be prompted to name the BASINS 4.5 project file. Stick with the HUC-8 code for this as well by clicking
Save on the Save new project as window. If you have already saved a project with that name, you will
be prompted to name the project by the HUC-8 code followed by a dash 1 (for example, 02060006-1)

-------
Save new project as..
_?jxj
Save in: £3 02060006
Desktop
Documents
My Computer
My Network
Places
File name:
Save as type:
"3 s & m*
d
~3
Save
Cancel
A
You will be prompted to provide projection properties. Any one will do, but it is essential that all layers
throughout the BASINS project have the same projection. Choose UTM-1983 and Zone 18. For more
information about projections, see Projection or Projection Parameters.
Projection Properties
Name
Spheroid
Zone 18
|GRS SO

(* Standard C Custom
Category I UTM-1983
OK | Cancel |

-------
The program will take a minute to download the standard BASINS support files, then the new BASINS
project will open in MapWindow. Become familiar with its layers by clicking on the checkboxes in the
table of contents and observing the results on the map display.
" BASINS 4.5 02060006*
P £ * > / iP
Pan In Out Extent Selected Previous Next Layer
Legend	^ X
Layers | Toolbox j
~ 0 \El Hydrology
00 Reach File, V1	—
mU Cataloging UnitCode
0D Accounting Unit Boundaries
00 Cataloging Unit Boundaries
00 Political
0|Z] Urban Area Names ~
0D County Names
0Q County Boundaries ^ I	I
0D EPA Region Boundaries
00 State Boundaries Q
0D Urban Area Boundaries I I
BD Soil, Land Use/Cover
0D Ecoregions (Level III) Q
0Q LandUselndex	Q
0D Managed Area Database
File Models Compute Analysis Layer View Bookmarks Plug-ins Watershed Delineation Converters Shapefile Editor Launch Help
O £i


i La
Lfl
~
m
a
%

llfti

~
Shp
shp
-jj Q <®
New Open
Save
Print Settings
Add
Remove
Clear
Symbology
Categories
Query
Properties
Table
New
Insert Add
Remove
Paste Merge Erase
Preview Map
IT] UTM Zone 18, Northern Hemisphere
Select
~ 0I? O %
Deselect Measure Identify Label Mover
- X: 331,775.122 Y: 4,360,028.870 Meters | Lat: 39.373 Long: -76.953
1:690200

-------
Downloading Additional Data
Significant additional data pertaining to your watershed area (beyond the standard cache downloaded
in the first lesson of this tutorial) is available through the BASINS interface. Execute the following steps
to download additional GIS and time-series data.
Before downloading additional data for your BASINS project, make sure the BASINS 4.5 Plug-in is active,
along with the BASINS, Main, NHDPIus, NLCD2001, and NWIS plug-ins under D4EM Data Download. The
available plug-ins are listed under the Plug-ins menu on the main form. For later parts of this tutorial
you will also want to activate the Watershed Delineation plug-in.

-------
Plug-ins Watershed Delineation Shapefile Editor Converters Help

i? Edit Plug-ins
J# Scripts

^ Analysis
Archive Project Tool
BASINS 4.1
CSV to Shapefile Converter
Q Q ®
Lop Paste Merge
_


BASINS

Main

NHDPlus

NLCD2001

NLDAS

NWIS

STORET




J}>


*
D4EM Data Download
EPA SWMM 5.0 Setup
EPA WASP 7.3 Setup
GeoSFM
GWLF-E Data Processor
HSPFParm - Parameter Database for HSPF
Manual Delineation
Model Segmentation
Model Setup (HSPF/AQUATOX)
Pollutant Loading Estimator (PLOAD)
Rain Drop Tracer
ScriptPlugin
Shapefile Editor
Soil and Water Assessment Tool (SWAT)
Tiled Map
Tirneseries
UEB
Watershed Characterization System (WCS)
Watershed Delineation

~cr
J 73
wra rr


-------
Select File:Download Data from the main menu, and the Download Data form will appear. Click on the
checkbox next to GIRAS Land Use.
Download Data
x]
Region to Download | Hydrologic Unit 02060006
BA5IN5
-3
T DEM Shape W GIRAS Land Use I NED Census V Met Stations
r DEM Grid F Legacy STORET F NHD F 303(d) F Met Data
National Hydrography Dataset Plus
All	Elevation Grid
Catchments
F Hydrography
Station Locations from US Geological Survey National Water Information System
Discharge	Water Quality I- Measurements I Daily GW Periodic
Data Values from US Geological Survey National Water Information System
Station Locations must be selected on the map before data value download
"National Land Cover Data 2001
Land Cover f Impervious F Canopy	1332 Land Cover
— EPA STORET Water Quality
F Stations	F Results (available after Stations are selected on map)
~ North American Land Data Assimilation System
I- Grid	F Precipitation (available after grid selection on map)
— SSURGO Soils fromNRCS
f- Shapefile
V Merge	Clip to Region	Help Cancel
Download


-------
Click on the Download button. Two GIRAS Land Use layers are downloaded in order to cover the entire
Patuxent HUC-8 watershed area. These layers are automatically displayed on the main form.
BASINS 4.5 - 02060006*
File Models Compute i | Analysis Layer View Bookmarks Plug-ins Watershed Delineation Converters Shapefile Editor Launch Help
Add Remove Clear Symbology Categories Query Properties Table New Insert Add Remove Copy Paste Merge Erase
New Open Save Print Settings
Select | select Measure Identify Label Mover
Layers | Toolbox j
Urban or Built-up Land
Agricultural Land
Rangeland
Forest Land
Water
Wetland
Barren Land
Tundra
Perennial Snow or Ice
Urban or Built-up Land
Agricultural Land
Rangeland
Preview Map
[JjUTM Zone 18, Northern Hemisphere - | X: 273,282.534 Y: 4,352,869.235 Meters | Lat: 39.296 Long: -77.629
BASINS Status
Repeat the Data Download process for the DEM Grid. Doing so will add the DEM grid in GeoTiff format.
The GIRAS landuse and DEM grid wiii now appear in the main window.

-------
[Ma'pWinGIS 4.8
I \L V ft 	
BASINS 4.1 - 02060006*
-Inj *1
File . Models 1 Compute ._ Launch Analysis Layer View Bookmarks Plug-ins Watershed Delineation Shapefile Editor Converters Help
New Open Save Print Settings
*
Pan
a a a
Add Remove Clear
&	. ip
Out Extent Selected Previous Next Layer
1 Legend

¥ X I
Layers j Toolbox |
BO Cataloging Unit Code

ED Accounting Unit Boundaries

|E0 Cataloging Unit Boundaries
El 0 1& Political


B ~ Urban Area Names
^'

ED County Names


ED County Boundaries
~

ED EPA Region Boundaries

00 State Boundaries
~
—
ED Urban Area Boundaries \Z1

ED Transportation


0D Major Roads
 -

B0 \£/ Elevation

1
B0 Digital Elevation Model (0206

HH 0-131


C131 -262


^ No Data

J
Preview Map

? X

it







m ft t | ii
Symbology Categories Query Properties Table
u iil? O ^
Select Deselect Measure Identify Label Mover
Ml OQ shP shp
New Insert Add Remove Ccpy
~ m 
Paste Merge Erase
¦ >	*r->:
C .v	-(>/*.


: i - - ¦;»
[VjlJTM Zone 18, Northern Hemisphere - X: 251,317,510 Y: 4,293,805.453 Meters Lat: 38.758 Long:-77,862
For more information about these data sets, please refer to the GIS and Time-Series Data section of the
Manual.
In order to help establish some points of reference in the new BASINS project, go back and download
the BASINS Census data, which includes the TIGER line data as well. The census data will also allow you
to produce the Watershed Characterization Reports based on the 1990 and 2000 data.
Next, download the BASINS NHD data (not the NHDPIus), since the BASINS NHD data is necessary for the
Manual Delineation lesson.
Finish the Data Download process by retrieving the BASINS Meteorologic data for the study area (which
will be required for the Starting HSPF lesson). The BASINS Meteorological data is downloaded in two
steps. First, download the Met Stations.

-------
4 Download Data
Region to Download Hydrologic Unit 02060006
-BASINS
I DEM Shape	T GIRAS Land Use NED Census P Met Stations
T DEM Grid	P Legacy ST ORE T NHD f 303(d) l~ Met Data
National Hydrography Dataset Plus
T All	I- Elevation Grid l~~ Catchments	P Hydrography
— Station Locations from US Geological Survey National Water Information System
l~~ Discharge T Water Quality T Measurements T Daily GW V Periodic
"Data Values from US Geological Survey National Water Information System
Station Locations must be selected on the map before data value download
— National Land Cover Data 2001
I- Land Cover T Impervious l~~ Canopy P 1332 Land Cover
- EPA ST0RET Water Qi
I- Stations

¦idlity
Results (available after Stations are selected on map]
= North American Land D.
G rid
.
ata Assimilation System
Precipitation (available after grid selection on map);
-SSURG0 Soils from NR
I- Shapefile

Lb
P Merge	P Clip to Region	Help Cancel
Download
The Weather Station Sites 2009 layer will be added to the map, with its suite of distinct icons graphically
representing which constituents are available at each rneteorologic station.

-------
BASINS 4.5 - 02060006*
Compute , Analysis Layer View Bookmarks Plug-ins Watershed Delineation Converters Shapefile Editor * Launch Help
File Models
:: a a
Add Remove Clear
Symbology Categories Query Properties Table New Insert Add Remove Copy Paste Merge Erase
In Out Extent Selected Previous Jex: Layer Select Deselect Measure Identify Label Mover
Layers | Toolbox |
Weather Station Sites 2009
ti l ATEM
CLOU
DEWP
SOLR
Preview Map
p£l LTTM Zone 18, Northern Hemisphere - | X: 254,354.150 Y: 4,351,227.869 Meters | Lat: 39.276 Long: -77.848
BASINS Status
More information about the weather station icons is provided in the BASINS Data Types section of the
Manual.
With the Weather Station Sites 2009 layer active, use the selection tool to draw a selection box
around all the met stations on the map. The result will look like the image below.

-------
" BASINS 4.5 - 02060006*
|B0 Weather Station Sites 2009

¦


Categories

M i
ATEM

w
n
CLOU

H
DEWP




1?


M
PEVT

M
PREC

&






SOLR


WIND

	,	. _

jJ
File Models Compute Analysis Layer View Bookmarks Plug-ins Watershed Delineation Converters Shapefile Editor Launch Help
m ^ ^ a
i La
La
~
1 *
|B^> % (ft
m
oq shp
shp
Q ® 7
New Open Save Print Settings
Add
Remove
Clear
Symbology Categories
Query Properties Table
New
Insert Add
Remove
Copy Paste Merge E
BASINS Status
Preview Map
[3 LTTN Zone 18, Northern Hemisphere -\ X: 393,677.588 Yi 4,254,030.943 Meters I Lat: 38.428 Long: -76,218
Legend	? X
i® 1 \ P
Pan In Out Extent Selected Previous
Now use the Download Data tool to download the Met Data for the selected stations.

-------
Download Data
ill
Region to Download
BASINS
Hydrologic Unit 0^060006
0
P DEM Shape P GIFiAS Land Use NED P Census l~ Met Stations
T DEM Grid P Legacy STOFiET NHD f 303(d) W Met Data
National Hydrography Dataset Plus
P All	P Elevation Grid
Catchments
P Hydrography
-Station Locations from US Geological Survey National Water Information System
I- Discharge	Water Quality I Measurements \ Daily GW P Periodic
Data Values from US Geological Survey National Water Information System
Station Locations must be selected on the map before data value download
r National Land Cover Data 2001
r~ Land Cover P Impervious T Canopy f 1392 Land Cover
EPASTORET Water Quality
V Stations	f" Results [available after Stations are selected on map]
-North American Land Data Assimilation System
I Grid	I- Precipitation (available after grid selection on map)
— SSURGO Soils from NRCS
P Shapefile
P Merge
P Clip to Region
Help
Cancel
Download
A
When the download is complete, the user is prompted for a location to save the Met Data. Accept the
default location.

-------
1 Met Data Processing Options
-Inl x|
After downloading Met data,

C Add individual files (one per station) to project

(* Add data to new WDM file: |D:\BASINS\data\0206000SSmetViet.wdm
Browse...
C Add data to existing WDM file: ||
Browse...
Do not add data to project


Ok 1

A
The Data Sources window is displayed, showing that the Met Data has now been added to the BASINS
project. Close this window, and save the BASINS project (using the File:Save menu option).
Data Sources
Jnlxif
File Analysis Help
| ~ WDM




Timeseries::WDM
D :\B AS 1N S\data\Q2060006\metVnei .wdm
205 Timeseries
106,946,560 bytes
Modified 9/14/2012 10:28:45 AM

-------

-------
Reclassifying Land Use
The GIRAS Land Use layer downloaded in the previous lesson (Downloading Additional Data) contains 20
categories of land use within the Patuxent watershed. You may wish to group certain categories
together (e.g., Deciduous, Evergreen, and Mixed Forest land into simply Forest) or break one category
out into multiple (e.g., Residential into Low Density and High Density). Execute the following steps to
reclassify the GIRAS Land Use layer into customized categories.
Select Reclassify Land Use from the Plug-ins:Analysis submenu so that it is active. This will add
Reclassify Land Use to the Analysis menu.
BASINS 4.5 - 02060006*

Models
Compute
New Open Save Print Settings
* H
Pan In Out Extent Selected
Legend
Layers | Toolbox ]
~	~ Point Sources and Withdrawal
13 ~ Permit Compliance System
IeIDDJ Observed Data Stations
Hydrology
EB0 Reach File, V1 ^ —
0D Cataloging Unit Code
mn Accounting Unit Boundaries
00 Cataloging Unit Boundaries
~	0 \Gii Political
0D Urban Area Names ~
1+11 I rnunhi Mgmsr
a
Symbology
a
Remove
• ¦
.a yer
Plug-ins
&¦ Edit Plug-ins
<§#) Scripts
Watershed Delineation Converters Shapefile Editor ' Launch Help
Analysis
]Q
Archive Project Tool
BASINS 4.5
CSV to Shapefile Converter
D-IEM Data Download
EPA SWMM 5.0 Setup
EPA WASP Model Builder
GWLF-E Data Processor
HSPFParm - Parameter Database for HSPF
Manual Delineation
pj Model Segmentation
Model Setup (HSPF/AQUATOX)
[~^1 Pollutant Loading Estimator (PLOAD)
~
~
shp ~ 08 m
Remove Copy Paste Merge Erase
Climate Assessment Tool
Data Tree
DFLOW
Graph
Graph From JSON
List
Lookup Tables
Reclassify Land Use
Seasonal Attributes
Synoptic
^ USGS Surface Water Statistics (SWSTAT)
~ Watershed Characterization Reports
Select Analysis:Reclassify Land Use, and the BASINS LandUse Reclassification form will appear.

-------
BASINS LandUse Reclassification

Land Use Type:
|USGS GIRAS Shapefile
Summarize within Layer:
| Cataloging Unit Boundaries
"3
ID Field:
fcATJD

Name Field:
¦ NAME
Id
Cancel
Next
Make the selections from the four pull-down menus indicated on the above form, and then click the
Next button. After a bit of processing, the BASINS LandUse Reclassification form will update to display a
chart of the GIRAS landuse distribution and a proposed aggregation scheme. Shaded columns contain
the input data, while the aggregation parameters are defined in the columns with white background.

-------
BASINS Landllse Reclassification
^iSlxJ
<*" Normal f .Advanced
GIRAS classes within layer Cataloging Unit Boundaries (grouped by giras.dbf)
Code
Description
.Area Percent
Group
Impervious %
0

0.01


11
RESIDENTIAL
14.21
Urban or Built-up Land
50
12
COMMERCIAL AND SERVICES
2.49
Urban or Built-up Land
50
13
INDUSTRIAL
0.19
Urban or Built-up Land
50
14
TRANS, COMM. UTIL
0.77
Urban or Built-up Land
50
15
INDUST &COMMERCCMPLXS
0.27
Urban or Built-up Land
50
16
MXD URBAN OR BUILT-UP
0.13
Urban or Built-up Land
50
17
OTHER URBAN OR BUILT-UP
0.64
Urban or Built-up Land
50
21
CROPLAND AND PASTURE
34.34
Agricultural Land
0
22
ORCH.Q R OV.VNYRD .NURS.ORN
0.11
Agricultural Land
0
23
CONFINED FEEDING OPS
0.01
Agricultural Land
0
24
OTHER AGRICULTURAL LAND
0.04
Agricultural Land
0
41
DECIDUOUS FOREST LAND
5.98
Forest Land
0
42
EVERGREEN FOREST LAND
0.57
Forest Land
0
43
MIXED FOREST LAND
30.42
Forest Land
0
51
STREAMS AND CANALS
5.12
Wetlands A'/ater
0
52
LAKES
0.02
Wetlands A'/ater
0
53
RESERVOIRS
0.3
Wetlands.A''/ater
0
Load
Save
Close
Click the Advanced button on the top right of the form, and two new columns will appear on the right
side of the grid, Multiplier and Subbasin.

-------
BASINS Landllse Reclassification
^iSlxJ
Normal <* .Advanced
GIRAS classes within layer Cataloging Unit Boundaries (grouped by giras.dbf)
Code
Description
.Area Percent
Group
lmpervious%
Multiplier
Subbasin
0

0.01


1

11
RESIDENTIAL
14.21
Urban or Built-up Land
50
1

12
COMMERCIAL AND SERVICES
2.49
Urban or Built-up Land
50
1

13
INDUSTRIAL
0.19
Urban or Built-up Land
50
1

14
TRANS. COMM. UTIL
0.77
Urban or Built-up Land
50
1

15
INDUST &COMMERCCMPLXS
0.27
Urban or Built-up Land
50
1

16
MXD URBAN OR BUILT-UP
0.13
Urban or Built-up Land
50
1

17
OTHER URBAN OR BUILT-UP
0.64
Urban or Built-up Land
50
1

21
CROPLAND AND PASTURE
34.34
Agricultural Land
0
1

22
ORCH.Q R OV.VNYRD .NURS.ORN
0.11
Agricultural Land
0
1
<3:1 l>
23
CONFINED FEEDING OPS
0.01
Agricultural Land
0
1
=::a 11 >
24
OTHER AGRICULTURAL LAND
0.04
Agricultural Land
0
1

41
DECIDUOUS FOREST LAND
5.98
Forest Land
0
1

42
EVERGREEN FOREST LAND
0.57
Forest Land
0
1

43
MIXED FOREST LAND
30.42
Forest Land
0
1

51
STREAMS AND CANALS
5.12
Wetlands A'/ater
0
1

52
LAKES
0.02
Wetlands A'/ater
0
1

53
RESERVOIRS
0.3
Wetlands.A''/ater
0
1

d
Load
Save
Close
Add
Delete
Select any cell on the 'RESIDENTIAL' row then click the Add button, and an identical row will be inserted
below the original. Divide 'RESIDENTIAL' into 'High Density Residential' (60% impervious and 25% of the
original RESIDENTIAL land area) and 'Low Density Residential' (20% impervious and 75% of the original
RESIDENTIAL land area) as shown on the following form. It is important that the multipliers sum to 1.0
so that land area is neither created nor lost. If desired, the reclassification scheme could be limited to
certain subbasins within the watershed area by entering those ID's in the Subbasin column. If you would
rather apply the scheme to the entire watershed, leave the subbasin column cells showing	so
that the scheme is applied to the entire watershed.

-------
BASINS Landllse Reclassification
^iSlxJ
Normal <* .Advanced
GIRAS classes within layer Cataloging Unit Boundaries (grouped by giras.dbf)
Code
Description
.Area Percent
Group
lmpervious%
Multiplier
Subbasin
0

0.01


1

11
RESIDENTIAL
14.21
High Density Residen+
60
0.25

11
RESIDENTIAL
14.21
Low Dens it/ Resident+
20
0.75

12
COMMERCIAL AND SERVICES
2.49
Urban or Built-up Land
50
1

13
INDUSTRIAL
0.19
Urban or Built-up Land
50
1

14
TRANS. COMM. UTIL
0.77
Urban or Built-up Land
50
1

15
IN DUST & COMMERC CMPLXS
0.27
Urban or Built-up Land
50
1

16
MXD URBAN OR BUILT-UP
0.13
Urban or Built-up Land
50
1

17
OTHER URBAN OR BUILT-UP
0.64
Urban or Built-up Land
50
1

21
CROPLAND AND PASTURE
34.34
Agricultural Land
0
1

22
0 RCH.G ROV.VNYRD .NURS.ORN
0.11
Agricultural Land
0
1
=::a 11 >
23
CONFINED FEEDING OPS
0.01
Agricultural Land
0
1

24
OTHER AGRICULTURAL LAND
0.04
Agricultural Land
0
1

41
DECIDUOUS FOREST LAND
5.98
Forest Land
0
1

42
EVERGREEN FOREST LAND
0.57
Forest Land
0
1

43
MIXED FOREST LAND
30.42
Forest Land
0
1

51
STREAMS AND CANALS
5.12
Wetlands A'/ater
0
1

52
LAKES
0.02
Wetlands Abater
0
1

d
Load
Save
Close
Add
Delete
Click the Save button to save the current land use aggregation/division scheme to a DBF file, which can
be used later to quantify pervious and impervious drainage areas in support of nonpoint source
modeling. Store the new file in the '\BASINS\etc\' directory along with the default 'giras.dbf' file.

-------
Save Reclassification File
Save in:
My Recent
Documents
m
Desktop
My Documents
My Computer
'fj
My Network
Places
i: | £3 etc
r'lDataDownload
r1) Extensions
nINadtiles
£) Reports
|b] ATCprj.dbf
Blqiras.dbf
Bjhspfusgs.dbf
BjmHc.dbf
Hjnlcd.dbf
B|Regroup_LU.dbf
"3 <5= S &
File name:

|Regroup_LU.db(|

Save
| DBF files f.dbf)
y
Cancel
A
Click the Close button and return to the main form.

-------
Manual Delineation
The Manual Watershed Delineation tool allows you to divide a watershed into two or more
hydrologically connected subwatersheds. This is useful in watershed characterization and modeling.
The tool provides you with flexibility in editing shapes and attributes of manually delineated watersheds
and outlets, and in generating stream networks.
The Manual Watershed Delineation tool allows you to define and create a boundary around the entire
land area contributing to flow in a stream. Watersheds can be delineated based on Reach File, VI; NHD;
or user-defined blue lines, depending on which reach data will be used for modeling. Analysis can be
performed on delineated watersheds using the BASINS Watershed Characterization Report tools.
Modeling can be performed on one or more delineated watersheds using a watershed model such as
HSPF.
Execute the following steps to subdivide a HUC-8 into multiple subwatersheds using the Manual
Watershed Delineation tool of BASINS 4.5.
To get started with this tutorial, make sure you have the BASINS DEMG and NHD data loaded into your
project. Only the layers for NHD, Cataloging Units, and State Boundaries should be active. Your project
should look like the one below.

-------
BASINS 4.5 - 02060006*
File Models 'Compute 'Analysis Layer View Bookmarks Plug-ins Watershed Delineation Converters Shapefile Editor 'Launch Help

; QJ £i
&
s

Lb
~
m
0%

Ift]
New Open
Save
Print Settings
Add
Remove
Clear
Symbology
Categories
Query
Properties Table
*
Pan
i=>
Out Extent Selected
Legend
Layers j Toolbox)
~ O Ly' Observed Data Stations
|El~ Weather Station Sites 2009
0D NAWQAStudy Area UnitBou
0@ & Hydrology
~ 0 National Hydrography Datase
Previous
V X
\tf
Layer
Select Deselect
EII? O + ;0
Measure Identify Label Mover New
shp
Add
shp
Remove
Copy
fM
Paste Merge Erase
00 Reach File, V1	n$> —
m\J Cataloging Unit Code
0D Accounting Unit Boundaries
00 Cataloging Unit Boundaries
00£3' Political
0D Urban Area Names ~
0D County Names
0D County Boundaries I I
0D EPA Region Boundaries 0
00 State Boundaries	~
BASINS Status
Preview Map
The Manual Delineator is used to subdivide any existing watershed polygon into smaller subwatersheds.
This tool can be used on an entire 8-digit HUC, but for the purposes of this tutorial we will start with a
smaller unit, in this case the Western Branch of the Patuxent River.
A shapefile representing the Western Branch of the Patuxent River has been included with the BASINS
4.5 installation. Add this file to the map using the Add Layer tool, which is shaped like a plus sign on the
toolbar. The file is located in the folder '\BASINS\data\tutorial' (where \BASINS\ is the folder where
BASINS was installed) and is named 'W_branch.shp'.

-------
Next Layer Select Deselect Measure Identify Label Mover New Insert Add Remove Cop Paste Merge erase
BASINS 4.5 - 02060006*
File Models J1 Compute ' Analysis Layer View Bookmarks Plug-ins Watershed Delineation Converters Shapefile Editor : Launch Help
00 Reach File, V1	—
mn Cataloging Unit Code
0D Accounting Unit Boundaries
00 Cataloging Unit Boundaries
|00 W_branch	D |
S0& Political
0D Urban Area Names	~
0D County Names
0D County Boundaries d)
0D EPA Region Boundaries ~
[J] UTM Zone 18, Northern Hemisphere ^ X: 325,816.121Y: 4,299,550.241 Meters Lat: 38.828 Long: -77.007

Preview Map
~ £i in & #
New Open Save Print Settings
La Lb i-a	^
Add Remove Clear Symbology Categories Query Properties Table
&& > £
In Out Extent Selected Previous
Legend	Q X
Layers j Toolbox |
0 ~ \ui Observed Data Stations
0 ~ Weather Station Sites 2009
0D NAWQA Study Area Unit Bou
001^ Hydrology
00 National Hydrography Datase
After you add this layer move it down on the map so that the NHD streams are drawn on top of it, as
shown above.
Before starting the Manual Delineator, make sure this plug-in is loaded by using the Plug-ins menu and
making sure Manual Delineation is active.

-------
Plug-ins Watershed Delineation Shapefile Editor

d#

Edit Plug-ins
Scripts
Analysis
Archive Project Tool
BASINS 4.1
CSV to Shapefile Converter
D4EM Data Download
EPA SWMM 5,0 Setup
EPA WASP 7.3 Setup
GeoSFM
GWLF-E Data Processor
HSPFParrn - Parameter Database for HSPF
S?
Manual Delineation
Mnrlpl ^pnmpnl-stirin
From the Watershed Delineation menu, choose Manual.
Manual
Watershed Delineation
Automatic
Advanced TauDEM Functions
hapefile Editor
The Manual Watershed Delineator window will appear.

-------
Manual Watershed Delineator

Manual Delineation
Subbasin Layer:
W branch

Delineate Subbasin
Commit
Cancel
Combine Selected Subbasins
Subbasin Parameters
Elevation Layer:
Digital Elevation Model (DSDGCC'C'Gdemg)
	3
Vertical Units:
Meters
Calculate Subbasin
Parameters
r Stream Network
Reach Layer:
National Hydrography Dataset D2D6DDD6

Define Stream Network
and Outlets
I- Include PCS as Outlets
P Force continuous flow path
Qose
Zoom into the Western Branch by right-clicking on the W_branch map layer and selecting Zoom to
Layer.

-------
BASINS 4.5 - 02060006*
File Models j1 Compute ' Analysis Layer View Bookmarks Plug-ins Watershed Delineation Converters Shapefile Editor : Launch Help
00 Reach File, V1	—
mn Cataloging Unit Code
0D Accounting Unit Boundaries
00 Cataloging Unit Boundaries
|00 W_branch	D |
S0& Political
0D Urban Area Names	~
0D County Names
0D County Boundaries d)
0D EPA Region Boundaries ~

Preview Map
[S)UTM Zone 18, Northern Hemisphere - | X: 345,377.052 Y: 4,306,363.599 Meters Lat: 38.893 Long:-76.783
ID ti
&
s 4*
| La
Lb
~
m
0%

1% 1ft]
New Open
Save
Print Settings
Add
Remove
Clear
Symbology
Categories
Query
Properties Table
it) &
In Out Extent
Selected Previous
* X
Legend
Layers j Toolbox ]
0 ~ \ui Observed Data Stations
0 ~ Weather Station Sites 2009
0D NAWQAStudy Area UnitBou
001^ Hydrology
00 National Hydrography Datase
!£.
Layer
;'k a !il? O •••
Select Deselect Measure Identify Label Mover
Is shp Q m i
New Insert Add Remove Copy Paste Merge Erase
Click the Delineate Subbasin button to begin drawing the line to divide the existing watershed into two
parts.

-------
Manual Watershed Delineator

Manual Delineation
Subbasin Layer:
3
Delineate Subbasin
Lommrt
Cancel
Qick points on the map to delineate a new subbasin boundar/. When
completed click Commit' or right click on the map.
Combine Selected Subbasins
Subbasin Parameters
Elevation Layer:
Digital Elevation Model (Ci2C,GC,C,C[&denrig)
	3
Vertical Units:
Meters
Calculate Subbasin
Parameters
Stream Network
Reach Layer:	I National Hydrography Dataset D2DGDDDS
Define Stream Network
and Outlets

I- Include PCS as Outlets
[~~ Force continuous flow path
Qose
Now click on the map just outside of where you want the subbasin boundary to be. Continue clicking
vertices along the intended subbasin boundary.

-------
BASINS 4.5 - 02060006*
HlTTM Zone 18, Northern Hemisphere - | X: 347,306.359 Y: 4,308,894.931 Meters |
Lat:
File i . Models Compute ^ Analysis Layer View Bookmarks Plug-ins Watershed Delineation Converters Shapefile Editor Launch Help
j QZI wi
&
	

| Uj

~
m


1% 11S|
New Open
Save
Print
Settings
Add
Remove
Clear
Symbology
Categories
Query
Properties Table
:~	£3 * & * 1$ f *li HI* © % its] £b slip Q ® <
Pan In Out Extent Selected Previous Next Layer Select Deselect Measure Identify Label Mover New Insert Add Remove Copy Paste Merge Erase
Legend	^ X
Layers ] Toolbox j
El ~ NAWQA Study Area Unit Bou
E0l^ Hydrology
00 National Hydrography Datase
Preview Map
-!~! xl
38.916 Long: -76.761
1:140686
BASINS Status
E0 Reach File, V1	—
ED Cataloging UnitCode ^
ED Accounting Unit Boundaries
EE Cataloging Unit Boundaries
|EE W_branch	s£> ~ [
~ 0 Political
ED Urban Area Names	•
ED County Names
ED County Boundaries ^ f~|
ED EPA Region Boundaries d
E0 State Boundaries	I I
l~l Urban Area Boundaries I I
When you reach the border of the original watershed boundary, cross the boundary and right click, just
outside the original watershed boundary. Doing so indicates that you are ready to commit the line as
drawn. If you prefer you can use the Commit button of the Manual Watershed Delineator window.
The Cancel button of the Manual Watershed Delineator window is used if you decide you want to stop
the line you are in the process of drawing to start again.
Note: It is not necessary to delineate the portion of your watershed that coincides with the 'W_branch'
subwatershed boundary. The delineation tool automatically clips your watershed at the watershed
boundary that is "active" and includes the portion of the boundary to which it was clipped in the new
subwatershed.

-------
BASINS 4.5 - 02060006*
[gUTM Zone 18, Northern Hemisphere - | X: 343,658.486 Y: 4,310,495,528 Meters Lat: 38,929 Long: -76.804	| 1:140686
0D NAWQA Study Area Unit Bou
B@ Hydrology
~ 0 National Hydrography Datase
00 Reach File, V1	^ —
0D Cataloging Unit Code
0D Accounting Unit Boundaries
10 Cataloging Unit Boundaries 	
00 W_branch	^ ~
E0 Political
0D Urban Area Names ^ •
0D County Names
0D County Boundaries ^ f~1
r+i r I FPABoninn RminHsriPC	.^Ll.
Preview Map	^ X
-ln|x|
Rle • Models | Compute 'Analysis Layer View Bookmarks Plug-ins Watershed Delineation Converters Shapefile Editor 'Launch Help
| ID 4a
&
Si
i Ln
La
43
m
*

1% 1^!
New Open
Save
Print Settings
Add
Remove
Clear
Symbology
Categories
Query
Properties Table
+ Icr
Pan In Out Extent Selected Previous Next Layer
H [jl? O
Select Deselect Measure Identify Label Mover
oo
New Insert Add Remove Copy Paste Merge Erase
Legend
Layers j Toolbox
You can continue delineating subbasins as desired. Once you have the subbasins as you want them, set
the Elevation Layer in the drop down list to 'DEM Elevation Model' and click Calculate Subbasin
Parameters. Doing so will create a unique identifier for each subbasin and compute its average slope
from the DEM.

-------
Manual Watershed Delineator

Manual Delineation
Subbasin Layer:
3
Delineate Subbasin
Commit
Cancel
Combine Selected Subbasins
Subbasin Parameters
Elevation Layer:
Digital Elevation Model (DSDGCC'C'Gdemg)	~^\
	3
Vertical Units:
Meters
Calculate Subbasin
Parameters
Stream Network
Reach Layer:	I National Hydrography Dataset D2DGDDDS
Define Stream Network
and Outlets

I- Include PCS as Outlets
P Force continuous flow path
Qose
After the subbasin parameters have been calculated, set the Reach Layer to your NHD layer, and click
Define Stream Network and Outlets. Clicking this button will create a stream layer with one stream

-------
segment per subbasin, as is suitable for modeling. Each stream segment will include lengths and
endpoint elevations. An outlets layer will also be created, with one point at the outlet of each subbasin.
If you have checked the Include PCS as Outlets checkbox, the outlets layer will include information to
link the PCS facility to a particular stream segment.

-------
Manual Watershed Delineator

Manual Delineation
Subbasin Layer:
3
Delineate Subbasin
Commit
Cancel
Combine Selected Subbasins
Subbasin Parameters
Elevation Layer:
Digital Elevation Model (DSDGCC'C'Gdemg)	~^\
	3
Vertical Units:
Meters
Calculate Subbasin
Parameters
Stream Network
Reach Layer:	I National Hydrography Dataset D2DGDDDS
Define Stream Network
and Outlets

I- Include PCS as Outlets
P Force continuous flow path
Qose
The Define Stream Network and Outlets process might take a few minutes. The end result looks like
that shown below.

-------
Legend
MapWinGIS 4*8
1:196072
BASINS 4.1 - 02060006*
File Models Compute
PHI	4a. _
New Open Save Print Settings
, (P
Pan In Out Extent Selected Previous Next Layer
i jLaunch iid| Analysis Layer View Bookmarks Plug-ins Watershed Delineation Shapefile Editor Converters Help
; La La Lq =B S % % fe
Add Remove Clear Symbology Categories Query Properties Table
Q <© •	4*
Paste Merge Erase Erase beneath Move Rotate Resize Move vertex
fel ^ slip shp
New Insert Add Remove Copi
Layers j Toolbox |
B @ Point Sources and Withdrawals
B0 Outlets	*$>
00 Streams
~ 0 Subbasins
~
mn Perm it Compliance System
~	~ \& Observed Data Stations
13 ~ Weather Station Sites 2009
0 ~ NAWQA Stud y Area U n it Bo u
~	0 & Hydrology
B0 National Hydrography Dataset
p£] UTM Zone 18, Northern Hemisphere ~

X: 323,541.783 Y: 4,319,358.604 Meters Lat: 39.005 Long: -77.038
El ~ Reach File, V1 ^ —
El ~ Cataloging Unit Code
|~l Ar.r.nnntinn I Init Rnnnriarify;
Preview Map
Notes: The Manual Delineator can be used with any existing layer of subbasin polygons. Specify the
existing layer as the 'Subbasin Layer' in the Manual Watershed Delineator dialog. Even if the user does
not want to break the existing subbasin polygons into additional pieces, this tool can be used to
calculate the necessary parameters on the subbasins required for use in modeling, given a DEM layer.
The associated stream network can also be calculated given an existing layer of subbasin polygons and a
stream layer such as the NHD.
The user may edit subbasin boundaries using the MapWindow Shapefile Editor tools. Subbasins may
also be combined by using the Combine Selected Subbasins button. After the subbasin boundaries have
been adjusted, the user should use the Calculate Subbasin Parameters and Define Stream Network and
Outlets buttons to compute the necessary layers and parameters for modeling.

-------
Automatic Delineation
When modeling a watershed, it is often necessary to subdivide the hydrologic unit into subbasins in
order to provide a more detailed, higher resolution model of the watershed area.
Basic Automatic Delineation provides an explanation of developing subbasins within an entire 8-digit
HUC.
For more focus on a specific watershed area within an 8-digit HUC for delineation, adding user-defined
outlet points, and for details on additional automatic delineation functionality, see Advanced Automatic
Delineation Functions
Basic Automatic Delineation
Execute the following steps to subdivide a HUC-8 into multiple subwatersheds.
Delineating an 8-Digit HUC
Select the DEM Elevation Model, Cataloging Unit Boundary layer, and Reach File, VI layer (downloaded
in the previous Building a BASINS Project and Downloading Additional Data lessons) so they are
displayed on the main form.

-------
Select; Deselect Measure Identify Label Mover New Insert Add Remove Copy Paste Merge Erase Erase beneath
BASINS 4.5 - 02060006*
Legend
Layers | Toolbox ]
~	~125 Point Sources and Withdrawals
BD Permit Compliance System
0DC3 Observed Data Stations
~	Hydrology
|EE1 Reach File, V1	—
ElD Cataloging Unit Code ^
0D Accounting Unit Boundaries
ED0 Cataloging Unit Boundaries
S0 LPolitical
SD Urban Area Names ^ ~
ED County Names
BD County Boundaries	Q
~ ~ EPA Region Boundaries Q
00 State Boundaries	l~l
ED Urban Area Boundaries O
~	~ Lj" Transportation
J UTM Zone 18, Northern Hemisphere - | X: 260,691.572 Y: 4,254,129.918 Meters | Lat: 38.403 Long: -77.7411	| 1:851940 |	BASINS Status .
Preview Map	^ X
¦ Analysis Layer View Bookmarks Plug-ins Watershed Delineation Converters Shapefile Editor Launch Help
~ 4i ia m • : Ln
-H
~
a
*
*
ifi:
New Open Save Print Settings Add
Remove
Clear
Symbology
Categories
Query
Properties Table
i® & i-i r	t \Q
Pan In Out Extent Selected Previous Next Layer
jD|xj
Select Watershed Delineation from the Plug-ins menu so that it is active. This will add Automatic and
Advanced TauDEM Functions to the Watershed Delineation menu. As the name implies, the latter
menu option is for advanced MapWindow users (full TauDEM documentation is available online).
Note: When choosing whether to use the 30m resolution NED grid or the 100m resolution DEMG
grid as the basis for delineating subbasins within a watershed, it is important to consider the
scale of the watershed area. If an entire HUC-8 is being modeled, the DEMG is probably a
better choice due to performance considerations, while the NED would provide enhanced
detail for significantly smaller watersheds. The same consideration should be given to stream
layers when burning them in.

-------



#
Plug-ins Watershed Delineation Shapefile Editor
Edit PlugHns
l#| Scripts
{ Analysis	~
Archive Project Tool
BASINS 4.1
CSV to Shapefile Converter
D4EM Data Download	~
EPA SWMM 5.0 Setup
EPA WASP 7.3 Setup
GeoSFM
GWLF-E Data Processor
HSPFParm - Parameter Database for HSPF
Manual Delineation
Model Segmentation
Model Setup (HSPF/AQUATOX)
Pollutant Loading Estimator (PLOAD)
Rain Drop Tracer
dJ#" ScriptPlugin
Shapefile Editor
Soil and Water Assessment Tool (SWAT)
Tiled Map
Timeseries	~
UEB
Watershed Characterization System (WCS)
iJ3




Watershed Delineation

-------
Invoke the Automatic Watershed Delineation tool by selecting Automatic from the Watershed
Delineation menu.
Watershed Delineation
Advanced TauDEM Functions
Manual
Shapefile Editor
In the Automatic Watershed Delineation dialog, specify the DEM Layer as the 'DEM Elevation Model'
(DEMG) already loaded onto the map. Choose a threshold size (10 square miles works nicely for a
demo). Click on the Burn-in Existing Stream Polyline checkbox and select 'Reach File, VI' from the pull-
down menu. Then click Run All.

-------
Automatic Watershed Delineation
2U
Setup and Preprocessing
Elevation Units Base Elevation Data (DEM) Layer:

| Meters T | | Digital Elevation Model (D20GDC0Gdemg)
a
	^1
1§H
R Burn-in Existing Stream Polyline


| Reach File. V1
d
^1
I- Use a Focusing Mask


(* Use Current View Events for Mask
Set Extents
Use Grid or Shapefile for Mask


| Select a Mask Grid or Polygon Shapefile or Use Extents
J
_ -"mI
&|
Draw Mask | Select Mask | 0 Selected
Use Existing Intermediate Files
Run
1

503-e
# of Cells
Use Existing Intermediate Files

|l 0.0000
|sq. mi
d
Run
- Custom Outlet/Inlet Definition and Delineation Completion
I- Use a Custom Outlets/Inlets Layer
Select a Point Shapefile, then Select or Draw Outlets/Inlets
Draw Outlets/Inlets	Select Outlets/Inlets 0 Selected
Snap Preview
Snap Threshold 13C'G'
Run
Number of processes |fl~
.Advanced Settings
r Show TauDEM output
Close
Run .All

-------
Note: By selecting Bum-in Existing Stream Polyline option we are specifying a reach file on which the
new delineation reach file (created with the automatic delineation tool) will be based.
During processing you will see status messages at the bottom of the map window, informing you of
things such as 'Pit Fill', 'D8', 'D8 Flow Directions', etc. When processing is completed you will see the
Watershed and Stream Reach Shapefiles on the map.
^ BASINS 4.5 - 02060006*




Jn]*j
File l -|! Models - ! Compute
1 Analysis Layer View Bookmarks Plug-ins Watershed Delineation
Converters
Shapefile Editor Launch
Help

New Open Save Print Settings
! Ln La La I 19 IS 19 IS
Add Remove Clear Symbology Categories Query Properties Table
ob
New Insert
shp shp ^ Q
Add : Paste
Merge Erase
-
*- *
In Out Extent Selected Previous Next Layer
j® p
H a $* o %
Select Deselect Measure Identify Label Mover
Legend
Layers j Toolbox J
B0 Lj Terrain Analysis
10 0 O utl et Merg ed Watershed f
—
B0 Watershed Shapeiile (0206
B0 Stream Reach ShapefiIe(n
~ Point Sources and Withdrawal
0 ~ Perm it Go m p I i an ce System
0DQ Obsen/ed Data Stations
B0 Hydrology
0D Reach File, V1	—
0D Cataloging Unit Code
0D Accounting Unit Boundaries
00 Cataloging Unit Boundaries
n U7\ r:-^ n~i:+;~„i	
Hum Zone 18, Northern Hemisphere - | X: 317,317.707Y: 4,306,964.704Meters Lat: 38.893 Long:-77.106	I 1:715717
Preview Map
Note:
The Starting HSPF tutorial continues from this point. You may wish to proceed to that tutorial
or continue with the Advanced Automatic Delineation tutorial to learn about more features
within the Automatic Delineation tool.

-------
Advanced Automatic Delineation Functions
Often a user's study area includes only a small portion of an 8-digit HUC. In many cases a user wishes to
delineate to a specific point on a stream, such as a USGS gage. This section provides details for
performing these operations through the BASINS Automatic Delineation tools.
Delineating a Portion of an 8-Digit HUC
First, we will delineate subbasins only with a small portion of the 8-digit HUC. To minimize confusion,
remove the 'Watershed Shapefile' and the 'Stream Reach Shapefile' from the previous delineation from
the map, and the 'Streams', 'Subbasins', and 'Outlets' shapefiles if they are present. The only layers that
should be active are Cataloging Unit Boundaries, DEM Elevation Model, and State Boundaries.
Zoom in on a small portion of the 8-digit HUC, as shown below.

-------
" BASINS 4.5 02060006*
Legend	X
Layers j Toolbox J
~	D Terrain Analysis
~ ~ Outlet Merged Watershed (
B D Point Sources and Withdrawal
SD Permit Compliance System
SD ~ Observed Data Stations
~	0 Hydrology
EO Reach File, V1	—
SD Cataloging Unit Code
0 D Acco unti n g U n it Bo un daries
Cataloging Unit Boundaries |
B0 LU Political
®D Urban Area Names ^ ~
EBD County Names
0D County Boundaries I I
Bl~l EPA Region Boundaries zA
[S|UTM Zone 18, Northern Hemisphere -| X: 358,362.392Y: 4,286,967.325 Meters Lat: 38.720 Long: -76.629
Preview Map	^ X
Models . Compute Analysis Layer View Bookmarks Plug-ins Watershed Delineation Converters Shapefile Editor Launch Help
j ~ «
h

::
Lb
~
m

a*
1%

kj
on
shp
shp
o
&

m
: New Open
Save
Print Settings
Add
Remove
Clear
Symbology
Categories
Query
Properties
Table
New
Insert
Add
Remove
Copy Paste
Merge
Erase
-!~! x]
In
r * e
Out Extent Selected Previous Next Layer
h, SI7 O +
Select Deselect Measure Identify Label Mover
Your map view should look something like the following:

-------
BASINS 4.5 - 02060006*
_=10J_xJ
| FHe | Models '' Compute I Analysis Layer View Bookmarks Plug-ins Watershed Delineation Converters Shapefile Editor Launch Help
j U wk
&
-
9
Lsa
'a
~
New Open
Save
Print
Settings
Add
Remove
Clear



/-T\ S~\ * a ys,
In Out Extent Selected Previous
Symbology Categories Query Properties Table
h a BI* O +
Select Deselect Measure Identify Label Mover
Hi £fa	® ®
New Insert Add Remove Copy Paste Merge Erase
Legend	4
Layers j Toolbox |
Terrain Analysis
~ O Outlet Merged Watershed I
~ DtS' Point Sources and Withdrawal
SC Permit Compliance System
SD Di Observed Data Stations
B0L^7 Hydrology
SD Reach File, V1	—
HP Cataloging Unit Code
BP Accounting Unit Boundaries
|EIB Cataloging Unit Boundaries
BElJ1 Political
SO Urban Area Names •
ElD County Names
HP County Boundaries f~l
EJP EPA Region Boundaries	
Preview Map
V X
Hum Zone 18, Northern Hemisphere • X: 343,255.398 Y: 4,297,832.843 Meters Lat: 38.815 Long:-76.805
Now start the Automatic Delineation tool again. Choose the 'DEM Elevation Model' as the Base DEM.
Turn on the burn-in option and choose the NHD layer as the layer to burn-in (remember that the NHD is
a more detailed hydrography dataset than the Reach File). This time we will turn on the check box
labeled Use a Focusing Mask . We have the option of digitizing the polygon within which we want to
delineate, choosing an existing map layer within which we want to delineate, or using the current map
extents. Select the radio button next to Use Current View Extents for Mask . Click the Run button
within the Setup and Preprocessing frame. The setup and preprocessing with take a few moments.

-------
Automatic Watershed Delineation
2U
Setup and Preprocessing
Elevation Units Base Elevation Data (DEM) Layer:

| Meters T | | Digital Elevation Model (D2DGDC'C'Gdemg)
a
	^1
1§H
R Burn-in Existing Stream Polyline


| National Hydrography Dataset 020S(KH>6
d
^1
1^ Use a Focusing Mask


(* Use Current View Events for Mask
Set Extents
Use Grid or Shapefile for Mask


| Select a Mask Grid or Polygon Shapefile or Use Extents
J
_ -"mI
&|
Draw Mask | Select Mask | 0 Selected
Use Existing Intermediate Files
Run
1

503-e
# of Cells
Use Existing Intermediate Files

[10
| sq. mi
zi

Run
- Custom Outlet/Inlet Definition and Delineation Completion
I- Use a Custom Outlets/Inlets Layer
Select a Point Shapefile, then Select or Draw Outlets/Inlets
Draw Outlets/Inlets	Select Outlets/Inlets 0 Selected
Snap Preview
Snap Threshold 13C'G'
Run
Number of processes jT
.Advanced Settings
r Show TauDEM output
Close
Run .All

-------
Note: By selecting Burn-in Existing Stream Polyline option we are specifying a reach file on which the
new delineation reach file (created with the automatic delineation tool) will be based.
Once the setup and preprocessing has completed set the delineation threshold to 4 square miles. Click
the Run button within the Delineation by Threshold Method frame.

-------
Automatic Watershed Delineation
2U
Setup and Preprocessing
Elevation Units Base Elevation Data (DEM) Layer:

| Meters T | | Digital Elevation Model (D2DGDC'C'Gdemg)
d
	^1
1§H
R Burn-in Existing Stream Polyline


| National Hydrography Dataset 020S(KH>6
d
i^\
Use a Focusing Mask


(* Use Current View Events for Mask
Set Extents
Use Grid or Shapefile for Mask


| Select a Mask Grid or Polygon Shapefile or Use Extents
d
_ -"mI
L3'j
Draw Mask | Select Mask | 0 Selected
Use Existing Intermediate Files
Run
1

Network Delineation by Threshold Method
2D14
# of Cells [4
Use Existing Intermediate Files

|4
| sq. mi
d

Run
- Custom Outlet/Inlet Definition and Delineation Completion
I- Use a Custom Outlets/Inlets Layer
Select a Point Shapefile, then Select or Draw Outlets/Inlets
Draw Outlets/Inlets	Select Outlets/Inlets 0 Selected
Snap Preview
Snap Threshold 13C'G'
Run
Number of processes jT
.Advanced Settings
r Show TauDEM output
Close
Run .All

-------
When the delineation is complete you will see the new stream reach shapefile on the map.
1:182572
BASINS 4.5 - 02060006*
File . 1 Models Compute , ^ Analysis Layer View Bookmarks Plug-ins Watershed Delineation Converters Shapefile Editor Launch
j Li to
to
s 9
Li3
-a
~
m

%
%
lift;
ife]
~
a
oa
Shp T:\\P
& G
New Open
Save
Print Settings
Add
Remove
Clear
Symbology
Categories
Query
Properties
Table
New
Insert
Add Remove Ca
Paste
In Out Extent
Previous 'text Layer
H a K7 O
Select Deselect Measure Identify Label Mover
Layers j Toolbox j
~	0 L2 Terrain Analysis
~ 0 Stream Reach Shapefile (n
E@ Hydrology
ED National Hydrography Data
SD Reach File, V1	—
EBD Cataloging Unit Code
0D Accounting Unit Boundaries
00 Cataloging Unit Boundaries
~	~ Point Sources and Withdrawal
mn Permit Compliance System
~	Observed Data Stations
ED NAWQA Study Area Unit B
Political
ml I I Irhan Area Mamsc nN •
Preview Map	^ X

[V] UTM Zone 18, Northern Hemisphere - X: 330,109.101 Y: 4,309,152.942 Meters
Help
Now before selecting an outlets layer we will compute the subbasins. Leave the Use a Custom
Outlet/Inlets Layer box unchecked. Click the Run button within the Custom Outlet Definition and
Delineation Completion frame. The subbasins will be computed and drawn on the map.

-------
BASINS 4.5 - 02060006*
Layer View Bookmarks Plug-ins Watershed Delineation Converters
m * m	~ ; m 
-------
Automatic Watershed Delineation
2U
Setup and Preprocessing
Elevation Units Base Elevation Data (DEM) Layer:

| Meters T | | Digital Elevation Model (D2DGDC'C'Gdemg)
d
	^1
1§H
R Burn-in Existing Stream Polyline


| National Hydrography Dataset 020S(KH>6
d
i^\
Use a Focusing Mask


(* Use Current View Events for Mask
Set Extents
Use Grid or Shapefile for Mask


| Select a Mask Grid or Polygon Shapefile or Use Extents
d
_ -"mI
L3'j
Draw Mask | Select Mask | 0 Selected
Use Existing Intermediate Files
Run
1

Network Delineation by Threshold Method
2D14
Use Existing Intermediate Files

13.5992
|sq. mi
d
Run
- Custom Outlet/Inlet Definition and Delineation Completion
Use a Custom Outlets/Inlets Layer
Select a Point Shapefile, then Select or Draw Outlets/Inlets
Draw Outlets/Inlets	Select Outlets/Inlets 0 Selected
Snap Preview
Snap Threshold 13C'G'
Run
Number of processes jT
.Advanced Settings
r Show TauDEM output
Qose
Run .All

-------
Click on the Draw Outlets/Inlets button. The following message will appear, asking if you would like to
create a new outlets layer. You may choose to use an existing outlets layer at this point. For this
tutorial we will choose to create a new outlets layer. Click Yes to create a new outlets layer.
Create new outlets/Inlets File?
There is no outiets/inlets shapefile selected which can be drawn on, would you like to create a new outlets/inlets shapefile?
You will be prompted to enter the name of the new outlets layer. You may choose any file name; we
chose the name 'out.shp' for our outlets layer. Save it in the same folder. Focus will return to the map.
Click on two points on the map where you want to add outlets, such as the points shown below.

-------
[y]UTM Zone 18, Northern Hemisphere » X: 361,459.337Y: 4,308,766.499 Meters Lat: 38.917Long:-76.598

File , ^Models i 'Compute .^Analysis Layer View Bookmarks Plug-ins Watershed Delineation Converters Shapefile Editor ia Launch Help
[j LU mi
&
s, •£*
1 Us
'a
~


h* m

j HD
shp shp -^5 Q 1
New Open
Save
Print Settings
Add
Remove
Clear
Symbology
Categories
Query Properties
Table
New L
nsert Add Remove Copy Paste Merge Erase
•MP
yi >
Pan In Out Extent Selected
Legend
Layers | Toolbox |
I BE Terrain Analysis
|BB Outlets/Inlets ShapeFile(ou~
~
Categories
~ Outlets
# Reservoirs
T Inlets
A Point sources
~ 0 Outlet Merged Watershed (
Previous
9 X
o
Measure Identify Label Mover
EE Watershed Shapefile (0206
~ 0 Stream Reach Shapefile (n
B® \i-J Hydrology
BCD National Hydrography Data
Preview Map	? X
When finished click Done in the small window below.
Click Done to Return

~ick to place outlets or inlets on
or near a stream reach.
Done
iV Outlets
Reservoir Outlet
C Inlets
Point Source
Notice that our outlets layer is now specified as the custom outlets layer. We could change the snap
threshold to adjust the snapping tolerance with which the program will look for a stream segment near
each specified outlet. We will leave that threshold at 300, indicating that an outlet within 300 meters

-------
(the distance unit BASINS project) will be 'snapped' to the nearest stream segment. Now click the Run
button within the Custom Outlet Definition and Delineation Completion frame.

-------
Automatic Watershed Delineation
2U
Setup and Preprocessing
Elevation Units Base Elevation Data (DEM) Layer:

| Meters T | | Digital Elevation Model (D2DGDC'C'Gdemg)
d
	^1
1§H
R Burn-in Existing Stream Polyline


| National Hydrography Dataset C2C'GC'DGG-
d
'ill
i^\
Use a Focusing Mask


(* Use Current View Events for Mask
Set Events
Use Grid or Shapefile for Mask


| Select a Mask Grid or Polygon Shapefile or Use Extents
d
_ -"mI
L3'j
Draw Mask | Select Mask | 0 Selected
Use Existing Intermediate Files
Run
1

Network Delineation by Threshold Method
2D14
Use Existing Intermediate Files

13.5992
|sq. mi
d
Run
- Custom Outlet/Inlet Definition and Delineation Completion
Use a Custom Outlets/Inlets Layer
Outlets/Inlets Shape File (out.shp)
Draw Outlets/Inlets	Select Outlets/Inlets 2 selected
Snap Preview
Snap Threshold 13C'G'
Run
Number of processes jT
.Advanced Settings
r Show TauDEM output
Qose
Run .All

-------
The results of the delineation are shown below. Notice that we have delineated subbasins only above
the two specified outlet points.
BASINS 4.5 - 02060006*
.JOjxj
File . 1 Models u Compute , | Analysis Layer View Bookmarks Plug-ins Watershed Delineation Converters Shapefile Editor Launch Help
U ia 4i s V
New Open Save Print Settings
* »
La
~
m
w

'tS Sa Shp
GD
~ & £>
/ *
Pan In Out Extent Se!e
Layers | Toolbox |
I B0L^ Terrain Analysis
|BD Outlet Merged Watershed (
Add Remove Clear Symbology Categories Query Properties Table New Insert Add Remove Cop-, Paste Merge
iP ; *k a II7 o **
Layer Select Deselect Measure Identify Label Mover
E0 Watershed Shapefile (0206
B@ Stream Reach Shapefile(n
00 Outlets/Inlets ShapeFile(ou
00 Hydrology
~ ~ National Hydrography Data
ED Reach File, V1	—
BO Cataloging Unit Code
0D Accounting Unit Boundaries
00 Cataloging Unit Boundaries
I 0Dk^ PointSources and Withdrawal zl\
Preview Map
9 X
[^UTM Zone 18, Northern Hemisphere - X: 333.973.537Y: 4,313,017.378 Meters Lat: 38.950 Long:-76.916

-------
Frequently Asked Questions
Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs)
•	Installation
•	Do I need to have administrator privileges to install BASINS?
•	Getting Started
•	How do I start a project? (or take the Tutorial)
•	How do I use MapWindow?
•	What are the differences between MapWindow and ArcView?
•	GIS Tasks
•	How do I change symbolization of a shapefile?
•	How do I select or deselect features?
•	What is the difference between Reach Files and the National Hydrography Dataset (NHD)?
•	How do I import other shapefiles?
•	Other
•	How do I open the Welcome window?
•	Are there keyboard shortcuts in MapWindow?
•	Why can't I find something in the Analysis menu?
•	What happened to insert BASINS 3.1 tool here?

-------
Administrator Privileges
Do I need to have administrator privileges to install BASINS?
Yes, depending upon the security settings of the individual computer.
Missing Menu Options
Why is a menu option missing?
• The Plug-ins associated with the menu option is not turned on.
Select Features
How do I select and deselect features?
•	On the main BASINS toolbar, click the select icon:
•	Click on the layer name in the Legend containing the features you wish to select.

-------
BASINS 4.1 - national
File Tiles ^' Models
it Compute iy
Launc
1 ID ft & m

j La
La
New Open Save Print
Settings
|i Add
Removi
j 4+ g) i— : * "
j / J

id
jwd
Pan In Out Extent
Selected
Previous
Next
Legend
Layers | Toolbox |
B0u/ Hydrology
0 P Waterways
EI0 Cataloging Units
~
3 lj1 Political
El EZ States
ElC Counties
~	Reference
0D Major Roads
0 _J Tiles
* X
s£> -
~
s*> ~

%
• Then, click any features on the current MapWindow project to select them.

-------
BASINS 4.1 - national
File Tiles * Models ¦ Compute
Ll * i. m # I Cca
New Open Save Print Settings Add
,=JnJx]
a
Remove
*
P

Pan In Out Extent
Selectee
Previous
Legend

* X
Layers 1 Toolbox ]
B0 1^ Hydrology


SD Waterways

^ -
00 Cataloging Units

^ ~
~ 0 0^ Political


|S0 States

^>n 1
SD Counties

~
~ ~ k3 Reference


SD Major Roads


0 ~ Tiles


| Analysis
Symbology
View Bookmarks
~
Clear
Plug-ins
m m m
Query Properties Table
shp shp	®
Add Remove Copy Paste Merge
Watershed Delineation Shapefile Editor Converters Help
Categories
Select
a O +
Deselect Measure Identify Label Mover
<£)
Erase beneath
Preview Map
] unnamed - X: -8,214,843,821 Y; 4,803,852,624 Meters | Lat: 39.571 Long: -73.735
Add vertex
MapwinGIS 4,8
1:7626967

-------

• To deselect a feature that is already selected, hold the CTRL key while clicking on the feature again,
Import Shapefiles
Users can either import BASINS data that comes with the BASINS software (also detailed in the
tutorial), or import their own additional GIS layers (e.g., a study area boundary). Users can import
their own shapefile layers using the 'Add layer' tool.
|_n
•	From the Layer menu on the main BASINS window, select Add Layer, or click the button.
•	Navigate to the desired layer and click Open.
•	The layer will be added to the Legend and turned on
BASINS 4.1 - national

File Tiles 1 Models _ J Compute 2
P A
Pan In Out Extent
Selected Previous
Legend
¥ X
La>'ers Toolbox j
~ 0 i—/ Hydrology

mU Waterways
^ -
00 Cataloging Units
~
~ 0L^ Political

|B0 States
>$>~ 1
ElD Counties
^ ~
~ ~ & Reference

EID Major Roads

0 C3 Tiles

ob shp shp i
New Insert Add Remove Copy Paste Merge Erase Erase beneath Move Rotate Resize Move vertex Add vertex
\m
To select more than one feature, hold down the CTRL key while clicking.
Preview Map
[g]unnamed - X: -8,065,519.160 Y: 4,713,044.047Meters Lat: 38.940 Long: -72.454
1:7626967
MapWinGIS 4,8

-------
References
The following documents are recommended for assistance in watershed and water quality modeling
applications.
Ambrose, B, Jr., T.A. Wool, and J.L. Martin, "The Water Quality Analysis Simulation Program, WASP5;
Part A: Model Documentation," U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Center for Exposure Assessment
Modeling, Athens, GA, June, 1993.
Bicknell, B.R., J.C. Imhoff, J.L. Kittle Jr., T.H. Jobes, and A.S. Donigian, Jr. 2005. Hydrological Simulation
Program - Fortran (HSPF). User's Manual for Release 12.2. U.S. EPA National Exposure Research
Laboratory, Athens, GA, in cooperation with U.S. Geological Survey, Water Resources Division, Reston,
VA.
Evans, B.M., D.W. Lehning, K.J. Corradini, G.W. Petersen, E. Nizeyimana, J.M. Hamlett, P.D. Robillard, R.L.
Day, 2002. A comprehensive GIS-based modelling approach for predicting nutrient loads in watersheds.
J. Spatial Hydrology 2(2), (www.spatialhvdrology.com).
Flanagan, D.C., and S.J. Livingston, (eds.) 1995. WEPP User Summary. NSERL Rep. No. 11. West
Lafayette, IN: USDA ARS NSERL.
Flynn K.M., Hummel P., Lumb A., Kittle J.L. 1995. User's Manual for ANNIE, Version 2, A Computer
Program for Interactive Hydrologic Data Management. Reston (VA): U.S. Geological Survey. Water-
Resources Investigations Report 95-4085.
Haith, D.A. and L.L. Shoemaker, 1987. Generalized Watershed Loading Functions for Stream Flow
Nutrients. Water Resources Bulletin, 23(3), pp. 471-478.
Hamon R.W., Weiss L.L., Wilson W.T. 1954. Insolation as an empirical function of daily sunshine
duration. Monthly Weather Review, 82(6 June):141-146.
Hamon R.W. 1961. Estimating Potential Evapotranspiration. Proceedings of the American Society of Civil
Engineers; Journal of the Hydraulic Division, 87(HY3):107-120.
Hydrocomp. 1977. Hydrocomp Water Quality Operations Manual. Palo Alto (CA): Hydrocomp.
[IPCC-TGCIA] Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change Task Group on Scenarios for Climate Impact
Assessment, prepared by Carter T.R., Hulme M., and Lai M. 1999. Guidelines on the Use of Scenario Data
for Climate Impact and Adaptation Assessment, Version 1, 69pp. Available from: http://www.ipcc-
data.org/guidelines/ggm nol vl 12-1999.pdf
Jensen M.E., Haise H.R. 1963. Estimating evapotranspiration from solar radiation. Proceedings of the
American Society of Civil Engineers; Journal of Irrigation and Drainage, 89(IR4):15-41.
Jensen M.E., Rob D.C.N., Franzoy C.E. 1969. Scheduling irrigations usingclimate-crop-soil data.
Proceedings of the National Conference on Water Resources Engineering of the American Society of Civil
Engineers; 1969 New Orleans. 20 pp.

-------
Kohler M.A., Nordenson T.J., Fox W.E. 1955. Evaporation from Pans and Lakes. Research Paper No. 38,
U.S. Weather Bureau.
Lahlou M., Shoemaker L., Paquette M., Bo J., Choudhury S., Elmer R., Xia F. 1996. Better Assessment
Science Integrating Point and Nonpoint Sources, BASINS Version 1.0 User's Manual. EPA 823-R-96-001.
Washington, DC: U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Water.
Leavesley, G.H., Lichty, R.W., Troutman, B.M., and Saindon, L.G., 1983, Precipitation Runoff Modeling
System: User's Manual, Water Resources Investigations 83-4238, U.S. Geological Survey, Denver, CO.
Lumb A.M., McCammon R.B., Kittle J.L. 1994. Users Manual for an Expert System (HSPEXP) for
Calibration of the Hydrological Simulation Program-FORTRAN. Water-Resources Investigations Report
94-4168. Reston (VA): U.S. Geological Survey.
Mearns L.O., Giorgi F., Whetton P., Pabon D., Hulme M., Lai M. 2003. Guidelines for Use of Climate
Scenarios Developed from RegionalClimate Model Experiments. Available from: http://www.ipcc-
data.org/euidelines/dgm nol vl 10-2.003.pdf
Mills W.B., Borcella B.B., Ungs M.J., Gherini S.A., Summers K.V., Lingsung M., Rupp G.L., Bowie G.L.,
Haith D.A. 1985. Water Quality Assessment: A screening procedure for toxic and conventional pollutants
in surface and ground water, Parts 1 and 2. EPA 600/6-85/002a,b. Athens (GA): U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, Environmental Research Laboratory.
Neitsch, S. L., A. G. Arnold, J. R. Kiniry, J. R. Srinivasan, and J. R. Williams. 2005. Soil and Water
Assessment Tool User's Manual: Version 2005. TR 192. College Station, TX: Texas Water Resources
Institute.
Penman H.L. 1948. Natural Evaporation from Open Water, Bare Soil, and Grass. Proceedings of the
Royal Society of London, Ser. A, 193(1032):120-145.
Rossman L.A. 2008. Storm Water Management Model User's Manual, Version 5.0. EPA 600/R-05/040.
Cincinnati, OH: U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, National Risk Management Research Laboratory.
Shoemaker L., Lahlou M., Bryer M., Kumar D., and Kratt K. 1997. Compendium of Tools for Watershed
Assessment and TMDL Development. EPA 841-B-97-006. Washington, DC: U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency, Office of Water.
USEPA. 1985. Rates, Constants, and Kinetics Formulations in Surface Water Quality Modeling, 2nd ed.
EPA 600/3-85/040. Athens(GA): U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Environmental Research
Laboratory.
USEPA. 1997. Technical Guidance Manual for Developing Total Maximum Daily Loads, Book 2: Streams
and Rivers, Part 1: Biochemical Oxygen Demand/Dissolved Oxygen and Nutrients/Eutrophication. EPA
823-B-97-002. Washington, DC: U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Water.
Watry G., Ames D.P., Michaelis C. 2007. Introduction to MapWindow Version 4.3. Florida State
University Center for Ocean-Atmospheric Prediction Studies. Available from:
http://gis.coaps.fsu.edu/FOSS GIS/lntroduction to MapWindow GIS Ver 4 3.pdf.

-------
Watry G., Ames D.P., Michaelis, C. Introduction to MapWindow Version 4.2. Florida State University
Center for Ocean-Atmospheric Prediction Studies. Available from:
http://www.mapwindow.ore/tutorials/Mapwindow GIS lessort02 Fail 2006.pdf.
Wilby R.L., Charles S.P., Zorita E., Timbal B., Whetton P., Mearns L.O. 2004. Guidelines for use of climate
scenarios developed from statistical downscaling methods, Supplemental material prepared for
consideration by the IPCC at the request of its Task Group on Data and Scenario Support for Impacts and
Climate Analysis. Available from: http://ipcc~
ddc.cptec.inpe.br/ipccddc/html/guidelines/dgm no2 vl 09 2004.pdf

-------
Appendix A - GIS Data Dictionary
BASINS is distributed as a downloadable software installation package. When installed, the software
links to internet sources of geographic and environmental data for each 8 digit HUC. The BASINS Data
Download tool downloads and extracts data that facilitate watershed analysis and modeling. Some of
the data downloaded using this tool have been preprocessed for use in BASINS. These data provide a
starting point for watershed analysis, but users are encouraged to add additional data sets where locally
derived data may be at a higher resolution or compiled more recently. Other data that can be
downloaded using the Data Download tool have not been preprocessed and are extracted directly from
the agency responsible for collecting the data. Section A.l shows, in alphabetical order, all the
preprocessed BASINS data products with the corresponding layer and related file names that are used to
reference the data within the BASINS GIS environment. Section A.2 contains tables listing all field
attributes within each data product and their data definitions. More detailed documentation following
the Federal Geographic Data Committee (FGDC) metadata standard is available from EPA's National
Geospatial Program at http://www.epa.gov/geospatial and https://www.epa.gov/ceam/basins-
metadata
A.l BASINS Preprocessed Data Products
BASINS Data Product	Layer Name	File Name
Bacteria Monitoring Stations
Bacteria Stations Bacteria Data 70-
bac_stat.dbf bac_stat.shp
& Data Summaries Related
74 Bacteria Data 75-79 Bacteria
bac_stat.shx bc_d7074.dbf
Table Names:
Data 80-84 Bacteria Data 85-89
bc_d7579.dbf bc_d8084.dbf

Bacteria Data 90-94 Bacteria Data
bc_d8589.dbf bc_d9094.dbf

95-97 Bacteria Parameter Table
bc_d9597.dbf bc_parm.dbf
Census
2002 Tiger Nonvisible Feature
(cu)_tgr_f.dbf (cu)_tgr_f.shp

2002 Tiger Physical Feature 2002
(cu)_tgr_f.shx (cu)_tgr_e.dbf

Tiger Landmark 2000 Block Group
(cu)_tgr_e.shp (cu)_tgr_e.shx

1990 Block Group 2000 County
(cu)_tgr_d.dbf (cu)_tgr_d.shp

1990 County 2000 Place 1990
(cu)_tgr_d.shx (cu)_tgr_bg00.dbf

Place 2000 Tract 1990 Tract 2000
(cu)_tgr_bg00.shp

Zip Code
(cu)_tgr_bg00.shx


(cu)_tgr_bg90.dbf


(cu)_tgr_bg90.shp


(cu)_tgr_bg90.shx


(cu)_tgr_c°00.dbf


(cu)_tgr_c°00.shp


(cu)_tgr_c°00.shx


(cu)_tgr_c°90.dbf


(cu)_tgr_c°90.shp


(cu)_tgr_c°90.shx


(cu)_tgr_pl00.dbf


(cu)_tgr_pl00.shp

-------
DEM (CU)
DEM (CU-demg)
EPA Region Boundaries
Ecoregions (Level III)
Accounting Unit Boundaries
Cataloging Unit Boundaries
Cataloging Unit Codes
Land Use Index L_(USGS
Quadrangle Name)
Legacy STORET Stations L_(USGS
Quadrangle Name)
Digital Elevation Model
Shape
Digital Elevation Model Grid
EPA Regions
EPA Ecoregions
Hydrologic Unit Boundaries
Land Use and Land Cover
Legacy STORET
Lookup Tables Related Table
Names:
Major Roads
Managed Area Database
National Elevation Dataset
Grid
National Hydrography
Water Quality Criteria Table State
Agency Codes Standard Industrial
Classification Codes
National Hydrography Dataset CU
(cu)_tgr_plOO.shx
(cu)_tgr_pl90.dbf
(cu)_tgr_pl90.shp
(cu)_tgr_pl90.shx
(cu)_tgr_trOO.dbf
(cu)_tgr_trOO.shp
(cu)_tgr_trOO.shx
(cu)_tgr_tr90.dbf
(cu)_tgr_tr90.shp
(cu)_tgr_tr90.shx
(cu)_tgr_ztOO.dbf
(cu)_tgr_ztOO.shp
(cu)_tgr_ztOO.shx
(cu).dbf (cu).shp (cu).shx
(cu)demg.tif
epa_reg.dbf epa_reg.shp
epa_reg.shx
ecoreg.dbf ecoreg.shp ecoreg.shx
acc.dbf acc.shp acc.shx cat.dbf
cat.shp cat.shx catpt.dbf catpt.shp
catpt.shx
lulcndx.dbf lulcndx.shp lulcndx.shx
l_(quad).dbf l_(quad).shp
l_(quad).shx
(cu)Jstoret.dbf (cu)Jstoret.shp
(cu)Jstoret.shx
wqcriter.dbf storetag.dbf sic.dbf
fhards.dbf fhards.shp fhards.shx
mad.dbf mad.shp mad.shx
(cu)ned.tif
nhd\(cu).dbf nhd\(cu).shp
Major Roads
Managed Area Database
National Elevation Dataset (CU-
ned)

-------
Dataset

nhd\(cu).shx
National Water Quality
NAWQA Study Unit Boundaries
nawqa.dbf nawqa.shp nawqa.shx
Assessment Study Unit


Boundaries


Permit Compliance System
Permit Compliance System
pcs3.dbf pcs3.shp pcs3.shx
(PCS) Sites and Computed
Permitted Discharges Parameter
pcs3_prm.dbf (cu).dbf
Loadings Related Table
Table Permitted Discharges (cu)

Names:


Reach File, Version 1 (RF1)
Reach File, VI
rfl.dbf rfl.shp rfl.shx
State and County Boundaries
State Boundaries County
st.dbf st.shp st.shx cnty.dbf

Boundaries County Names
cnty.shp cnty.shx cntypt.dbf


cntypt.shp cntypt.shx
State Soil and Geographic
State Soil Soil Component Data
statsgo.dbf statsgo.shp statsgo.shx
(STATSGO) Database Related
Soil Layer Data
statsgoc.dbf statsgol.dbf
Table Names:


Transportation
2002 Tiger Provisional 2002 Tiger
(cu)_tgr_p.dbf (cu)_tgr_p.shp

Misc Ground 2002 Tiger Railroad
(cu)_tgr_p.shx (cu)_tgr_c.dbf

2002 Tiger Road
(cu)_tgr_c.shp (cu)_tgr_c.shx


(cu)_tgr_b.dbf (cu)_tgr_b.shp


(cu)_tgr_b.shx (cu)_tgr_a.dbf


(cu)_tgr_a.shp (cu)_tgr_a.shx
Urbanized Areas
Urban Area Boundaries Urban
urban.dbf urban.shp urban.shx

Area Names
urban_nm.dbf urban_nm.shp


urban_nm.shx
Meteorological Data
Weather Station Sites 2009
met.dbf met.shp met.shx

Related Data:
met.wdm
A.2 BASINS Data Product's Fields and Definitions
Data Product: Bacteria Monitoring Stations & Data Summaries
Layer Name: Bacteria Stations
Field Name Description
SHAPE_ID MapWindow internal field
ID	BASINS assigned unique identifier based on station and agency codes

-------
STATION
station code
AGENCY
agency code
LOCATION
description of location
CU
cataloging unit code
SEG
Reach File, VI segment number
MILEP
Reach File, VI mile point
ONOFF
on/off reach indicator
COUNTY
county name
STFIPS
state FIPS code
STATE
state postal abbreviation
LONG
longitude
LAT
latitude
TYPE
station type
STCOFIPS
state and county FIPS code
BACID
BASINS assigned number
BCU
BASINS assigned cataloging unit
Data Product: Bacteria Monitoring Stations & Data Summaries
Related Table Name: Bacteria Data 70-74,75-79,80-84,85-89, 90-94,95-97
Field Name Description
ID	BASINS assigned unique identifier based on station and agency codes
STATION	station code
AGENCY	agency code
BACID	BASINS assigned number
PARAMETER EPA STORET parameter code

-------
NO OBS
number of observations
MEAN

mean value
A15TH_
P
15th percentile value
A25TH_
P
25th percentile value
A50TH_
P
50th percentile value
A75TH_
P
75th percentile value
A85TH_
P
85th percentile value
STD

standard deviation
BCU

BASINS assigned cataloging unit
Data Product: Bacteria Monitoring Stations & Data Summaries
Related Table Name: Bacteria Parameter Table
Field Name
Description
PARM_CODE
EPA STORET parameter code
PARM_NAME
parameter name
UNITS
units
SAMPLE_TYP
sample type
UP_REF_LVL
upper reference level
LW_REF_LVL
lower reference level
UNKNOWN
type of standard
REF_LVLSRC
reference level source
Data Product: Digital Elevation Model Shape
Layer Name: DEM (CU)
Field Name
Description

-------
SHAPEJD
MapWindow internal field
ELEV_M
land surface elevation in meters
ELEV_FT
land surface elevation in feet
Data Product: Digital Elevation Model Grid
Layer Name: DEM (CU-demg)
Field Name
Description
GRIDCODE
Elevation in meters
Data Product: EPA Regions
Layer Name: EPA Regional Boundaries
Field Name
Description
SHAPEJD
MapWindow internal field
AREA
area of polygon in map units
PERIMETER
perimeter of polygon in map units
EPA_REG_
Arclnfo internal field
EPA_REG_ID
Arclnfo internal field
EPAREG
U.S. EPA region number
LABEL_REG
U.S. EPA region number (Roman numeral)
Data Product: EPA Ecoregions
Layer Name: Ecoregions (Level III)
Field Name
Description
SHAPEJD
MapWindow internal field
AREA
area of polygon in map units

-------
PERIMETER
perimeter of polygon in map units
ECOREG_
Arclnfo internal field
ECOREGJD
Arclnfo internal field
ECO
EPA Ecoregion number
Name
EPA Ecoregion name
Data Product: Hydrologic Unit Boundaries
Layer Name: Accounting Unit Boundaries
Field Name
Description
SHAPEJD
MapWindow internal field
AREA
area of polygon in map units
PERIMETER
perimeter of polygon in map units
ACC_
Arclnfo internal field
ACC_ID
Arclnfo internal field
ACC
accounting unit number
NAME
name of accounting unit
Data Product: Hydrologic Unit Boundaries
Layer Name: Cataloging Unit Boundaries
Field Name
Description
SHAPEJD
MapWindow internal field
AREA
area of polygon in map units
PERIMETER
perimeter of polygon in map units
TMP B
Arclnfo internal field
TMP B ID Arclnfo internal field

-------
CAT_
Arclnfo internal field
CATJD
Arclnfo internal field
PLYTYPE
polygon type
HUC
cataloging unit code (numeric)
WORKB
disregard data element
ACC_UNIT
accounting unit code
CU
cataloging unit code (character)
BEXT
BASINS internal field
CRS1
BASINS internal field
Data Product: Hydrologic Unit Boundaries
Layer Name: Cataloging Unit Codes
Field Name
Description
SHAPEJD
MapWindow internal field
AREA
area of polygon in map units
PERIMETER
perimeter of polygon in map units
CAT_
MapWindow internal field
CAT_ID
disregard data element
HUC
cataloging unit code (numeric)
ACC
accounting unit code
NAME
name of cataloging unit
CU
cataloging unit code (character)
BEXT
BASINS internal field
CRS1
BASINS internal field
Data Product: Land Use and Land Cover

-------
Layer Name: Land Use Index
Field Name
Description
SHAPEJD
MapWindow internal field
AREA
area of polygon in map units
PERIMETER
perimeter of polygon in map units
LULCNDX#_
MapWindow internal field
LULCNDXfM
disregard data element
COVERNAME
coverage name
COVNAME
alternate coverage name
QNAME
quadrangle name
EPA_REG
U.S. EPA region number
CREATE_DAT
date coverage was created
VERIFY_DAT
date coverage was verified
COMMENTl
comments concerning the coverage
Data Product: Land Use and Land Cover
Layer Name: L_(USGS Quadrangle Map Name, e.g., L_BANGME)
Field Name Description
SHAPE_ID MapWindow internal field
AREA	area of polygon in map units
PERIMETER perimeter of polygon in map units
L_(QUAD)_ MapWindow assigned polygon ID
L_(QUAD)_I disregard data element
LUCODE	Anderson level I land use code
LEVEL2	Anderson level II land use code

-------
Data Product: Legacy STORET
Layer Name: Legacy STORET Stations
Field Name
Description
SHAPEJD
MapWindow internal field
Agency
Agency code
Station
Station code
Station Na
Station name
FIPS
Federal information processing standard code
Latitude
Latitude in decimal degrees
Longitude
Longitude in decimal degrees
HUC
Hydrologic unit code
Rchmile Se
Unknown
Miles Up R
Unknown
Rchonoff
Unknown
Rchname
Reach name
Station Al
Unknown
Station Ty
Station type
Station De
Unknown
Depth Unit
Unknown
Surface Gr
Unknown
Descriptio
Unknown
Data Product: Lookup Tables
Related Table Name: Water Quality Criteria Table
Field Name Description

-------
PARM_CODE
EPA STORET parameter code
CAS_NUMBER
Chemical Abstract Service number
PARM_NAME
parameter name
SAMPLE_TYP
sample type

UNITS
units

FRES_ACUTE
threshold value
standard) for acute freshwater
FRES_CHRON
threshold value
standard) for chronic freshwater
MARI_ACUTE
threshold value
standard) for acute marine
MARI_CHRON
threshold value
standard) for chronic marine
HHPC_WATER
threshold value
standard) for human health (published criteria) in water
HHPC_ORGAN
threshold value
standard) for human health (published criteria) in organic tissue
HHRV_WATER
threshold value
standard) for human health (recalculated value) in water
HHRV_ORGAN
threshold value
standard) for human health (recalculated value) in organic tissue
DR_WTR_MCL
drinking water maximum contaminant level
UNKNOWN
Related unknown
REF_LVL_SRC
reference level source
Data Product: Lookup Tables
Related Table Name: STORET Agency Codes
Field Name
Description
AGENCY
agency code
PROGRAM
name of program
CONTACT
contact person
PHONE
telephone number
Data Product: Lookup Tables

-------
Related Table Name: Standard Industrial Classification Codes
Field Name	Description
SIC_1987	1987 Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) code
SIC_NAME	SIC name
NAICS_1997	1997 North American Industry Classification System (NAICS) code
NAICS NAME	NAICS name
Data Product: Major Roads
Layer Name: Major Roads
Field Name Description
SHAPEJD
MapWindow internal field
FNODE_
Arclnfo internal field
TNODE_
Arclnfo internal field
LPOLY_
Arclnfo internal field
RPOLY_
Arclnfo internal field
LENGTH
length of line segment in coverage units
FHARDS_
Arclnfo internal field
FHARDSJD
Arclnfo internal field
RECTYPE
character which defines type of file from dataset
VERSION
file version number
RECID
unique line identification number
SOURCE
flag used to identify original source of coordinate information
STFIPS
two-digit state FIPS code
CTFIPS
three-digit county FIPS code
ORNLJD
Oakridge National Laboratory assigned identifier

-------
LGURB
large urbanized area
SMURB
adjusted small urban area
FNODE
record in node file that corresponds to starting position of link
TNODE
record in node file that corresponds to ending position of link
SIGN1
primary sign route
SIGN2
alternate sign route
SIGN3
alternate sign route
LNAME
name or identification for the link
MILES
accurate measurement in miles of link chain
KM
accurate measurement in kilometers of link chain
FACTYPE
permissible flow of traffic over the link
TOLL
links with one or more toll features
LANES
number of lanes in both directions
ACONTROL
degree of access control to link from adjoining roads
MEDIAN
type of median
SURFACE
predominant surface
FCLASS
assigned functional class of each link
ACLASS
administrative class associated with the link
RUCODE
rural/urban classification
STATUS
availability of link to through traffic
NHS
subnetwork for proposed National Highway System
STRAHNET
special subnetwork for Strategic Highway Corridor Network
TRANSAM
special subnetwork for the Trans-America Corridor
Data Product: Managed Area Database
Layer Name: Managed Area Database

-------
Field Name	Description
SHAPEJD
MapWindow internal field
AREA
degenerate area of point in map units
PERIMETER
degenerate perimeter of point in map units
MAD_POLY_ID
Arclnfo internal field
MAD_POLY_ID
Arclnfo internal field
SITE_CODE
unique number for each area for database relations
SITE_CODE2
unique number for each area for database relations
SITE_CODE3
unique number for each area for database relations
AREANAME
proper name of each managed area represented
AREANAME2
alternate name of each managed area represented
AREANAME3
alternate name of each managed area represented
CMCCODE
unused WCMC variable
LAT
latitudinal location
LONG
longitudinal location
ISLATLON
unused WCMC variable
DESIGNATE
designation type for each managed area
DESIGNATE2
designation type for each managed area
DESIGNATE3
designation type for each managed area
LUCNCAT
code used by WCMC representing level of protection
LUCNCAT2
code used by WCMC representing level of protection
LUCNCAT3
code used by WCMC representing level of protection
GAPCAT
level of management based on GAP program
GAPCAT2
level of management based on GAP program
GAPCAT3
level of management based on GAP program

-------
SIZE
area size as published by WCMC
YEAR
year of area establishment as published by WCMC
REALM
unused WCMC variable
PROVINCE
unused WCMC variable
BIOME
unused WCMC variable
STATE
state in which area is located
SOURCE
map source where the polygon borders were taken
AVSORT
condensed list of management designations
Data Product: National Elevation Dataset Grid
Layer Name: National Elevation Dataset
Field Name
Description
GRIDCODE
Elevation in centimeters
Data Product: National Hydrography Dataset
Layer Name: National Hydrography Dataset CU
Field Name
Description
SHAPEJD
MapWindow internal field
RCH_
Internal field
RCHJD
Internal field
COMJD
Common identifier
RCH_CODE
Numeric code that uniquely identifies a reach
RCH_DATE
Date that the RCH_CODE was assigned
LEVEL
Stream level
METERS
Reach length in meters

-------
GNISJD
Unique ID assigned by Federal GNIS
NAME
Reach name
RCHID
Reach ID
DSRCHID
Downstream Reach ID
Data Product: National Water Quality Assessment Study Unit Boundaries
Layer Name: NAWQA Study Unit Boundaries
Field Name
Description
SHAPEJD
MapWindow internal field
AREA
area of polygon in map units
PERIMETER
perimeter of polygon in map units
NAWQA_DD_
Arclnfo internal field
NAWQA_DD_
ID Arcinfo internal field
NAWQA
NAWQA study unit number
NAME
river basin name
GROUP
group number
PILOT
pilot code
ABBV
river basin name abbreviation
CANADA
code to designate study units that crosses Canadian boundary
MI2
area in square miles
RANK
rank
REGION
region designation (northeastern, southeastern, central, western US)
Data Product: PCS Sites and Computed Loadings
Layer Name: Permit Compliance System

-------
Field Name
Description
SHAPE_ID	MapWindow internal field
NPDES	PCS unique ID copied from attribute ID
FAC_NAME	name of the facility or site
OWNERSHIP	three-digit code describing ownership classification
NEW_STATUS	New Source/New Discharge, indicates a new facility with no previous discharge permit
STREAM_CLS	facility Receiving Stream Classification
NEW_DATE	new source/new discharge date (mmddyy)
PRETREAT	indicates if the permitted municipality is required to develop a pretreatment program
FAC_UPDATE	facility last update date (mmddyy)
REC_POTW	receiving POTW ID - Municipal POTWs that receive discharge from Industrial Users to
be monitored by PPETS
PCS_LAT	latitude, from PCS database, of facility, site, or operable unit
PCS_LONG	longitude, from PCS database, of facility, site, or operable unit
LATLONG_AC	technical accuracy of the latitude and longitude data
EF_LAT	latitude based on data from USEPA's Envirofacts Locational Reference Tables (LRT)
EF_LONG	longitude based on data from USEPA's Envirofacts Locational Reference Tables (LRT)
EF_ACC_M	technical accuracy of latitude and longitude data in meters
BLAT	latitude based on best available data
BLONG	longitude based on best available data
BFIPS	FIPS (state and county code) on best available data
STATEJD	State Permit Number to identify or classify the state's permit
PERM_TYPE	identifies standard permits, general permit, and non-permitted National Pollutant
Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) facilities
ACTIVE	code which indicates whether facility is currently active
MAJORJD	major or minor discharger code

-------
SIC2
four-digit code for the principal activity causing the discharge at the facility as defined
by the 1987 Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) Manual
SIC2D	description of SIC code
IND_CLASS industrial classification of the facility
EPA_REG	two-digit code, 01 through 10, used to identify the EPA Region in which the facility is
located
STATE	two-character alphabetic state code as defined by the Federal Information Processing
Standards (FIPS)
CITY	name of city or town where facility is located
COUNTY	name of county where facility is located
LOC_NAME	name of entity located at the facility's physical address
ADDRESS1	street address of entity
ADDRESS2	street address of entity
FAC_CITY	name of the mailing city or town of the facility
FAC_STATE	state or territory code in which the facility is physically located
ZIP_CODE	zip code of the address of the physical location of the facility
TELE	telephone number of the facility
RIV_BASIN	major/minor river basin name
CU	facility Hydrologic Unit Code - 8-digit code assigned USGS
STREAM_SEG	four-character code assigned for facilities by EPA to identify stretches of water from
one significant event to another, where significant event represents the mouth of a
body of water, the confluence of two streams, etc
REC_WATER name of water body into which the effluent is discharged
STREAM_MIL five-character field giving the length of a particular facility stream segment in miles
downstream from the beginning of the stream segment
PERM_AGENC type of Permit issued - indicator whether EPA or state
LIMITJD	facility is considered to be on final effluent limits when the permittee has completed
all necessary construction to achieve the ultimate effluent limitation in the permit
reflecting secondary treatment, best practicable control technology (BPT), best
available technology (BAT), or more stringent limitations, such as state required

-------

limitations or water quality-based limitations, or less stringent limitations established

by a variance or a waiver
BSOURCE
source of LAT/LONG data, either EF or PCS
FLOW_RATE
average flow facility designed to accommodate in million gallons/day
BSEG
three-digit stream segment identifier
PERMJSSUE
date (mmddyy) current permit was issued/signed
INACTIVE
date (mmddyy) on which facility become inactive or active
PERMIT_DAT
date (mmddyy) current permit was issued/signed
PERMIT_EXP
date (mmddyy) current permit will expire
PERMIT_EFF
permit effective date (mmddyy)
PERMIT_MOD
permit modification date (mmddyy)
BCU
cataloging unit assigned from ArcView spatial join with USGS CU
EFF_GUIDE
Effluent Limitation Guidelines (ELG) for the facility
MAJOR_STAT
previous status - indicates the last change and the current value of the major rating

status
APP_TYPE
type of application form the facility submit
Data Product: PCS Sites and Computed Loadings
Related Table Name: Permitted Discharges (cu)
Field Name
Description
PARM
five digit parameter code - usually the STORET parameter code; however, for toxicity

testing parameters, it is a PCS-devised parameter code
NPDES
nine character code used to uniquely identify a permitted NPDES facility
YEAR
year for which the loading was reported
CONC
concentration of loading (lbs/year)
FLOW
conduit based flow at the facility for reported year (MGD)
LOAD
estimated loading calculated with remarked data set to detection limit (lb/year)

-------
CONC FW
ERROR
MONTH
flow-weighted concentration of loading
standard error of loadings
number of months with loadings report
Data Product: PCS Sites and Computed Loadings
Related Table Name: Permitted Discharges Parameter Table
Field Name Description
PARM	five-digit parameter code - usually the STORET parameter code; however, for toxicity
testing parameters, it is a PCS-devised parameter
PARM_NAME parameter name
NUM_NPID number of PCS Facilities that contain this PARM
TOTAL_OBS total number of observations/measurements of this PARM
Data Product: Reach File, Version 1 (RF1)
Layer Name: Reach File, VI
Field Name	Description
SHAPE_ID	MapWindow internal field
HUC	cataloging unit code
FNODE_	Arclnfo internal field
TNODE_	Arclnfo internal field
LPOLY_	Arclnfo internal field
RPOLY_	Arclnfo internal field
LENGTH	Arclnfo internal field
RF1_	Arclnfo internal field
RF1_ID	Arclnfo internal field
SEG	reach segment number

-------
MILEPT	indicates the beginning of the reach
SEQNO	reach sequence number
RFLAG	reach flag "1" is a stream reach
OWFLAG	open water flag "1" is a open water reach
TFLAG	terminal reach flag "1" is a terminal reach
SFLAG	start reach flag "1" is a start reach
TYPE	reach segment type
SEGL	length of the reach in miles
LEV	reach level order
J	reach junction number
K	reach divergence number
PMILE	path mile
ARBSUM	mileage distance upstream from the stream discharge
USDIR	upstream reach direction
TERMID	terminal stream system ID
TRMBLV	terminal base level
PNAME	primary reach name
PNMCD	primary name code
OWNAME	open water name
OWNMCD	open water name code
DSHUC	downstream cataloging unit number
DSSEG	downstream reach segment number
DSMLPT	downstream mile point
MNFLOW	mean flow in the reach in cfs
SVTNFLOW	seven/ten low flow in the reach in cfs

-------
MNVELO
stream velocity in the reach at mean flow in ft/s
SVTNVELO
stream velocity in the reach at seven/ten low flow in ft/s
RIVRCH
reach number
CU
cataloging unit
DESSEQ
downstream segment number
USSEQ
upstream segment number
USDIR
upstream reach direction (L or R)
DSCSM
downstream CU, segment, mile point
CCSM
complement CU, segment, mile point
CDIR
complement bank direction
ULCSM
upstream left CU, segment, mile point
URCSM
upstream right CU, segment, mile point
MDLAT
midpoint latitude
MDLONG
midpoint longitude
PSNPDAT
date of snapshot (yymm); zero if current
PLOWFL
stream-only low flow in cfs
PMEANFL
stream-only mean flow in cfs
PTOPELE
top of reach elevation in feet
PBOTELE
bottom of reach elevation in feet
PSLOPE
slope: NOT DERIVED from elevations
PDEPTH
mean depth (feet)
PWIDTH
mean width (feet)
PTE MP
mean temperature in Celsius
PPH
mean pH
PLOWVEL
total low-flow velocity in cfs

-------
PK1
CBOD decay rate constant (if known)
PK2
reaeration rate constant (if known)
PK3
NH3 decay rate constant (if known)
PMANN
"Roughness" coefficient (if known)
PSOD
sediment oxygen demand in mg/L
PBGDO
background DO in mg/L
PBGNH3
background NH3 in mg/L
PBGBOD5
background CBOD in mg/L
PBGNBOD
background NBOD in mg/L
Data Product: State and County Boundaries
Layer Name: State Boundaries
Field Name
Description
SHAPEJD
MapWindow internal field
AREA
area of polygon in map units
PERIMETER
perimeter of polygon in map units
ST_
Arclnfo internal field
ST_ID_
Arclnfo internal field
ST
state name abbreviation
EPAREG
state region
Data Product: State and County Boundaries
Layer Name: County Boundaries
Field Name
Description
SHAPEJD
MapWindow internal field

-------
AREA
area of polygon in map units
PERIMETER
perimeter of polygon in map units
CNTY_
Arclnfo internal field
CNTY_ID
Arclnfo internal field
FIPS
county FIPS code
ST
state postal abbreviations
CNTYNAME
county name
PLYTYPE
polygon type
WORKB
BASINS internal field
STCOFIPS
state and county FIPS code
BEXT
BASINS internal field
Data Product: State and County Boundaries
Layer Name: County Names
Field Name
Description
SHAPEJD
MapWindow internal field
AREA
area of polygon in map units
PERIMETER
perimeter of polygon in map units
TMP_B_
Arclnfo internal field
TMP_B_ID
Arclnfo internal field
CNTY
Arclnfo internal field
CNTY_ID
Arclnfo internal field
FIPS
county FIPS code
ST
state postal abbreviations
CNTYNAME
county name

-------
PLYTYPE
polygon type
WORKB
BASINS internal field
STCOFIPS
state and county FIPS code
BEXT
BASINS internal field
Data Product: State Soil and Geographic (STATSGO) Database
Layer Name: State Soil
Field Name
Description
SHAPEJD
MapWindow internal field
AREA
area of polygon in map units
PERIMETER
perimeter of polygon in map units
MUID
map unit identification symbol created by concatenation of state FIPS code and a three-

digit Arabic number
Data Product: State Soil and Geographic (STATSGO) Database
Related Table Name: Soil Component Data
Field Name	Description
MUID
map unit identification symbol created by concatenation of state FIPS code and a

three-digit Arabic number
SEQNUM
identifies sequence of components in a map unit
MUIDSEQNUM
concatenation of MUID and sequence number
COMPNAME
soil series name associated with component or sequence number
S5ID
soil interpretation record
COMPPCT
percentage of the component of the map unit
SLOPEL
minimum value for range of slope of a soil component in percent
SLOPEH
maximum value for range of slope of a soil component in percent

-------
SURFTEX
surface layer soil texture using USDA codes
ANFLOOD
annual flooding frequency
WTDEPL
minimum value for range in depth to water table in feet
WTDEPH
maximum value for range in depth to water table in feet
WTKIND
type of water table
ROCKDEPL
minimum value for range in depth to bedrock in inches
ROCKDEPH
maximum value for range in depth to bedrock in inches
HYDGRP
soil hydrologic group
DRAINAGE
soil drainage class identifying natural drainage condition of the soil
HYDRIC
hydric soil rating
CLNIRR
non-irrigated capability class
CLIRR
irrigated capability class
PRIMFML
prime farmland classification
Data Product: State Soil and Geographic (STATSGO) Database
Related Table Name: Soil Layer Data
Field Name
Description
MUID
map unit identification symbol created by concatenation of state FIPS code and a

three-digit Arabic number
SEQNUM
identifies sequence of components in a map unit
MIEDSEQNUM
concatenation of MUID and sequence number
S5ID
soil interpretation record
LAYERNUM
identifies sequence in the soil profile
LAYDEPL
depth to upper boundary of soil layer or horizon in inches
LAYDEPH
depth to lower boundary of soil layer or horizon in inches
TEXTURE1
USDA soil texture class for specified layer

-------
TEXTURE2
USDA soil texture class for specified layer
TEXTURE3
USDA soil texture class for specified layer
KFACT
soil erodibility factor
KFFACT
soil erodibility factor, rock fragments free
TFACT
soil loss tolerance factor
WEG
wind erodibility group
N0200L
percent passing sieve no. 200-minimum value
N0200H
percent passing sieve no. 200-maximum value
CLAYL
percent clay-minimum value
CLAYH
percent clay-maximum value
LLL
minimum percent liquid limit
LLH
maximum percent liquid limit
PIL
minimum percent plasticity limit
PIH
maximum percent plasticity limit
UNIFIED1
Unified Engineering Classification (1)
UNIFIED2
Unified Engineering Classification (2)
UNIFIED3
Unified Engineering Classification (3)
UNIFIED4
Unified Engineering Classification (4)
AASHT01
ASSHTO Engineering Classification (1)
AASHT02
ASSHTO Engineering Classification (2)
AASHT03
ASSHTO Engineering Classification (3)
AASHT04
ASSHTO Engineering Classification (4)
AWCL
low available water capacity (in/in)
AWCH
high available water capacity (in/in)
BDL
low bulk density (g/cc)

-------
BDH
high bulk density (g/cc)
OML
minimum percent organic matter
OMH
maximum percent organic matter
PHL
minimum pH value
PHH
maximum pH value
SALINL
minimum salinity value (mmhos/cm)
SALINH
maximum salinity value (mmhos/cm)
SARL
minimum sodium absorbtion ratio
SARH
maximum sodium absorbtion ratio
CECL
lower cation exchange capacity
CECH
higher cation exchange capacity
CAC03L
minimum percent calcium carbonate
CAC03H
maximum percent calcium carbonate
GYPSUML
minimum percent sulfate
GYPSUMH
maximum percent sulfate
PERML
minimum permeability (in/hr)
PERMH
maximum permeability (in/hr)
SHRINKSW
shrink-swell potential upon drying and wetting
Data Product: Urbanized Areas
Layer Name: Urban Area Boundaries
Field Name Description
SHAPE_ID MapWindow internal field
AREA	area of polygon in map units
PERIMETER perimeter of polygon in map units

-------
TMP_B_
Arclnfo internal field
TMP_B_ID
Arclnfo internal field
POLY_
Arclnfo internal field
POLY_ID
Arclnfo internal field
RINGS_OK
Arclnfo internal field
RINGS_NOK
Arclnfo internal field
URBAN_
Arclnfo internal field
URBANJD
Arclnfo internal field
CITYNAME
urbanized area name
Data Product: Urbanized Areas
Layer Name: Urban Area Names
Field Name
Description
SHAPEJD
MapWindow internal field
AREA
area of polygon in map units
PERIMETER
perimeter of polygon in map units
TMP_B_
Arclnfo internal field
TMP_B_ID
Arclnfo internal field
ANAME_
Arclnfo internal field
UANAMEJD
Arclnfo internal field
UA_CODE
unique code for the urbanized area
CITYNAME
urbanized area name
Data Product: Meteorological Data
Layer Name: Weather Station Sites 2009

-------
Field Name Description
SHAPE_ID	MapWindow internal field
DSN	WDM data set position
LOCATION	location code
STANAM	weather station name
LATITUDE	latitude of weather station in decimal degrees
LONGITUDE	longitude of weather station in decimal degrees
CONSTITUENT	constituent type code
STARTDATE	data of first record in WDM file
ENDDATE	date of last record in WDM file
COUNT	count of data values

-------
Appendix B - Weather Data Files (WDM) Distributed Prior to
Version 4.0
Nonpoint source modeling using BASINS requires the development of a Watershed Data Management
(WDM) file. The WDM file is a binary file containing time-series data for all meteorological parameters
required by Hydrological Simulation Program - FORTRAN (HSPF) algorithms. Section B.l provides a
summary of the general procedure required to develop WDM files. Section B.2 provides a description of
the specific procedures followed during the development of the WDM files provided with BASINS
Version 2.0. Section B.2.1 provides a list of coverages used in the BASINS WDM files development and
Section B.2.2 provides a list of the available weather stations in these files. Note: The WDM files
referenced in this appendix are those distributed with earlier versions of BASINS. These files have been
updated for BASINS 4.0.
B.l Developing WDM Files
• Obtain meteorological data for the desired period. (See Section B.2 for meteorological data sources
used in the BASINS 2.0 - 3.1 WDM files.) BASINS requires data collected at hourly intervals for
nonpoint source modeling, although daily data can be converted to hourly data through the use of
WDMUtil. If all meteorological parameters are not available, WDMUtil can be used to calculate a
number of parameters, including potential evapotranspiration, evaporation, and solar radiation. See
the Meteorological Data Transformations section of the WDMUtil manual for details on
disaggregating daily data to hourly and calculating meteorological parameters. BASINS currently
supports the use of standard U.S. units. The required input data and units are as follows:
Data Description	U.S. Units
Measured air temperature	deg. F
Measured precipitation	in/hr
Measured dewpoint temperature deg. F
Measured wind movement	mph
Measured solar radiation	Ly/hr
Cloud cover (range: 0-10)	tenths
Potential evapotranspiration	in/hr
Potential surface evaporation	in/hr
• Using the WDMUtil program, either create a new, or open an existing, WDM file. Using the Import
feature of WDMUtil, read the meteorological data into WDM data sets. For details on these steps
see the Data Access and Selection section of the WDMUtil manual.

-------
•	Perform quality assurance checks on imported meteorological data. Due to the nature of the HSPF
model, every parameter but measured precipitation must have a value for each record during the
entire time period of the file. For measured precipitation, a value must be present for every hour of
each day precipitation was recorded. If data are missing, appropriate values must be assigned. The
Summarize Data function in WDMUtil identifies and reports missing data values for WDM data sets.
B.2 BASINS WDM Files
WDM files, providing meteorological coverage for the United States and U.S. territories were prepared
for BASINS 2.0 - 3.1 through the following steps:
•	Data were obtained from the following sources.
•	Hourly observed precipitation data for the United States and U.S. territories were obtained from the
National Climatic Data Center (NCDC) Hourly and Fifteen Minute Precipitation database, compiled
by Earthlnfo, Inc. This four CD-ROM data set contains precipitation data from NCDC's TD-3240 file.
Included in the database are over 6000 weather stations with recorded precipitation for the general
period of 1948-1995.
•	Hourly surface observation data for the United States and U.S. territories were obtained from
NCDC's Solar and Meteorological Surface Observational Network (SAMSON) and Hourly U.S.
Weather Observations 1990-1995 (HUSWO) databases. SAMSON is a three CD-ROM data set
containing both observational and modeled hourly solar radiation data, as well as hourly cloud
cover, drybulb temperature, dewpoint temperature, and wind movement data from 237 NWS
stations for the period of 1961-1990. The HUSWO data set, contained on a single CD-ROM, updates
meteorological data from the SAMSON data set, excluding solar radiation data for the period of
1990-1995.
•	The remaining parameters potential evapotranspiration, evaporation, and solar radiation (for the
period of 1991-1995) were calculated using METCMP.
•	A coverage of WDM weather stations for BASINS 2.0 was created in ArcView using latitude and
longitude coordinates from selected weather stations included in NCDC's Hourly and Fifteen Minute
Precipitation database. These stations, which included the precipitation data, were then assigned
meteorological data from the set of NWS stations available from the SAMSON data set. The
selection of weather stations used to create the WDM station coverage, as well as the assignment of
meteorological data to these stations, was performed in ArcView using an array of GIS coverages.
This was done to provide a spatially distributed coverage of the United States and U.S. territories,
based on information relating to annual rainfall, climatic divisions in the conterminous United
States, completeness of weather station data, elevation, physical divisions in the conterminous
United States, and proximity to NWS stations. A complete list of the ArcView coverages used in the
selection of WDM weather stations is detailed in B.2.2.a. The resulting ArcView coverage consisted
of 477 WDM weather stations for the United States and U.S. territories. This coverage was then
divided by EPA regions. EPA regional coverage included WDM weather stations that closely

-------
bordered the region or were contained within HUCs intersecting the region. A complete list of the
WDM stations is included in B.2.2.b.
•	The data were extracted and converted into a sequential time-series format.
•	Hourly precipitation data were extracted from the Earthlnfo, Inc., NCDC Hourly and Fifteen Minute
Precipitation database by exporting data for individual stations into ASCII tabular formatted files.
These raw data were then preprocessed through a FORTRAN program for conversion to a sequential
file format. Missing precipitation data were assigned appropriate values. A value of 0.0 was normally
used where no reading was available. Preprocessing also included the identification and editing of
rainfall accumulation values within the file. Rainfall accumulation values occurred where hourly
precipitation values for a time period were not recorded. The following assumptions and
corresponding actions refer to rainfall accumulation data.
•	If an accumulation value was recorded for an accumulation period of 24 hours, then the
accumulation value was divided by the number of hours in the period.
•	If the resulting hourly value was 0.01 in. and.TXT).
•	If the resulting hourly value was.TXT).
•	If the resulting hourly value was 2.0 in., then each hour in the accumulation period was given a value
of 0.0 in. The accumulation value is additionally deleted from the record. This prevented the
existence of a large spike precipitation value in the data (which in all situations was 4.0 in. for the
accumulation period). The state code and station identifier number, the accumulation period end
date and hour, accumulation value, number of hours in the accumulation period, and "Calculated
Value > 2.0, Accumulated Value Deleted" were listed in a text file (BASINS\DATA\MET-DATA\.TXT).
•	If an accumulation value was recorded for an accumulation period of > 24 hours, then the
accumulation value was not distributed evenly over the accumulation period.
•	If the accumulation value was 24 hrs and Observed Value.TXT).
•	If the accumulation value was 2.0 in., then the value was deleted from the record. The state code
and station identifier number, the accumulation period end date and hour, accumulation value,
number of hours in the accumulation period, and "Accumulation Interval > 24 hrs and Observed
Value > 2 Accumulated Value Deleted" were listed in a text file (BASINS\DATA\MET-DATA\.TXT).
Hourly meteorological data were extracted from NOAA's Solar and Meteorological Surface
Observational Network (SAMSON) database by exporting the yearly data files for an individual station
from a CD ROM and unzipping them into an ASCII text file. These raw data were then preprocessed
through a FORTRAN program to organize the data into a sequential time-series format, convert the data
into U.S. units, and calculate daily variables required by METCMP for the estimation of Solar Radiation
(for the years 1991-95), Pan Evaporation, and Potential Evapotranspiration.
Hourly data files included:

-------
•	ATEM - average hourly air temperature
•	WIND - average hourly wind speed
•	SOLR - total hourly solar radiation
•	DEWP - average hourly dew point temperature
•	CLOU - average hourly cloud cover
Daily data files included:
•	TMAX - maximum daily air temperature
•	TMIN - minimum daily air temperature
•	DWND - total daily wind movement
•	DSOL - total daily solar radiation
•	DPTP - average daily dew point temperature
•	DCLO - average daily cloud cover
Due to the nature of the data, missing data was assigned the previously recorded value.
Data conversions included:
•	ATEM and DEWP from C to F
•	WIND from m/s to mph
•	SOLR from Wh/m2 to Langleys (calories/cm2)
Data calculations included:

-------
•	TMAX from ATEM
•	TMIN from ATEM
•	DCLO from CLOU
•	DPTP from DEWP
•	DSOLfrom SOLR
•	DWND from WIND
WDM files were created using the import capabilities of HSPF. The WDM files allocated 20 data set
fields relating to specific meteorological parameters for each WDM station. The following list displays
data sets and a brief description of the information contained in each data set, for a template WDM file
used to import both hourly and daily data sets for 10 WDM stations.
Data set Fields Data set Data set Numbers Description Parameter
1
PREC
(11,31,51,...191)
hourly precipitation
2
EVAP
(12,32,52,...192)
hourly evaporation
3
ATEM
(13,33,53,...193)
hourly temperature
4
WIND
(14,34,54,...194)
hourly windspeed
5
SOLR
(15,35,55,...195)
hourly solar radiation
6
PEVT
(16,36,56,...196)
hourly potential evapotranspiration
7
DEWP
(17,37,57,...197)
hourly dewpoint temperature
8
CLOU
(18,38,58,...198)
hourly cloud cover
9
TMAX
(19,39,59,...199)
daily maximum temperature
10
TMIN
(20,40,60,...200)
daily minimum temperature
11
DWND
(21,41,61,...201)
daily windspeed
12
DCLO
(22,42,62,...202)
daily cloud cover
13
DPTP
(23,43,63,...203)
daily dewpoint temperature

-------
14
DSOL (24,44,64,...204) daily solar radiation
15
DEVT (25,45,65,...205) daily evapotranspiration
16
DEVP (26,46,66,...206) daily evaporation
17
(27,47,67,...207) empty
18
(28,48,68,...208) empty
19
(29,49,69,...209) empty
20
(30,50,70,...210) empty
Once time-series data for precipitation and other meteorological data were imported into WDM file
data sets, additional meteorological time-series data were created. This was done using METCMP
(computer program for meteorological data generation - HSPF). METCMP enables a user to calculate
additional meteorological time-series data required by HSPF algorithms, as well as disaggregate daily
time-series data into hourly time-series data for certain meteorological parameters.
•	Daily solar radiation for the period 1991-1995 was computed in METCMP using daily cloud cover
(DCLO) as an input. The daily solar radiation time-series was placed in the DSOL data set. The
METCMP disaggregate function then was used to distribute daily solar radiation into hourly values.
Hourly solar radiation values were placed in the SOLR data set.
•	Daily pan evaporation was computed using the Penman Method in METCMP. Required inputs were:
daily maximum (TMAX) and daily minimum (TMIN) temperatures, daily dewpoint temperature
(DPTP), daily wind movement (DWND), and daily solar radiation (DSOL). Daily evapotransporation
was placed in the DEVP data set. Daily evaporation was distributed into hourly values using the
disaggregate function. Hourly evaporation values were placed in the EVAP data set.
•	Daily potential evapotranspiration was computed using the Hamon Method in METCMP. Required
inputs were: daily maximum (TMAX) and daily minimum (TMIN) temperatures. Daily
evapotranspiration was placed in the DEVT data set. Daily potential evapotranspiration was
distributed into hourly values using the disaggregate function. Hourly potential evapotranspiration
values were placed in the PEVT data set.

-------
B.2.1 Coverages used in BASINS WDM File Development
• A coverage of cooperative network stations from NCDC's Hourly and Fifteen Minute Precipitation
database data set created using latitude and longitude coordinates. The information in this coverage
includes:
Station ID#
a cooperative network index number between 1-9999.
State
the state's 2-digit postal code.
Station name
NCDC's assigned station name.
Begin date
first month, day, and year of the period of record.
End date
last month, day, and year of the period of record.
Elevation
meters above sea level (this was converted to feet).
Latitude

in degrees and minutes

(always North) (this was

converted to decimal

degrees).

Longitude
in degrees and minutes (always west) (this was converted to decimal

degrees).
Recorded years
the number of years with recorded data (there may be gaps).
Percent coverage
percent of the days between begin and end dates that have reported

data.
Precipitation data
a column denoting the database containing the hourly precipitation

data.
Relate column
an empty column reserved for the ID# of the NOAA weather station

containing meteorological data that will be assigned to the station.
• A coverage of National Weather Service stations from NOAA's Solar and Meteorological Surface
Observation Network (SAMSON) data set created using latitude and longitude coordinates. The
information included in this coverage included:

-------
Station ID#
the stations Weather Bureau Army Navy number.
State
the state's 2 digit postal code.
Station name
NCDC's assigned station name.
Timezone
lagged by universal time.
Elevation
meters above sea level (this was converted to feet).
Latitude
in degrees and minutes (always North) (this was converted to decimal degrees).
Longitude
in degrees and minutes (always west) (this was converted to decimal degrees).
Evap data
a column denoting the database containing the hourly evaporation data.
Temp data
a column denoting the database containing the hourly temperature data.
Wind data
a column denoting the database containing the hourly windspeed data.
Solar data
a column denoting the database containing the hourly solar radiation data.
Pevt data
a column denoting the database containing the hourly potential evapotranspiration

data.
Dew pt data
a column denoting the database containing the hourly dew point temperature data.
Cloud data
a column denoting the database containing the hourly cloud cover data.
•	A coverage of the U.S. state boundaries provided by ESRI on-line ArcData (www.esri.com).
•	A coverage of annual precipitation for North America provided by ESRI on-line ArcData
(www.esri.com). This data set was intended as a thematic data layer representing average annual
precipitation, in millimeters per year, for North America.
•	A coverage of Climate Divisions provided by the National Climatic Data Center (NCDC). This coverage
was used to display seasonal maps of precipitation and temperature for the conterminous United
States.
•	A coverage of Hydrologic Unit Boundaries and Codes provided by the National Climatic Data Center
(NCDC). This data set was used to display drainage basins for the conterminous United States.
•	A coverage of Physiographic Divisions in the conterminous United States provided by the National
Climatic Data Center (NCDC). It was automated from Fennemans l:7,000,000-scale map, "Physical
Divisions of the United States," which is based on eight major divisions, 25 provinces, and 86
sections representing distinctive areas having common topography, rock types and structure, and
geologic and geomorphic history.

-------
• A coverage of average annual runoff in the conterminous United States, 1951-1980 provided by the
National Climatic Data Center (NCDC). This coverage is intended as a thematic data layer
representing average annual runoff, in inches per year, for the conterminous United States.
Appropriate maps of the data can show the geographical distribution of runoff in tributary streams
for the years 1951-80 and can describe the magnitudes and variations of runoff nationwide. The
data was prepared to reflect the runoff of tributary streams rather than in major rivers in order to
represent more accurately the local or small-scale variation in runoff with precipitation and other
geographical characteristics.
B.2.2 BASINS WDM Files Weather Station List
State Sta # Sta Name
COOPJD Lat_dd Long_dd
AK	1	ANCHORAGE WSCMOAP	280	61.1667	-150.017
AK	2	ANNETTE WSO AIRPORT	352	55.0333	-131.567
AK	3	COLD BAY WSO AIRPORT	2102	55.2	-162.717
AK	4	FAIRBANKS WSO AIRPOR	2968	64.8167	-147.867
AK	5	KING SALMON WSO AP	4766	58.6833	-156.65
AK	6	MCGRATH WSO AIRPORT	5769	62.9667	-155.617
AK	7	ST PAUL ISLAND WSO A	8118	57.15	-170.217
AK	8	YAKUTAT WSO AIRPORT	9941	59.5167	-139.667
AL	1	ABBEVILLE 1NNW	8	31.5833	-85.2833
AL	2	BIRMINGHAM FAAARPT	831	33.5667	-86.7
AL	3	DADEVILLE 2	2124	32.8333	-85.75

-------
AL	4	HALEYVILLE	3620	34.2333	-87.6333
AL	5	HUNTSVILLE WSO AP	4064	34.65	-86.7833
AL	6	JACKSONVILLE	4209	33.8167	-85.7667
AL	7	MOBILE WSO ARPT	5478	30.6833	-88.25
AL	8	MONTGOMERY WSO ARPT	5550	32.3	-86.4
AL	9	THOMASVILLE	8178	31.9167	-87.7333
AL	10	TUSCALOOSA OLIVER DA	8385	33.2167	-87.6
AR	1	ALUM FORK	130	34.8	-92.85
AR	2	BATESVILLE LIVESTOCK	458	35.8333	-91.7667
AR	3	BULL SHOALS DAM	1020	36.3667	-92.5667
AR	4	CLARKSVILLE 6 NE	1457	35.5333	-93.4
AR	5	EUREKA SPRINGS 3 WNW	2356	36.4167	-93.7833
AR	6	FORT SMITH WSO AIRPO	2574	35.3333	-94.3667
AR	7	MENA	4756	34.5667	-94.2667
AR	8	MILLWOOD DAM	4839	33.6833	-93.9833
AR	9	MONTICELLO 3 SW	4900	33.6	-91.8
AR	10	STUTTGART 9 ESE	6920	34.4667	-91.4167
AZ	1	AJO	80	32.3667	-112.867
AZ	2	COCHISE 4 SSE	1870	32.0667	-109.9
AZ	3	FLAGSTAFF AP	3010	35.1333	-111.667
AZ	4	KEAMS CANYON	4586	35.8167	-110.2
AZ	5	PAYSON	6323	34.2333	-111.333
AZ	6	PHOENIX AIRPORT	6481	33.4333	-111.983
AZ	7	TUCSON WSO AP	8820	32.1333	-110.933
AZ	8	TUWEEP	8895	36.2833	-113.067

-------
AZ	9	WHITERIVER1SW	9271	33.8167	-109.983
AZ	10	YUMAWSOAP	9660	32.6667	-114.6
CA	1	BAKERSFIELD AP	442	35.4333	-119.05
CA	2	BLUE CANYON	897	39.2833	-120.7
CA	3	EUREKA WFO WOODLEYI	2910	40.8	-124.167
CA	4	FRESNO AIR TERMINAL	3257	36.7833	-119.717
CA	5	LOS ANGELES WSO ARPT	5114	33.9333	-118.4
CA	6	SACRAMENTO FAA ARPT	7630	38.5167	-121.5
CA	7	SAN DIEGO WSO AIRPOR	7740	32.7333	-117.167
CA	8	SAN FRANCISCO WSO AP	7769	37.6167	-122.383
CA	9	SANTA MARIA WSO ARPT	7946	34.9	-120.45
CA	10	YOSEMITE PARKHDQTRS	9855	37.75	-119.583
CO 1	AKRON 4 E	109	40.15	-103.15
CO 2	ALAMOSA WSO AP	130	37.45	-105.867
CO 3	BOULDER 2	843	40.0333	-105.283
CO 4	COLORADO SPRINGS WSO	1778	38.8167	-104.717
CO 5	GRAND JUNCTION WSO A	3488	39.1	-108.5
CO 6	KIM 15 NNE	4538	37.45	-103.317
CO 7	NUNN	6023	40.7	-104.783
CO 8	PUEBLO WSO AP	6740	38.2833	-104.5
CO 9	SUGARLOAF RESERVOIR	8064	39.25	-106.367
CO 10	TELLURIDE 4 WNW	8204	37.95	-107.867
CT	1	BRIDGEPORT SIKORSKY	806	41.1667	-73.1333
CT	2	HARTFORD BRADLEY AP	3456	41.9333	-72.6833
CT	3	JEWETT CITY	3857	41.6333	-71.9

-------
CT 4	THOMASTON DAM	8330	41.7	-73.05
DE 1	GEORGETOWN 5 SW	3570	38.6333	-75.45
DE 2	WlLMINGTN NEWCASTLE	9595	39.6667	-75.6
1	DAYTONA BEACH REG AP	2158	29.1833	-81.05
2	JACKSONVILLE INTLAP	4358	30.4833	-81.7
3	KEY WEST INTL ARPT	4570	24.55	-81.75
4	MIAMI INTL ARPT	5663	25.8	-80.3
5	NICEVILLE	6240	30.5167	-86.5
6	ORTONA LOCK 2	6657	26.7833	-81.3
7	RAIFORD STATE PRISON	7440	30.0667	-82.1833
8	TALLAHASSEE MUNI AP	8758	30.3833	-84.3667
9	TAMPA INTL ARPT	8788	27.9667	-82.5333
10	W PALM BEACH INTL AP	9525	26.6833	-80.1167
GA 1	ATHENS MUNI AP	435	33.95	-83.3167
GA 2	ATLANTA HARTSFIELD	451	33.65	-84.4333
GA 3	AUGUSTA BUSH FIELD	495	33.3667	-81.9667
GA 4	CALHOUN EXP STATION	1474	34.4833	-84.9667
GA 5	COLUMBUS METRO AP	2166	32.5167	-84.95
GA 6	DAHLONEGA3 NNW	2479	34.5833	-84
GA 7	EDISON	3028	31.5667	-84.7333
GA 8	JESUP	4671	31.6167	-81.8833
GA 9	MACON LEWIS B WILSON	5443	32.7	-83.65
GA 10	SAVANNAH INTL AP	7847	32.1333	-81.2
HI 1	HILO WSO AP 87	1492	19.7167	-155.067
HI 2	HONOLULU WSFO AP 703	1919	21.3333	-157.917

-------
HI	3	KAHULUIWSO AP398	2572	20.9	-156.433
HI	4	KANALOHULUHULU 1075	3099	22.1333	-159.667
HI	5	KEAIWA CAMP 22.1	3925	19.2333	-155.483
HI	6	KUALAPUU 534	4778	21.15	-157.033
HI	7	LALAMILO FLDOF 191.	5260	20.0167	-155.683
HI	8	LIHUE WSO AP 1020.1	5580	21.9833	-159.35
HI	9	PAAKEA 350	7194	20.8167	-156.117
HI	10	PUNALUU PUMP 905.2	8314	21.5833	-157.9
IA	1	CENTERVILLE	1354	40.7333	-92.8667
IA	2	DES MOINES AP	2203	41.5333	-93.6667
IA	3	IRWIN 3 ESE	4174	41.7833	-95.15
IA	4	LARRABEE	4644	42.8667	-95.55
IA	5	LENOX	4746	40.8833	-94.5667
IA	6	MCGREGOR	5315	43.0167	-91.1833
IA	7	MOUNT PLEASANT 1SSW	5796	40.95	-91.5667
IA	8	STANSGAR	7326	43.3833	-92.9167
IA	9	SIOUX CITY AP	7708	42.4	-96.3833
IA	10	WATERLOO WSO AP	8706	42.55	-92.4
ID	1	BOISE WSFO AIRPORT	1022	43.5667	-116.217
ID	2	CALDER	1370	47.2667	-116.183
ID	3	CASCADE 1 NW	1514	44.5333	-116.05
ID	4	FENN RANGER STATION	3143	46.1167	-115.567
ID	5	GOODING IS	3677	42.9167	-114.7
ID	6	GRASMERE 3 S	3811	42.3333	-115.883
ID	7	LEADORE	5169	44.6833	-113.367

-------
ID 8	POCATELLO WSO AP	7211	42.9167	-112.6
ID 9	SANDPOINT EXP STATIO	8137	48.2833	-116.567
ID 10	TETONIA EXPERIMENTS	9065	43.85	-111.267
1	AUGUSTA	330	40.2333	-90.95
2	BELLEVILLE SIU RESEA	510	38.5167	-89.85
3	CHICAGO MIDWAY AP 3	1577	41.7333	-87.7833
4	MOLINE WSO AP	5751	41.4333	-90.5
5	MURPHYSBORO 2 SW	5983	37.7667	-89.3667
6	NEWTON 6 SSE	6159	38.9167	-88.1167
7	PEORIA WSO AIRPORT	6711	40.6667	-89.6833
8	PIPER CITY	6819	40.7	-88.1833
9	ROCKFORD WSO AP	7382	42.2	-89.1
10	SPRINGFIELD WSO AP	8179	39.85	-89.6833
IN 1	EVANSVILLE WSO AP	2738	38.05	-87.5333
IN 2	FORT WAYNE WSO AP	3037	41	-85.2
IN 3	INDIANAPOLIS WSFO AP	4259	39.7333	-86.2667
IN 4	PERU WASTE WATER PLA	6864	40.75	-86.0667
IN 5	RICHMOND WTRWKS	7370	39.8833	-84.8833
IN 6	SHOALS HI WAY 50 BRID	8036	38.6667	-86.8
IN 7	SOUTH BEND WSO AP	8187	41.75	-86.1667
IN 8	VALPARAISO WATERWORK 8999	41.5167	-87.0333
IN 9	VERSAILLES WATERWORK	9069	39.0667	-85.25
IN 10	WEST LAFAYETTE 6 NW	9430	40.4667	-87
KS 1	BIG BOW 4 WSW	802	37.55	-101.633
KS 2	COLLYER10 S	1730	38.9	-100.117

-------
KS	3	COLUMBUS 1SW	1740	37.1667	-94.85
KS	4	CONCORDIA WSO ARPT	1767	39.55	-97.65
KS	5	DODGE CITY WFOAP	2164	37.7667	-99.9667
KS	6	FALL RIVER LAKE	2686	37.65	-96.0833
KS	7	GOODLAND WFO	3153	39.3667	-101.7
KS	8	PHILLIPSBURG1SSE	6374	39.7333	-99.3167
KS	9	TOPEKAWSFO AIRPORT	8167	39.0667	-95.6333
KS	10	WICHITA WSO ARPT	8830	37.65	-97.4333
KY	1	BUCKHORN LAKE	1080	37.35	-83.3833
KY	2	CLINTON 4 S	1631	36.6167	-88.9667
KY	3	COVINGTON WSO AIRPOR 1855	39.05	-84.6667
KY	4	HODGENVILLE-LINCOLN	3929	37.5333	-85.7333
KY	5	LEXINGTON WSO AIRPOR	4746	38.0333	-84.6
KY	6	LOUISA 2 S	4946	38.1167	-82.6
KY	7	LOUISVILLE WSFOAP	4954	38.1833	-85.7333
KY	8	PADUCAH WALKER BOAT	6117	37.05	-88.55
KY	9	SOMERSET 2 NE	7508	37.1167	-84.6
KY	10	WOODBURY	8824	37.1833	-86.6333
LA	1	ALEXANDRIA	98	31.3167	-92.4667
LA	2	BATON ROUGE WSO AP	549	30.5333	-91.1333
LA	3	CALHOUN RESEARCH STN	1411	32.5167	-92.3333
LA	4	LAFAYETTE	5021	30.2167	-92.0667
LA	5	LAKE CHARLES AP	5078	30.1333	-93.2167
LA	6	MORGAN CITY	6394	29.6833	-91.1833
LA	7	NATCHITOCHES	6582	31.7667	-93.1

-------
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
NEW ORLEANS WSCMO AR
SHREVEPORT AP
WINNSBORO 5 SSE
BIRCH HILL DAM
BOSTON LOGAN INTLAP
BRIDGEWATER
HYANNIS
KNIGHTVILLE DAM
NEW BEDFORD
PROVINCETOWN
WORCESTER MUNI AP
BALT-WASHGTN INTLAP
BELTSVILLE
HANCOCK
SAVAGE RIVER DAM
UNIONVILLE
AUGUSTA
CARIBOU MUNI ARPT
CLAYTON LAKE
EASTPORT
GRAND LAKE STREAM
MILLINOCKET
ORONO 2
PORTLAND INTL JETPRT
ROCKLAND 1 W
29.9833	-90.25
32.45	-93.8167
32.1	-91.7167
42.6333	-72.1167
42.3667	-71.0333
41.95	-70.95
41.6667	-70.3
42.2833	-72.8667
41.6333	-70.9333
42.05	-70.1833
42.2667	-71.8667
39.1833	-76.6667
39.0333	-76.8833
39.7	-78.1833
39.5167	-79.1333
39.45	-77.1833
44.3	-69.7833
46.8667	-68.0167
46.6167	-69.5333
44.9167	-67
45.1833	-67.7833
45.65	-68.7
44.8833	-68.6667
43.65	-70.3
44.1	-69.1167
6660
8440
9806
666
770
840
3821
3985
5246
6681
9923
465
700
4030
8065
9030
273
1175
1472
2426
3261
5304
6435
6905
7255

-------
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
SKOWHEGAN
ALPENA WSO AIRPORT
BERRIEN SPRINGS 5 W
DETROIT CITY AIRPORT
FLINT WSCMO
GRAND RAPIDS WSFO
HANCOCK MCLAINSTPK
LANSING WSO AIRPORT
MUSKEGON WSO AIRPORT
SAULTSTE MARIE WSO
TRAVERSE CITY
DULUTH WSO AP
INT FALLS WSO AP
MINNEAPOLIS WSFO AP
ROCHESTER WSO AP
ST CLOUD WSO AP
SHERBURN 3 WSW
THIEF LAKE REFUGE
TRACY
WINNIBIGOSHISH DAM
WINTON POWER PLANT
COLUMBIA AIRPORT
KANSAS CITY WSMO AP
NEVADA WATER PLANT
PATTONSBURG 2S
44.7667	-69.7167
45.0667	-83.5667
41.9667	-86.4333
42.4167	-83.0167
42.9667	-83.75
42.8833	-85.5167
47.2333	-88.6167
42.7667	-84.6
43.1667	-86.25
46.4667	-84.35
44.7667	-85.5667
46.8333	-92.2167
48.5667	-93.3833
44.8833	-93.2167
43.9167	-92.5
45.55	-94.0667
43.6333	-94.7667
48.4833	-95.95
44.2333	-95.6333
47.4333	-94.0667
47.9333	-91.7667
38.8167	-92.2167
39.3167	-94.7167
37.8333	-94.3667
40.0333	-94.1333
7827
164
735
2102
2846
3333
3551
4641
5712
7366
8246
2248
4026
5435
7004
7294
7602
8235
8323
9059
9101
1791
4358
5987
6563

-------
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
ROLLA UNI OF MISSOUR
ST LOUIS WSCMO AIRPO
SPRINGFIELD REG AP
STEFFENVILLE
WAPPAPELLO DAM
WEST PLAINS
ARKABUTLA DAM
BOONEVILLE
CALHOUN CITY 2 NW
CLEVELAND 3 N
JACKSON WSFO AIRPORT
LEAKESVILLE
LEXINGTON 2 NNW
MERIDIAN WSO ARPT
RUTH 1SE
SAUCIER EXP FOREST
BILLINGS WSO
CLARK CANYON DAM
CUT BANK FCWOS
GLASGOW WSO AIRPORT
GREAT FALLS WSCMO Al
HELENA WSO
HILGER
ISMAY
KALISPELL WSO AIRPOR
37.95	-91.7833
38.75	-90.3667
37.2333	-93.3833
39.9667	-91.8833
36.9333	-90.2833
36.75	-91.8333
34.75	-90.1333
34.6667	-88.5667
33.8667	-89.35
33.8	-90.7167
32.3167	-90.0833
31.15	-88.55
33.1333	-90.0667
32.3333	-88.75
31.3667	-90.3
30.6333	-89.05
45.8	-108.533
45	-112.867
48.6	-112.367
48.2167	-106.617
47.4833	-111.367
46.6	-112
47.25	-109.35
46.5	-104.8
48.3	-114.267
7263
7455
7976
8051
8700
8880
237
955
1314
1743
4472
4966
5062
5776
7714
7840
807
1781
2173
3558
3751
4055
4143
4442
4558

-------
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
MISSOULA WSO AP
ASHEVILLE REGIONL AP
CAPE HATTERAS NWS
CHARLOTTE DOUGLAS AP
ELIZABETH CITY
GRNSBR,HGH PT,W-S AP
HELTON
LAURINBURG
MOREHEAD CITY 2 WNW
RALEIGH DURHAM AP
WILMINGTON NEW HANVR
ASHLEY
BALDHILL DAM
BISMARCK WSFO AP
BOWMAN
FARGO WSO AP
MINOT EXPERIMENT STN
RICHARDTON ABBEY
ROLETTE
TROTTERS 3 SSE
WILLISTON WSO
AMELIA 2 W
EDISON
GRAND ISLAND WSO AP
HEBRON
46.9333	-114.1
35.4333	-82.55
35.2667	-75.55
35.2167	-80.9333
36.3167	-76.2
36.0833	-79.95
36.55	-81.5
34.75	-79.45
34.7333	-76.7333
35.8667	-78.7833
34.2667	-77.9
46.0333	-99.3667
47.0333	-98.0833
46.7667	-100.75
46.1833	-103.4
46.9333	-96.8167
48.1833	-101.3
46.8833	-102.317
48.6667	-99.8333
47.2833	-103.9
48.1833	-103.633
42.2333	-98.95
40.2833	-99.7833
40.9667	-98.3167
40.1667	-97.5833
5745
300
1458
1690
2719
3630
3957
4860
5830
7069
9457
382
450
819
995
2859
5993
7530
7655
8812
9425
180
2560
3395
3735

-------
NE	5	MALM0 3E	5112	41.2667	-96.65
NE	6	NORFOLK AIRPORT	5995	41.9833	-97.4333
NE	7	NORTH PLATTE WSO ARP	6065	41.1333	-100.7
NE	8	OSHKOSH 10 NE	6386	41.5	-102.183
NE	9	SCOTTSBLUFF AP	7665	41.8667	-103.6
NE	10	VALENTINE WSO AP	8760	42.8833	-100.55
NH	1	BRISTOL	998	43.6	-71.7167
NH	2	CONCORD MUNI AP	1683	43.2	-71.5
NH	3	DURHAM	2174	43.15	-70.95
NH	4	ERROL	2842	44.7833	-71.1333
NH	5	LINCOLN	4732	44.05	-71.6667
NH	6	MOUNT WASHINGTON	5639	44.2667	-71.3
NH	7	NEW DURHAM 3 NNW	5780	43.4833	-71.1833
NH	8	NORTH STRATFORD	6234	44.75	-71.6333
NH	9	PITTSBURG RESERVOIR	6856	45.05	-71.3833
NH	10	SURRY MOUNTAIN LAKE	8539	43	-72.3167
NJ	1	ATLANTIC CITY INT AP	311	39.45	-74.5667
NJ	2	CAPE MAY 2 NW	1351	38.95	-74.9333
NJ	3	CLINTON 2 N	1754	40.6667	-74.9167
NJ	4	GLASSBORO 2 W	3291	39.7	-75.1167
NJ	5	NEWARK INTLARPT	6026	40.7	-74.1667
NJ	6	NEW BRUNSWICK 3 SE	6055	40.4667	-74.4333
NJ	7	SPRINGFIELD	8423	40.7167	-74.3167
NJ	8	WANAQUE RAYMOND DAM 9187	41.05	-74.3
NJ	9	WATCHUNG	9271	40.6667	-74.4167

-------
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
WINDSOR
ALBUQUERQUE WSFO AIR
ANIMAS
AUGUSTINE 2 E
CARLSBAD
CARRIZOZO 1 SW
CUBA
DURAN
JORNADA EXP RANGE
OCATE 2 NW
TUCUMCARI 4 NE
BEATTY 8 N
CONTACT
ELKO FCWOS
ELY ASOS
LAS VEGAS AP
LEONARD CREEK RANCH
PAHRANAGAT W L REFUG
RENO AIRPORT
SMOKEY VALLEY
WINNEMUCCA AIRPORT
ALBANY COUNTY AP
BINGHAMTON LINK FLD
BUFFALO GRBUFFLO AP
CANTON 4 SE
40.25	-74.5833
35.05	-106.617
31.95	-108.817
34.0833	-107.617
32.4333	-104.25
33.6333	-105.883
36.0167	-106.967
34.4667	-105.4
32.6167	-106.733
36.2	-105.067
35.2	-103.683
37	-116.717
41.7667	-114.75
40.8333	-115.8
39.2833	-114.85
36.0833	-115.167
41.5167	-118.717
37.2667	-115.117
39.5	-119.783
38.7833	-117.167
40.9	-117.8
42.75	-73.8
42.2167	-75.9833
42.9333	-78.7333
44.5667	-75.1167
9761
234
417
640
1469
1515
2241
2665
4426
6275
9156
718
1905
2573
2631
4436
4527
5880
6779
7620
9171
42
687
1012
1185

-------
NY	5	NEW YORK CNTRL PARK	5801	40.7833	-73.9667
NY	6	OLD FORGE	6184	43.7167	-74.9833
NY	7	ROCHESTER INTLAP	7167	43.1333	-77.6667
NY	8	SYRACUSE HANCOCK AP	8383	43.1167	-76.1167
NY	9	WELLSVILLE	9072	42.1167	-77.95
NY	10	WHITEHALL	9389	43.55	-73.4
OH	1	AKRON CANTON WSO AP	58	40.9167	-81.4333
OH	2	CLEVELAND WSFO AP	1657	41.4167	-81.8667
OH	3	COLUMBUS WSO AIRPORT	1786	40	-82.8833
OH	4	DAYTON WSO AIRPORT	2075	39.9	-84.2
OH	5	MANSFIELD WSO AP	4865	40.8167	-82.5167
OH	6	PANDORA	6405	40.95	-83.9667
OH	7	PORTSMOUTH SCIOTOVIL	6781	38.75	-82.8833
OH	8	TOLEDO EXPRESS WSO A	8357	41.6	-83.8
OH	9	TOM JENKINS DAM-BURR	8378	39.55	-82.0667
OH	10	YOUNGSTOWN WSO AP	9406	41.25	-80.6667
OK	1	CARTER TOWER	1544	34.2667	-94.7833
OK	2	FORT SUPPLY DAM	3304	36.55	-99.5833
OK	3	GOODWELL RESEARCH ST	3628	36.6	-101.617
OK	4	GREAT SALT PLAINS DA	3740	36.75	-98.1333
OK	5	LEHIGH	5108	34.4667	-96.2167
OK	6	MAYFIELD	5648	35.3333	-99.8667
OK	7	OKLAHOMA CITY AIRPOR	6661	35.3833	-97.6
OK	8	TULSA INTL AIRPORT	8992	36.2	-95.8833
OK	9	WEBBERS FALLS DAM	9450	35.55	-95.1667

-------
OK	10	WICHITA MTNWLREF	9629	34.7333	-98.7167
OR	1	ALLEGANY	126	43.4333	-124.033
OR	2	ASTORIA WSO AIRPORT	328	46.15	-123.883
OR	3	BEULAH	723	43.9167	-118.167
OR	4	EUGENE WSO AIRPORT	2709	44.1167	-123.217
OR	5	LA GRANDE	4622	45.3167	-118.067
OR	6	MEDFORD WSO AP	5429	42.3833	-122.883
OR	7	OCHOCO DAM	6238	44.3	-120.733
OR	8	PENDLETON WSO AIRPOR	6546	45.6833	-118.85
OR	9	PORTLAND INTL AIRPOR	6751	45.6	-122.617
OR	10	SALEM WSO AIRPORT	7500	44.9167	-123
PA	1	ALLENTOWN A-B-E INTL	106	40.65	-75.4333
PA	2	ALVIN R BUSH DAM	147	41.3667	-77.9333
PA	3	ERIE INTL ARPT	2682	42.0833	-80.1833
PA	4	JOHNSTOWN 2	4390	40.3167	-78.9167
PA	5	KANE 1 NNE	4432	41.6833	-78.8
PA	6	PHILADELPHIA INTL AP	6889	39.8833	-75.25
PA	7	PITTSBURGH GR P'BURG	6993	40.5	-80.2167
PA	8	PUTNEYVILLE 2 SE DAM	7229	40.9333	-79.2833
PA	9	WILKES-BARRE SCRANTN	9705	41.3333	-75.7333
PA	10	YORK 1S FILTER PLAN	9938	39.9333	-76.7333
PR	1	COROZAL SUBSTATION	2934	18.3333	-66.3667
PR	2	PONCE 4 E	7292	18.0167	-66.5333
PR	3	SAN JUAN ISLA VERDE	8812	18.4333	-66
PR	4	SAN SEBASTIAN 2 WNW	8881	18.35	-67.0167

-------
PR	5	YABUCOA1 NNE	9829	18.0667	-65.8667
Rl	1	BLOCK IS STATE AP	896	41.1667	-71.5833
Rl	2	NEWPORT ROSE	5215	41.5	-71.35
Rl	3	PROVIDENCE GREEN ST	6698	41.7333	-71.4333
SC	1	BISHOPVILLE 8 NNW	736	34.3333	-80.3
SC	2	CHARLESTON INTLARPT	1544	32.9	-80.0333
SC	3	CLARK HILL 1W	1726	33.6667	-82.1833
SC	4	COLUMBIA METRO AP	1939	33.95	-81.1167
SC	5	GEORGETOWN 2 E	3468	33.35	-79.25
SC	6	GREER GREENV'L-SPART	3747	34.9	-82.2167
SC	7	JOCASSEE 8 WNW	4581	34.9833	-83.0667
SC	8	LAURENS	5017	34.5	-82.0333
SC	9	MULLINS 4 W	6114	34.2	-79.3167
SC	10	SANTEE COOP SPLWY	7712	33.45	-80.15
SD	1	BUFFALO	1114	45.6	-103.55
SD	2	EDGEMONT	2557	43.3	-103.833
SD	3	HURON AP	4127	44.4	-98.2167
SD	4	ISABEL	4268	45.4	-101.433
SD	5	LA CREEK NATL WILDLI	4651	43.1	-101.567
SD	6	OAHE DAM	6170	44.45	-100.417
SD	7	PICKSTOWN	6574	43.0667	-98.5333
SD	8	RAPID CITY WSO AP	6937	44.05	-103.05
SD	9	SIOUX FALLS WSFO	7667	43.5667	-96.7333
SD	10	WAUBAY NATL WILDLIFE	8980	45.4333	-97.3333
TN	1	BRISTOL WSO AIRPORT	1094	36.4833	-82.4

-------
TN	2	BROWNSVILLE SEWAGE P	1150	35.5833	-89.2667
TN	3	CHATTANOOGA WSOAP	1656	35.0167	-85.2
TN	4	KNOXVILLE WSO AIRPOR	4950	35.8333	-83.9833
TN	5	LEWISBURG EXP STN	5187	35.4167	-86.8
TN	6	MEMPHIS WSCMOAP	5954	35.05	-90
TN	7	MONTEREY	6170	36.15	-85.2667
TN	8	NASHVILLE NWSCMO AP	6402	36.1167	-86.6833
TN	9	PORTLAND SEWAGE PLAN	7359	36.5833	-86.5333
TN	10	SAMBURG WILDLIFE REF	8065	36.45	-89.3167
TX	1	ABILENE WSO AIRPORT	16	32.4167	-99.6833
TX	2	AMARILLO WSO AIRPORT	211	35.2333	-101.7
TX	3	BROWNSVILLE WSO AP	1136	25.9	-97.4333
TX	4	CORPUS CHRISTIWSFO	2015	27.7667	-97.5
TX	5	EL PASO AP	2797	31.8	-106.4
TX	6	HOUSTON WSCMOAP	4300	29.9667	-95.35
TX	7	SAN ANGELO WSO AP	7943	31.3667	-100.483
TX	8	SAN ANTONIO INTLAP	7945	29.5333	-98.4667
TX	9	WACO WSOAP	9419	31.6167	-97.2167
TX	10	WICHITA FALLS WSO AP	9729	33.9833	-98.5
UT 1	BLANDING	738	37.6167	-109.483
UT 2	DUGWAY	2257	40.1833	-112.917
UT 3	EPHRAIM SORENSENS FL	2578	39.3667	-111.583
UT 4	HANKSVILLE	3611	38.3667	-110.717
UT 5	LOGAN UTAH STATE UNI	5186	41.75	-111.8
UT 6	MILFORD	5654	38.4	-113.017

-------
UT	7	OGDEN PIONEER P H	6404	41.25	-111.95
UT	8	ROOSEVELT RADIO	7395	40.2833	-109.967
UT	9	ST GEORGE	7516	37.1167	-113.567
UT	10	SALT LAKE CITY NWSFO	7598	40.7667	-111.95
VA	1	HURLEY	4180	37.4167	-82.0167
VA	2	JOHN H KERR DAM	4414	36.6	-78.2833
VA	3	LYNCHBURG MUNI AP	5120	37.3333	-79.2
VA	4	NORFOLK INTLARPT	6139	36.9	-76.2
VA	5	PIEDMONT RESEARCH ST	6712	38.2167	-78.1167
VA	6	RICHMOND BYRDAP	7201	37.5167	-77.3333
VA	7	ROANOKE WOODRUMAP	7285	37.3167	-79.9667
VA	8	THE PLAINS 2 NNE	8396	38.9	-77.75
VA	9	WASHINGTN DC NATL AP	8906	38.85	-77.0333
VA	10	WYTHEVILLE1S	9301	36.9333	-81.0833
VI	1	BETH UPPER NEW WORKS	480	17.7167	-64.8
VI	2	CANEELBAYPLANTATIO	1316	18.35	-64.7833
VT	1	BALL MOUNTAIN LAKE	277	43.1167	-72.8
VT	2	BURLINGTON INTLAP	1081	44.4667	-73.15
VT	3	CORINTH	1565	44.0167	-72.2833
VT	4	HIGHGATE FALLS	3914	44.9333	-73.05
VT	5	MORRISVILLE	5366	44.5667	-72.6
VT	6	NEWPORT	5542	44.9333	-72.2
VT	7	NORTH HARTLAND LAKE	5768	43.6	-72.35
VT	8	NORTH SPRINGFIELD LA	5982	43.3333	-72.5
VT	9	SAINT JOHNSBURY	7054	44.4167	-72.0167

-------
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
SEARSBURG STATION
COUGAR 4SW
FRANCES
MARBLEMOUNT RANGER S
OLYMPIA AIRPORT
QUILLAYUTE WSCMO AP
SEATTLE TACOMA AIRPO
SNOQUALMIE PASS
SPOKANE WSO AIRPORT
WHITMAN MISSION
YAKIMA WSO AP
ASHLAND EXP FARM
CHIPPEWA FALLS
GREEN BAY WSO
LA FARGE
LANCASTER 4 WSW
MADISON WSO AIRPORT
MARSHFIELD EXP FARM
MILWAUKEE WSO AIRPOR
PHELPS
SPOONER EXPERMNT FAR
BECKLEY WSO AP
CHARLESTON AP
ELKINS WSO AIRPORT
HUNTINGTON WSO AP
42.8667	-72.9167
46.0167	-122.35
46.55	-123.5
48.5333	-121.45
46.9667	-122.9
47.95	-124.55
47.45	-122.3
47.4167	-121.417
47.6333	-117.533
46.05	-118.45
46.5667	-120.533
46.5667	-90.9667
44.9333	-91.3833
44.5	-88.1167
43.5667	-90.6333
42.8333	-90.7833
43.1333	-89.3333
44.6333	-90.1333
42.95	-87.9
46.0667	-89.0667
45.8167	-91.8833
37.7833	-81.1167
38.3667	-81.6
38.8833	-79.85
38.3667	-82.55
7152
1759
2984
4999
6114
6858
7473
7781
7938
9200
9465
349
1578
3269
4404
4546
4961
5120
5479
6518
8027
582
1570
2718
4393

-------
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
LAKE LYNN
LIVERPOOL
MOOREFIELD 2 SSE
TERRA ALTA NO 1
TYGART DAM
VALLEY HEAD
CASPER WSCMO
CHEYENNE WSFO AP
MORAN 5 WNW
ENCAMPMENT
JACKSON
LAKE YELLOWSTONE
LANDERAP
MOUNTAIN VIEW
OSAGE
SHERIDAN AP
39.7167	-79.85
38.9	-81.5333
39.0333	-78.9667
39.45	-79.55
39.3167	-80.0333
38.5333	-80.0333
42.9	-106.467
41.15	-104.817
43.85	-110.583
41.2167	-106.783
43.4833	-110.767
44.55	-110.4
42.8167	-108.733
41.2833	-110.317
43.9833	-104.417
44.7667	-106.967
5002
5323
6163
8777
8986
9086
1570
1675
6440
3050
4910
5345
5390
6555
6935
8155

-------
Appendix C - BASINS 4.0 Meteorological Data (Version 2009)
For BASINS 4.0 the BASINS meteorological database was updated to contain the most current data for
the original stations and for a substantially greater number of stations throughout the U.S. The updated
database contains data at over 16,000 stations, though not all stations are still active and most of them
contain only a subset of all the meteorological constituents used in BASINS. For those stations that are
current, data have been updated through the year 2009.
Database Content Changes
Besides a dramatic increase in the number of available meteorological stations, there are some key
differences between the original database and the updated:
The Pan Evaporation (EVAP) dataset has been removed - The original database contained both this
computed Pan Evaporation dataset and a computed Potential Evapotranspiration (PEVT) dataset.
Besides frequently causing end-user confusion, it was strongly suggested by modeling experts that the
PEVT dataset is more appropriate as an input to the HSPF model.
Many stations do not contain the full suite of seven meteorological constituents - Whereas the original
database contained only stations with all eight potentially-needed constituents, the updated database
has greatly expanded the number of available stations, many of which contain a subset of the seven
meteorological constituents used in BASINS.
Some stations contain multiple precipitation records - Using the more than 2000 active observed hourly
stations (and more than 3500 with 10+ years of record), the daily observed precipitation values were
disaggregated to an hourly time interval. This resulted in some stations having both an observed and a
disaggregated precipitation record. When only one form of hourly precipitation exists, it has been
assigned a data-set number ending in 1 (e.g. 1, 11, etc.). When both forms of hourly precipitation data
exist, the observed data set is assigned a number ending in 1 and the disaggregated data set is assigned
a number ending in 0 (e.g. 10, 20, etc.)
Ancillary Data
Additional datasets may be available for downloaded stations but are not merged into the project's
met.wdm file. These may be found in the individual station WDM files (e.g. GA090451.WDM) in
\BASINS\cache\clsBasins\met. These data were involved in the development of the revised database
and are provided as an additional reference. They are organized on the WDM files by data-set number
in one of the three categories:

-------
•	1000 series - These data are original observed daily or hourly data that were used in the
development of the final hourly datasets.
•	1100 series - These data are computed daily or hourly data that were used in the development of
the final hourly datasets.
•	2000 series - These data are from the BASINS 3.1 meteorological database.
Processing Steps
The effort to update the BASINS meteorological database for BASINS 4.0 required a number of data
processing, management, and manipulation steps. This section provides detailed information on each of
the steps taken during the effort. Log files showing details of the meteorological database development
are available through EPA. These files provide records of potentially suspect values, how data correction
was performed, and how daily precipitation data were disaggregated to hourly.
Acquire data from NOAA's National Climatic Data Center (NCDC)
In reviewing national meteorological data sources, the most extensive and reliable collections were from
NOAA's National Climatic Data Center (NCDC). A review of their available products revealed three data
sources useful for the updating process:
•	Cooperative Summary of the Day (SOD) - a compilation of daily observations from more than 20,000
cooperative weather stations in the United States. It contained daily observations of precipitation
and minimum and maximum temperature for each station's period of record (typically 1948 - 2005
for quality stations).
•	Hourly Precipitation Dataset (HPD) - a compilation of hourly precipitation amounts for more than
2500 active stations and close to 7000 total stations. It contains hourly precipitation for each
station's period of record (typically 1948 - 2005 for complete stations).
•	Integrated Surface Hourly (ISH) - integrated from all of the NCDC and Navy surface hourly data
(TD3280), NCDC hourly precipitation data (TD3240), and Air Force DATSAV3 surface hourly data. It
contained hourly observations of precipitation, wind speed, air and dewpoint temperatures, and sky
cover for the period 1995 -2005.
The majority of these data were ordered on-line from NCDC's web site. However, some of the most
recent updates required direct contact with NCDC personnel.

-------
Extract data from CDs and DVDs to Disk
Summary of the Day (SOD)
Hourly Precipitation Data (HPD)
Integrated Surface Hourly (ISH)
Build Station Information database (DBF) files
Each of the three data sources contained a station information/history file. These files contained
information such as station identification number and name, geographic location, and period of record.
Information was extracted from each data source's most current station file and then stored in a
corresponding DBF file. The DBF files provided an efficient format for use in the ensuing data processing
scripts.
For the SOD data, the station file contained a significant level of station history information. Thus, many
stations had multiple records showing variations in station information (e.g. station name, secondary
IDs, lat/long coordinates) through its period of record. A script was developed to read this file and
extract only the most current information needed for storage in the DBF file.
For HPD data, the most current station file contained only one record for each station. This file was
imported into Excel and then saved in DBF format.
For ISH data, the most current station file was already in Excel format. Records for stations in the U.S.
with valid State values were extracted from this file and saved in DBF format.
Read data files into binary compressed data sets using VB.Net scripts
VB code was developed to read the various data types into standard timeseries class objects. Scripts
were then developed to read through the data files and store the timeseries as binary compressed data
sets. The watershed data management (WDM) format was chosen due to its prior usage in BASINS and
efficiency. Details of the rules and assumptions for reading each data type (SOD, HPD, ISH) were
described in separate files for each type (SOD Reading.doc, HPD Reading.doc, ISH Reading.doc). See
Appendix B for the contents of these files.
To provide the greatest flexibility, separate WDM files were created for each station encountered. The
WDM files were named using the 6-character station number (e.g. 010008.wdm) and grouped by state
FIPS code (i.e. the first 2 characters of the station ID). Since SOD and HPD data used the same station
identifiers, both data types were stored on one WDM file when each type existed for the same station.
ISH data were stored on WDM files named after their 6-character station number (e.g. 722230.wdm)
and were grouped by 2-character state abbreviation (i.e. "ga"). Since all three data types contained a
base dataset and one or more updates, two scripts were developed for each data type. The first script
read the base data set and the second script read the data updates.

-------
Develop Missing Data Summary database for all timeseries
All three data sources contained flags indicating periods of missing values and missing time distributions
(aka accumulated data). The scripts used to read these values into WDM files tagged these data with -
999 for missing data and -998 (followed by the accumulated value) for missing time distribution. To help
determine data quality, a script was developed to summarize the amount of missing data for each
timeseries. This summary included the total number of data values, counts of missing data occurrences,
total number of missing data values, and percentage of missing data values. A summary record for each
timeseries was then saved on an output DBF file.
Remove unneeded constituents from WDM files
Both the SOD and ISH datasets contain meteorological constituents that were not needed for the
BASINS Met dataset (e.g. snow/snow water equivalent, soil temperature, visibility, atmospheric
pressure). A script was developed to browse each WDM file created in the previous step and save only
the datasets containing needed constituents. Since WDM files do not decrease in size when datasets
are deleted, a new WDM file was written containing only the needed constituents. If an original WDM
file contained only unneeded constituents, a new version of it was not written. For those datasets that
were saved, its record on the MissingSummary.DBF file was located and the percent missing value from
the record was stored as an attribute (UBC200) of the dataset.
Shift ISH data from Universal Time Code (UTC) to appropriate local station Time Zone
Since ISH data came from a worldwide network of stations, all values were recorded in Universal Time
Code (UTC) values. To have these values stored at their station's time zone, the values had to be shifted
back in time by the difference between UTC and the local time zone (values of 5 to 8 hours for
continental U.S.). A script was developed to determine each station's time zone and then shift the
station's values back in time by the appropriate amount.
Convert SkyCond values to Cloud Cover values
The SkyCond element of the ISH data provided the most extensive cloud cover dataset. These values
were reported in Oktas with values ranging from 0 to 8, where 1 Okta represents 1/8 of the celestial
dome. The ISH data documentation provides a table to convert these values to the standard cloud cover
units, which range from 0 (clear) to 10 (overcast). A script was developed to perform this conversion. It
is run prior to the data correction process so that missing periods are filled or interpolated using the
cloud cover units.
Develop master list of stations containing needed data constituents
Combining the station information from the three data sources was needed for improved efficiency
during ensuing processing steps. A script was developed to read through the missing data summary
database to locate each station containing data. For each station, its ID, name, state code, lat/lng and
elevation values were extracted from the appropriate Station information database (generated in step
2) and stored on the resulting master list DBF file.

-------
Reproject station locations to generate distance values
Comparing the distance between stations was essential to the ensuing data correction process. In
preparation for the correction of missing data, a master station file was developed by combining the
station information from each data source's station DBF file. The geographic (latitude/longitude)
coordinates for each station were projected, using an Albers Equal Area projection, into XY coordinates
using standard GIS projection transformation functions. Distances between projected station locations
were then determined from those projected coordinates using simple geometry. Projecting the station
locations is necessary for accuracy because the geometric distance between equal intervals of decimal
degrees varies depending upon the location on the globe, as degrees of longitude are much closer in
proximity near the global poles and much further apart near the equator.
Store historical values on datasets for use in correcting missing data
In preparation for the ensuing filling and correcting of missing data, historical averages of
meteorological data across the country were stored on each station's datasets. The Parameter-
elevation Regressions on Independent Slopes Model (PRISM) (Daly, 2006), stores historical averages in a
national grid for a variety of constituents. Historical values were extracted from the PRISM database for
Precipitation and Temperature. These averages were then used to account for spatial variation when
correcting missing data using a nearby station. The ratio between the station being corrected and the
nearby station was applied to the value(s) from the nearby station as they were used in the correction
process.
Correct periods of missing values or time distribution
Data read in step 3 were processed to identify periods of missing values and time distributions. For
some constituents (Air and Dewpoint Temperatures, Cloud Cover, Wind), short periods (
Remove any remaining missing values
It was possible that after the FillMissing script is run that some timeseries still contained missing data.
This usually occurred for timeseries that had very long periods of record (prior to 1948) and did not have
any nearby stations to fill from. Since missing values would cause significant problems in running
BASINS models, it was necessary to remove them. A script was developed to find remaining missing
periods and remove them by only saving the non-missing portion of the timeseries.
Generate additional meteorological components
Several of the meteorological constituents needed by BASINS were generated from other constituents.
The meteorological generation and disaggregation methods found in WDMUtil (U.S. EPA, 2004) were
used in this process. These included:
•	Computing daily Potential Evapotranspiration (PET) from daily Min/Max Temperature using Hamon's
method (Hamon, 1961),
•	Computing daily Solar Radiation from Cloud Cover (Hamon et al, 1954),

-------
•	Disaggregating daily PET and Solar Radiation to hourly (Hamon et al, 1954),
•	Disaggregating daily Min/Max Temperature to hourly
These transformations were incorporated into several scripts to generate the needed constituents.
Compile final WDM files
The previous steps generated all of the timeseries that to be stored on the final database. This step
takes the desired timeseries and stores them on WDM files that will make up the final database. For
flexibility and ease of use in BASINS, there will be one WDM file for each unique station.
Since the ISH datasets uses a different primary identification scheme than the SOD, it is necessary to
determine which ISH stations share the same location as an SOD station. This is done by comparing
their WBAN numbers, a secondary identification number used by both datasets. A query was
developed, using the station dbf files developed in step 2, to generate a new dbf file
(MatchingJSH+SOD.dbf) containing stations common to both the ISH and SOD datasets.
A script was developed to look through all of the WDM files created through step 13 and select the
timeseries from them that are useful in BASINS. These selected timeseries are then written to the final
WDM files using the following dataset numbers and constituent names:
Dataset # Constituent Name
1	PREC
3	ATEM
4	WIND
5	SOLR
6	PEVT
7	DEWP
8	CLOU
The numbers and names follow the same pattern used in the pre-existing BASINS Met WDM files.
Dataset number 2, EVAP, was removed to use a more appropriate evapotranspiration term, PEVT, and
to eliminate confusion between the two.

-------
The script saves portions of the original SOD and ISH data that could serve as reference timeseries, such
as daily precipitation and min/max temperature. These timeseries are stored in dataset numbers
starting at 1000.
The script also handles pre-existing BASINS met stations in a specialized manner in order to assure
upward compatibility. These stations were identified using the shape files that described the pre-
existing stations. For each pre-existing station, the shape files also included the nearest station that
contained the full suite of required constituents. Many new stations containing all needed constituents
are being added to the database. Thus, the list of closest stations was updated to reflect these additions
and stored as an updated dbf (BASINS31Map.dbf).
When updating a pre-existing BASINS met station, the script performs the following actions:
•	For hourly precipitation (PREC), the entire period of record is saved, overwriting any pre-existing
data for the period. This is due to the improved methods and greater number of nearby stations
used in the filling/correcting process. NOTE: all pre-existing BASINS stations contained updated
hourly precipitation data.
•	For all other constituents, any timeseries available at the station are appended to the pre-existing
data. For constituents not available at the station, the nearest station containing that constituent is
read from the BASINS31Map.dbf file and that station's timeseries are used to update those
constituents.
•	All pre-existing BASINS data are saved as reference timeseries starting at dataset number 2001.
Disaggregate daily precipitation to hourly timeseries
A script was developed to disaggregate the daily precipitation data into hourly timeseries using a
method similar to that used in distributing accumulated values (see step 11). For the station being
disaggregated, a buffer of the 30 nearest geographic stations is developed. The station to use for
disaggregation is determined by a combination of geographic distance and similarity in precipitation
amounts for the day being disaggregated. A tolerance flag is used to only select stations that have a
precipitation total within a certain percentage of the daily value. Once the nearest station is found, the
daily value is then distributed using the same pattern as the nearby station. If no acceptable nearby
station is found, the daily value is disaggregated using a triangular distribution centered at the middle of
the day.
Store disaggregated precipitation timeseries on final WDM files
With the inclusion of disaggregated precipitation data, it is now possible for the same station to have
multiple versions of precipitation data. To identify the disaggregated precipitation, it is assigned a
scenario attribute value of "computed". A script was developed to dictate where the disaggregated
precipitation is stored. If a station has both observed and disaggregated precipitation data, the
observed data will remain at dataset number 1 and the disaggregated data will be saved at dataset

-------
number 10. If a station has only disaggregated precipitation data, it will be stored at dataset number 1,
thus allowing WinHSPF to recognize it as a valid input timeseries during model setup.
Build database file summarizing final database
A script was developed to summarize every timeseries stored on the final database and store it as a dbf
(MetStations.dbf). The items reported in this summary include dataset number, WDM file name, station
name, latitude, longitude, constituent, start date, end date, and count of values. Besides serving as a
useful summary file, the resulting dbf is used during downloading of the new met data. When data are
downloaded for a specified area, the download tool builds a shape file for the downloaded stations
using the information on the summary file.
Create DVDs containing final WDM files for installation on web site

-------
Appendix D - Cligen Meteorological Data Use in BASINS 4
The Cligen model generates synthesized meteorological data based on historical station data at
locations throughout the U.S. This section describes in detail how the initial Cligen data is manipulated
for use within BASINS 4. For details on interacting with Cligen within BASINS 4, see the Cligen section of
this documentation.
Cligen produces an output file that contains 10 distinct daily time series:
•	prep - precipitation, mm
•	dur - duration of precipitation event, hrs
•	tp - time to peak precipitation intensity, fraction of dur
•	ip - peak intensity of precipitation, unitless
•	tmax - maximum temperature, Deg C
•	tmin - minimum temperature, Deg C
•	rad - solar radiation, langleys
•	w-vl - wind velocity, m/s
•	w-dir - wind direction, degrees
•	tdew - dewpoint temperature, Deg C
These time series may be viewed in BASINS 4 after opening an existing Cligen output file or performing a
Cligen run.
Since many models have a need for meteorological data with time steps less than a day, an effort has
been made to transform the daily Cligen data into hourly. The following list shows the hourly time
series that are generated and the method to used to do so:
•	Solar Radiation (SRAD) - Daily values are disaggregated to hourly using the algorithm described in
the Compute:Disaggregations section of the help file.
•	Wind Speed (WIND) - Daily values are converted from m/s to miles/day. The converted data are
then used as input to the Wind disaggregation function to produce hourly values in miles/hour. The
disaggregation function is described in the Compute:Disaggregation section of the help file.
•	Air Temperature (ATMP) - Daily min and max temperature time series are converted from Deg Cto
Deg F. These time series are then used as inputs to the Temperature disaggregation function, along

-------
with an assumed observation time of 24, to produce hourly values in Deg F. The disaggregation
function is described in the Compute:Disaggregation section of the help file.
Dewpoint Temperature (DEWP) - Daily values are converted from Deg C to Deg F. These values are
disaggregated to hourly in two steps. The first simply applies the daily value to every hour of the
day. The second compares the hourly values to a corresponding hourly air temperature time series.
If the dewpoint value exceeds the air temperature, it is lowered to the temperature value.
Potential Evapotranspiration (EVAP) - PET values are generated using Hamon's method as described
in the Compute:Disaggregations section of the help file. Resulting hourly values are in inches.
Precipitation (HPCP) - As described above, Cligen produces 4 daily time series (prep, dur, tp, ip) that
define daily precipitation events. BASINS 4 uses the WEPP (Flanagan, 1995) model's method for
dividing a daily Cligen precipitation event into breakpoint data. The method involves using a double
exponential function to divide the storm into many small intervals, each with a distinct average
intensity. BASINS 4 then reaggregates these small intervals into hours to formulate the final hourly
precipitation time series.
Cloud Cover (CLDC) - Daily cloud cover values are generated from Cligen daily solar radiation. This is
done using the algorithm for generating solar radiation described in the Compute:Computations
section of this documentation. The algorithm was reversed to generate cloud cover. One minor
assumption was made in the reversal; the intermediate value of percent sun was calculated based
on the ratio of the actual solar radiation divided by the maximum possible solar radiation. The
resulting daily cloud cover values were then disaggregated to hourly by applying the daily value to
each hour of the day.

-------
Appendix E - NLDAS Meteorological Data in BASINS
Using the full water quality capability of HSPF requires the full suite of meteorological inputs, including
precipitation, potential evapotranspiration, air temperature, wind speed, solar radiation, dew point
temperature, and cloud cover. An enhancement for BASINS 4.5 allows direct download and/or
calculation of this full suite from the North American Land Data Assimilation System (NLDAS) gridded
data set. Published by NASA, NLDAS runs in near real-time on a l/8th-degree grid over central North
America, with retrospective NLDAS datasets extending back to January 1979. This enhancement not
only allows direct download of this data for a specified region but also facilitate creation of HSPF models
driven by this gridded data.
The NLDAS datasets are not specifically designed to populate specific models, such as HSPF; therefore,
conversions algorithms are required to transform some NLDAS MET data to meet the specific needs of
HSPF. The following table shows the transformations used:
HSPF Parameter
NLDAS Parameter
NLDAS Parameter
Description
Transformation Used
Hourly Precipitation
APCPsfc
Precipitation hourly
total
Unit conversion only
Hourly Potential
Evapotranspiration
PEVAPsfc
Potential Evaporation
Unit conversion only
Hourly Air Temperature
TMP2m
2m above ground
temperature
Unit conversion only
Hourly Wind Speed
UGRD10m,VGRD10m
10m above ground
zonal wind, 10m
above ground
meridional wind
Calculated using
Euclidean distance
and unit conversion
Hourly Solar Radiation
DSWRFsfc
Surface DW
shortwave radiation
flux
Unit conversion only
Hourly Dew Point
Temperature
SPFH2m,TMP2m
2m above ground
specific humidity, 2m
above ground
temperature
Calculated from
specific humidity and
air temperature plus
unit conversion
Hourly Cloud Cover
DSWRFsfc
Surface DW
shortwave radiation
Calculated from
hourly solar radiation

-------
flux
plus unit conversion
The method for computing hourly cloud cover based on solar radiation utilizes the BASINS algorithm for
computing daily cloud cover based on daily solar radiation and latitude. This routine assumes that
percent sun, and thus, cloud cover is essentially the ratio of actual solar radiation to potential max solar
radiation. Max solar radiation is based on the HSPII (Hydrocomp, 1978) RADIATION procedure, which is
based on empirical curves of radiation as a function of latitude (Hamon et al, 1954, Monthly Weather
Review 82(6):141-146.) The daily cloud cover values are then used for each hour of the day.
The method for calculating dew point temperature based on specific humidity follows the method of
EOL-UCAR, 2016, where vapor pressure is computed from specific humidity and then the dew point
temperature is computed from vapor pressure.
EOL-UCAR. 2016. CEOP Derived Parameter Equations. Coordinated Energy and Water Cycle
Observation Project (CEOP), Earth Observing Laboratory (EOL), University Corporation for
Atmospheric Research (UCAR), Boulder, CO.
https://www.eol.ucar.edu/proiects/ceop/dm/documents/refdata report/eqns.html (last accessed
09.12.18).

-------
Appendix F - Watershed and Instream Models
In versions of BASINS prior to version 4.5, several models were integrated into BASINS which allowed
the user to simulate the behavior of toxic chemicals, conventional pollutants, and nutrients on the land
surface and instream. Data preparation and visualization tools streamline the use of the models. In
BASINS 4.5, these models are installed separately. BASINS 4.5 Core only provides the core functionality
of BASINS system without the model plugins. Users of BASINS have to install the available model plugins
separately to make them available.
HSPF
HSPF is a watershed model that simulates nonpoint source runoff and pollutant loadings for a
watershed and performs flow and water quality routing in reaches. The Windows interface to HSPF,
known as WinHSPF, works with the EPA-supported HSPF model (version 12.2 and later) (Bicknell et al.,
2005). Win HSPF supports a full suite of the HSPF model capabilities. Features supported by WinHSPF
include:
•	Estimation of nonpoint source loadings from mixed land uses
•	Estimation of fate and transport processes in streams and one-dimensional lakes
WinHSPF can be run on a single watershed or a system of multiple hydrologically connected
subwatersheds that have been delineated using the BASINS Watershed Delineation tool. The model
requires land use data, reach data, meteorological data, and information on the pollutants of concern in
the watershed and the reaches. WinHSPF is designed to interact with the BASINS utilities and data sets
to facilitate the extraction of appropriate information and the preparation of model input files. The
reach network is automatically developed based on the subwatershed delineations. Users can modify
and adapt input files to site-specific conditions through the use of WinHSPF and supporting information
provided by the BASINS utilities and reporting functions, as well as locally derived data sources.
WinHSPF works with postprocessing tools to facilitate display and interpretation of output data.
SWAT
The Soil and Water Assessment Tool (SWAT) model is a river basin, or watershed, scale model developed
to predict the impact of land management practices on water, sediment, and agricultural chemical yields
on complex watersheds with varying soils, land use, and management conditions. The model combines
these with point source contributions and performs flow and water quality routing in stream reaches.
The model is physically based and computationally efficient, uses readily available inputs and enables
users to study long-term impacts.
SWAT can be run on a single watershed or a system of multiple hydrologically connected subwatersheds
that have been delineated using the BASINS Watershed Delineation tool. The user can set up SWAT
simulations using the data provided with BASINS (land use, soils, reach data, meteorological, pollutants,
etc. data) and/or introduce custom data. Information about SWAT can be downloaded from:
http://swatmodel.tamu.edu/

-------
AQUATOX
AQUATOX is a time-variable ecological risk assessment model that simulates the fate and effects of
various environmental stressors in aquatic ecosystems. It simulates the fate and transfer of pollutants
from loads to the water, sediments, and biotic components, and transfer throughout the food web.
Simultaneously it predicts the effects of the stressors on the ecosystem, by simulating the chemical,
physical and biological processes that bind the ecosystem together. AQUATOX can predict the fate and
ecological effects of nutrients, organic toxicants, and bioaccumulative compounds, as well as the
expected ecosystem responses to pollution reductions. It considers several trophic levels, including
attached and planktonic algae and submerged aquatic vegetation, invertebrates, and forage, bottom-
feeding, and game fish; it also represents associated organic toxicants.
Environmental management programs and activities that could benefit from application of AQUATOX
include water quality criteria and standards, Total Maximum Daily Loads (TMDLs), identification of the
cause(s) of biological impairment where there are multiple stressors, and ecological risk assessments.
WASP
The EPA Water Quality Simulation Program (WASP) helps users interpret and predict water quality
responses to natural phenomena and manmade pollution for various pollution management decisions.
WASP is a dynamic compartment-modeling program for aquatic systems, including both the water
column and the underlying benthos. WASP also can be linked with hydrodynamic and sediment
transport models that can provide flows, depths velocities, temperature, salinity and sediment fluxes.
BASINS contains an interface for setting up a WASP 8.x simulation using available GIS and timeseries
data.
SWMM
The EPA Storm Water Management Model (SWMM) is a dynamic rainfall-runoff simulation model used
for single event or long-term (continuous) simulation of runoff quantity and quality from primarily urban
areas. The runoff component of SWMM operates on a collection of subcatchment areas that receive
precipitation and generate runoff and pollutant loads. The routing portion of SWMM transports this
runoff through a system of pipes, channels, storage/treatment devices, pumps, and regulators. SWMM
is used throughout the world for planning, analysis and design related to storm water runoff, combined
sewers, sanitary sewers, and other drainage systems in urban areas. BASINS contains an interface for
setting up a SWMM 5 simulation using available GIS and timeseries data.
GWLF-E
The GWLF-E Plug-in included with BASINS is a GIS-based watershed modeling tool created by the Penn
State Institutes of Energy and the Environment (PSIEE). GWLF-E is a 'mid-level' model that estimates
monthly nutrient and sediment loads within a watershed. This plug-in provides a link between BASINS
and PSIEE's newest version of the GWLF watershed model (now called GWLF-E). The core watershed
simulation model used in the GWLF-E plug-in is based on the GWLF (Generalized Watershed Loading
Function) model developed by Haith and Shoemaker (1987). An advantage of GWLF is the ease of use
and reliance on input datasets less complex than those required by other watershed-oriented water
quality models such as SWAT, SWMM and HSPF.

-------
PLOAD
The Pollutant Loading Estimator {PLOAD) is a simple watershed model that computes nonpoint source
loads from different subwatersheds and landuses based on annual precipitation, landuses and BMPs.
PLOAD estimates nonpoint sources of pollution on an annual average basis, for any user-specified
pollutant, using either the export coefficient or simple method approach. PLOAD was designed to be
generic so that it can be applied as a screening tool in typical NPDES stormwater permitting, watershed
management, or reservoir protection projects.

-------
Watershed and Instream Model Setup
Previous versions of BASINS included Model Plug-ins to set up seven models based on information in the
BASINS project, HSPF, SWAT, AQUATOX, WASP, SWMM, GWLF-E, and PLOAD. In BASINS 4.5 Core, these
Model Plug-ins are packaged and installed separately.
The HSPF, SWAT, AQUATOX, WASP, and SWMM options aid the user in setting up powerful external, yet
linked, simulation models. The PLOAD option provides a very simple watershed model for estimating
pollutant loads on an average annual basis. GWLF-E is a 'mid-level' model that estimates monthly
nutrient and sediment loads within a watershed. This section contains full descriptions of how each
model can be setup based on information from the BASINS project, if the user has collected the
necessary information using the available BASINS utilities.
The Models menu item is a product of both the Model Setup and BASINS 4.5 plug-ins.
Model
Description
HSPF	Sophisticated, high-level watershed model able to perform continuous simulation of surface and subsurface
flow and associated physical, chemical, and biologic processes at a tributary level. Complete instructions on
setting up the model are detailed in the HSPF section of this documentation. (Maintained by EPA)
SWAT	Physical based, watershed scale model that was developed to predict the impacts of land management
practices on water, sediment and agricultural chemical yields in large complex watersheds with varying soils,
land uses and management conditions over long periods of time. Complete instructions on setting up the
model are detailed in the SWAT section of this documentation. (Not Maintained by EPA)
AQUATOX Simulation model for aquatic systems that predicts the fate of various pollutants, such as nutrients, organic
chemicals, suspended and bedded sediments, and their effects on the ecosystem, including fish, invertebrates,
and aquatic plants. Complete instructions on setting up the model are detailed in the AQUATOX section of this
documentation. (Maintained by EPA)
WASP	Dynamic compartment-modeling program for aquatic systems, including both the water column and the
underlying benthos. Complete instructions on setting up the model are detailed in the WASP section of this
documentation. (Maintained by EPA)
SWMM	Dynamic rainfall-runoff simulation model used for single event or long-term (continuous) simulation of runoff
quantity and quality from primarily urban areas. The routing portion of SWMM transports this runoff through
a system of pipes, channels, storage/treatment devices, pumps, and regulators. Complete instructions on
setting up the model are detailed in the SWMM section of this documentation. (Not Maintained by EPA)
GWLF-E	'Mid-level' model that estimates monthly nutrient and sediment loads within a watershed. Complete
instructions on setting up the model are detailed in the GWLF-E section of this documentation. (Not
Maintained by EPA)
PLOAD	Simple watershed model that computes nonpoint source loads from different subwatersheds and landuses
based on annual precipitation, landuses and BMPs. Complete instructions on setting up the model are
detailed in the PLOAD section of this documentation. (Not Maintained by EPA)

-------
Background
One common objective of water quality modeling studies is to be able to predict the impact of different
point and nonpoint source loading scenarios on surface water bodies. The historic reliance on the use of
design flows for developing permit limits and for evaluating attainment of water quality standards has
done nothing to prepare TMDL practitioners for developing TMDLs on waterbodies that receive inputs
from both point sources (steady, continuous loads) and nonpoint sources (unsteady, discontinuous
loads). The episodic discharges from the nonpoint sources, occurring as a result of rain or melting snow,
enter streams whose assimilative capacities (generally approximated as dilution ratios) are not well
represented by the design flows (7Q10 or 4B3) traditionally used for setting permit limits for point
sources. While determining the allowable load allocation from the nonpoint sources based on a design
flow would be environmentally protective, it probably would be unfair to the point source dischargers
and impossible to attain under many conditions. The fact that releases from both point sources and
nonpoint sources must be combined for TMDL purposes is totally logical. Fortunately, we can make the
process of developing TMDLs easier through intelligent use of today's powerful desktop computers,
Geographic Information Systems, environmental databases, and watershed models supported with
graphical interfaces that render them faster and easier to use.
The easiest way to envision the necessary integration of loads from point and nonpoint sources is to
consider what it would be like if you could continually measure the concentrations of the pollutants of
concern in the watershed. Assume that you could locate sensors at appropriate locations and collect
data on chemical concentration, stream volume flow, temperature, pH, and other properties
continuously (or even daily) for several years, you could develop a database that you could use to
evaluate the health of the waterbody or of the watershed. With such a database, you could develop
statistical descriptions of the distributions of pollutant concentrations that have resulted from the
combination of PS and NPS loadings within the watershed. If you were to continue this monitoring
effort for a couple decades, you could then evaluate whether or not water quality criteria (i.e., chemical
concentrations) were being exceeded more frequently than specified in the State's water quality
standards.
As it is unlikely that you will have either the time or money to develop such a data record for many
watersheds, the next best way to generate the data needed to evaluate attainment of water quality
standards is to model the watershed. By running a continuous simulation model, you can synthesize a
database that is analogous to that described above. In this exercise you would simulate daily values of
stream volume flow, pollutant loadings, pollutant concentrations, etc. for an appropriate period of
record. The computer output from this watershed modeling study would look very much like the
database from the monitoring study and the data would be subjected to the same statistical tests.
Loadings from point sources are based on resources such as the permitted releases of chemicals from
municipal and industrial facilities (e.g, EPA's Permit Compliance System database) or from monitoring
data collected at these facilities (e.g., Discharge Monitoring Reports). Loadings from non-point sources
are estimated by the watershed models; the loads depend on factors such as land use, vegetation cover,
and meteorological conditions. The resulting pollutant concentrations are estimated by dividing the
daily loadings (total of loads from both PS and NPS) by the model generated daily stream flow. If in-
stream concentrations exceed criteria, loads are reduced until standards are attained.

-------
Water Quality Modeling Based on Hydrologic Principles
A continuous simulation model was considered to be critical for a realistic representation of watershed
processes. Continuous simulation models combine daily (or other time-step) measurements or
synthesized estimates of effluent flows and loads, wet-weather source concentrations and loads, and
receiving water flows to calculate receiving water concentrations. A deterministic model is applied to
time series of these variables to predict resulting concentrations in chronological order, with the same
time sequence as the input variables. This enables a frequency analysis of concentrations at a given
point of interest, as will be explained more fully below.
In natural systems, flows typically exhibit correlation in time (serial correlation), so that low flow days
tend to follow other low flow days, and high flow days follow high flow days. Precipitation-driven
episodic loads often exhibit cross-correlation (correlation between different variables) with receiving
water flow, as the same precipitation that generates the load may also increase flow throughout the
watershed. Both serial and cross-correlation can have important implications for predicting water
quality impacts. For instance, if episodic loads are most likely to occur when flow in the receiving water
is high, an adverse impact on water quality is much less likely than if the loads occur when flow in the
receiving water is low.
A continuous simulation approach automatically takes into account the serial correlation present in
flows and other variables, as well as cross-correlations between measured variables, because real data
are used. This is potentially the most powerful method available for accurate prediction of the
frequency of receiving water concentrations, but it does have disadvantages. Notably, the method is
very data intensive and may require observations over many years to accurately evaluate the frequency
of occurrence of water quality excursions. Long time series of monitoring data for wet-weather loads
will generally not be available and may have to be simulated from precipitation records using rainfall-
runoff models. Simulating data introduces uncertainty; indeed, if good observations of time series of
more than one input parameter are lacking it may be preferable to use a statistical simulation approach
(such as the Monte Carlo method described below) which allows a direct analysis of the effects of input
uncertainty on model predictions.
How Do I Choose Which Model to Use?
There are many factors to consider when selecting the model. The question "Is this the best model?"
may be answered by the question "For what purpose?". What data do you have to represent the
watershed that you are modeling? What processes in the watershed are important to your study?
What are the appropriate scales of resolution, both space (distance) and time? What are the
uncertainties associated with the quality of the data? What are the uncertainties associated with the
effectiveness of the proposed controls? If the results (model output) of the watershed modeling study
are going to be used as (part of the) input to a lake or reservoir model of nutrient eutrophication, is the
eutrophication model of the same temporal scale? That is, does the eutrophication model require a
seasonal or annual nutrient input or does it simulate processes that account for daily fluctuations in
nutrient loads?
At the risk of oversimplifying a very complex issue, the developers of BASINS wish to provide some
general guidance. PLOAD, SWAT and HSPF are spatially distributed, lumped parameter models. They
may be used to analyze watersheds and river basins by subdividing the area into homogenous parts.

-------
SWMM is a dynamic rainfall-runoff simulation model used for single event or continuous simulation of
runoff quantity and quality from primarily urban areas. WASP is a dynamic compartment-modeling
program for aquatic systems, including both the water column and the underlying benthos.
PLOAD is a simple watershed model that computes nonpoint source loads from different subwatersheds
and landuses based on annual precipitation, landuses and BMPs. Successful linking of the model to
existing BASINS data and user supplied data makes the model useful in estimating nonpoint source
loads, relative contributions and load reduction by BMPs. PLOAD requires watershed boundary, landuse,
best management practices (BMPs), point sources and annual precipitation data to compute pollutant
loads. Additionally PLOAD requires event mean concentrations (EMCs) and/or loads per acre tables for
different land use types. Use PLOAD when you want estimates of seasonal or annual loadings to feed
simple eutrophication models; or where there is great uncertainty in effectiveness of controls and
adjustments to the TMDL may be expected after post-implementation monitoring.
The GWLF-E Plug-in included with BASINS is a GIS-based watershed modeling tool created by the Penn
State Institutes of Energy and the Environment (PSIEE). GWLF-E is a 'mid-level' model that estimates
monthly nutrient and sediment loads within a watershed. This plug-in provides a link between BASINS
and PSIEE's newest version of the GWLF watershed model (now called GWLF-E). The core watershed
simulation model used in the GWLF-E plug-in is based on the GWLF (Generalized Watershed Loading
Function) model developed by Haith and Shoemaker (1987). An advantage of GWLF is the ease of use
and reliance on input datasets less complex than those required by other watershed-oriented water
quality models such as SWAT, SWMM and HSPF.
SWMM is a dynamic rainfall-runoff simulation model used for single event or long-term (continuous)
simulation of runoff quantity and quality from primarily urban areas. The runoff component of SWMM
operates on a collection of subcatchment areas that receive precipitation and generate runoff and
pollutant loads. The routing portion of SWMM transports this runoff through a system of pipes,
channels, storage/treatment devices, pumps, and regulators. SWMM5 is supported in BASINS. Use
SWMM for modeling urban areas when you want to route runoff through pipes, channels, etc.
WASP is a dynamic compartment-modeling program for aquatic systems, including both the water
column and the underlying benthos. This model helps users interpret and predict water quality
responses to natural phenomena and manmade pollution for various pollution management decisions.
WASP also can be linked with hydrodynamic and sediment transport models that can provide flows,
depths velocities, temperature, salinity and sediment fluxes. WASP8 is supported in BASINS. Use WASP
for detailed instream modeling.
AQUATOX is a time-variable ecological risk assessment model that simulates the fate and effects of
various environmental stressors in aquatic ecosystems. It simulates the fate and transfer of pollutants
from loads to the water, sediments, and biotic components, and transfer throughout the food web.
AQUATOX version 3 is supported in BASINS. Environmental management programs and activities that
could benefit from application of AQUATOX include water quality criteria and standards, Total Maximum
Daily Loads (TMDLs), identification of the cause(s) of biological impairment where there are multiple
stressors, and ecological risk assessments.
HSPF is a sophisticated, high-level watershed model able to perform continuous simulation of surface
and subsurface flow and associated physical, chemical, and biologic processes at a tributary level. HSPF

-------
version 12.2 (and later) includes a simplified snow melt algorithm (i.e., degree-day approach), the ability
to model land-to-land transfers, high water tables and surface ponding (wetlands), and the addition of
new BMP and Reporting modules. The new SNOW module requires only precipitation and air
temperature time series, while producing essentially the same output as the current module which
requires five additional meteorological time series (evaporation, wind speed, solar radiation, dew point,
and cloud cover). Use HSPF where the BASINS holdings provide hourly meteorological data from a
location on or near your watershed. Also, you may use BASINS tools to develop your own file of hourly
meteorological data for a more appropriate meterological station than is included in the BASINS
holdings. If you do not have a USGS gage station on your watershed (to calibrate the hydrology) you can
used the paired watershed approach of calibrating HSPF on a nearby watershed of similar characteristics
and then applying the calibrated model to your watershed for the purpose of developing the TMDL. The
HSPFParm database included with BASINS supports HSPF modelers with a readily available source of
model parameter values as a starting point for developing new watershed applications.
SWAT simulates hydrology, pesticide and nutrient cycling, bacteria transport, erosion and sediment
transport. SWAT is ideally suited to predict effects of land use management (such as climate and
vegetative changes, agricultural practices, reservoir management, groundwater withdrawals, water
transfer) on water, sediment, and chemical yields from river basins. SWAT uses a daily time step for
simulations running from 1 to 100 years; (HSPF, as implemented in BASINS, uses an hourly time step.)
We anticipate that SWAT will meet many modeling needs for situations where TMDLs need to be
developed for watersheds dominated by lands in agricultural operations. The version of SWAT
supported in BASINS is SWAT2005. Use SWAT where there is no nearby meterological station with
hourly data and/or where there is no nearby gaged watershed.
The BASINS system also enables the user to view output from these models in a spatial context. See the
Analysis section for more details.

-------
HSPF
HSPF is a watershed model that simulates nonpoint source runoff and pollutant loadings for a
watershed, combines these with point source contributions, and performs flow and water quality
routing in reaches.
The user interface to HSPF through BASINS is known as WinHSPF. All features of HSPF are available
through WinHSPF. It fully supports the MASS-LINK, SCHEMATIC and SPECIAL ACTIONS blocks of the UCI
File. This interface also directly reads HSPF UCI file. See the WinHSPF User's Manual for instructions on
using WinHSPF. The HSPF User's Manual is also available for reference.
WinHSPF can be run on a single watershed or a system of multiple hydrologically connected
subwatersheds that have been delineated using the BASINS Watershed Delineation tool. The model
requires land use data, reach data, meteorological data, and information on the pollutants of concern in
the watershed and the reaches. WinHSPF is designed to interact with the BASINS utilities and data sets
to facilitate the extraction of appropriate information and the preparation of model input files. The
reach network is automatically developed based on the subwatershed delineations. Users can modify
and adapt input files to site-specific conditions through the use of WinHSPF and supporting information
provided by the BASINS utilities and reporting functions, as well as locally derived data sources.
WinHSPF works with postprocessing tools to facilitate display and interpretation of output data.
BASINS allows the user to open l/l/ZnWSPFdirectly from the BASINS user interface. The following sections
provide more details on using Win HSPF through BASINS:
•	Data Requirements for Setting up WSPFthrough BASINS
•	Creating a New HSPF Project
•	Opening an Existing HSPF Project
•	Introduction to the Main WinHSPF Window
HSPF requires Watershed Data Management (WDM) files, which contain input and output time-series
data, in order to run. WDM Time-series management functionality is available through the 'File' menu
option in BASINS, especially through the 'File:Manage Data' menu option. This functionality is
documented under Time-Series Management. WDM data import functionality is available under Read
Data with Script.
Key Procedures

-------
1. Select Plug-ins:Model Setup (HSPF/AQUATOX) from the main menu so that it is active. This will
add HSPF and AQUATOX to the Models menu on the main form.
Plug-ins
Watershed Delineation Converters Sha
Z
Edit Plug-ins


Scripts

*
Analysis
~
~
Archive Project Tool


BASINS 4.1


CSV to Shapefile Converter

A
D4EM Data Download
~
|*|
EPA SWMM 5.0 Setup


EPA WASP 7,3 Setup


GeoSFM


GWLF-E Data Processor


HSPFParm - Parameter Database for HSPF

H
Manual Delineation


Model Segmentation


Model Setup [HSPF/AQUATOX)

Pollutant Loading Estimator [PLQAD)
2. Select Models:HSPF from the main menu to invoke the BASINS HSPF model setup form. All of
the fields on the general tab should default appropriately if the BASINS Delineation Tools were

-------
used to create the Subbasins and Streams Layers.
Jn]2<|
General | Land Use |
Streams | Subbasins | Point Sources | Met Stations |

HSPF Project Name:
Patuxent

Land Use Type:
jlJSGS GIRAS Shapefile
A



Subbasins Layer:
| Subbasins
^1



Streams Layer:
Streams




Point Sources Layer:
| Outlets
d
I- Include Snow Simulation
f* Energyr Balance Method	Temperature Index Method (Degree Day)
Elevation Grid: | Digital Elevation Model l;D206DC'DSderng) ^ | Vertical Units:
| Meters
l~~ Use Advanced Wetlands Setup
Elevation Grid:
) Digital Elevation Model {{EDGDQC'Sdemg}
A



Wetlands Layer:
JNLCD20D1 Landcover
zl
—Status
Update specifications if desired, then click OK to proceed.
OK
Open Existing
Cancel
Help
About
3. Click the Met Stations tab to specify the meteorological data to use in the new HSPF model. The
met stations available for selection reflect the available data contained in the WDM files added

-------
to the current BASINS project.
BASINS HSPF

General
Land Use j
Streams
Subbasins
Point Sources
MD180133:ANNAPOLIS PO LICE B R KS 11551 /4/1-2006/1 /1)
M D130460: B ALTI MO RE SLEDDS POINT (1949/12/1-1957/3/1)
*MD130465:BALTIMORE WASH INTL AP {1970/1/I-2007/1 /I>
*M D130700: B ELTSVILLE 11970/1 /1 -2007/1 /1
MD180701:BELTSVILLE PLANT STN 1 (1949/1/1-1961/1/1)
MD180702:BELTSVILLE PLANT STN 2 (1949/1/1-1961/1/1)
MD180703:BELTSVILLE PLANT STN 3 f1949/1 /1-1957/7/1)
MD180704:BELTSVILLE PLANT STN 4 (1949/1/1-1961/1/1)
MD180705:BELTSVILLE PLANT STN 5 (1949/1/1-1978/10/1)
M D180706: B E LTSVI LLE P LA.NT STN 6 (1949/1 /I -1961/1 /1)
MD180800:BETHESDA NATL INST HEALTH (1951/1/1-1960/9/1)
M D181710:CH ELTEN H AM 1 NW (1943/8/1-1956/10/1)
M D181995:00 LLEG E PAR K (1954/2/1 -1996/4/1)
M D182325: D ALEC AR LI A RES ERVOIR (1943/8/1 -2007/1 /1)
MD182585:DISTRICT HEIGHTS (1948/8/1 -1957/2/1}
MD133230:FORT GEORGE G MEADE (1943/8/1-1975/9/1)
d
* Full Set Available
Update specifications if desired, then click OK to proceed.
OK
Open Existing
Cancel
Help
.About
4. Choose the Met Station to use for this project, and then click OK to create the HSPF UCI file,
which will be stored in the '\BASINS\modelout\pro;ect\' directory. After processing, the main

-------
window of WinHSPF will appear with the new HSPF project.
Hydrological Simulation Program - Fortran (HSPF): Patuxent.uci
File Edit Functions Help ~ & id, if l ® i .> & a B 5 I ~
Urban or Built-up La
Agricultural Land
Forest Land
Barren Land
Wetlands Abater
RCHRES 1
¦ I
RCHRES 2
RCHRES 5
RCHRES 4
RCHRES6




RCHRES3
jnjxj
d
Land Use
| Reaches
| Implnd (Acres)
| Perlnd (Acres)
| Total (Acres)
Total


0
0
Note: The WinHSPF interface is now active. That program's documentation contains extensive
instructions on how to further develop an HSPF model.
Data Requirements for Setting up HSPF through BASINS When using
BASINS HSPF to build an initial HSPF User Control Input (UCI) file, the subbasins, streams, and land use
data layers must exist on the map. Generally, the 'subbasins' and 'streams' (plus an optional 'point
sources' layer) will come from a BASINS delineation tool, although equivalent themes from another
delineation tool can be used as well.
BASINS HSPF is designed to be flexible in its handling of GIS layers. While the subbasins and streams
layers from a BASINS delineator tool will typically be used, such layers from any other delineation tool
are also supported. Similarly, while typically a BASINS user will use the USGS GIRAS or NLCD land use
layers, BASINS HSPF supports use of other vector or raster land use layers.
Additional layers may be required depending upon the options chosen in the BASINS HSPF tool. The
Point Sources layer is only needed for identifying point source locations. If no point sources are to be
included in the model, this layer may be omitted. The Land Use Index theme from BASINS is also
required when using the USGS GIRAS land use data.
If snow simulation is desired, the user must specify a choice of simulation methods for snow, a grid of
elevations, and the vertical units of that elevation grid. The elevation grid is used in the model setup
process to compute the average elevation of each HSPF pervious and impervious model segment
(PERLND/IMPLND), which is a required input for HSPF snow simulation.

-------
Beginning with BASINS 4.5, a new option is available for simulating wetlands. This option uses a DEM
grid and a wetlands map layer to determine the amount of land area draining to a wetland before
reaching the stream reach. Using this option, the HSPF project will be created with a wetlands HSPF
reach/reservior (RCHRES) operation draining to each stream RCHRES operation.
BASINS HSPF may also be used to enter Win HSPF with an existing HSPF User Control Input (UCI) file. In
this case the delineation layers are not required.
Creating a New HSPF Project
BASINS HSPF creates a new HSPF project using the GIS layers on the map. Layers used by this extension
include Subbasins, Streams, and optionally Point Sources or Outlets. Depending upon the options
chosen, the Land Use Index and corresponding land use shape files may also be used. A met stations
layer, such as that created by the Data Download tool when downloading meteorologic data, is useful
for locating possible met stations for the HSPF model.
The BASINS HSPF window opens with the interface populated according to the layers available on the
map. The dominant portion of the BASINS HSPF window is a tabbed dialog. Below the tabbed dialog is a
small status frame and a row of command buttons.

-------
Jnjj
-------
for specifying more details about the Land Use, Subbasins, Streams, Point Sources layers, and the Met
Stations to be used in the model setup.
The General tab is used to specify the name of the HSPF project (the base name of the UCI file), the Land
Use Type (USGS GIRAS Shapefile, Other Shapefile, NLCD Grid, or Other Grid), the Subbasins layer, the
Streams layer, and the Point Sources layer. By default the HSPF Project name will be the base name of
the BASINS project, and the Land Use Type will be 'USGS GIRAS Shapefile'. The Point Sources layer does
not have to be specified if there are no point sources to be included in the HSPF project.
The General tab is also used to indicate if snow simulation is desired. If the 'Include Snow Simulation'
box is checked, the user must specify a choice of simulation methods for snow, a grid of elevations, and
the vertical units of that elevation grid. The elevation grid is used in the model setup process to compute
the average elevation of each HSPF pervious and impervious model segment (PERLND/IMPLND), which
is a required input for HSPF snow simulation.
A recent addition to the General tab is the 'Advanced Wetlands Setup' frame. This option uses a DEM
grid and a wetlands map layer to determine the amount of land area draining to a wetland before
reaching the stream reach. Using this option, the HSPF project will be created with a wetlands HSPF
reach/reservior (RCHRES) operation draining to each stream RCHRES operation.
When entering BASINS HSPF from a BASINS project containing the typical BASINS project layers,
including the output from a BASINS delineation and downloaded meteorologic data, all fields in the
interface will be populated. In this case the user may update any of the specifications in the interface if
desired. The met stations to be used in the model are specified through the Met Stations tab, and when
ready the user may click OK to begin the calculations to produce the new HSPF project.
Clicking OK produces the BASINS Files (.wsd, .psr, .rch, and .ptf) used in creating a new UCI file in
WinHSPF. Messages in the Status frame give updates on the progress. These intermediate files are
documented in detail in the WinHSPF Manual. After these files are created, the UCI file is automatically
created.
The new UCI file is written to the HSPF project folder (in the BASINS\modelout directory). Portions of
the UCI file are based on the .wsd, .rch, .psr, and .ptf files created when the OK button was clicked in
BASINS HSPF. Once the UCI file is created the set of files from the BASINS HSPF Extension (.wsd, .rch,
.psr, and .ptf) are no longer used. Initial values for some parameters important to HSPF hydrology
calibration are extracted from the 'starter.uci' and deposited into the new UCI file.
A Project WDM File will also be created, using the base file name of the UCI file along with the WDM
extension. This file is used to contain the point source inputs to the model as well as any output time
series from the HSPF simulation.
After the UCI is created the main WinHSPF window appears, entitled Hydrological Simulation Program -
Fortran (HSPF). A schematic diagram of the watershed appears in the main WinHSPF window.
Note: If no subbasins are selected in the map, the HSPF project will be produced using all of the
subbasins in the specified subbasin layer. If specific subbasins are selected, the HSPF project will contain
only those subbasins.

-------
Land Use Tab
The Land Use tab is used to specify details of how land use data is to be extracted for each subbasin.
The interface on this form changes depending upon the Land Use Type specified in the General tab. If
the Land Use Type on the General tab is set to 'USGS GIRAS Shapefile', this tab will include a
Classification File selection tool and a grid for specifying the impervious percentage of each land use
type. When using the USGS GIRAS land use data with the default classification file, the land use types
will be reclassified into six categories (forest, agricultural, urban, range land, barren, and
wetlands/water).
If the 'Other Shapefile', 'NLCD Grid' or 'Other Grid' is specified as the Land Use Type, this tab will also
include a drop-down list to specify the land use layer to be used. If 'Other Shapefile' is chosen, the
Classification Field is used to specify the descriptive field in the attribute table of the land use layer that
will be used as the land use type in HSPF, as reflected in the Impervious Percent grid. The Impervious
Percent column of the grid is used to specify the percentage of each land use category that is to be
considered impervious.

-------
;L BASINS HSPF
-.iPj xj
| Streams |
Subbasins
Point Sources
Met Stations |
Land Use Layer:
Land Use washdc
B
Classification Field:
LEVELS
3
Classification File:

Change
Group Description
Impervious Percent
CROPLAND AND PASTURE
MIXED FOREST LAND
STRIP MINES
RESIDENTIAL
BAYS AND ESTUARIES
STREAMS AND CANALS
TRANS, COMM.. UTIL
NONFORESTED WETLAND
d
r Status
Update specifications if desired, then click OK to proceed.
OK
Open Existing
Cancel
Help
About
The Classification file setting is used to specify a .dbf file specifying how the individual land use
categories are to be combined into the set of categories in the model. For instance, using the default
classification file for GIRAS data, residential, commercial, and industrial land use categories are all
grouped together into a broad 'urban' land use type. If no classification file is set, each individual land
use category will be represented separately in HSPF. The Reclassify Land Use tool in BASINS can be used
to build other classification files.
Streams Tab
The Streams tab is used to specify details of how data is to be extracted from the streams layer. This tab
contains nine drop-down lists used to specify the Subbasin ID Field, Downstream ID Field, Length Field

-------
(in meters), Slope Field (as percent), Width Field (meters), Depth Field (meters), Minimum Elevation
Field (meters), Maximum Elevation Field (meters), and Stream Name Field. These fields are filled in by
default when using a Streams layer produced using one of the BASINS watershed delineation tools, if
using a Streams layer from another source, the appropriate field names will have to be specified through
this interface. The Subbasin ID field is used to link a stream segment with the subbasin in which it
resides, so the values in this field must correspond to the values in the Subbasin ID field in the Subbasins
tab. The Downstream ID Field is used to establish connectivity between subbasins.
BASINS HSPF
^JnJxJ
General
Land Use
Streams
| Subbasins
Point Sources
Met Stations
Subbasin ID Field:
Downstream ID Field:
Length Field (meters):
Slope Field (percent):
Width Field (meters):
Depth Field (meters):
Min Elev Field (meters):
Max Elev Field (meters):
Stream Name Field:
SUBBASIN
SUBBASINR
LEN2
SL02
WID2
DEP2
MINEL
MAXEL
SNAME
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
r Status
Update specifications if desired, then click OK to proceed.
OK
Open Existing
Cancel
Help
About
The values in the length field are used as the values of LEN in the RCHRES HYDR-PARM2 HSPF table. The
values in the slope, width and depth fields are used in calculating the initial HSPF FTABLES. The values in
the minimum and maximum elevation fields are used to calculate the DELTH in the RCHRES HYDR-

-------
PARM2 HSPF table. The values in the stream name field are used as the reach names in the RCHID field
of the RCHRES GEN-INFO table.
WinHSPF uses the information in these fields to automatically create FTABLEs by using the depth, width,
slope, and length values identified in the Streams Tab. WinHSPF uses Manning's equation, together with
assumptions about channel geometry, and Manning's n to calculate FTABLE values of volume, surface
area, and outflow as a function of depth.
The HSPF tool derives the channel cross-section geometry using the mean channel depth and width,
along with the following assumptions (see the diagram of the channel cross-section below):
•	the channel cross-section is trapezoidal
•	the channel sides have slopes of 1:1
•	the channel depth is 1.25 times the mean channel depth
•	the flood plain width, on each side of the reach, is equal to the mean channel width
•	the depth at which the flood plain slope changes is 1.5 times the channel depth
•	the default slopes of the upper and lower flood plain are 0.5:1
•	the maximum depth in the FTABLE is set to 50 times the channel depth

-------
WinHSPF then uses the above cross-sectional geometry, the slope value, and an assumed value of 0.05
for the Manning's n, and Manning's equation, to calculate outflow for different depths. WinHSPF uses
the channel length, along with the above cross-sectional geometry to calculate the volume and surface
area values in the FTABLE. Users may modify the FTABLES or generate new FTABLES using different
assumptions using the Reach Editor in WinHSPF.
Subbasins Tab
The Subbasins tab is used to specify details of how data is to be extracted from the subbasins layer.
This tab contains three drop-down lists used to specify the Subbasin ID Field, the Slope Field in percent,
and an optional Model Segment ID Field. These fields are filled in by default when using a Subbasins
layer produced using one of the BASINS watershed delineation tools. If using a Subbasins layer from
another source, specify a field with a unique identifier for each subbasin as the Subbasin ID Field, and a
field containing percent slope values as the Slope Field. The Subbasin ID field is used to connect
subbasins to stream segments (see the Streams tab section). The values in the slope field are used as
the values of SLSUR in the PERLND PWAT-PARM2/IMPLND IWAT-PARM2 HSPF tables. Upon UCI file
creation in WinHSPF, the assumed length of the overland flow plane, LSUR, will be estimated from the
slope value based upon a typical range of the length parameter for a given slope.

-------
1_ BASINS HSPF
JnJxJ
General j Land Use j Streams
| Subbasins
Point Sources j Met Stations |
Subbasin ID Field:
Slope Field (percent):
Model Segment ID Field:
| SUBBASIN	^

1SLOI
d

|
zi
r Status
Update specifications if desired, then click OK to proceed.
OK
Open Existing
Cancel
Help
About
The 'Model Segment ID Field' drop-down list is used to specify a field on the Subbasin shapefile that
contains a model segment identifier. The model segment identifier may be either a character string or
an integer number. Subbasins that share a common model segment identifier will be grouped into a
single HSPF model segment as the UCI is built. Corresponding meteorologic data can be specified for
model segments through the 'Met Stations' tab. The 'none' value may be specified if there is no field
containing a model segment identifier, in which case the HSPF UCI file will be built using only a single
model segment.
Point Sources Tab

-------
The Point Sources tab is used to specify details of how data is to be extracted from the point sources
layer to represent point source discharges. The PCS layer in BASINS or an outlets layer produced by a
BASINS delineation tool can be used as the point sources layer.
This tab contains a drop down list to specify the point source id field, another drop down list to specify
the year for which permitted discharges are to be used from the PCS data, plus a check box for
specifying if a custom loading table is to be used. The Point Source ID field should be set to the field
name on the point source layer containing a unique identifier for each point source discharger. When
using the Permit Compliance System data this column will default to the PCSID column, which contains
the NPDES identifiers.
If the Point Sources layer is specified, either as an Outlets layer from a BASINS delineation tool or as the
Permit Compliance System (PCS) layer, the PCS Year field is used to specify the year of PCS data to be
used as the discharge into the reach network. The discharge values for this year will be used as constant
discharges for all years of the simulation.

-------
BASINS HSPF
^JnJxJ
General
Land Use
Streams
Subbasins
Point Sources
| Met Stations j
Point Source ID Field:	| PCSID
PCS Year:	Il999
3
3
V Use custom loading table
r Status
Update specifications if desired, then click OK to proceed.
OK
Open Existing
Cancel
Help
About
The check box is used to specify a custom point source loading table. This feature can be used to specify
point source loading tables other than those delivered with BASINS. To do so, a Point Source/Outlets
layer must be specified, and the Point Source ID field must indicate the field in the Point Source/Outlets
layer containing a unique identifier for each point source discharger. When this box is checked, the user
will be prompted for the name of the .dbf file containing the loading data. This table of loading data
must contain at least the following four fields. There must be a field containing a unique identifier for
each point source discharger, and this field must have the same name as the Point Source ID field in the
Point Source/Outlets layer. There must be a field named FACNAME containing each facility name.
There must be a field named LOAD containing the load in Ibs/yr, or in the case of flow data, cfs. And
there must be a field named PARM containing the parameter name, which must be FLOW if the data

-------
applies to flow data, or any other name for any other constituent. There may be multiple lines in the
table corresponding to any one point source discharger.
Met Stations Tab
The Met Stations tab contains a list for selecting met stations. The met stations available for selection
reflect the available data contained in the WDM files added to the current BASINS project.
BASINS HSPF
Jdj
-------
included in the HSPF simulation. (After the new project has been created other Met stations may be
added through the WinHSPF interface.) If the 'Model Segment ID Field' is set in the Subbasin tab, this
list will show each model segment and allow the user to specify a met station for each model segment.
In this case one met station should be specified on each line of the grid.
Note: Model segments will be created based on the number of unique model segments implied by the
values of the 'Model Segment ID Field' in the Subbasins tab. If this field is set to 'none', a single model
segment (one PERLND/IMPLND per land use) will be created for all subbasins. If the 'Model Segment ID
Field' is set to something other than 'none', a model segment (one PERLND/IMPLND per land use) will
be created for each unique value in the model segment ID field of the Subbasins shapefile.
Advanced Wetlands Setup
A recent addition to the General tab is the 'Advanced Wetlands Setup' frame. This option provides an
advanced wetlands setup capability within the BASINS HSPF setup tool, with which a user can choose to
represent wetlands as separate RCHRES operations, thus taking into account the water quality
improvements that wetlands provide.
With the 'Advanced Wetlands Setup' option checked, a DEM grid and a wetlands map layer are used to
determine the amount of land area draining to a wetland before reaching the stream reach. Using this
option, a user explicitly models a wetlands RCHRES as well as the normal stream channel RCHRES within
each subbasin.
I- Use Advanced Wetlands Setup
Elevation Grid:
| Digital Elevation Model [DSC'GC'C'C'Gdemg)
¦



Wetlands Layer:
|NLCD2DD1 Landcover
J
In addition to the 'Streams', 'Subbasins', and 'Point Sources' GIS layers specified as input to the
BASINS/HSPF model setup tool, the user supplies a DEM, from which flow direction is determined, as
well as a GIS layer indicating areas designated as wetlands. The enhanced model setup tool performs
geoprocessing on these GIS layers, producing a new 'ToWetlands' grid indicating areas of the watershed
draining to wetlands prior to entering the stream channel. The 'ToWetlands' grid is then used in
creating the HSPF UCI file as described below.
Whereas the normal BASINS/HSPF model setup workflow merely overlays the land use with the
delineated subbasin boundaries to determine the area contributing to each stream reach, the enhanced
model setup tool overlays the land use with both the delineated subbasin boundaries and the
'ToWetlands' grid, calculating the area of each land use contributing to the stream reach as well as the
area contributing to each 'wetlands' reach. Thus an HSPF model produced using the 'Advanced

-------
Wetlands Setup' option will contain both a 'wetlands' reach and a stream reach within each subbasin,
where the wetlands reach will be a local tributary to the stream reach.
The user should be aware that there are some limitations to this approach of using RCHRES to simulate
wetlands:
•	An FTABLE will be used to represent the area of the wetlands; as the surface area column of the
wetlands RCHRES is variable with depth, there will be under counting of watershed surface area in
dry periods and over counting of surface area in wet periods.
•	The accuracy of this method is dependent upon the user supplying adequate FTABLES to represent
the wetlands.
•	Water Quality processes are cut off in RCHRES when the water depth is less than 2 inches; this could
be a substantial amount of the simulation time with wetlands represented by RCHRES.
The workflow of the procedure is outlined below:
1.	A DEM layer and a wetlands layer must be part of the project. Several sources of DEM data are
available through the BASINS Data Download Tool. Data sources and download mechanisms for
wetlands data is not automated at this point, but two possible sources of wetlands data include
the NLCD 2001 land cover layer and the wetlands layer from the National Wetlands Inventory.
Wetlands data from both sources are accommodated in this tool. Both the DEM and the
wetlands layer must be loaded as part of the BASINS project.
2.	Select the 'Advanced Wetlands Setup' checkbox and specify the DEM and wetlands layers. Set
the other options of the BASINS HSPF setup tool as desired.
3.	Click'OK'. During processing, a Flow Direction grid is created based on the input DEM. Then a
'ToWetlands' grid is created using the Flow Direction grid, wetlands GIS layer, and stream reach
shapefile. The algorithm for the 'ToWetlands' grid uses a pixel-by-pixel approach to determine if
each pixel (grid cell) drains to a wetland or to a stream reach (without first passing through a
wetland).
4.	Using the 'ToWetlands' grid, the BASINS/HSPF model setup tool automatically determines the
area of each land use category contributing to each wetland reach as well as to each stream
reach.
5.	The section of the BASINS/HSPF model setup code responsible for creating the HSPF User
Control Input (UCI) file creates both a 'wetlands' RCHRES and a stream RCHRES within each
modeled subbasin.
6.	As part of UCI creation, assumptions are made about 'wetlands' RCHRES channel dimensions for
creating the FTABLE for the 'wetlands' RCHRES operations. Default HSPF parameter values are
applied for the 'wetlands' RCHRES operations. Note that the outlets from the new wetlands
RCHRES operations are assumed to connect to the corresponding river RCHRES. It is up to the

-------
user to modify the connectivity and parameterization if the default assumptions are not
appropriate.
The Wetlands Layer may be either a shapefile or a grid layer. The requirement of the grid layer is that
the wetland cells must be coded with a value of 90 or greater, as they are in the NLCD land cover layers.
During processing a grid named 'Corrected DEM' will appear on the map. This layer is the pit-filied DEM,
and it is a prerequisite to computing the Flow Direction grid. When computed the Flow Direction grid
will also be added to the map.
When the ToWetlands' grid is complete, it is added the map as well. An example is shown below. In
the resulting grid, cells corresponding to the stream lines are assigned the value 98, cells draining to
those stream cells without first passing through a wetland are assigned 28, and cells draining to a
wetland before reaching the stream are assigned 29.
JnixJ
Models II Compute t "¦ Launch t ^ Analysis Layer View Bookmarks Plug-ins Shapefile Editor Watershed Delineation Converters Help
: New Open Save Print Settings
:: a ~
Add Remove Clear
Out Extent Selected Previous
Symbology Categories Que
D III'
Properties Table
O
Layers | Toolbox |
~ S! LJ Point Sources and Withdrawals
IeEZI ToWetlands
^HDrainsto Stream
f 1 Drains to Wetlands
¦ Streams
Wetlands
^ No Data
~	[J Flow Direction Grid
~	1.000
¦	2.000
B 3.000
¦	4.000
B 5.000
¦	6.000
H 7.000
~	8.000
yS/. No Data
ED Corrected DEM
O 0-131
B 131-232
M No Data
ED Burned DEM
ED Masked DEM
~	~ PermitCompliance System
~
B0 Weather Station Sites 2009
¦
Categories
: Select Deselect Measure Identify
a x
7.3] shp shp
New Insert Add Remove
^ iS • • ® 85 O ^ *§*
Copy Paste Merge Erase Erase beneath Move Rotate Resize Move vertex
jEH
itt
B
CSIUTM Zone 18, Northern Hemisphere ¦* | X: 338,159.492 Y: 4,314,469.593 Meters | Lat: 38.964 Long: -76.868
The enhanced workflow described above results in an HSPF UCI file which opens in the BASINS HSPF
User Interface (WinHSPF), with two RCHRES operations per applicable subbasin, one RCHRES
representing the stream channel and one RCHRES representing the wetlands. The 'wetlands' RCHRES
includes areas of both riparian and isolated wetlands within the subject subbasin.

-------
® Hydrological Simulation Program - Fortran (HSPF}: 02060006.uci
-|n|x||
File Edit Functions Help J # M © *1 ii 3 " ' -O | ~
	 1
|
Urban or Built-up La
Agricultural Land
Forest Land
Barren Land
¦ I
RCHRES 101
RCHRES 106
. I
RCHRES 102
RCHRES1
RCHRES 6
RCHRES 103
RCHRES2
RCHRES3
RCHRES105
RCHRES5
RCHRES 104
RCHRES4

Land Use
| Reaches
| Implnd (Acres)
| Perlnd (Acres)
| Total (Acres)
Total

jo
0
|o
The RCHRES block of the UCI has been updated showing new operations from 101 to 106, where
RCHRES 101 represents the area draining to wetlands before draining to RCHRES 1. The RCHRES
operations with identifiers in the 100s are the wetlands RCHRES operations; notice that there is one per
stream reach (RCHRES 101 and RCHRES 1, for instance).

-------
0206Q006.UCI - Notepad
^~jxj
File Edit Format View Help
RCHRES











A
ACTIVITY











*** rchres Active sections











*** X - X HYFG ADFG CNFG
HTFG
5DFG
GQFG
OXFG
NUFG
PKFG
PHFG





1 106 1 0 0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0





END ACTIVITY












PRINT-INFO












rchres Printout level
f 1 ags










*** x - x hydr adca cons
HEAT
SED
GQL
OXRX
NUTR
PLNK
PHCB
PIVL
PYR



1 106 4 4 4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
1
9



END PRINT-INFO












BINARY-INFO












rchres Binary output
1 evel
f 1 ags









*** X - X HYDR ADCA CONS
HEAT
SED
GQL
OXRX
NUTR
PLNK
PHCB
PIVL
PYR


|
1 106 4 4 4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
1
9



END BINARY-INFO












GEN-INFO











_l
**« Name
Nexits
unit systems
pri nter





RCHRES



t-seri es
Engl
Metr
LKFG




*** X - X



i n
out






1 western Branch Patux
1

1
1
91
0
0
92
0


2 Southwest Branch
wes
1

1
1
91
0
0
92
0


3 south collinqton
Bra
1

1
1
91
0
0
92
0


4 south Reach, western
1

1
1
91
0
0
92
0


5 Western Branch Patux
1

1
1
91
0
0
92
0


6 North collington
Bra
1

1
1
91
0
0
92
0


101 wetlands to Rl

1

1
1
91
0
0
92
0


102 Wetlands to R2

1

1
1
91
0
0
92
0


103 wetlands to R3

1

1
1
91
0
0
92
0


104 wetlands to R4

1

1
1
91
0
0
92
0


105 Wetlands to R5

1

1
1
91
0
0
92
0


106 wetlands to R6

1

1
1
91
0
0
92
0


END GEN-INFO












HYDR-PARM1












*** Flags for hydr
secti on










***RC HRES vc Al A2 A3 ODFVFG
for
each
*** ODGTFG
for
each
FUNCT
for
each

*** X - X FG FG FG FG possible
exit
*** possible
exit
possi ble
exit

1 106 0 1 1 1
4 0
0
0 0

0 0
0
0 0

1 1
1
1 1

END HYDR-PARM1












HYDR-PARM2












*** RCHRES FTBW FTBU
LEN
DELTH
STCOR

KS

DB50



*** x - x (miles)

(ft)

(ft)



(in)



1 0 1
9. 66

56

3.2

0. 5

0.01



2 0 2 12.37

200

3.2

0. 5

0.01


d
LI












The default FTABLES for the wetlands reaches are created based on the assumed channel dimensions
from BASINS for the corresponding channel reaches, except that the widths of the wetlands are
assumed to be an order of magnitude larger than the corresponding channel reach.
Opening an Existing HSPF Project
The Open Existing button is used to open an existing HSPF project (UCI file) in WinHSPF. To open an
existing UCI file, use the Select UCI dialog to select the existing UCI file that you would like to open.
Note: UCI files created by BASINS are located within the "modelout" folder, typically in
"\B AS IN S4 l\m od e I o u t\project n am e".

-------
Select UCI
Look in: —2 02060006
My Recent
Documents
Desktop
My Documents
My Computer
My Network
Places
^!b2060006.uci
File name:
Files of type:
UCI files f.uci)
~T] o c?
31
jJjl!
Open
Cancel
~Ya
Clicking Open will start WinHSPF. As WinHSPF starts, an initialization process begins, during which the
contents of several files are read into memory, including the files 'HspfMsg.mdb' and 'starter.uci'. The
progress will be visible in the status window. After initialization the main WinHSPF window appears,
entitled Hydrological Simulation Program - Fortran (HSPF).

-------
F
Hydro logical Simulation Program - Fortran (HSPF)
-=JnJ.
2
-------
1^ Hydrological Simulation Program - Fortran (HSPF): Patuxentuci
-|n x||
File Edit Functions Help
t
i ^ ¦ ® i p- ^ a 1' 1 ^ %
i
Urban or Built-up La
Agricultural Land
Forest Land
Barren Land
Wetlands/Water
RCHRES 1
¦ I
RCHRES2
RCHRES 5
RCHRES4
RCHRES6




RCHRES3
d
Land Use
| Reaches
| Implnd (Acres)
| Perlnd (Acres)
| Total (Acres)
Total


0
0
The buttons on the tool bar represent various ways of interacting with the UCI file. The left most
buttons can be used for creating, opening, and saving a project (UCI file). The right most buttons on the
tool bar are used to perform the simulation, i.e. run HSPF, and to view output. The other buttons on the
tool bar are used to view and/or modify the contents of various portions of the UCI file.
The tab strip contains three tabs. The tabs work in conjunction with the figures in the watershed
schematic to display information about the simulation in the auxiliary table. The tabs are used to select
whether to display information related to land surfaces, met segments, or point sources. Highlighting
some items in the tab strip in conjunction with highlighting some figures in the watershed schematic
results in the data common to both being summarized in the auxiliary table. For example, clicking on
the Forest land surface and the RCHRES 1 figure results in the acres of Forested area contributing to
RCHRES 1. Selecting a particular land use in the land surface tab highlights all of the reaches where that
kind of landuse occurs.
Complete documentation of the WinHSPF program is available in the WinHSPF User's Manual.

-------
SWAT
The Soil and Water Assessment Tool (SWAT) is physically based continuous simulation model useful for
predicting the impact of land management practices on water, sediments, and different agricultural
parameters for watersheds of various scales and complexities. OpenSWAT provides an extensive GIS
interface for SWAT through the BASINS GIS application. The version of SWAT supported in BASINS is
SWAT2005.
A watershed simulation through SWAT is achieved by subdividing the watershed into Hydrological
Response Units (HRUs). HRUs are basically homogeneous subbasins having similar soil, land use, and
slope properties. Main input parameters are grouped into categories such as weather, land cover, soil,
and management within subbasins, plus ponds/reservoirs, ground water, and the main channel or
reach. More information about SWAT can be downloaded here.
Note: SWAT2005 and the SWAT Editor are not included with this package. They may be downloaded
from http://swatmodel.tamu.edu/
The major steps involved in creating a watershed model using OpenSWAT are listed below:
1.	Project Setup
2.	Watershed Delineation
3.	Land use, soil, slope reclassification
4.	Land use, soil, slope, subbasin overlay
5.	HRU Definition
6.	Weather data definition
7.	Model Run
A more complete tutorial for setting up SWAT within BASINS can be found in the Starting SWAT section
of the manual.
Enabling the OpenSWAT Plug-In
From the main menu in BASINS, select the Plug-Ins menu and then select the Soil and Water Assessment
Tool (SWAT) to activate the OpenSWAT plug-in.

-------
BASINS 4.5 - 02060006*
File Models Compute Launch Analysis Layer View Bookmarks
Symbology Categories Quer
iff. ii ~ ~ .<•
0 ob shp shp
New Insert Add Remove C
: m
; I.J —1 
i Us
La
i |
a
New Open Save Print Settings
. Add
Remove
Clear
*
Pan
r a , *
In Out Extent Selected Previous Next Layer
J® £>
^ X
Legend
Layers ] Toolbox j
~	~ Point Sources and Withdrav'/als A
SD Permit Compliance System ~
~	~ Observed Data Stations
~ ~ Bacteria	^
0 ~ NAWQA Study Area U n it Bo un
~	0 & Hydrology
00 Reach File, V1	^ —
0D Cataloging Unit Code \*>
0D Accounting Unit Boundaries
00 Cataloging Unit Boundaries ~
~	0 LPolitical
0D Urban Area Names	~
0D County Names
0D County Boundaries	Q
0D EPA Region Boundaries

Preview Map
¥ X
¦
Plug-ins | Converters Shapefile Editor Help
Edit Plug-ins
C#j Scripts
Analysis
j] Archive Project Tool
^ BASINS 4.5
j] CSV to Shapefile Converter
^ D-1EM Data Download
j-f] EPA SWMM 5.0 Setup
|~£] EPA WASP Model Builder
GWLF-E Data Processor
HSPFParm - Parameter Database for HSPF
Manual Delineation
Model Segmentation
Model Setup (HSPF/AQUATOX)
Pollutant Loading Estimator (PLOAD)
Shapefile Editor
5
itify Label Mover
/ *
ate Resize Move
Soil and Water Assessment Tool (SWAT)
Tiled Map
TImeseries	~
Watershed Characterization System (WCS)
Watershed Delineation
I
With the Open SWAT plug-in active, you will see the SWAT toolbar.
Project
Reclassify
SWAT Editor


Ii prffl
a
" IhI*
af
Watershed
Delineation
t
Write output
tables

-------
Creating a New SWAT Project
Project-related functionalities are grouped under the SWAT project icon; these functionalities can be
accessed by clicking the arrow next to the project icon.
hi-'T
PV
v t df 1 ft sp
rK :
V r
* H V-r -ta

New SWAT Project 1

Copy SWAT Project
Delete Project
Project Properties
About OpenSWAT |
Click the "New SWAT Project" option to create a new project.
k-l SWAT Project Setup
"Project Directory
C:\BASINS\SWAT\Patuxent
SWAT Project Database
Database Name (*.mdb)
| P at u x e nt. rri d b
*J
SWAT Parameter Database
Database Name (* rndb)
C:\BASINS\bin\Plugins\SWA7\Databases\SWAT2005.mdb
Cancel
OK
~
Project Directory: This is the place users should specify where they want to create project related
databases and other required files. Users can select a directory by clicking the browse button next to
the "Project Directory" name box. A new directory can be created by clicking the "Make New Folder"
button in the Windows interface.
SWAT Project Database: By default, the project database name and project directory name are the
same. If users want, they can give a new name for the project database.

-------
SWAT Parameter Database: This database has most of the required parameters for the SWAT Model.
This database is installed with the OpenSWAT plug-in.
Once you have given the required parameters for the SWAT Project Setup dialog, press the "OK" button.
SWAT Project
*1
i^ SWAT Project Setup sucessful!
OK
The files created during the project setup are shown below:
| fe C: \B AS INS \S W AT \Patuxent
-
~ |_xj
File Edit View Favorites Tools
Help




*
^ Back ~ Ql * [ IT
JD Search
Folders
X "9
un-
Address Si C:\PASINS\SWAT\Patuxent

~ 0 Go
Links
Name

Size
Type



£~ Scenarios
O Watershed
® Patuxent. mdb
0 prjDBConfig.txt


64 KB
1KB
File Folder
File Folder
Microsoft Access Application
Text Document




1


-tJ
Watershed Delineation
The Watershed Delineation tool on the SWAT toolbar uses a Digital Elevation Model (DEM) grid to
create subwatersheds, much like the Automatic Watershed Delineator in BASINS. OpenSWAT may also
be used with watershed delineations produced using the BASINS Manual Watershed Delineation tool.
The automatic watershed delineator functions can be accessed though clicking the arrow next to the
"Watershed Delineation" icon.

-------


^i^ij T
V't (M, g±, shp ft i 33 • 1
f .ji*
r < x ¦ i
} sif A
j-Kfg
/WZ .* ii-J'b* ¦"

Automatic Watershed Delineator
Watershed Reports
Click the "Automatic Watershed Delineator" to start the watershed delineator.

-------
Automatic Watershed Delineation
Setup and Preprocessing
Elevation Units Base Elevation Data (DEM) Layer:
Draw Mask
Select Mask
1 selected
Use Existing Intermediate Files

3
&
1^ Burn-in Existing Stream Polyline
| Flowline Features
Z.
& Use a Focusing Mask

r Use Current View Extents for Mask
Set Extents
Use Grid or Shapefile for Mask

Jw_b ranch
w 1
Run
Network Delineation by Threshold Method
3730
# of Cells 10|
Use Existing Intermediate Files
sq. mi ~^j
Run
Custom Outlet/Inlet Definition and Delineation Completion
r Use a Custom Outlets/Inlets Layer
| Select a. Point Shapefile, then Selector Draw Outlets/Inlets
Draw Outlets/Inlets	Select Outlets/Inlets 0 Selected
Snap Preview
Snap Threshold 13~ ~.0000
"3
k~y
Run
Advanced Settings
Close
Run All
Full details of the Automatic Watershed Delineator can be found in the Automatic Watershed
Delineation section of the manual. Example delineation results are shown below.

-------
BASINS 4 -Patuxent
File 'Compute Watershed Delineation Analysis ."¦'Models Launch Edit View Plug-ins Shapefile Editor Converters GIS Tools Help
:Q L. y |Q) ^ L"*: I? T? y-*~ Test i " : : IkS' 0'	(M ^ shp _J <3>	o y «$~ m m s/ S-

us
I 00 Terrain Analysis	
H 0 Watershed Shapefile (02060006 ~ 1
—0 Stream Reach Shapefile (net) (0
Q0 Observed Data Stations
—0 Weather Station Sites 2006 ¦
~	Bacteria	¦
	~ NAWQA Study Area Unit Bound Q
pn Hvdroloqy-NHDPIus
—~ Flowline Features
—D Catchment
~	Area Features
—~ Waterbodv Features
@0 Hydroloqy
—0 W branch
—~ Reach File. V1
—O Cataloging Unit Code
—~ Accountinq Unit Boundaries
—0 Cataloqinq Unit Boundaries
~ 0 Elevation
'—00 Diqital Elevation Model
0D Point Sources and Withdrawals
—~ Permit Compliance Svstem
00 Political
—~ Urban Area Names
—~ County Names
—O County Boundaries
D EPA Reqion Boundaries
0 State Boundaries
—~ Urban Area Boundaries
Preview Map
c;
x

< U
w
%
]X: 329.875 Y: 1.318.786 Kilometers |x: 329.875.287 Y: 1.318.785.509 Meters
| j |1: Infinity
wBI ¦ ¦ ¦ .
Kg? ¦WwfVJ,
l£^Pr'v
Land use/ Soil/ Slope Reclassification
The Land use and Soil definition option in the "Land Use/ Soil/ Slope menu" allows users to specify the
land use, soil, and slope layers that will be used for modeling using SWAT. These layers are then used to
determine the Hydrological Response Unit (HRIJ) distribution for each sub watershed.


W* (M , fe shp shp _j


Subwatershed Definition

Lard Use and Soil Definition
Li's

HRU Definition
Analysis Reports

-------
The "Subwatershed Definition" menu option is used to set the Subwatershed and Streams layers to be
used in the reclassification and overlay steps. The user may specify the output of any BASINS watershed
delineation process. Output from either the manual or automatic watershed delineation tools may be
used.
Subwatershed Definition
Select the Subwatershed Shape File (Step 1)
Watershed Shapefile (0206000Sdemgw.shp)
E
Select the Subwatershed ID Field (Step 2)
St ream Link

Select the Associated Streams Shape File (Step 3)
|Stream Reach Shapefile (riet)7o2060006derngnet.sh ~ |
Cancel
OK
SWAT requires land use data to determine the area of each land category to be simulated within each
subwatershed. SWAT also relies on soil and slope data to determine the range of hydrologic
characteristics found within each subwatershed. The Land use and Soil Definition option guides the user
through the process of specifying the data to be used in the simulation and of ensuring that those data
are in the appropriate format.

-------
Landuse/Soil/Slope Definition

Land Use Data
Soil Data
Slope
Select the Land Use Grid (Step 1)
NLCD 2001 Landcover
"3 _i|
I Load the unique grid values into LU Classification table (Step 2)
Load the Table
(Step 3)
Look Up Table
Table Grid Values —> Land Cover Classes
SWAT Land Use Classification Table

ID
Name

31
SWRN

41
FRSD

42
FRSE

43
FRST

81
HAY

82
AGRR

90
WETF

95
WETN

0
NoData
Reclassify
Overlay

-------
To reclassify Land use arid Soil, click on the "Land use and Soil Definition" option. The Land Use/ Soil/
Slope definition window has three different tabs for defining the Land Use, Soil, and Slopes
To define the Land Use, users should select that LU grid from the "Select the Land use Grid" drop-down
list. After selecting the Land use grid, click the "Load the Table" button to load the unique data from the
grid to the SWAT Land use classification table. Soon after clicking the "Load the Table", users will get a
message summarizing the information about the grid.
Land Use Loading Info

V
The Landuse data have been sucessfully loaded and clipped to the watershed boundary.
CLIP (Data)
Overlap area (In map units): 219472956.820413
Percentage of overlap: 99.9928611672022
No data area (in map units) :0
Overlap of < 100% may result in some subbasins without any landuse data overlap. This will result in a failure of thedata overlay process. Please go back and ensure that all of your
subbasins are covered by your landuse datasetbefore proceeding.
The land use grid codes must be assigned a land cover/plant description. Users may import or manually
assign a land cover/plant code. To do so, click on the "Look up Table" button.
ItJLULC Lookup Table


nJ

r LULC USGS Table
C NLCD 1992 Table
& NLCD 2001 Table
User Table
OK
Uan eel
Users can specify many different standard lookup tables, or they may choose their own custom lookup
table, or they may enter the values manually. Soon after users specify the lookup tables they can view
the Land use descriptions next to the grid values.
Finally users can click the "Reclassify" button to finish the reclassification operation of Land Uses. Upon
completion, a notification of the conclusion of the LU Reclassification is shown.

-------
Ilu Reclassification

*Jl
*
1 ) Land Use r
^classification si
! OK j
jcessfUly completed!
In order to reclassify the soil dataset, go to the "Soil Data" tab. STATSGO soils data is available within
BASINS, so a BASINS user will most likely want to choose "Use STATSGO Shapefile". After choosing this
option, select the name of the STATSGO soils layer from the drop-down list.

-------
Landuse/Soil/Slope Definition
JsJ_*
Land Use Data
Soil Data
Slope
<* Use STATS GO Shapefile C Use Soil Grid
Input STATSGO Soil Shapefile
State Soil
H_J
"Input Grid Data
"Select the Soil Grid (Step 1)
3
Load the Table
"Load the unique grid values into Soil Classification Table (Step 2) -
"Options (Step 3)	
f Name	C Strnuid+Narne	S5id
C" Strnuid	C Stmuid+Seqn
-(Step 4) -
LookUp Table Table Grid Values —> Soils Attributes
SWAT Soil Classification Table
Reclassify
Overlay

-------
In order to reclassify the slope, users should browse to slope tab. Users can then select "Single slope" or
"Multiple slope" options. If the "Multiple Slope" option is selected, click the "Number of Slope Classes"
drop-down and select a number of slope classes to define. Then select each "Current Slope Class",
specify a "Class Upper Limit" value, and click "Add" to add them into the "SWAT Slope Classification
Table".

-------
Slope
Land Use Data.
Soil Data
Landuse/Soil/Slope Definition

Land Use Data |£ Soil Data
Select the DEM Grid (Step 0)
Digital Elevation Model
31 J5j
Slope Discretization (Step 1)
f Single Slope	Watershed Min: 0.00 Mean: .9
Multiple Slope	Slope Stats : Max: 6.3 Median: .7
Slope Classes (Step 2)
Number of Slope Classes
3
Current Slope Class	Class Upper Limit (96)
"	- |2
Add
SWAT Slope Classification Table
Lower
Limit
Reclassify
Overlay

-------
Select "Reclassify" to complete the slope reclassification.
(slope Reclassify

xj
1J Slope rec
classification sue
| OK |
essfiJIy completed!
i
Finally select "Overlay" near the bottom to overlay "Land Use", "Soil", and "Slope" grids. This step will
produce a complete Hydrological Response Units (HRUs) map. Upon completion the following
confirmation message is displayed.
[overlay

*Jl
1Overlap
' operation suce
1 0K 1
issfully completed!

-------
BASINS 4 -Patuxent
File ' Compute Watershed Delineation Analysis
|X: 333.625 Y: 1.316.375 Kilometers |x: 333.625.039 Y: 1.316.3,'4.903 Meters
11 Models
I 00 Terrain Analysis	J
-)B0 Full HRUs	l~
-00 Slope Reclass	iif
H30 LU ARCIs
-00 LUAfterClip	Eit
—0 Watershed Shapefile (02060006 ~
—0 Stream Reach Shapefile (net) (0 **
00 Observed Data Stations
—0 Weather Station Sites 2006 ¦
—~ Bacteria	¦
—~ NAWQA Studv Area Unit Bound ~
0D Hvdroloqy-NHDPIus
—~ Flowline Features
—~ Catchment	~
—~ Area Features
—D Waterbodv Features
00 Hvdroloqv
—0 W branch	~
~	Reach File. VI	^
~	Cataloqinq Unit Code	¦
—~ Accountinq Unit Boundaries 1
—01 Cataloqinq Unit Boundaries ~
00 Elevation
00 Diqital Elevation Model	iii
0D Point Sources and Withdrawals
—~ Permit Compliance System *
00 Political
—D Urban Area Names	¦
—~ Countv Names	¦ w
Preview Map	? x
¦i"1 Launch Edit View Plug-ins Shapefile Editor Converters GIS Tools Help
fel shp shp {J J • • ® £8 t5 s «§• m m s/ 0" j
JaJjiJ
HRU Definition/ Hydrologic Response Unit Distribution
Before running the SWAT model, the Hydrological Response Units distribution should be defined based
on the land use, soil, and slopes defined in the previous step. One or more unique land use/soil/slope
combination(s) can be created for each subbasin (there should be at least one HRU per subbasin).
Subdividing the watershed into areas having unique land use, soil, and slope combinations enables the
model to reflect differences in meteorologic conditions for various crops and soils. Runoff is predicted
separately for each HRU and routed to obtain the total runoff for the watershed, increasing accuracy
and giving a more accurate physical description of the water balance.
Users can choose multiple HRU options to create one or more HRUs for each subbasin. In this case users
may specify sensitivities for the land use, soil, and slope data that will be used to determine the number
and kind of HRUs in each watershed.
Select the "HRU Definition" from "Land Use/ Soil/ Slope" menu. From this dialog users can specify
different threshold values for land use, soil, slope percentages for each subbasin. Users can select the
desired threshold values for land use, soil, and slope (for example 15% LU, 10% soil, 10% slope) and click

-------
"OK". The distributed HRUs can be viewed in the "HRU Distribution Report" by clicking the "Analysis
Reports" menu option. If the distribution is not satisfactory, repeat the preceding steps, altering the
land use, soil, and slope sensitivities, until a satisfactory distribution is obtained.
Note: Selecting the "multiple hydrological response units" option allows users to eliminate minor land
uses in each subbasin. For example, if the threshold for land use is set at 15%, then land uses less than
15% will be eliminated for HRU generation. The soil threshold also works the same way: 10% implies
soils with greater than 10% area will be used to assign a HRU. The slope threshold also works the same
way: 10% implies slope with greater than 10% area will be used to assign a HRU.

-------
_HRUs
HRU Thresholds Landuse Splitting
HRU Definition
Dominant Land Use, Soils, Slope
Dominant HRU
(* Multiple Hydroloqic Response Unit
Land use percentage {%) over subbasin area
15
96
>
Soil class percentage {%) over land use area
10
96
0 '

i	i	i	i	i	i	i	i

Threshold
Percentage
Area
I	i	i	i	i	i	i	i	i	i	i	i	i	i	i	i	i	i	i	i	I
u	100
100
Slope class percentage (%) over soil area
%
10
l >
0
>
iii	iii
i	i	i	i	i	i
100
Create HRUs
Cancel

-------
Upon completion of the HRU distribution, a confirmation message is displayed as shown below.
HRU Definition
HRUs definition sucessfully completed!
OK
Weather Data Definition
|: T "V* T

lM & £b shp shfii

Weather Stations |
Write Tables *
Select the "Weather Stations" option under the "Write Input Tables" menu. A weather data dialog box
will be opened. This dialog will let users define the input data for rainfall, temperature, relative
humidity, solar radiation, and wind speed. For rainfall and temperature, users have the option of
simulating the data in the model or to read from data tables. For the weather data, information can be
simulated using a weather generator based on the data from 1112 weather stations around the US
stored in a database, or custom weather data can be input though a database tables.
tafi Weather Data Definition
JC]
[Weather Generator Data |j Rainfall Data | Temperature Data | Relative Humidity Data | Solar Radiation Data | Wind Speed Data |
<• US Database ~
f Custom Database
Locations Table: [
m
Status
Stop


Cancel

OK

-------
On the 'Weather Generator Data' tab, select the "US Database" Option for weather simulation data.
~
Then click the cylinder shaped button ( ) to add the weather simulation database automatically.
Activate the 'Rainfall Data' tab. Specify the 'Precip Timestep' to be 'Daily' from the dropdown list. Then,
check the 'Raingages' radio button. Then, click the browse button ( ) to locate the raingage location
file (in dbf file format).
Weather Data Definition
J£l
Weather Generator Data Rainfall Data | jemperature Data | Relative Humidity Data | Solar Radiation Data | Wind Speed Data |
Precip Timestep [Daily
Simulation
<• Raingages
Locations Table: | C:\BAS IN S\data\SWATTe st\m et\p G ag e Lo c. d bf
Ml
Status

Stop

A
Cancel

OK

Activate the 'Temperature Data' tab. Select the "Climate Stations" option. Then, click the browse button
J
( ) next to the "Location Table" text box to locate the temperature gage location file (in dbf file
format).
U Weather Data Definition
_*]
Weather Generator Data | Rainfall Data Temperature Data. | Relative Humidity Data | Solar Radiation Data | Wind Speed Data |
Simulation
<• Climate Stations
Locations Table: |C:\BASINS\data\SWATTest\met\tGageLoc.dbf	j
Status

Stop

i
Cancel

OK


-------
Finally, click the "OK" button at the bottom of the dialog to generate the SWAT weather input data files.
Upon its completion, a confirmation message is displayed as shown below:
1 Weather data definition

JSJl
1^ Weather c
lata definition si
I OK 1
:	;l
icessfully completed!
Writing input Tables

-------
^ Write Tables
*J
Please select the table(s) that you want to write to the project database.
F Write All the Tables
1^ Write Config Table
Tables :
F Soil
Subbasin General Data
F Main Channel Data
^ Water Use Data
F Soil Chemical Data
W Stream Water Quality Data
Watershed Water Quality Data
Clear All Selections
Weather Generator
& HRU General Data
F Ground Water Data
F Management Data
^ Pond Data
F Watershed General Data
Master Watershed Data File
Cancel
Write
In order to write the remaining input tables, use the "Write Tables" option under "Write Input Tables"
menu as shown above. This brings up a dialog box which has all the input tables required for SWAT
model run. To write all the tables, click the "Write All the Tables" check box and then click the write
button. By default, Write Config Table is always checked and other tables are unchecked. Users may
uncheck "Write Config Table" option or selectively check those tables a user would like to create and
click "Write" Option.

-------
Writing Tables
*j
Writing Tables Complete
OK
Run SWAT Editor
When a user finishes the writing tables operation using OpenSWAT, the next step is to launch the SWAT
Editor to continue watershed modeling. This can be done by clicking "Launch SWAT Editor" button
The SWAT Editor is useful for:
•	Editing of SWAT Databases
•	Editing of SWAT model Parameters
•	Editing of model Point source, inlet, and reservoir
•	SWAT model setup
•	Calibration and sensitivity analysis
Initially the SWAT Editor has three input files:
1.	SWAT Project Geodatabase
2.	SWAT Parameter Geodatabase
3.	SWAT Executable Folder
&
) on the OpenSWAT toolbar.
Usually the SWAT project Geodatabase is the one field varies between different projects.

-------
SWAT Editor
Edit SWAT Input SWAT Si rn ulatjon
SWAT Project Geo database
C:\BASI N S\S WAT\Patuxe n1\Patuxe nt. m d b
SWAT Parameter Geo database
| C:\BAS IN S\b i n\PI u g i n s\SWAT\D atab as e s\S WAT2 005.mdb Q
SWAT Executable Folder
|C:\Program Files\SWAT\SWAT 2005 Editor

-JaJ-X]
Exit
When using the SWAT Editor for the first time for a given project, it is recommended that users re-write
all SWAT input files by choosing "Re-Write SWAT Input Files" from the "Edit SWAT Input" menu.
V SWAT Editor
Edit SWAT Input SWAT Si m ulatjon
Databases
Update Databases
jxent.mdb
Point Source Discharges
Inlet Discharges
Reservoirs
Subbasin Data
Watershed Data
Re-Write SWAT Input Files
Integrate APEX
atab as e s\S WAT2 005. rn d b
:005 Editor
~
~
~ |
JnJA
About SWAT Editor

-------
Since OpenSWAT doesn't create any text input files, it is recommended to "Select AN" items for the first
application and to write them using the "Write Files" option
Rewrite SWAT Input Files
Select Input Files to Rewrite:

.Chm
3
.Pnd
.Swq

.Bsn

.Wwq

.Res/.Lwq

crop.dat

urban.dat

pest.dat

fert.dat

till.dat
w
Select All
Cancel
Write Files

Upon successfully writing input files, a confirmation message is displayed as below.
ArcSWAT

*»
1SWAT files successfully written.
OK
If users want to edit specific inputs, choose input type from "Edit SWAT Input" menu, edit the values,
and save them.
The next step is to run and simulate the model

-------
Go to "SWAT Simulation" and click the "Run SWAT" option. That will bring up the "Setup and
Run SWAT Model Simulation" dialog box.
V Setup and Run SWAT Model Simulation
Ulsj_xj
Period of Simulation
Starting Date :
1/1/2000
n|
Ending Date :
|l 2/31/2006]	| T[|
Simulate Forecast Period
-Rainfall Sub-Daily Timestep-
Timestep: |
Rainfall Distribution
Skewed normal
Mixed exponential
Deposition File:
Minutes
rForecast Period -
Starting Date :
n|
j Number of Simulations:
FT
Printout Settings —
r Daily	p Print Soil Chem Output	V Print Hourly Output
Monthly	Print Pesticide Output	l~~ Print Soil Storage
Yearly NYSKIP :	|0 prjnt |_0g plows	I* Limit HRU Output
_~]
Setup SWAT Run
Run SWAT
Cancel
&
Specify the starting and ending simulation dates and then press "Setup SWAT Run."
If the setup is successful, users will get a confirmation message.
ArcSWAT
jd
p
Finished SWAT Setup!
OK
After that, click the "Run SWAT" button.

-------
5. Users can then view a DOS window showing year of SWAT Run and progress of model run.
ArcSWAT
jd
1J SWAT run successful,
OK

-------
AQUATOX
AQUATOX is a time-variable ecological risk assessment model that simulates the fate and effects of
various environmental stressors in aquatic ecosystems. It simulates the fate and transfer of pollutants
from loads to the water, sediments, and biotic components, and transfer throughout the food web.
Simultaneously it predicts the effects of the stressors on the ecosystem, by simulating the chemical,
physical and biological processes that bind the ecosystem together. AQUATOX can predict the fate and
ecological effects of nutrients, organic toxicants, and bioaccumulative compounds, as well as the
expected ecosystem responses to pollution reductions. It considers several trophic levels, including
attached and planktonic algae and submerged aquatic vegetation, invertebrates, and forage, bottom-
feeding, and game fish; it also represents associated organic toxicants.
Environmental management programs and activities that could benefit from application of AQUATOX
include water quality criteria and standards, Total Maximum Daily Loads (TMDLs), identification of the
cause(s) of biological impairment where there are multiple stressors, and ecological risk assessments.
Data Requirements for Setting up AQUATOX through BASINS: When using BASINS to build an initial
AQUATOX input file, a 'streams' layers must exist on the map, and a single stream segment from that
layer must be selected. Generally, the 'streams' layer will come from a BASINS delineation tool,
although equivalent themes from another delineation tool can be used as well.
Key Procedures

-------
1. Back on the main BASINS window, select Model Setup (HSPF/AQUATOX) from the Plug-ins
menu so that it is active. This will add Models to the menu on the main form.
Plug-ins
Watershed Delineation Converters Sha
Z
Edit Plug-ins


Scripts

*
Analysis
~
~
Archive Project Tool


BASINS 4.1


CSV to Shapefile Converter

A
D4EM Data Download
~
|*|
EPA SWMM 5.0 Setup


EPA WASP 7,3 Setup


GeoSFM


GWLF-E Data Processor


HSPFParm - Parameter Database for HSPF

H
Manual Delineation


Model Segmentation


Model Setup [HSPF/AQUATOX)

Pollutant Loading Estimator [PLQAD)
2. Select Models:AQUATOX from the main menu to invoke the BASINS AQUATOX form. All of the
fields on both the General and Streams tabs will default appropriately if the BASINS Delineation

-------
Tools were used to create the Stream Reach Shapefile.
IL BASINS AQUATOX

General I Streams
AQ U AT OX Pro j e ct N am e: |Patuxenlj
Streams Layer:
Reach File, V1
3
Status
Update specifications if desired., then click OK to proceed.
OK
Open Existing
Cancel
Help
About
3. Click to Ok button to open the AQUATOX interface.

-------
PLOAD
The BASINS Pollutant Loading Estimator {PLOAD) is a simplified, GIS-based model to calculate pollutant
loads for watersheds. Based on the PLOAD extension developed for BASINS 3.0 by CH2M HILL in
Herndon, Virginia, PLOAD estimates nonpoint sources (NPS) of pollution on an annual average basis, for
any user-specified pollutant. The user may calculate the NPS loads using either of two approaches, using
Export Coefficients or the EPA's Simple Method. Optionally, best management practices (BMPs), which
serve to reduce NPS loads, point source loads, and loads from stream bank erosion may also be included
in computing total watershed loads. PLOAD produces maps and tables showing the NPS pollution
results, and the tool can be run multiple times to compare results under various scenarios.
Data Requirements for PLOAD: PLOAD calculates loads for any subbasin polygon shapefile,
which may be user-supplied or the output of one of the BASINS watershed delineation tools. In
addition to this subbasin shapefile, the PLOAD application requires pre-processed GIS and
tabular input data as listed below:
•	GIS land use data
•	Pollutant loading rate data tables
•	BMP site and area data (optional)
•	Impervious terrain factor data tables (for the Simple Method only)
•	Pollutant reduction BMP data tables (optional)
•	Point source facility locations and loads (optional)
•	Bank Erosion data tables (optional)
PLOAD was designed to be generic so that it can be applied as a screening tool in a wide range of
applications including NPDES stormwater permitting, watershed management, or reservoir protection
projects. Subsequent sections of this manual describe the PLOAD input data, pollutant loading
calculations, and instructions for the user interface.
Key Procedures

-------
1. Select Plug-ins:Pollutant Loading Estimator (PLOAD) from the plug-ins menu so that it is active.
This will add PLOAD to the Models menu on the main form.
r
Plug-ins
& Edit Plug-ins
Watershed Delineation Converters
OjSE]




Scripts
Analysis
Archive Project Tool
BASINS 4,1
CSV to Shapefile Converter
D-4EM Data Download
EPA SWMM 5.0 Setup
EPA WASP 7,3 Setup
GeoSFM
GWLF-E Data Processor
HSPFParm - Parameter Database for HSPF
Manual Delineation
Model Segmentation
Model Setup (HSPF/AQUATOX)
Pollutant Loading Estimator (PLOAD)
Shap
3
nt
IL
0
2. Select Models:PLOAD from the main menu to invoke the BASINS Pollutant Loading Estimator
form. The General tab of this form contains the major options that must be specified to run
PLOAD. The user must choose between the Export Coefficient and Simple Method, select the
pollutants to model from the list, specify the subbasins layer (in the example below the
subbasins are output from a previous watershed delineation process), and specify the type of

-------
land use data. There is no limit to the number of pollultants that can be selected.
BASINS Pollutant Loading Estimator
^JnJxJ
Method:
Pollutants:

Export Coefficient

PATHOGENS
3


BOD

C Simple (EMC)

COD



TSS



TDS

Subbasins Layer

TN
d



|wb_subs

3
Land Use Type:



|USGS GIRAS Shapefile
3
Generate
Cancel


Help
About
3.
Change to the Export Coefficients tab. This tab shows a table of export coefficients for each
land use category and each pollutant. The tables of export coefficients and event mean
concentrations must be reviewed by the user, as only starting values are supplied, and these

-------
numbers are riot necessarily appropriate. Edit the export coefficients as needed.
BASINS Pollutant Loading Estimator
- ~ x
General | Precipitation | Land Use [Export Cocff cicnts ;! Point Sources | BMPs ] Bank Erosion |
Change
Export Coefficient File	\BASINS\etc\pload\ecgiras.dbf
(Ibs/ac/yr, counts/ac/yr for bacteria)
Save
VALUE
LANDUSE
PATHOGENS
BOD
COD
TSS
TDS
TN
TP
Nt±.
10
Urban or Built-up Land
2000.0
50.0
500.0
500.0
500.0 8.0
2.0
3.(
11
Residential
2000.0
50.0
500.0
500.0
500.0
8.0
2.0
3 .H
12
Commercial and service
2000.0
50.0
500.0
500.0
500.0
8.0
2.0
3.(
13
Industrial
2000.0
50.0
500.0
500.0
500.0
8.0
2.0
3.C
14
Transportation, cornmun
2000.0
50.0
500.0
500.0
500.0
8.0
2.0
3 t
15
Industrial and commerc
2000.0
50.0
500.0
500.0
500.0
8.0
2.0
3,[
16
Mixed urban or built-u
2000.0
50.0
500.0
500.0
500.0
8.0
2.0
3 C
17
Other urban or built-u
2000.0
50.0
500.0
500.0
500.0
8.0
2.0
3.M
.1 1
±J
Generate
Cancel
Help
About
4. Click Generate to execute PLOAD. When PLOAD has finished, new layers will appear on the
map, showing the PLOAD results as Estimated Annual Pollutant Loads for the selected

-------
pollutants.
BASINS 4.5 - 02060006*
| File | . Models	Compute . ^ Analysis
/ !5J. 
-------
BMPs serve to reduce pollutant loads using natural processes (settling, filtration, and biological uptake)
for the BMP area of influence. PLOAD will account for the influence of either site or areal BMPs. Site
BMPs represented as point shapefiles must contain attribute codes describing the BMP type and area of
influence. Areal BMPs must be delineated as polygon files coded for BMP type only. The polygon
boundaries define the area of influence. BMP input is optional because they may not exist for the area
of evaluation or be desired for analysis. Usually, BMPs must be identified and mapped by water
resource specialists, then converted as map layers for most evaluation areas. Digital files or hardcopy
maps are seldom available for most study areas. BMPs may also be specified in tabular form as a
percent removal from each subbasin. Note: Site and areal BMP removals are assumed in parallel and
not in series.
Point sources may also be considered in the loading calculations. PLOAD will account for the influence
of point sources. Point sources may be represented as point shapefiles must contain an attribute code
identifying the point source id (such as NPDES number). If point sources are input as a point shapefile, a
loading table is also required to specify the load of each pollutant from each point source facility. Point
Source input is optional. Point Sources may also be specified in tabular form as a load from each
subbasin.
Tabular Data
Pollutant loading rate, point source loading rate (optional), bank erosion loading rate (optional),
impervious factor (for the Simple Method), and BMP efficiency information (if BMPs are modeled) must
be compiled in tabular files for use in the PLOAD application. These files of tabular input data can be
provided in dBASE (dbf) tables. The pollutant loading tables consist of the event mean concentration
(EMC) and the export coefficient. The EMC and export coefficient tables contain pollutant rates for all
land use types. The user may use PLOAD to estimate pollutant loads for any pollutant if EMCs or export
coefficients are available. Pollutants commonly evaluated include:
•	Bacteria
•	TSS
•	Nitrogen
•	Lead
•	TDS
•	Nitrate plus Nitrite
•	Zinc
•	BOD
•	TKN
COD

-------
• Ammonia
• Phosphorus
Multiple versions of each type of table may be generated to simulate alternative conditions. Starting
values for export coefficients and event mean concentrations are provided for a range of pollutants. A
description of each table is provided below.
Export Coefficient Table
The export coefficient table lists loading rates for each pollutant type by land use type. The first record
(row) of the table must identify the field names starting with land use type followed by the available
pollutants. The table may contain any number of land use and pollutant types. The land use types must
be the same in the table as they are in the land use map layer. There should be loading rates for each
land use and pollutant type in the evaluation area, otherwise the load for the area will be zero. The rates
in the export coefficient table are measured in pounds per acre and are typically used to calculate the
pollutant loads for rural land use types.
The columns of pollutants in the export coefficient table represent the range of pollutants available for
modeling. The user may add a column to the export coefficient table, and the name of that new
pollutant will be available in PLOAD. The export coefficient table is developed by water resource
engineers generally based on values available from the literature or they can be developed based on
analysis of watershed stormwater monitoring data.
Event Mean Concentration Table
The event mean concentration (EMC) table is very similar to the export coefficient table. This table
contains a special second column specifying the impervious factor for each land use type. The
impervious factor column identifies the percentage of imperviousness for each land use type. It is used
to calculate the EMC runoff coefficient. If there is no impervious factor in the table for a particular land
use type, then the EMC runoff coefficient will default to zero for areas with that land use. The
impervious factors can be developed by water resource engineers and GIS analysts, by analyzing the
impervious surfaces of different land uses on aerial photographs, or by use of literature values.
The EMC values are measured in milligrams per liter and typically used to calculate the pollutant loads
for urban land use types. The EMC table is developed by water resource engineers, based on values
available from the literature, or it can be developed based on analysis of watershed storm water-
monitoring data.
Point Source Loading Table
If point sources are input as a point shapefile, a loading table is also required to specify the load of each
pollutant from each point source facility. The columns in the table consist of the point source facility
identifier followed by the loading values for each pollutant in pounds per year, where each column
represents a discharge facility.
If no point source layer is specified but point sources are to be used, the point source loads may be
specified in tabular form as a load in pounds per year from each subbasin. The first record (row) of the

-------
table identifies the field names starting with Subbasin ID followed by the pollutants under evaluation.
The subbasins or pollutant types without loading values are assumed to have no point source loads.
Bank Erosion Loading Table
The bank erosion loading table specifies the load of TSS from streambank erosion within each subbasin
in pounds. TSS is the only pollutant to which this option applies. The first record (row) of the table is a
header line identifying the field names. Each subsequent record contains the Subbasin ID followed by
the annual load of TSS in pounds. The subbasins or pollutant types without loading values are assumed
to have no load from bank erosion.
BMP Efficiency Table
The BMP table identifies the percentage of efficiency for reducing pollutant loads for each BMP type.
The first record (row) of the table identifies the field names starting with BMP type and BMP name
followed by the pollutants under evaluation. The table may contain any number of BMP types. The
pollutant types without percentage efficiency multipliers will not reduce the pollutant load for the BMP
type. The BMP table is developed by water resource engineers by use of literature values, or by
analyzing local monitoring data comparing pollutant loads entering and leaving BMPs.
If no BMP layer is used, the BMP table identifies the percentage of efficiency for reducing pollutant
loads for each subbasin. The first record (row) of the table identifies the field names starting with
Subbasin ID followed by the pollutants under evaluation. The subbasins or pollutant types without
percentage efficiency multipliers will not reduce the pollutant load for the BMP type.
Note: The Export Coefficient and Event Mean Concentration tables provided with BASINS contain
"representative" values as presented in the PLOAD v3 Users Manual distributed with
BASINS 3.1 (available in the BASINS/docs folder in the file PLOAD_v3.pdf). These values
represent a starting point and are based on data from a number of published sources,
however they are specific to particular geographic regions. It is important that the user
obtain appropriate values from studies in the corresponding geographic region.
Pollutant Loading Calculation Equations Annual pollutant loads may be calculated for each
watershed using either areal export coefficients or EPA's Simple Method approach.
The Simple Method is an empirical approach developed for estimating pollutant export from urban
development sites in the Washington, DC area (Controlling Urban Runoff: A Practical Manual for
Planning and Designing Urban BMPs, Schueler, July 1987). Its application is limited to small drainage
areas of less than one square mile. (Compendium of Tools for Watershed Assessment and TMDL
Development, EPA, May 1997). The Simple Method has been endorsed by EPA as a viable screening tool
for NPDES stormwater projects (e.g. Guidance Manual for the Preparation of Part 2 of the NPDES Permit
Application for Discharge from Municipal Separate Storm Sewer Systems, EPA, 1992).

-------
The areal export coefficient model is a similarly empirical approach that provides total loads based on
factors containing mass pollutant per unit area, per year. This option is provided for agricultural and
undeveloped land uses or larger watersheds for which the Simple Method may not apply.
Optionally, the pollutant loads derived from these methods may be refined based on the remedial
effects of BMPs. Loads from Point Sources and TSS loads from streambank erosion may also be
included.
Descriptions of the equations used to calculate the pollutant loads follow.
Export Coefficient Method
If the export coefficient method is designated for calculating pollutant loads in PLOAD, then the loads
are calculated for each specified pollutant type by watershed using the following equation:
Lp = Eu(Lpu * Au)
Where: Lp = Pollutant load, lbs;
Lpu = Pollutant loading rate for land use type it,, lb5/acre/year; and
Au = Area of land use type it, acres
The loading rates are derived from the export coefficient tables, while the land use areas are interpreted
from the land use and watershed GIS data.
Simple Method
If the Simple Method is designated for calculating pollutant loads in PLOAD, then two equations are
required to calculate the loads for each specified pollutant type. First, the runoff coefficient for each
land use type must be derived with the equation:
Rvu =:: 0.0 j' + iU UCN * IttJ
Where: Ryu = Runoff Coefficient for land use type vl, irichesnm/ iiichesram
Iu = Percent Imperviousness
Percent impervious is extracted from the second column of the Event Mean Concentration table.
The pollutant loads are then calculated with the following equation:

-------
Lp = Zu (P * Pf Rvu* Ctf Au * 2.72 / 12)
Where: Lp =	Pollutant load, lbs
P =	Precipitation, inches/year
Pj =	Ratio of storms producing runoff (default = 0,9)
Rvu=	Runoff Coefficient for land use type u, mchesnm/inchesram
Cu =	Event Mean Concentration for land use type it, milligrams/liter
Au = Area of land use type u, acres (In BASIN'S areas calculated from GIS data are
in square metei-^. PLOAD converts areas hx*m square meters to acres prior to
using the information in the above equation)
The precipitation and storm ratio values are entered by the PLOAD user interactively. The loading rates
are derived from the EMC tables, while the land use areas are interpreted from the land use and
watershed GIS data.
BMP Computations
BMPs serve to reduce pollutant loads, and PLOAD has an option to calculate loads based on the
remedial effects of the various BMP types. This section describes the equations used to calculate
pollutant loads influenced by BMPs. BMP types may be represented as either area or site features, but
the approach for both is similar. After the raw pollutant loads are calculated using the export coefficient
or simple methods, three equations are used to recalculate the pollutant loads.
First, the percent of the watershed area serviced by BMPs are determined using the following equation:
% ASemp = ASbmp/ Ab
Where: % ASbmp = Percent area serviced by the BMP, decimal percent
AShmf - Area serviced by the BMP, acres
Ab	= Area of watershed, acres
The BMP and watershed areas are derived from the BMP and watershed GIS data.
Next, the pollutant loads remaining after removal by each BMP are calculated. Note that BMPs are
assumed in parallel and not in series, or in other words, each BMP reduction is calculated coming from
the full pollutant load coming off the watershed.

-------
Lbmp~ (Lp* %ASbmp) w |1- %EFFbmp/100]
Where: Lent =: BMP load., lbs
Lf = Raw watershed load, lbs
'"'oEFF = Percent load reduction of BMP, percentage
The raw watershed pollutant loads are derived from the results of the export coefficient or simple
methods, while the percent load reduction comes from the BMP efficiency tables.
Finally, the total pollutant loads accounting for BMPs are computed by watershed. Each watershed load
is a cumulative total of areas that are and are not influenced by BMPs.
L = •;Ism 1 Lem j i + L p i As - { I-.s i k-.e?) )
Point Source and Streambank Erosion Loads
Pollutant loads from Point Sources and Streambank Erosion (for TSS only) are added to the pollutant
loads coming from each watershed, after the effects of BMPs (if any) have been considered. Point
source and bank erosion loads are included in the total loads reported by PLOAD as well as in the per
acre loads.	Setup and Executing PLOAD The BASINS Pollutant Loading Estimator estimates
pollutant loadings using the GIS layers on the map along with additional input tables. Layers used by
this plug-in include Subbasins, Land Use, and optionally Point Sources and BMPs.
The PLOAD window opens with the interface populated according to the layers available on the map.
The dominant portion of the PLOAD window is a tabbed dialog. Below the tabbed dialog is a row of
command buttons.

-------
BASINS Pollutant Loading Estimator
^JnJxJ
General | Precipitation | Land Use | Export Coefficients ] Point Sources | BMPs | Bank Erosion |
Method:	Pollutants:
<• Export Coefficient
Simple (EMC)
Subbasins Layer:
Land Use Type:
PATHOGENS
wb subs
USGS GIRAS Shapefile
3
Generate
Cancel
Help
About
The tabbed dialog contains a General tab for specifying general information about the pending PLOAD
simulation. The other tabs are used for specifying additional details. These tabs include the following:
•	Precipitation Specifications
•	Land Use Specifications
•	Export Coefficient or Event Mean Concentrations Specifications
•	Point Sources Specifications
•	BMP Specifications
•	Bank Erosion Specifications
In the General Tab the user may choose between the Export Coefficient and Simple (EMC) Methods for
computing loads. The user chooses one or more of the pollutants in the list and chooses the land use
type. If 'USGS GIRAS Shapefile' is chosen as the land use type, no other specifications are required. If
one of the other land use types is chosen, the user must proceed to the Land Use tab to specify the
corresponding land use layer.
Once the user is satisfied with the input selections, the Generate button may be used to begin the
PLOAD calculations. When the calculations are complete, new layers will be added to the map in a
group entitled Estimated Annual Pollutant Loads. For each pollutant selected, a layer will be added

-------
corresponding to estimated loads for each subbasin, loads per acre for each subbasin, and for the
Simple Method only, EMCs within each subbasin.
BASINS 4.5 - 02060006*
JOjxJ
File Models t. Compute Analysis Layer View Bookmarks Plug-ins Watershed Delineation Converters Shapefile Editor Launch Help
hj *

&
La
La
~

&

lit =~ i


0

New Open
Save
Print Settings
Add
Remove
Clear
Symbology
Categories
Query
Properties Table
Select
Deselect Measure
Identify
Label Mover
; Ml oa shp shp	J ®	M O
; New Insert Add Remove Copy Paste Merge Erase Erase beneath Move Rotate Resize Move vertex Add vertex Remove vertex Cleanup Undo
Layers ] Toolbox j
B@Lj Estimated Annual Pollutant Loads
|HD TN Load (lbs)
s/ H- 4* J®
K *
Pan In Out Extent

~
Categories
163483.599
¦ 92106.8372
37121.4393
l^l 1307.00913
200029.805
10634.2701
00 TN Load Per Acre (lbs)	^ Q
B0 Terrain Analysis
ED L_WASHDC
EID L_BALTMD .
EI0 W_branch ^ Q
ED Stream Reach ShapefiIe(net) (02060006demg_
I BDI& NHPPIus	
Preview Map
figlUTM Zone 18, Northern Hemisphere - X: 331,757.305 Y: 4,316,652.562 Meters Lat: 38.983 Long: -76.942
¥ X
| 1:152692|
The layers added to the map are copies of the specified subbasin layer, with a field added to the
respective attribute table containing the loading data (loads, loads per acre, or EMCs). The values in the
table can be viewed using the MapWindow Table Editor.

-------
UlI Attribute Table Editor
Edit View Selection Tools
^njxj
0 of 6 Selected
C:\BASINS\Predefined Delineations\West Branch\wb_subs188.shp

DEP1
LATITUDE ELEV
BNAME
SUBWATE
SUBWATE TNJoad
~
0.7246
38.938535 45


1 63483.59

0.5439
38.920236 31


921 06.837

0.4106
38.849048 25


371 21.439

0.1102
38.81 51 22 15


1 307.0091

0.7622
38.863157 35

020600060
200029.80

0.2765
38.805852 1 5


1 0634.27

Lil




I'
Apply	Close
Precipitation Tab The Precipitation tab is used to specify the input precipitation values needed for the
Simple Method. If using the Export Coefficient Method the tab includes only a message indicating that
there is nothing to specify.

-------
BASINS Pollutant Loading Estimator
^JnJxJ
General ; -toe pita: on Land Use | Export Coefficients | Point Sources | BMPs | Bank Erosion |
No precipitation specifications are required when using export coefficients.
Generate
Cancel
Help
About
If using the Simple Method a pair of radio buttons appears in the upper left corner for specifying
precipitation input options. The user may enter annual precipitation (in inches) as either a single value
for all subbasins, or a unique value for each subbasin. If the single value option is chosen, the user
enters the annual precipitation and the ratio of storms producing runoff as shown below.

-------
BASINS Pollutant Loading Estimator
^JnJxJ
General ; -toe pita: on Land Use | Event Mean Concentrations | Point Sources | BMPs j Bank Er ^ I ^
f* Use Single Value
Specify a Value for Each Subbasin
Ratio of Storms Producing Runoff |0.9
Annual Precipitation (in) 40
Generate
Cancel
Help
About
If the user wishes to enter a different value for each subbasin, the user enters the ratio of storms
producing runoff as a single value, but then enters the annual precipitation for each subbasin in the grid.
The Subbasin ID Field is used to specify which field of the subbasins layer is the unique identifier, to be
used in the grid below (the name of the field may be different from the 'ID' shown here, depending
upon the source of the subbasins layer). The Change button may be used to load a DBF file containing
the annual precipitation for each subbasin, and the Save button is used to save the grid of annual
precipitation values to a DBF file.

-------
BASINS Pollutant Loading Estimator
^JnJxJ
General Precipitation j Land Use | Event Mean Concentrations | Point Sources | BMPs | Bank Er 1 I ^
Use Single Value
<*" Specify a Value for Each Subbasin
Annual Precip File: 
Ratio of Storms Producing Runoff |0.9
Subbasin ID Field: ID
Save | Change
ID
Precip (in/yr)
1
40
2
40
3
40
4
40
d
Generate
Cancel
Help
About
The file '\BASINS\etc\pload\precload_example.dbf' is provided as an example of an annual precipitation
file. The user may produce a file such as this either in this interface or in any spreadsheet application
that supports DBF files. Land Use Tab The Land Use tab is used to specify the input land use layer
needed for PLOAD. If using the USGS GIRAS Land Use option, this tab includes only a message indicating
that there is nothing to specify. PLOAD knows to load the necessary GIRAS land use tiles from BASINS.

-------
F
BASINS Pollutant Loading Estimator
- ~
Si\





General Precipitation i Land Use
Export Coefficients 1 Point Sources 1 ElMPs 1 Bank Erosion 1

No land use specifications are required when using GIRAS data.






Generate
Cancel
Help
About




1
If the user chooses the NLCD Grid, Other Grid, or Other Shapefile option, the Land Use tab is used to
specify which map layer to use containing the corresponding type of data. After the layer is specified
the user must specify the field of that layer containing a unique land use identifier. The values of this
identifier must correspond with the land use codes in the Export Coefficient or Event Mean
Concentration tab.

-------
BASINS Pollutant Loading Estimator
^JnJxJ
General | Precipitation Land Use | Export Coefficients | Point Sources | BMPs | Bank Erosion j
Land Use Layer:
Land Use ID Field:
Land Use washdc
LUCODE
3
E
Generate
Cancel
Help
About
Export Coefficient or Event Mean Concentrations Tab The Export Coefficient or Event Mean
Concentrations tab is used to specify the Export Coefficients for the Export Coefficient Method or the
Event Mean Concentrations for the Simple Method. If using the Simple Method this tab is also used to
enter the impervious percentage for each land use category.
Whichever option is used the tab contains a grid of values to be used in the PLOAD calculations for each
land use category for each pollutant. The pollutants in the columns of this grid determine the set of
pollutants that will be available in PLOAD. The user may import another DBF of values if desired using
the Change button, and once modified the user can save the grid using the Save button.

-------
Z. BASINS Pollutant Loading Estimator

General | Precipitation Land Use ; Excorl Ccefficients ; Point Sources j BMPs | Bank Erosion ]
Export Coefficient File \BASINS\etc\pload\ecgiras.dbf

Save
Change
Ibs/ac/yr, counts/ac/yr for bacteria)







VALUE
LANDUSE
PATHOGENS
BOD
COD
TSS
TDS
TN
TP
NC±
|o
Urban or Built-up Land
2000.0
50.0
500.0
500.0
500.0
8.0
2.0
3.C
I1
Residential
2000.0
50.0
500.0
500.0
500.0
8.0
2.0
3.1.
12
Commercial and seivice
2000.0
50.0
500.0
500.0
500.0
8.0
2.0
3.C
13
Industrial
2000.0
50.0
500.0
500.0
500.0
8.0
2.0
3.C
I4
Transportation, commun
2000.0
50.0
500.0
500.0
500.0
8.0
2.0
3.C
15
Industrial and cornmerc
2000.0
50.0
500.0
500.0
500.0
8.0
2.0
3.C
16
Mixed urban or built-u
2000.0
50.0
500.0
500.0
500.0
8.0
2.0
3 C
i 7
Other urban or built-u
2000.0
50.0
500.0
500.0
500.0
8.0
2.0
3.0I
T
1







~J
Generate
Cancel
Help
About
If entering Event Mean Concentrations there is an additional column required, entitled Impervious. This
column is used to enter the impervious percentage for each land use type.
BASINS Pollutant Loading Estimator

General Precipitation Land Use [.Event Mean Concentr^ions j Point Sources BMPs Bank Et.
EMC File	\BAS!NS\etc\pload\erncgiras.dbf
(mg/L, count si 100m L for bacteria)
Save
Change
VALUE
LANDUSE
IMPERVIOUS
PATHOGENS
BOD COD
TSS TDS
|o
Urban or Built-up Land
50
2000.0
15.0
50.0
50.0 50.0
11
Residential
25
2000.0
15.0
50.0 50.0 50.0
12
Commercial and service
85
2000.0
15.0
50.0 50.0 50.0
§3
Industrial
70
2000.0
15.0
50.0 50.0 50.0
I4
Transportation, commun
65
2000.0
15.0
50.0
50.0 50.0
15
Industrial and cornmerc
75
2000.0
15.0
50.0
50.0 50.0
16
Mixed urban or built-u
60
2000.0
15.0
50.0 50.0 50.0
17
Other urban or built-u
15
2000.0
15.0
50.0
50.0 50.0
.1 1
±l
Generate
Cancel
Help
About

-------
Starting tables of Export Coefficients and Event Mean Concentrations are provided in the
\BASINS\etc\pload folder for GIRAS and NLCD land use categories.
Note: The Export Coefficient and Event Mean Concentration tables provided with BASINS contain
"representative" values as presented in the PLOAD v3 Users Manual distributed with
BASINS 3.1 (available in the BASINS/docs folder in the file PLOAD_v3.pdf). These values
represent a starting point and are based on data from a number of published sources,
however they are specific to particular geographic regions. It is important that the user
obtain appropriate values from studies in the corresponding geographic region.
Point Sources Tab The Point Sources Tab is used to specify the PLOAD linkage to point source loads.
The tab includes a checkbox to specify whether point sources will be considered.
A point source layer may be identified, and if so this tab will require the user to specify a field within
that layer's attribute table to indicate a unique identifier for each point source facility (such as NPDES
number). With a point source layer identified, the user should reference an existing DBF file of point
source loads using the Change button. This file will be loaded into the point source tab as a grid, with
the facility identifiers in the first column followed by annual loads of each pollutant for each facility. The
Save button may be used to save a modified point source loading file to disk.
BASINS Pollutant Loading Estimator
^JnJxJ
General | Precipitation | Land Use | Event Mean Concentrations Point Sources | BMPs ] Bank Er ^ I ^
R Use Point Sources	Point Source Layer:
Point Source ID Field:
Permit Compliance System
NPDES
Point Source Loading File: C:\BASINS\etc\pload\pointload_exarnple.
(Ibs/yr or counts/yr)
3
3
Save
Change
FACILITY
BOD
TSS
TN
TP
MD0021741
70
SO
90
100
Generate
Cancel
Help	About
The user may alternatively choose to enter point source loads not from a map layer but as a simple table
of loads for each pollutant and subbasin. If the Point Source Layer is set to 'none', the user must specify
a unique subbasin identifier field (the name of the field may be different from that shown here,

-------
depending upon the source of the subbasins layer), and a grid will be displayed showing the point source
load for each subbasin and pollutant. The Change button may be used to load an existing DBF file of
point source loads by subbasin. The Save button may be used to save a modified point source loading
file to disk.
BASINS Pollutant Loading Estimator
^JnJxJ
General | Precipitation | Land Use | Event Mean Concentrations Point Sources | BMPs | Bank Et ^ I ^
Use Point Sources	Point Source Layer: |
Subbasin ID Field:
ID
Point Source Loading File: C:\BASINS\etc\pload\pointloadbysubbasi
(Ibs/yr or counts/yr)
Save
ID
TN
1
20
2
20
3
20
4
0
5
0
3
3
Change
d
Generate
Cancel


Help
About
The file '\BASINS\etc\pload\pointload_example.dbf" is provided as an example of a point source loading
file corresponding to a map layer. The file '\BASINS\etc\pload\pointloadbysubbasin_example.dbf" is
provided as an example of a point source loading file by subbasin. The user may produce files such as
these either in this interface or in any spreadsheet application that supports DBF files. BMPs Tab
The BMPs Tab is used to specify the pollutant removal percentages due to BMPs in PLOAD. The tab
includes a checkbox to specify whether BMPs will be considered.
The user may choose to enter BMPs through a map layer or simply as a table of removal percentages for
each pollutant and subbasin. If the BMP Layer is set to 'none', the user must specify a unique subbasin
identifier field, and a grid will be displayed showing the BMP removal percentages for each subbasin and
pollutant. The Change button may be used to load an existing DBF file of BMP removals by subbasin.
The Save button may be used to save a modified BMP removal file to disk.

-------
BASINS Pollutant Loading Estimator
^JnJxJ
General | Precipitation | Land Use | Event Mean Concentrations Point Sources BMPs | Bank Er ^ I ^
R Use BMPs
BMP Layer: 
Subbasin ID Field: ID
96 BMP Removal Efficiency File: 
ID
TN
1
0
2
0
3
0
4
0
HI
Save | Change
d
Generate
Cancel
Help
About
Alternately, a BMP map layer may be identified, and if so this tab will require the user to specify
additional fields. The user must specify a field within that layer's attribute table to indicate a unique
identifier for each type of BMP. If the BMP layer is a point layer, the user must also specify a field in that
layer's attribute table indicating the area (in acres) to which that BMP applies. (If the BMP layer is a
polygon layer the area will be calculated from the shapefile.) With a BMP layer identified, the user
should reference an existing DBF file of BMP removal efficiencies using the Change button. This file will
be loaded into the BMPs tab as a grid, with the BMP type identifiers in the first column, and a BMP
name in the second column, followed by percent removal efficiencies for each pollutant for each BMP
type. The Save button may be used to save a modified BMP efficiency file to disk. Note that no BMP
map layer is provided with BASINS; it is up to the user to create this layer if desired.

-------
BASINS Pollutant Loading Estimator
^JnJxJ
General | Precipitation | Land Use | Event Mean Concentrations | Point Sources BMPs | Bank Er
i ~
r Use BMPs
BMP Layer:
BMP Type Field:
fbmppoly
|MWShapelD
3
% BMP Removal Efficiency File: C:\BASINS\etc\pload\bmpeffic_ex
Save
Change
BMPTYPE
BMPNAME
PATHOGENS
BOD COD
TSS
TDS
TN
TP
N02/N03
N03
tkn r
WP
Wet Pond
30
30 30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30 ¦
DP
Dry Pond
20
20 20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20 ;
RB
Riparian
10
10 10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10 ¦
A
1}
Generate
Cancel
Help
About
The file '\BASINS\etc\pload\bmpeffic_example.dbf' is provided as an example of a BMP removal
efficiency file. The user may produce a file such as this either in this interface or in any spreadsheet
application that supports DBF files. Bank Erosion Tab The Bank Erosion Tab is used to specify loads
from Bank Erosion contributing to TSS pollution. This tab includes a checkbox to specify whether bank
erosion loads will be considered. The only pollutant to which the Bank Erosion feature applies is TSS.
Through this option the user may choose to enter loads from bank erosion as a simple table of loads for
each subbasin. The user must specify a unique subbasin identifier field, and a grid will be displayed
showing the load for each subbasin. The Change button may be used to load an existing DBF file of
streambank loads by subbasin. The Save button may be used to save a modified streambank erosion
loading file to disk.

-------
BASINS Pollutant Loading Estimator
Precipitation | Land Use | Event Mean Concentrations | Point Sources | BMPs Bank Eros
ion
^JnJxJ
<1 ~
R Include Bank Erosion
(Only Applies to T3S)
Subbasin ID Field: ID

Bank Erosion Loading File: 
(Ibs/yr)
Save
Change
ID
LOAD
1
0
2
0
3
0
4
0
5
0

Generate
Cancel
Help
About
The file '\BASINS\etc\pload\bankload_example.dbf' is provided as an example of a streambank erosion
loading file. The user may produce a file such as these either in this interface or in any spreadsheet
application that supports DBF files. Selected Literature References for Export Coefficients and Event
Mean Concentrations
Novotny, V., and H. Olem, Water Quality: Prevention, Identification and Management of Diffuse
Pollution, John Wiley Publishers, New York, NY, 1997.
CH2M HILL. Urban Stormwater Pollutant Event Mean Concentrations (EMCs) and Annual Runoff
Coefficients for Calculation of Annual Pollutant Loads - Task F1 - "Pollutant Loadings", DERM Stormwater
Management Master Plan, Phase I (C-9 East Basin Study). Prepared for the Metropolitan Dade County
Department of Environmental Resources Management, Miami, FL. December 1, 1993.
CH2M HILL, 2000. Technical Memorandum 1, Urban Stormwater Pollution Assessment, prepared for
North Carolina Department of Environment and Natural Resources, Division of Water Quality, August,
2000.
Northeast Florida Water Management District, 1994. St. Marks and Wakulla Rivers Resource Assessment
and Greenway Protection Plan, September 1994. Appendix 4.
Novotny, Vladimir and Harvey Olem, 1994. Water Quality: Prevention, Identification, and Management
of Diffuse Pollution, Van Nostrand Reinhold, New York, 1994.
Panuska, John C. and Richard A. Lillie, 1995. Phosphorus Loadings from Wisconsin Watersheds:
Recommended Phosphorus Export Coefficients for Agricultural and Forested Watersheds. Research

-------
Management Findings, Bureau of Research, Wisconsin Department of Natural Resources, Number 38,
April 1995.
Polls, Irwin and Richard Lanyon, 1980. Pollutant Concentrations from Homogeneous Land Uses. Journal
of the Environmental Engineering Division, February 1980.
Raird, Charles, Marshall Jennings, David Ockerman, and Tim Dybale, 1996. Characterization of Nonpoint
Sources and Loadings to Corpus Christi Bay National Estuary Program Study Area, Corpus Christi Bay
National Estuary Program/USGS/NRCS, CCBNEP-05, January 1996, Table IV.9.
http://tarpon.tamucc.edu/Librarv/FinalReports/pdf/CCB05.pdf.pdf
Schueler, Thomas R., 1997 Controlling Urban Runoff: A Practical Manual for Planning and Designing
Urban BMPs. Metropolitan Washington Council of Governments, July 1997.
U.S. EPA, 1983. Results of the Nationwide Urban Runoff Program, Volume 1 - Final Report. U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, PB84-185552, December 1983.
Washington State Department of Ecology, 2000. Stormwater Management Manual for Western
Washington: Volume I Minimum Technical Requirements. Publication No. 99-11, August, 2000.

-------
SWMM
The EPA Storm Water Management Model (SWMM) is a dynamic rainfall-runoff simulation model used
for single event or long-term (continuous) simulation of runoff quantity and quality from primarily urban
areas. The runoff component of SWMM operates on a collection of subcatchment areas that receive
precipitation and generate runoff and pollutant loads. The routing portion of SWMM transports this
runoff through a system of pipes, channels, storage/treatment devices, pumps, and regulators. SWMM
tracks the quantity and quality of runoff generated within each subcatchment, and the flow rate, flow
depth, and quality of water in each pipe and channel during a simulation period comprised of multiple
time steps.
SWMM is widely used throughout the world for planning, analysis and design related to storm water
runoff, combined sewers, sanitary sewers, and other drainage systems in urban areas, with many
applications in non-urban areas as well. In addition to modeling the generation and transport of runoff
flows, SWMM can also estimate the production of pollutant loads associated with this runoff.
BASINS allows the user to build a new project and open SWMM directly from the BASINS user interface.
The following sections provide more details on using SWMM through BASINS:
•	Data Requirements for Setting up SWMM through BASINS
•	Preparing GIS Data for use in the BASINS/SWMM Plug-in
•	Creating a New SWMM Project
•	Opening an Existing SWMM Project
Note: SWMM 5.0 is not included with this package. It may be downloaded from
http://www.epa.gov/ednnrmrl/models/swmm/
Key Procedures

-------
1. Select EPA SWMM 5.0 Setup from the Plug-ins menu so that it is active. This will add SWMM to
the Models menu on the main form.
Plug-ins
Watershed Delineation Shapefile Editor

Edit Plug-ins

Scripts..,

Analysis ~

Archive Project Tool

BASINS 4

CSV to Shapefile Converter

D4EM Data Download ~
*
EPA SWMM 5.0 Setup
2. Select Models:SWMM from the main menu, and the BASINS SWMM form appears. The
interface loads with the General tab active. This tab includes fields for the user to specify the
SWMM project name (which defaults to the name of the BASINS project), the land use type
(NLCD Grid and USGS GIRAS shapefile are 2 types available in BASINS depending upon the data
downloaded for the project, or a user may choose to specify another grid or shapefile), map
layers for subcatchments, conduits, and nodes (nodes layer is optional), the BASINS met stations
layer (usually called Weather Station Sites 2009 in BASINS), and start and end dates for the
simulation. The Met Stations Layer field will default to the Weather Station Sites if they have
been downloaded for this project.

-------
BASINS SWMM

General |l Land Use | Field Mapping | Met Stations
SWMM Project Name:
Land Use Type:
Sub catchments Layer:
Conduits Layer:
Nodes Layer:
Met Stations Layer:
Simulation Dates
Patuxent
Year
Month Day
Start
2005
h
h

2005
|12
|31
|NLCD Grid


A

catchments

IS
~

| conduits
d

~ 1




nodes
zi
%
~ 1




Weather Station Sites 2006


d
Status
Update specifications if desired, then click OK to proceed.
OK
Open Existing
Cancel
Help
About
As the BASINS/SWMM Plugln loads, the meteorological data is scanned to build the lists of
available met data. This process may take a minute or two, depending upon how much met
data is included in the BASINS project. The start and end dates for the simulation default to the
most recent calendar year of data for the selected met stations (specified on the Met Stations
tab). The simulation dates can be changed to any period within the span of the selected met
stations, but be aware that using many years of hourly met data will result in a very large
SWMM project file.

-------
Click the Met Stations tab to specify the meteorologic data to use in the new SWMM project. A
Met WDM File will already be specified if one has already been downloaded and the Met
Stations Layer field has been set appropriately; if not the user must browse to the intended
WDM file. The BASINS/SWMM interface allows a user to specify a single precipitation station for
the entire SWMM study area, or a precipitation station for each SWMM catchment. The other
meteorologic constituents are limited to one station for the entire SWMM project.
BASINS SWMM
- n X
General Land Use Field Mappinq Met Stations
Met WDM File
C: \B AS IN S\d at a\0 206000 6\m et\m et. wd rn
Select
(* Single Precip Station	Multiple Precip Stations
Precip Station: |MD 189070:UPPER MARLBORO 3 NNW (1956/4/30-2007/
Other Met Data:
MD189070:UPPER MARLBORO 3 NNW (1956/5/1-2007/1
~
Status
Update specifications if desired, then click OK to proceed.
OK
Open Existing
Cancel
Help
About
Once all of the specifications are set as desired, click OK to create the SWMM project. After
processing, the SWMM 5.0 interface will open with the newly created project.

-------
Data Requirements for Setting up SWMM through BASINS The BASINS/SWMM Setup Plug-in allows a
user to set up a SWMM project using the GIS and meteorologic timeseries data available within BASINS.
This plug-in is normally used in conjunction with existing shapefiles of subcatchments, conduits, and
nodes, as might be available for an existing storm or sanitary sewer system.
When using BASINS/SWMM to build an initial SWMM Project File, the subcatchments, conduits, and
nodes layers must exist on the map. If no nodes layer is provided, the plug-in will attempt to build
SWMM nodes at either end of each conduit segment. The 'subbasins' and 'streams' outputs from the
BASINS watershed delineation tools may be used as the subcatchments and conduits layers if desired, or
these layers may be built using the BASINS shapefile editing tools (see Preparing GIS Data for use in the
BASINS/SWMM Plug-in for more details). Since the 'streams' layer from a BASINS delineation contains
connectivity information, do not specify a 'nodes' layer when using 'subbasins' and 'streams' outputs
from the BASINS watershed delineation tools.
BASINS 4.1 -02060006

File Models Compute Launch
ttjg
Analysis Layer View Bookmarks Plug-ins Watershed Delineation Converters Shapefile Editor Help
| D 4i Ai

¦fi£8f
1 La
La
~
m
&
*

s». ;
:A
>3 BI7 0
*1*
New Open Save
Print
Settings
Add
Remove
Clear
Symbology
Categories
Query
Properties
Table
Select
Deselect Measure Identify
Label Mover
@ ob shp Shp	k.	I ***	l±"
New Insert Add Remove Copy Paste Merge Erase Erase beneath Move Rotate Resize Move vertex Add vertex Remove vertex Cleanup Undo

Pan In Out Extent
Legend
Layers j Toolbox j
~	0 Data Layers
00 catchments	^ Q
00 conduits	—
[E30 nodes	n$> ~
~	0 Point Sources and Withdrawals
ED Permit Compliance System
B ~ Observed Data Stations
ED Weather Station Sites 2009
ED bac_stat.shp	*^> ~
B ~ NAWQA Study Area Unit Bou
00 Ej' Hydrology
00 Reach File, V1	^ —
ED Cataloging Unit Code
0D Accounting Unit Boundaries
00 Cataloging Unit Boundaries
00 Subbasins	~
00 Political
r^UTM Zone 18, Northern Hemisphere *¦ | X: 325
Preview Map
,725.539 Y: 4,313,863.870 Meters Lat: 38.956 Long: -77.011
MapWinGIS 4,8
| 1:1736121
Besides the Subcatchments, Conduits, and Nodes layers, there are two other GIS layers that may be
used in building the SWMM project file. A land use layer may be specified, and this layer will be used in
computing the area of each land use within each subcatchment. A met data layer may also be specified,
from which the user may select particular stations to use to supply timeseries of precipitation, air
temperature, and evaporation. Land use and meteorological data layers may be downloaded using the
BASINS Download Data tool.

-------
BASINS/SWMM is designed to be flexible in its handling of GIS layers. While typically a BASINS user will
use the USGS GIRAS or NLCD land use layers, BASINS SWMM supports use of other vector or raster land
use layers. The Land Use Index layer from BASINS is also required when using the USGS GIRAS land use
data. While the BASINS met data is typically used to provide input meteorological data, other WDM files
of meteorological data may be used.
The BASINS/SWMM plug-in may also be used to enter SWMM with an existing SWMM project. In this
case no other GIS or timeseries data are required. Preparing GIS Data for use in the BASINS/SWMM
Plug-in The BASINS/SWMM plug-in is normally used in conjunction with existing shapefiles of
subcatchments, conduits, and nodes, as might be available for an existing storm or sanitary sewer
system. If available these layers should be used in building the new SWMM project. See the Field
Mapping Tab section for details about mapping the fields of existing shapefiles to the necessary
variables of the SWMM data structure.
The GIS layers of subcatchments, conduits, and nodes may also be created using the BASINS watershed
delineation and/or shapefile editing tools. The following pages provide an overview of how the BASINS
delineation and shapefile editing tools can be used to create the shapefiles of subcatchments, conduits,
and nodes, expected by the BASINS/SWMM plug-in.
•	Using the Automatic Watershed Delineation Tools
•	Using the Manual Watershed Delineation Tools
•	Using the BASINS Shapefile Editor Tools
Once the subcatchments, conduits, and nodes features have been created using one of the above
methods, shapefile attributes may be added to these GIS layers. This section provides details of how
those attributes may be added, along with additional details of how those attributes are populated and
their default values.
The
buttons within the BASINS/SWMM interface are designed to help with adding the desired
shapefile attributes.

-------
BASINS SWMM
-injxl
General Land Use Field Mapping Met Stations
SWMM Project Name:
Land Use Type:
Subcatchments Layer:
Conduits Layer:
Nodes Layer:
Met Stations Layer:
Simulation Dates
Start
End
Patuxent
NLCD Grid
catchments
conduits
nodes
Weather Station Sites 2009
	3
HMa\
~3 jsJiiJ
~3 js]_oJ
	
Year
'wlonth
Day
11991

1
h



11991

12
|31
btatus
Update specifications if desired, then click OK to proceed.
OK
Open Existing
Cancel
Help
About
The '—' icon appears next to each type of layer in the BASINS/SWMM user interface, corresponding
to subcatchments, conduits or nodes. When the icon is clicked, a window will appear showing the fields
that may be populated automatically for the corresponding layer.

-------
Calculate Attribute Values

_|n|
-Kj
^ Select/Deselect All
E
Name
a.
E
OutletNodelD


Width

E
Slope

0
CurbLenqth

0
SnowPackName


ManninqsNlmperv


ManninqsNPerv


DepressionStoraqelmperv

0
DepressionStoraqePerv

E
Pe rce nt Z e ro St o raq e
d
0
RouteTo
OK
Cancel
A
The user may choose any or all of the possible attribute values that may be added for each feature.
Clicking 'OK' on this form will populate the selected values for each feature, in many cases using the
default value. If a value for an attribute already exists on the shapefile, it will be recalculated if that field
is checked. If the field does not exist, it will be added.
The average slope of a subcatchment is one special case. If this attribute is selected to populate, the
interface will prompt for an elevation layer to use in the calculation.
1' Select Elevation Grid
¦
-|n|J
il




1
National Elevation Dataset (D2DSC'C'l}Gned}
zi
OK
Cancel

	
After calculating the attributes, the user may use the Table Editor icon	to view the attributes that
have been added.

-------
1 fe Attribute Table Editor -
LottsfordCatchmentshp







Edit
View Selector
Tools











B
SHAPE	ID
Name

OutNodelD
Width
| Slope CurbLength
SnowPkNam ManNlmpen/
ManNPerv
| DepStorlmp
| DepStorPer
PctZeroSto
| RouteTo | PctR
~
0
S1
N2
5490.424179
59.80107175 0
0.01
0.1
0.05
0.05
25
OUTLET 100
*



















-------
BASINS SWMM
-injxl
General Land Use Field Mapping Met Stations
SWMM Project Name:
Land Use Type:
Subcatchments Layer:
Conduits Layer:
Nodes Layer:
Met Stations Layer:
Simulation Dates
Start
End
Patuxent
NLCD Grid
"3
| LottsfordCatchment.shp
zi
'&I ~


| LottsfordCneek.shp
J
y nl


| Lottsfond Nodes .shp
II
sJ _llJ


| Weather Station Sites 2009

	fill
Year
'wlonth
Day
11991

1
h



11991

12
|31
btatus
Update specifications if desired, then click OK to proceed.
OK
Open Existing
Cancel
Help
About
A complete example of using the BASINS tools to create the GIS layers for SWMM Subcatchments,
Conduits, and Nodes is provided in the tutorial section entitled Tutorial: Preparing GIS Data for use in
the BASINS/SWMM Plug-in.
Attributes and Default Values
The following tables list the attributes of the subcatchrnent, conduit, and node shapefiles that may be
added using the features described above. For each attribute the table includes a default value, a type

-------
(character string, integer, or real number), and a field length. The Long Field Name is the name used in
the BASINS/SWMM plug-in data structure, and will correspond with the shapefile attribute name unless
the name is longer than 10 characters, in which case the corresponding name will be the Short Field
Name on the attribute table.
~
The default values in these tables are used whenever attributes are populated using the 1—1 icon.
These default values are also used whenever a SWMM project is built from a shapefile where any of
these fields are not present. While the values in these tables are provided within the BASINS/SWMM
plug-in, the values may be overridden by values in a comma-delimited text file named 'SWMMFields.txt'
located in the BASINS\etc folder.
Subcatchment Attributes
Long Field Name
Short Field Name
Default Value
Type
Length
Name
none
'S' plus the feature index
String
10
OutletNodelD
OutNodelD
nearest node to the
subcatchment centroid
String
10
Width
none
square root of the subcatchment
area
Real
10
Slope
none
computed from elevation grid
Real
10
CurbLength
none
0.0
Real
10
SnowPackName
SnowPkName
blank
String
10
ManningsNlmperv
ManNlmperv
0.01
Real
10
ManningsNPerv
ManNPerv
0.1
Real
10
DepressionStoragelmperv
DepStorlmp
0.05
Real
10
DepressionStoragePerv
DepStorPer
0.05
Real
10
PercentZeroStorage
PctZeroSto
25.0
Real
10
RouteTo
none
OUTLET
String
10
PercentRouted
PctRouted
100.0
Real
10
MaxInfiltRate
MaxInfiltR
3.0
Real
10
MinlnfiltRate
MinlnfiltR
0.5
Real
10
DecayRateConstant
DecayRate
4
Real
10

-------
DryTime
none
7

Real
10
MaxInfiltVolume
MaxInfiltV
0

Real
10
Suction
none
3.0

Real
10
Conductivity
Conductiv
0.5

Real
10
Initial Deficit
InitDefcit
4.0

Real
10
CurveNumber
CurveNum
3.0

Real
10
Conduit Attributes
Long Field Name
Short Field Name
Default Value
Type
Length

Name
none
'C' plus the feature index
String
10

InletNodeName
InletNode
nearest node
String
10

OutletNodeName
OutletNode
nearest node
String
10

ManningsN
none
0.05
Real
10

InletOffset
InOffset
0.0
Real
10

OutletOffset
OutOffset
0.0
Real
10

Initial Flow
InitFlow
0.0
Real
10

MaxFlow
none
0.0
Real
10

Shape
none
TRAPEZOIDAL
String
12

Geometryl
none
10.0
Real
10

Geometry2
none
10.0
Real
10

Geometry3
none
1
Real
10

Geometry4
none
1
Real
10

NumBarrels
none
1
Integer
10

Node Attributes

-------
Long Field Name
Short Field Name
Default Value
Type
Length
Name
none
'N' plus the feature index
String
10
Type
none
JUNCTION
String
10
InvertElevation
InvertElev
0.0
Real
10
MaxDepth
none
0.0
Real
10
InitDepth
none
0.0
Real
10
SurchargeDepth
SurchargeD
0.0
Real
10
PondedArea
none
0.0
Real
10
OutfallType
OutfallTyp
FREE
String
10
StageTable
none
blank
String
10
TideGate
none
NO
String
10
Note: The units of the values in the table above are the units required in SWMM.
Using the BASINS Automatic Watershed Delineation Tools to Set Up BASINS/SWMM
The BASINS Automatic Watershed Delineation tools may be used to create subcatchment and conduit
shapefiles for use in SWMM modeling. The delineation process requires a Digital Elevation Model (DEM)
in grid format. Two forms of DEM grids are available through the BASINS Download Data menu. The
BASINS DEM Grid (DEMG) has a 100 m resolution while the National Elevation Dataset (NED) has a 30 m
resolution. The following image shows a BASINS project with an NED grid loaded, zoomed in to the
approximate area to be modeled in the SWMM project.

-------
[^|UTM Zone 18, Northern Hemisphere - | X: 344,511.156 Y: 4,318,540,849 Meters | Lat: 39.002 Long: -76.796
1:15422
~ ~ Census
SD 2002TigerNonvisibleFeature — —-
ED 2002 Tiger Physical Feature ^ —
ED 2002 Tiger Landmark	—
ED 2000 Block Group
171 I I ISnfiPlAi't'rtmim	—I
Preview Map	^ X
~
Jfllxj
UiWaiiL-WiUXIUH
File 'Models Compute 1 Launch Analysis Layer View Bookmarks Plug-ins Watershed Delineation Converters Shapefile Editor Help
Pan In Out Extent Selected Previous r lext Layer
La La Ln
Add Remove Clear
Symbology Categories Query Properties Table
New Open Save Print Settings
~ 01? © j ^ shp sh^	8s c s
'¦ New Insert Add Remove Copy Paste Merge Erase Erase beneath Move Rotate Resize Move vertex Add vertex Remove vertex Cleanup
Legend
Layers j Toolbox ]
13 ~ Ecoregions (Level III)
ED LandUselndex
ED Managed Area Database
ED State Soil
ED Land Use
E ~ Land Use
~ 0 Elevation
ED Digital Elevation Mode) (020&0006de
C 0-131
E 131-262
% No Data
|E0 National Elevation Dataset(02060006
¦ -168 - 14077
~ 14077 - 28322
The Automatic Watershed Delineator may be added to a project by selecting the Plug-ins:Watershed
Delineation menu item, which will make the automatic delineation tool available under the Watershed
Delineation:Automatic menu item. Selecting the Watershed Delineation:Automatic menu item opens
the Automatic Watershed Delineation form.

-------
Setup and Preprocessing
Elevation Units Base Elevation Data (DEM) Layer:

| Centimeters T| | National Elevation Dataset (C^DGDC'C'Gned)
d
	^1
1§H
l~~ Burn-in Existing Stream Polyline


| Select a Stream Polyline Shapefile
d
i^\
1^ Use a Focusing Mask


(* Use Cunent View Events for Mask
Set Extents
Use Grid or Shapefile for Mask


| Select a Mask Grid or Polygon Shapefile or Use Extents
d
_ -"mI
L3'j
Draw Mask | Select Mask | 0 Selected
Use Existing Intermediate Files
Run
1

Network Delineation by Threshold Method	
[400	# of Cells |0.0BB4	|sq. mi 3
Use Basting Intermediate Files	Run
"Custom Outlet/Inlet Definition and Delineation Completion	
r Use a Custom Outlets/Inlets Layer
J Select a Point Shapefile, then Select or Draw Outlets/Inlets "	j2f>|
Draw Outlets/Inlets	Select Outlets/Inlets I 0 Selected
Snap Preview
Snap Threshold | BC'D	Run
Number of processes fl	V~ Show TauDEM output
.Advanced Settings
Close | Run .All |

-------
Within the Automatic Delineator form the user must select the DEM grid to provide topographic data for
the delineation process. The Use a Focusing Mask box is used to delineate subbasins in only a portion
of the specified input DEM grid, such as within the current view extents.
The Automatic Watershed Delineator provides a user input capability representing the minimum
number of cells to be used as the threshold for delineation. The stream network and subwatersheds will
be computed based upon the input threshold level.

File I Models Compute ' I Launch ' Analysis Layer View Bookmarks Plug-ins Watershed Delineation Converters Shapefile Editor Help
~ s ~ J$ j3 H ' ^3 / lP
New Open Save Print Settings Pan In Out Extent Selected Previous Next Layer
Lq
~
*
Add Remove Clear Symbology Categories Query Properties Table

qIO *
fel she shp
~
 ®
0

~$* "+
>/


New Insert Add Remove Copy
Paste
Merge Erase Erase beneath Move
Rotate
Resize
Move vertex Add vertex
Remove vertex Cleanup -
Legend
ED Lottsford Creek shp


ED LottsfordCatchmentshp
m
•$>

Terrain Analysis


E 0 Watershed Shapefile (02060006nedw.
CD

~ 0 Stream Reach Shapefile(net) (02060

EDDi Regulatory


0C3C2 Point Sources and Withdrawals

0 0 CJ Observed Data Stations


B0 L_3- Political


ED Urban Area Names
^ *

ED County Names


ED County Boundaries


ED EPA Region Boundaries


E0 State Boundaries



^ n
Preview Map

9 X
~
Wm
/ i /Ih
[V|UTM Zone 13, Northern Hemisphere ' | X: 341,940.531 Y: 4,318,810.152 Meters I Lat: 39.004Long: -76.825 |
xi
Va ,
The Watershed and Stream Reach Shapefiles that are added to the map may be used as the
Subcatchment and Conduit layers in the BASINS/SWMM plug-in. Complete instructions for using the
BASINS Automatic Watershed Delineator can be found in the Automatic Watershed Delineation section.
When the user adds the Watershed and Stream Reach shapefiles to the map for use as the
Subcatchment and Conduit layers in the BASINS/SWMM plug-in, the user may also wish to add some
attributes to these shapefiles. Attributes may be added by clicking on the I—I buttons within the
BASINS/SWMM interface. See the section entitled Preparing GIS Data for use in the BASINS/SWMM
Plug-in for more details.	Using the BASINS Manual Watershed Delineation Tools to Set Up
BASINS/SWMM

-------
The BASINS 4 Manual Watershed Delineation tool may also be used to create subcatchment and conduit
shapefiles for use in SWMM modeling. This tool allows the user to manually subdivide a watershed into
several smaller hydrologically connected watersheds.
The BASINS Manual Watershed Delineator requires an existing polygon shapefile which is then divided
into smaller subwatersheds. Any polygon shapefile may be used, but normally the user subdivides an
existing Cataloging Unit Boundary, NHDPIus catchment, or any other user-supplied drainage boundary.
This tool also uses a DEM grid for calculating average subwatershed slope, and a stream polyline layer.
The BASINS NHDPIus catchment and flowline layers have a high resolution that works well for detailed
analyses, such as a SWMM study.
QUTM Zone 18, Northern Hemisphere - | X: 336,431.464 Y:
4,
^JnjxJ
319,309.063 Meters Lat: 39.008 Long: -76.889
File I Models Compute
m Launch I, ¦' Analysis
* J® £>
Layer View Bookmarks Plug-ins Watershed Delineation Converters Shapefile Editor Help
New Open Save Print Settings
II'O %
ita
Out Extent Selected Previous
* BET
Next Layer
Ma ls
Add Remove
OO stop snp
New Insert Add Remove Copy
Paste Merge Erase Erase beneatl
~ 1 *	1+ * -
Clear Symbology Categories	Query Properties Table
~J* «+ m~ s/
Resize Move vertex	Add vertex Remove vertex Cleanup
Legend

? X
Layers | Toolbox |
~ Hydrology-NHDPIus

_iJ
S0 Flowline Features


SO Area Features
^ ¦

HQ Waterbody Features
nS>

ED Catchment
~

|E0 FollyCatchment

M
~


EIZIC2 Terrain Analysis


EDL3 Regulatory


EDGi Point Sources and With drawals

E0L3 Observed Data Stations


B@ \£g Political


E D Urban Area Names
^ *

ED County Names


ED County Boundaries


ED EPA Region Boundaries
~

E@ State Boundaries


ED U rban Area Bo un d ari es

zi
__FlCT [r^r Hvdrnlnnv

Preview Map

X
The Manual Watershed Delineator may be added to a project by selecting the Plug-ins:Manual
Delineation menu item, which will make the manual delineation tool available under the Watershed
Delineation:Manual menu item. Selecting the Watershed Delineation:Manual menu item opens the
Manual Watershed Delineator window.

-------
Manual Watershed Delineator

Manual Delineation
Subbasin Layer: I FollyCatchment
Delineate Subbasin
Commit
Cancel

Combine Selected Subbasins
Subbasin Parameters
Bevation Layer:
National Elevation Dataset (OSC'GC'C'CGned)	~^\
~Si
Vertical Units: Centimeters
Calculate Subbasin
Parameters
Stream Network
Reach Layer:
Flowline Features
0
Define Stream Network
and Outlets
I- Include PCS as Outlets
P Force continuous flow path
Qose
The Subbasin Layer pull-down menu is used to select the watershed boundary layer. The user
delineates the subwatersheds (or subbasins or catchments) by clicking on the Delineate Subbasin
button, changing the focus to the main BASINS window, and then drawing a new interior boundary to

-------
subdivide the watershed. The boundary is drawn by clicking on the beginning and end point, as well as
any intermediate vertices, of the new boundary line.
To finish the watershed outline, the user makes a final mouse-click at a point outside the existing
watershed boundary and right-clicks; or the user may return to the Manual Watershed Delineator form
and click the Commit button. It is not necessary to delineate the portion of the watershed that
coincides with the existing watershed boundary. The delineation tool automatically clips the
subwatershed at the existing watershed boundary.

File t* ^ Models Compute m Launch i< ¦ Analysis
QJ 4i & s ^
Layer View Bookmarks Plug-ins Watershed Delineation Converters Shapefile Editor Help
New Open Save Print Settings
h lii'O * kj *
Jh-a V	* Icr
Pan In Out Extent Selected Previous Next Layer
OD
New Insert Add r err •
La o a m *	* m
Add Remove Clear Symbology Categories Query Properties Table
iK O s	«+ ¦" s/
cp . Paste Merge Erase Erase beneath Move Rotate Resize Movevertex	Add vertex Remove vertex Cleanup
Legend
Layers J Toolbox |
S@L^' Hydrology-NHDPIus
|SE Subbasins
~
00 Flowline Features
iD Area Features
®D WaterbodyFeatures
BD Catchment
~ 0 Folly Catchment
BD ~ Terrain Analysis
BDCJ Regulatory
BD ~ Point Sources and Withdrawals
00Q Observed Data Stations
B0 LcJ Political
El ~ Urban Area Names	^ ~
SlD County Names	^
BD County Boundaries Q
BD EPA Region Boundaries	^ I I
BE State Boundaries	x^> [~~l zJ
Preview Map	^ X
~ UTM Zone 18, Northern Hemisphere
	| /|
' | X: 339,941.396 Y: 4,319,478.407 Meters I Lat: 39.010 Long: -76.849
^lnjxj
The Delineate Subbasin step may be performed as many times as desired to break a single catchment
into multiple catchments.
To demarcate the stream segments in the newly delineated watershed, the user selects the polyline
stream layer from the Reach Layer pull-down menu, and then clicks the Define Stream Network and
Outlets button. The new stream segment parameters will be stored in the DBF file associated with the
stream layer.

-------
/ ¦
pyjlfTM Zone 18, Northern Hemisphere *¦ | X: 347,777.166 Y: 4,319,724.718 Meters | Lat: 39.013Long: -76.758
1:58184
~ 0 Subbasins	s$>
~
E10 Flowline Features
EO Area Features	^ |
El Q Waterbody Features
®D Catchment	^ Q
B0 Folly Catch merit
~
El DC3 Terrain Analysis
EI DCS Regulatory
ElOCi Point Sources and Withdrawals
E1@C3 Observed Data Stations
~ Political . ^
	mn		Zl
Preview Map	J? X
Layer View Bookmarks Plug-ins Watershed Delineation Converters Shapefile Editor Help
. J vl » &
New Open Save Print Settings
Ua
~
m m
Add Remove Clear Symbology Categories Query Properties Table
File • Models 1 Compute Launch u Analysis
k . A	^ , ,Q , 
-------
section entitled Preparing GIS Data for use in the BASINS/SWMM Plug-in for more details on populating
the attribute values of these shapefiles.
BASINS SWMM

General Land Use Field Mapping Met Stations
SWMM Project Name:
Land Use Type:
Subcatchments Layer:
Conduits Layer:
Nodes Layer:
Met Stations Layer:
Simulation Dates
Start
End
Patuxent
NLCD Grid




[Cataloging Unit Boundaries
d
fell
_ry



(Reach File, V1
d
fa I
n


i
|
zi
1^11
nl


| Weather Station Sites 2003



Year
Month Day
11991
|1
1

11991
|12
|31
Status
Update specifications if desired, then click OK to proceed.
OK
Open Existing
Cancel
Help
About
The — icon is used to create a new shapefile of subcatchments, conduits or nodes. This icon
appears next to each type of layer in the BASINS/SWMM user interface, corresponding to
subcatchments, conduits or nodes.

-------
Sub catchments Layer:
ing Unit Boundaries
Z1 fal ~!
When the user clicks on any of these three icons, a dialog appears for the user to enter the
corresponding name of the new shapefile.
Enter name of new polygon shapefile



2SJ







HI
11 j ^ j | * Computer
- 500G (D:) ' BASINS41 - data ' 02060006 -

T l.tQi I search 02060006


Organize ~ New folder






jrf Favorites
—

Name *
| Date modified
| Type | Size
J
—
M Desktop


. 303d
2/25/2013 4:08 PM
File folder

£ Downloads
Recent Places


census
J. dem
2/25/2013 4:04 PM
4/22/2013 10:10 AM
File folder
File folder


^ Libraries
Documents


landuse
log
4/15/2013 2:46 PM
2/25/2013 3:28 PM
File folder
File folder


Music


met
2/25/2013 4:19 PM
File folder


B Pictures
—

ned
2/25/2013 3:48 PM
File folder


3 Videos


nhd
2/25/2013 3:43 PM
File folder


Computer
^ os (co


nhdplus02060006
nldas
4/29/2013 3:34 PM
4/15/2013 4: 35 PM
File folder
File folder


^ 500G (PO


pes
2/25/2013 3:23 PM
File folder


^ My Web Sites or


Runfiles
3/20/2013 3:47 PM
File folder

d


_ ii SXQRET	
4/15/2013 4:34 PM
File folder










Filename; |LottsfordCatchment

~ | | polygon shapefiles (*.shp)
"3

Open | Cancel
	^
After clicking 'Open', a message appears to indicate that features can be added to this layer using the
Shapefile Editor.
1 Shapefile created

xll
The new shapefile LottsfordCatchment.shp has been created,
Use the Shapefile Editor to add shapes to the new shapefile.

OK

Note that at this point a blank shapefile will be created using the specified name. There wili be no
features within the shapefile at this point.

-------
. Models 'Compute 'Launch Analysis Layer View Bookmarks Plug-ins Watershed Delineation Converters Shapefile Editor Help

it
m
*
J®
New Open
Save Print Settings
Pan
In
H 11
I? 0 + f&|
•¥
A.
OO
shp

New
Insert
Add
Out Extent Selected Previous Next Layer
La La Lq jb Bi Qv Oft tt
Add Remove Clear Symbology Categories Query Properties Table
L*.	¦»	—
Legend	^ X
Layers | Toolbox |
B EZ1 Hydrotogy	
|B0 LottsfordCatchmentshp ^
~
~ ~ National Hydrography Dalaset020600
f^UTM Zone 18, Northern Hemisphere - | X: 344,421.388 Y: 4,318,748.947Meters | Lat: 39.004Long: -76.797|	| 1:154221
BO Reach File, V1

-
BO CatalogingUnitCode


BO Accounting Unit Boundaries


B@ Cataloging Unit Boundaries

~
BO Outlets


BO Streams

-
BD Subbasins

~
B0C3 Terrain Analysis
0DQ Regulatoiy
0DQ Point Sources and Withdra*vals
BBQ Observed Data Stations
~ 0 L_5 Political
BO Urban Area Names
BP County Names	<>
Preview Map	^ X
~
Jfllxj
Within the Shapefile Editor toolbar, the user may click on the Shp icon to add a shape to the new
shapefile. The shape is added by clicking a series of points on the map representing the polygon
vertices.

-------
[JJuiM Zone 18, Northern Hemisphere - | X: 342,507.700 Y: 4,318,679.581 Meters | Lat: 39.003 Long: -76.819 |
ElO Reach File, V1	—
ID Cataloging Unit Code	^
0D Accounting Unit Boundaries
00 Cataloging Unit Boundaries ^ O
HQ Outlets	^ •
0D Streams	-
SD Subbasins	~
00II2 Terrain Analysis
0[D Ej Regulatory
0 ~ [ZJ Point Sources and Withdrawals
0 0 Cj Observed Data Stations
0 0 Political
SO Urban Area Names	~
0D County Names	s$>	JLl
Preview Map	^ X
~
File lit ^ Models || ^ Compute Launch * ^ Analysis Layer View Bookmarks Plug-ins Watershed Delineation Converters Shapefile Editor Help
~ mt ia — ®
New Open Save Print Settings
* i® £> , ,a , lL;
Pan In Out Extent Selected Previous lext Layer
:: s Lq
Add Remove Clear
m ® i 1 s
Symbology Categories Query Properties Table
H Bl'O *
New Insert
shp
Add
shp cb jjj 0 < *r ¦ ¦
Remove Copy Paste Merge Erase Erase beneath Move Rotate Resize Move vertex Add vertex Remove vertex
Legend
Layers j Toolbox j
00 Hydrology
[00 LottsfordCatchmentshp
o
SO National Hydrography Dalaset020600
^JQ|X|
When finished drawing the vertices, the user double clicks on the first vertex and the figure will be
completed. This process can be repeated as many times as desired.

-------
File 'Models 'Compute 1 Launch Analysis Layer View Bookmarks Plug-ins Watershed Delineation Converters Shapefile Editor Help

it
m
4*
J®
New Open
Save Print Settings
Pan
In
H l!
I? 0 + f&|
•¥
A.
OO
shp

New
Insert
Add
&
*
/-i > i-a * \t_
! Ln
Lg
~
V

%
l%
Out
Extent Selected Previous Next Layer
Add
Remove
Clear
Symbology
Categories
Query
Properties Table
Legend	^ X
Layers j Toolbox |
Hydrology	
|B0 LottsfordCatchmentshp ^
~
~ ~ National Hydrography Dalaset020600
[^llJTMZone 18, Northern Hemisphere " | X: 344,176.567Y: 4,318,912.161 Meters | Lat: 39.005Long: -76.800 |	| 1:15422 ]
ED Reach File, V1	—
SO CatalogingUnitCode	^
El ~ Accounting Unit Boundaries
SB Cataloging Unit Boundaries D
03 ~ Outlets	^ •
SD Streams	—
SD Subbasins	O
Terrain Analysis
EOCj Regulatory
0DQ Point Sources and Withdra*vals
Observed Data Stations
~ 0 L_5 Political
an Urban Area Names
BP County Names		_lJ
Preview Map	^ X
~
.siOlJil
The same process can be used to create a shapefile of conduits, as well as a shapefile of nodes. In the
case of nodes, after specifying the file name and clicking 'Open', a message appears indicating that
nodes may be added either automatically at the ends of the conduits or by point-and-click using the
Shapefile Editor.
After the user creates the Subcatchment, Conduit, and Node layers, the user may also wish to add some
attributes to these shapefiles. Attributes may be added by clicking on the I—J buttons within the
BASINS/SWMM interface. See the section entitled Preparing GIS Data for use in the BASINS/SWMM
Plug-in for more details. Creating a New SWMM Project The BASINS/SWMM Plug-In creates a new
SWMM project using the GIS layers on the map and available meteorologic time-series data. Map layers
used by this plug-in include Subcatchments, Conduits, and optionally Nodes. Depending upon the
options chosen, the Land Use Index and corresponding land use layers may also be used. A met stations
layer, such as that created by the Data Download tool when downloading meteorologic data, is useful
for locating possible met stations for the SWMM model.
The BASINS/SWMM window opens with the interface populated according to the layers available on the
map. The dominant portion of the BASINS/SWMM window is a tabbed dialog. Below the tabbed dialog
is a small status frame and a row of command buttons.

-------
BASINS SWMM
-injxl
General Land Use Field Mapping Met Stations
SWMM Project Name:
Land Use Type:
Subcatchments Layer:
Conduits Layer:
Nodes Layer:
Met Stations Layer:
Simulation Dates
Start
End
Patuxent
NLCD Grid
"3
| catchments
zi
'&I ~


conduits
J
y nl


| nodes
II
sJ _llJ


| Weather Station Sites 2009

	fill
Year
'wlonth
Day
11991

1
h



11991

12
|31
btatus
Update specifications if desired, then click OK to proceed.
OK
Open Existing
Cancel
Help
About
The tabbed dialog contains a General tab for specifying general information about the SWMM project to
be created, along with the map layers to be used in creating the SWMM project. The other tabs are
used for specifying more details about the Land Use, Field Mapping, and the Met Stations to be used in
the model setup.
The General tab is used to specify the name of the SWMM project (the base name of the SWMM INP
file), the Land Use Type (USGS GIRAS Shapefile, Other Shapefile, NLCD Grid, or Other Grid), the
Subcatchments layer, the Conduits layer, the Nodes layer, and the Met Stations Layer. By default the

-------
SWMM Project name will be the base name of the BASINS project. The nodes layer is optional, and
should only be provided if connectivity information is available as layer attributes. (Since the 'streams'
layer from a BASINS delineation contains connectivity information, do not specify a 'nodes' layer when
using 'subbasins' and 'streams' outputs from the BASINS watershed delineation tools.) If no nodes layer
is provided, the plug-in will attempt to build SWMM nodes at either end of each conduit segment. The
Met Stations Layer is optional as well, but it is useful for locating the WDM files containing meteorologic
data for use in the model. This tab also includes fields for the user to specify start and end dates for the
simulation.
If existing GIS layers of subcatchments, conduits, and nodes are not available, the BASINS watershed
delineation tools can be used to create these layers, or the	and 0 icons can be used to
create these layers through the BASINS shapefile editing tools. See Preparing GIS Data for use in the
BASINS/SWMM Plug-in for more details on creating the GIS data layers of subcatchments, conduits, and
nodes.
When entering BASINS/SWMM from a BASINS project containing the typical BASINS project layers,
including land use and meteorologic data, all fields in the interface will be populated. In this case the
user may update any of the specifications in the interface if desired. The met stations to be used in the
model are specified through the Met Stations tab, and when ready the user may click OK to begin the
calculations to produce the new SWMM project.
Clicking OK produces the new SWMM INP file. Messages in the Status frame give updates on the
progress. The new SWMM INP file is written to the BASINS\modelout directory. After this file has been
created, SWMM is automatically opened displaying the new project.	Land Use Tab The Land Use
tab is used to specify details of how land use data is to be extracted for each subcatchment. The
interface on this form changes depending upon the Land Use Type specified in the General tab.
If the Land Use Type on the General tab is set to 'USGS GIRAS Shapefile', this tab will include a
Classification File selection tool and a grid for specifying the impervious percentage of each land use
type. When using the USGS GIRAS land use data with the default classification file, the land use types
will be reclassified into six categories (forest, agricultural, urban, range land, barren, and
wetlands/water).
If the 'Other Shapefile', 'NLCD Grid' or 'Other Grid' is specified as the Land Use Type, this tab will also
include a drop-down list to specify the land use layer to be used. If 'Other Shapefile' is chosen, the
Classification Field is used to specify the descriptive field in the attribute table of the land use layer that
will be used as the land use type in SWMM, as reflected in the Impervious Percent grid. The Impervious
Percent column of the grid is used to specify the percentage of each land use category that is to be
considered impervious.
The Land Use tab contains a dialog for specifying a classification file and a table for specifying the
impervious percent for each land use category. The land use classification file is a simple dbf file that
contains a list of land use codes and a corresponding group description, for use in grouping land use
codes into categories. A very similar interface is available in BASINS/HSPF Plugln. For instance, the land

-------
use classification file might indicate that codes 21 through 24 should all be grouped together into one
'Urban' category. The user may create or modify this file as desired.
BASINS SWMM

General . ind Use Field Mappinq Met Stations
Land Use Layer:	NLCD_LandCover_2001

Classification File: C:\BASINS\etc\nlcd.dbf	Change |
Group Description
Impervious Percent
Water/Wetlands
0
Urban
50
Barren or Mining
0
Transitional
0
Forest
0
Upland Shrub Land
0
Agriculture - Cropland
0
Grass Land
0
Agriculture - Pasture
0
r Status
Update specifications if desired, then click OK to proceed.
OK
Open Existing
Cancel
Help
About
If no classification file is set, each individual land use category will be represented separately in SWMM.
The Reclassify Land Use tool in BASINS can be used to build other classification files. Field Mapping
Tab The Field Mapping tab is used to map fields from the subcatchment, conduit, and node shapefile
attribute tables specified on the 'General' tab to the variables in the BASINS/SWMM Plugln data
structure where that data will be used. This field mapping will default appropriately if using the output

-------
from a BASINS watershed delineation as the subcatchments and conduits, but it is needed if the user has
obtained this data from a source other than BASINS.
BASINS SWMM
JnJ.xj
General | Land Use Lf'®'l:LMeiFlP'r"|l3 j| Met Stations
Select a Source and Target field, then click Add
Source Field
N ode: M WS h ap e ID
Node:ID
Node:Type
Conduit
Conduit
Conduit
Conduit
Conduit
MWShapelD
InNodeld
OutNodelD
Geometryl
Geometry 2
zi
Target Field
Node: Name
Node:Type
Node:lnvertElevation
Node:MaxDepth
Node:lnitDepth
Node:SurchargeDepth
Node:PondedArea
Node:OutfallType
zl
Add
Delete
Connections
Clear
Load
Save
Node:ID <-> Node:Name
Conduit: InNodeId <-> Conduit: InIetNodeName
Conduit:OutNodelD <-> Conduit: OutletNodeName
Subcatchiment:SL01 <-> Subeatchmerit:Slope
Subcatchment:ID <-> Subcatchmerit:Name
Subcatchment:OutNode <-> Subcatchment:OutletNodelD
r Status
Update specifications if desired, then click OK to proceed.
OK
Open Existing
Cancel
Help
About
The list entitled 'Source Field' includes all of the fields of each attribute table associated with the
specified subcatchment, conduit, and node shapefiles. The 'Target Field' list includes all of the
information the BASINS/SWMM Plugln can populate given corresponding information from a shapefile
attribute. The user adds to the list of connections below by selecting a source field, and target field, and
then clicking 'Add'. For instance, a user might have a field on the nodes shapefile attribute table named
'InvertEiev' containing invert elevations. The user could map this field to the Invert Elevations of the

-------
nodes in SWMM by selecting Node:lnvertElev on the source field list, selecting Node:lnvertElevation in
the target field list, and then clicking the 'Add' button to add it to the list of field connections.
The Delete button is used to delete a connection from the connections list, while the Clear button is
used to clear all the connections from the connections list. The Load and Save buttons are used to read
in and write out the list of connections for use in a later application of the BASINS/SWMM Plugln, if
desired.
A field from one type of map layer can only be associated with a target field of the same type. In other
words, a field from the 'Nodes' layer can only be associated with a 'Nodes' target in the data structure.
Also, in cases where the source and target names are identical a connection does not have to be
mapped. In other words, by default, the Conduit:Geometryl in the source column will be mapped to
Conduit:Geometryl in the target column, and thus does not need to be explicitly specified as a
connection. Met Stations Tab The Met Stations tab is used to specify which meteorological stations will
be used to provide meteorological input for the model. In normal BASINS use, the met WDM file will be
set to the name of the WDM that corresponds to the met stations layer specified on the General tab.
Any other WDM file containing met data can be used through this interface by choosing that file through
the Select button. The meteorological data files must be in Watershed Data Management (WDM)
format.

-------
BASINS SWMM

General |
Land Use j
Field Mapping
Met Stations |
Met WDM File
C: \B AS IN S\d at a\0 2 Li 6 0 0 0 6\rn et\m et. wd m
Select
(* Single Precip Station	f Multiple Precip Stations
Precip Station: |MD189070:UPPER MARLBORO 3 NNW (1956/4/30-2007/J*_|
Other Met Data:
MD189070: UPPER MARLBORO 3 NNW (1956/5/1 -2007/1,
3
Status
Update specifications if desired, then click OK to proceed.
OK
Open Existing
Cancel
Help
About
The precipitation station is specified through a single drop down list, as is the station for obtaining ail
other meteorological constituents. The BASINS/SWMM interface allows a user to specify a single
precipitation station for the entire SWMM study area, or a precipitation station for each SWMM
subcatchment. To specify a precipitation station for each subcatchment, chose the 'multiple precip
stations' option. With this option selected, a precipitation stations may be assigned by subcatchment.

-------
** BASINS SWMM
^Jnjxj
General | Land Use | Field Mapping Met Stations
S Met WDM File
D AB AS IN S\daita\020600Q6\rTiet\met .wdm	Select
Single Precip Station	(* Multiple Precip Stations
Subcatch merit | Precip Station
1
MD189070:UPPER MARLBORO 3 NNW(19+
6
MD189070:UPPER MARLBORO 3 NNW (19+
3
MD189070:UPPER MARLBORO 3 NNW (19+
5
M ~ 180700: BELTSV1LLE (1948*5/1 ¦-2007/1 /1)
2
M D180700: BELTSVl LLE (1948/5/1-2007/1/1)
4
M D180700: BELTSVI LLE (1948/5>'1-2007/1/I)
Other Met Data:
|VA44B&[>S:WASHINGT0N REAGAN NATIONAL AIR (1970/1 /1-200ZJJ
Status
Update specifications if desired, then click OK to proceed.
OK
Open Existing
Cancel
Help
About
Opening an Existing SWMM Project The Open Existing button is used to open an existing SWMM
project (INP file) in SWMM. To open an existing SWMM Project, use the Select INP dialog to select the
existing SWMM INP file that you would like to open.

-------
Select SWMM inp file
Look in: Patuxent
~tj o c?
My Recent
Documents
Desktop
*
My Documents
My Computer
My Network
Places
QOldProjects
File name:
Files of type:
Patuxent.inp
SWMM INP files f.irip)
31

Open
Cancel
~Ya
Clicking Open will start SWMM.

-------
EPA WASP Model Builder
The EPA Water Quality Analysis Simulation Program (WASP) is a dynamic compartment-modeling
program for aquatic systems, including both the water column and the underlying benthos. This model
helps users interpret and predict water quality responses to natural phenomena and manmade pollution
for various pollution management decisions. WASP allows the user to investigate 1, 2, and 3
dimensional systems, and a variety of pollutant types. The time varying processes of advection,
dispersion, point and diffuse mass loading and boundary exchange are represented in the model. WASP
also can be linked with hydrodynamic and sediment transport models that can provide flows, depths
velocities, temperature, salinity and sediment fluxes.
WASP has been used to examine eutrophication of Tampa Bay, FL; phosphorus loading to Lake
Okeechobee, FL; eutrophication of the Neuse River Estuary, NC; eutrophication Coosa River and
Reservoirs, AL; PCB pollution of the Great Lakes; eutrophication of the Potomac Estuary; kepone
pollution of the James River Estuary; volatile organic pollution of the Delaware Estuary; heavy metal
pollution of the Deep River, NC; and mercury in the Savannah River, GA.
BASINS allows the user to build a new project and open WASP directly from the BASINS user interface.
The following sections provide more details on using WASP through BASINS:
•	Data Requirements for Setting up WASP through BASINS
•	Creating a New WASP Project
Note: The WASP model is not included with this package. It may be downloaded from
http://www.epa.gov/athens/wwqtsc/html/wasp.html
Key Procedures

-------
Select EPA WASP Model Builder from the Plug-ins menu so that it is active. This will add WASP
to the Models menu on the main form.
i Plug-ins"! Help
Edit Plug-ins
Scripts
Analysis	~
Archive Project Tool
BASINS 4.1
D4EM Data Download	~
EPA SWMM 5,0 Setup
EPA WASP Model Builder
U**.' I P_ P n af ~ Drnrc-r^r
Select Models:WASP from the main menu, and the Welcome to BASINS WASP Model Builder
form appears. Use this form to create a new WASP Builder project by selecting stream reaches
from which you will build your model, open a previously saved WASP Builder project, or reopen
your last project.
1, Select stream reaches and build new WASP model...
Reopen your last WASP Model Builder project
Close
When the desired segments are selected or project file loaded, the BASINS WASP Model Builder
form appears. This interface consists of six tabs: General, Segmentation, Flows, Boundaries,
Loads, and Time Functions. The General tab includes fields for the user to specify the WASP
project name (which defaults to the name of the BASINS project), the WASP Model type, and

-------
start and end dates for the simulation.
Project name: »uiuut«
Simulation Dates

Year
Month Day
Start;
2000
1 1
End:
2000
12 31
Status
Update specifications i desired, then click Build WASP File to proceed.
New
1 Open •»: LjJ Save ~
%*> Help »
Build WASP File : : Close
4. The user may proceed through each tab, setting the input specifications as desired. Once all of
the specifications are set as desired, click Build WASP File to create the WASP project. After
processing, the WASP interface will open with the newly created project.
Note that the Model Builder form includes a "?" button in the upper-right corner. Click on this button
and then any form field or button to get pop-up context-sensitive help.	Data
Requirements for Setting up WASP through BASINS The BASINS/WASP Setup Plug-in allows a user to set
up a WASP project using the GIS and timeseries data available within BASINS. This plug-in is normally
used in conjunction with the Flowline Features from NHDPIus.
When using BASINS/WASP to build an initial WASP Project File, the streams layer must exist on the map.
In addition to the streams layer, a met data layer may also be specified, from which the user may select
particular stations to use to supply timeseries of wind speed, solar radiation, and air temperature. The
NHDPIus Flowlines and BASINS Meteorological Data layers may be downloaded using the BASINS
Download Data tool.

-------
BASINS/WASP is designed to be flexible in its handling of GIS layers. While typically a BASINS user will
use the NHDPIus Flowlines, BASINS WASP supports use of other vector stream layers. See the Field
Mapping section on the Segmentation tab for details about mapping the fields of existing shapefiles to
the necessary variables of the WASP data structure. While the BASINS met data is typically used to
provide input meteorological data, other WDM files of meteorological data may be used.
The BASINS/WASP plug-in may also be used to enter WASP with an existing WASP project. In this case
no other GIS or timeseries data are required. Creating a New WASP Project The BASINS/WASP Plug-
In creates a new WASP project using the GIS layers on the map and available time-series data. The
NHDPIus Flowline Features are used by this plug-in.
To create a new project, select the first option, Select stream reaches and build new WASP model, and
the BASINS WASP Initialization form appears.
k ®	y y -1: """:' 5! i Z 3110 il
Current Selection:
Selection Layer; Rovvline Features
Number of Selected Features: 7 of 1133
Automatically Select Additional Upstream Segments:
Lowest Stream Order to Select: 11 ~ ; Select
Continue	Cancel
This form is interactively used with BASINS; at this time, the previously selected flowline features will be
identified or you can select one or more stream segments from a previously loaded NHDPIus flowline
features layer. The tool examines the attribute table of the selected layer to confirm that it is compatible
with NHDPIus; otherwise a warning will appear.
This form also has the ability to select segments upstream of a particular segment, using the
connectivity information of NHDPIus. With any stream segment(s) selected, clicking the 'Select
Upstream' button with begin a process of identifying upstream segments and selecting those as well up
to a specified minimum stream order. The updated features will be selected on the map and will be
indicated on this form.
Once the desired features are selected, the user clicks 'Continue'. The BASINS/WASP window opens
with the interface populated according to the layers available on the map. The dominant portion of the

-------
BASINS/WASP window is a tabbed dialog. Below the tabbed dialog are a small status frame and a row of
command buttons.
The tabbed dialog contains a General tab for specifying general information about the WASP project to
be created. The other tabs are used for specifying more details about the Segmentation, Flows,
Boundaries, Loads, and Time Functions to be used in the model setup.
The General tab is used to specify the name of the WASP project (the base name of the BASINS project),
the WASP model type, and the start and end dates for the simulation.
When entering BASINS/WASP from a BASINS project containing the typical BASINS project layers,
including NHDPIus Flowline Features, all fields in the interface will be populated. In this case the user
may update any of the specifications in the interface if desired.
The Segmentation tab is used to specify the properties of the WASP segments to be modeled. Only
stream segments selected on the map will be shown here. A travel time is estimated for each stream
segment, and the user has the option to combine or divide segments as desired based on travel time.
To do so, the user enters the maximum or minimum allowable travel time, and clicks the 'Regenerate'
button. After the new segments have been computed, the grid on the Segmentation tab will be
refreshed. Note that the GIS map highlights selected segments as you move among the rows in the grid.
.IstesT
P.eg*re-3te Sejnar.ator Eased on Tra.-el ~Ne
r-lcvjr-j"i Tra/el ~Vne riavs-: 0. IS!
r Tra>-±- T:rre ;-3cyJ): C.C05

WASP
Seamen?
Length
Width
Depth
Slope
Dcv/nslf
Veiocfty
Travel Time

egmen &
Name
(Kins
(nil
Cm)
inv'rnl H°"gn:ie5S
ID
tnv's)

*

8«an Cms
1.91S

!
0 0QS4I 0 OS 3 1
,^7




	
	
r.i

0.00785* C050 1




Segriercr Se-ectec
y Qeete Seanar.s | | CWide Segments yyrrhne Segments
Auto-label segments usnc tire lelc: HJcrs'

Create sbapefite fr'jtn selected sfrea-n segments uanq buffered polygons far WASP visualization
Status
Update sp-®cif sat ens ir£?rin?c,:l-en Build 'A .--3 3 R-e to sreceed.
•jj '.lev -! IJ Oroi • ri Save •!
« *
; t fcjicYvASF File Cits#
The Delete Segments button is used to delete a segment from the segment grid,
segment inappropriately, the following error appears:
If you try to delete a

-------

Segment(s) cannot be deleted because cne cr mere ether segments
vould be orphaned, Make sure you delete from upstream tc
downstream,
OK
	J
The Divide Segments button is similar to the Regenerate button except that it acts on only the selected
segments. You are prompted to enter a minimum travel time and the segments are subdivided as many
times as necessary to meet that criterion.
Combine Segments is used to combine multiple connected segments into a single one. First, select all
segments on a tributary either on the map of by selecting one or more cells in the grid. Click this button
and the segments will immediately be joined.
Clicking on the link Define field mapping between specified streams layer and WASP data structure
produces a form showing how fields from the specified streams layer attribute table will be mapped to
the required segment data items needed in the WASP data structure. This field mapping will default
appropriately if using the NHDPIus Flowlines as the streams layer, but it is needed if the user wishes to
use streams data from another source:

-------
Select a Source and Target field, then click Add
Source Field
Tarqet Field
Segment
Segment
Segment
Segment
Segment
Segment
Segment
Segment
Seament
COM ID
FDATE
RESOLUTION
GNISJD
GN!S_NAME
LENGTHKM
REACHCODE
FLOWD1R
WBAREAOOHi
Segment
Segment
Segment
Segment
Segment
Segment
Segment
Segment
Seament
Name
ID
Down ID
Wasp Name
Lenoth
Width
Depth
Slope
Rouohness
Add
Delete
Gear
Load
Save
Connections
Segment:GNIS_NAME <-> Segment:Name
Segment COM ID jo Segment: ID
Segment:LENGTHKM i• s Segment:Length
Segment TOCO MID Segment: Down ID
Segment:HAVELU Segment: Velocity
Segment: MAF LOW U =: - > Segment: Mean Annual flow
Segment:SLOPE to Segment:Slope
Segment :C U M D RA1 NAG i - > Segment Cumulative Drainage Area
OK
Cancel
The list entitled 'Source Field' includes all of the fields of the streams attribute table. The 'Target Field'
list includes all of the information the BASINS/WASP Plugln can populate given corresponding
information from a shapefile attribute. The user adds to the list of connections below by selecting a
source field, and target field, and then clicking 'Add'. For instance, a user might have a field on the
streams shapefile attribute table named 'Len' containing the length of the stream segments. The user
could map this field to the Length property of the segments in WASP by selecting Segment:Len on the
source field list, selecting Segment:Length in the target field list, and then clicking the 'Add' button to
add it to the list of field connections. The Clear button is used to clear all the connections from the

-------
connections list. The Load and Save buttons are used to read in and write out the list of connections for
use in a later application of the BASINS/WASP Plugln, if desired.
In cases where the source and target names are identical a connection does not have to be mapped. In
other words, by default, the Segment:Length in the source column will be mapped to Segment:Length in
the target column, and thus does not need to be explicitly specified as a connection.
The link Create shapefile from selected stream segments using buffered polygons for WASP
visualization is used to create a shapefile of the selected stream segments, as they will be modeled by
WASP. The stream lines will be converted to buffered polygons, so that they can be used as WASP
postprocessing for animation. Each stream segment will be displayed with its assigned WASP ID on the
map.
The Flows tab is used to specify the timeseries of input flows into each WASP boundary segment. The
grid on this tab displays the cumulative drainage area and mean annual flow from the NHDPIus Flowline
attributes. The user may specify any available timeseries to be used to supply the input flow in the
'Input Flow Series' column.
General Segmentation Flo'.vs Boundaries Loads j Time Functions

WASP
ID
Segment
Name
Cum. Drainage
Area (km*2)
Mean Annual
Flow (cms)
Input Flow
Series
(cms)
~
7
j j YifiOfit
j j 222 !
0 OSES
1 C!:¦:>¦ ^7iecf II:





j SSfect ^ |


	
; 1 .-c . |
...
! Click to SSieCt... III!!: 1


; « £ - c C C £• C • a ;:r»
| - , .1 - 1
f
C;ic;; i:c select...


j
j 1 j
0.0-01
Piei. to select. .

^	
: lfc€fc17:Hur:!er...
1	
	
C lid: rc select..


j i —-.— i-
j	

C5c>. to select. .


I;:::;:::,	

ft ftOCT
Click rc select..



j < p-3j
	
Pies, to select. .

20	

1	Zeiss!
	0/122
Click rc select..
Status
Update specifications if desired, then click 'Build «VASP File' to proceed.
New »
~1 Open - ,J Save ~
Help ~!
r Build WASP File Close

-------
Input series are selected or modified by clicking the link Click to select^ to display the Select Time
Series form which consists of three tabs. The Constant Value tab allows entry of a constant value; be
default it is the mean annual flow value from NHDPIus but can be changed to anything:
| Constant Value | Database Mappings
Constant Value: 0.0358
~ear Prior ! OK ; ! Cance?
The Database tab allows selection from data contained in either standard WRDB 5.x databases or
database files containing time series information with the following standard field names: Date_Time,
StationJD, PCode and Result. WRDB projects are selected from a list of existing WRDB 5.x projects
referenced on your computer:

-------
Constant Vaius

WRDB Project:
Database File:
Jse Segment/Station and Const! tuent/PCode mappings
Tables:	Stations;
A9-4p 12dmr
A9-4p Oiem
A94t060m5
A94tl7Qm3
A94,-v05m5V
A95c410m6
Dam94rnav
DataJExtdata
Data_v/'rc?brpt
journal
L ake J) ep tn profiles
Master
Pace5_Ferrv_.HourIy_Temp5
Browse.,
Umm Selected Data
PCodes:
cor®
DO
TEMP
Conversion:
1 CFS-CMS
r,!GC—CMS
It-day-^KgAjay
lanQ.'hr—lanQ.'day
j g u ie'rrr fe ec—la n g/rf ay
m—»m
rrvhr—nVsec
Scale Factor:
Clear Prior
Cancel
When you select a WRDB project or database file, a list of available tables is displayed. Click View
Selected Data to display a form containing all the data in the selected table. Select the table and the list
of stations is displayed, and then the list of parameters for each station. You can apply predefined
conversion factors and/or scale factors.
Using these steps, you can individually assign time series data to each WASP segment. If all or most of
your data are contained in a single database table, you can define segment/station and
constituent/PCode mappings that will apply to all your data using the Mappings tab, which itself
contains two subtabs. The Segment/Stations tab allows you to assign Station IDs from the database
table to WASP segments:

-------
The Constituents/PCodes tab allows you to assign database PCode to WASP constituents (as well as
conversion and scale factors:
Input Hows
Ammonia Nitre-gen fmf-N/L?
Nitrate Nitrogen (ms-N/L
Diss Organic Nitrogen fmg-NrL
Inorganic Phosphate (mg-P
iss Organic Phosphorus (mg-
Incrgaruc Sice (mg-Si/L
iss Organic Silica
hone
Hens

Apply lo Ml
Clear Prior
OK
Lance$
Once the mappings are defined, you can check the ^Use Segment/Station and Constituent/PCode
mapping checkbox of the Select Time series form. The Stations, Parameters, Conversion, and Scale

-------
Factor controls are disabled, indicating that these all will be derived from the mappings you have
defined. You can also adopt these settings for all Input Time Series by clicking the Apply to All button.
The Boundaries tab is used to specify the timeseries of boundaries for each WASP boundary segment.
The columns of the grid represent each possible constituent for which a user might supply a boundary,
and they are controlled through the 'WASP Model' selection on the 'General' tab. All timeseries in the
BASINS project will be available for all user-specified Boundaries.
owST'-A vVA'iP Iv'occi insider
General Segmentation Flows j Boundaries j Loads j Time Functions

WASP Segment
ID Name
Ammonia
(mg'L)
Nitrate (mg.;L)
Organic
Nitrogen (mg-lj
.-ft
0
~
1! . ¦¦¦¦ 	 " " ¦¦¦¦ .:.¦¦¦¦
1 :c s= sc: . 1
Click to select...
I Click to select...
CI

7 Li-—
i Click to select... !
Click to select...
j Click to select...
£J "

¦n : ,.. „- c
i Click to select... !
Click to select...
I Click to select...
£j

C j
i Click to select... !
Click to select...
i Click to select...



! Click to select... !
Click to select...
! Click to select...
CJ

^ I
i Click to select... i
Click to select...
1 Click to select...
Ci

. j .u ^ _
! Click to select... 1
Click to select...
1 Click to select...
CI

s „
! Click to select... !

1 Click to select...
kJ

1 - i t1
i Click to select... !
Click to select...
1 Click to select...
£!
Jt •
_____



r-
Status
Update specifications f desired, then click Build WASP File to proceed.
ISSil
New "\ \ Open » .J
cave
Help "
V Build WASP File Close
The Loads tab is used to specify the timeseries of loads for each WASP segment. The columns of the
grid represent each possible constituent for which a user might supply a load, and they are controlled
through the 'WASP Model' selection on the 'General' tab. All timeseries in the BASINS project will be
available for all user-specified loads.

-------
>¦ ? er*.
i A S f ¦
WASP lvJaw«i 3ui icier
iBililll"''
General Seamentation Flows Boundaries i I Loads j Time Functions

WASP
ID
Segment
Name
Ammonia
(Kg/Day)
II if rate (Kg/Day)

Organic
Nitrogen
(Kg-Day)
a
0
~



Ifc»
j Click
to select...
f |




1 Click to select...
j Click
to select...
Cj



. ! Click to select...
I Click to select...
j Click
to select...




. j Click to Select...
1 Click to select...
j Click
to select...
:** j

c
! .lV-phf
i Click to select...
i Click to select...
j Click
to select...
f '



i Click to select...
1 Click to select...
j Click
to select...
r j

7
:: " " 	 , 	¦
i Click to select...
! Click to select...
1 Click
to select,,.
f 1


tisiiii	
i Click to select...
1 Click to select...
j Click
to select...
r j


I 4f"fC-5C
i Click to select...
j Click to select...
; Click
to select.,.
r*
4






f
Status
Update specifications f desired, then click 'Build WASP File' to proceed.
New »
-J Open - ;jj Save "!
€i' Help "
Build WASP File
3c se
«
The Time Functions tab is used to specify which time series will be used to provide each time function
for the model.

-------
When all the specifications on each tab have been set as desired, the user may click Build WASP File to
produce the new WASP INP file. Messages in the Status frame give updates on the progress. After this
file has been created, WASP is automatically opened displaying the new project.

-------
GWLF-E
The GWLF-E Plug-in included with BASINS is a GIS-based watershed modeling tool created by the Penn
State Institutes of Energy and the Environment (PSIEE). GWLF-E is a 'mid-level' model that estimates
monthly nutrient and sediment loads within a watershed. This plug-in provides a link between BASINS
and PSIEE's newest version of the GWLF watershed model (now called GWLF-E). The core watershed
simulation model used in the GWLF-E plug-in is based on the GWLF (Generalized Watershed Loading
Function) model developed by Haith and Shoemaker (1987). An advantage of GWLF is the ease of use
and reliance on input datasets less complex than those required by other watershed-oriented water
quality models such as SWAT, SWMM and HSPF.
The GWLF model provides the ability to simulate runoff, sediment, and nutrient (N and P) loads from a
watershed given variable-size source areas (e.g., agricultural, forested, and developed land). It also has
algorithms for calculating septic system loads, and allows for the inclusion of point source discharge
data. It is a continuous simulation model that uses daily time steps for weather data and water balance
calculations. Monthly calculations are made for sediment and nutrient loads based on the daily water
balance accumulated to monthly values.
Full details of the GWLF-E BASINS plug-in are available in the BASINS/docs folder in the file
GWLFE_BASINS_Plugln_Manual_Vl.pdf. Full details of the core GWLF model are documented in the file
GWLFManual.pdf in the same folder.
Key Procedures Select GWLF-E Data Processor from the Plug-ins menu so that it is active. This will add
the GWLF-E Tools menu and toolbar to the main BASINS form.

-------
Plug-ins Watershed Delineation Shapefile Editor
,-j3
,-j3
JfF

l£P
J?
rj>
j-J3

J

-.-J3
Ji?
Edit Plug-ins
Scripts...
jjfy. Analysis	~
Archive Project Tool
BASINS 4
CSV to Shapefile Converter
gjji D-3EM Data Download	~
EPA SWMM 5.0 Setup
EPA WASP 7.3 Setup
GIS Tools
GWLF-E Data Processor
Manual Delineation
Model Segmentation
Model Setup (HSPF/AQUATOX)
Pollutant Loading Estimator (PLOAD)
Shapefile Editor
Soil and Water Assessment Tool (SWAT)
Tiled Map
pj& Timeseries	~
Watershed Characterization System (WCS)
Watershed Delineation
The GWLF plug-in behaves slightly differently from other BASINS model setup plug-ins. To begin, all GIS
layers must be removed from the map. Before doing this, save the current project, and then use
'File:Save As' to save the project under a new name. Doing so will allow the user to return to either the
original BASINS project or the GWLF project at a later time.
Select GWLF-E Tools:Remove GIS Layers from the main menu, or click on the Remove GIS Layers button
on the GWLF-E toolbar. You will be reminded that all the layers will be removed from the map.

-------
1 Remove All Layers

¦ *1
Are you sure that you want to remove all layers?

You may wish to save the project under a new name before proceeding.




[ Yes ]
0 I



Select GWLF-E Tools:Load Data Layers from the main menu, or click on the Load Data Layers button on
the GWLF-E toolbar. The following form will appear.

-------
; Load GIS Data Layers
-M2
-------
Note that some data set labels are green and others are black. The ones colored green indicate data sets
that are absolutely required to create model input files, whereas those in black indicate "optional" data
sets. Once all of the input files have been specified, they can be loaded by clicking on the OK button at
the bottom of the form.
Note: Depending upon the map projection of the original project, the user might see messages about
projection mis-matches. If these messages appear, for the sake of this demo, click 'Ignore' to proceed
without re-projecting those layers.
^ Load GIS Data Layers
^ XJ
D ABAS I NS\data\GW LF Demo\basin .shp
D :\BAS!NS\data\GWLFDemo\02050204demg .tif
D ABAS I NS\data\GW LF Demo'Jureclass .tif
D :\B AS I NS\data\GWLF Demo\statsgo .shp
Basins (Polygon)
"Soil Test P (Grid)
'Soil Total P (Grid)
DEM (Grid)
"Groundwater N (Grid)
Landuse (Grid)
"Physiographic Provinces
Soils (Polygon)
"Animal Density (Polygon)
"Septic Systems (Polygon)
"Counties (Polygon)
"Roads (Line)
"Unpaved Roads (Line)
Streams (Line)
"Water Extraction (Point)
"Point Sources (Point)
"^Point Source Data file
"Weather Stations (Point)
Weather Directory/WDM Rle
"AFOs (Point)
"Urban Areas (Polygon)
* = Layer not required for analysis. * = Not required if using a WDM weather file.
" = Valid Point Source layer required. Data File required when a Point Source layer has been identified.
D ABAS I NS\data\GW LFDemo\0205D2C4.shp
D ABAS I NS\data\G W LFDemo met .wdm
I- Check Data Layers I- Check Layer .Alignment
OK
Close
&]
15^|
Jll
^1
^1
ill
i^J
ill
ill
ill
A

-------
The specified layers will automatically load onto the map. An example is shown below.
BASINS 4 - GWLFDemo
File Tiles Compute Models Launch Analysis Edit View Plug-ins Watershed Delineation Shapefile Editor
L X IS-Eh ft* "f-i
.=lBl2	-
Legend
¥ X
3 0 Data Layers

	~ Streams

-) 0 Basins
~ I
	LJ Soils
~
HDD DEM
a
HUD Landuse

[X: 1.508.477Y: 2.138.D72 Kilometere jX: 1.508,476.855 Y: 2,138,071.814 Metere	|l: 172829 f
Preview Map
With the "Basins" theme active, select one or more watersheds that you wish to use in the analysis
using the BASINS selection tool.

-------
BASINS 4 GWLFDemo
File Tiles Compute Models Launch Analysis Edit View Plug-ins
Q ©o-1 #01? v /¦> /¦ P* I i * .J ,! iL X • «©«
Watershed Delineation Shapefile Editor
> l x ,;ig. &• f -1
-lal x|
GIS Tools Converters GWLF-E Tools Help
T Hi : fe] <£b shp shp IJ &	-
Legend
¥ X
3 0 Data Layers

	~ Streams
A/
-j 0 Basins
~ I
	~ Soils
~
-EO DEM
Si
HUD Landuse
itf
iX: 1.504.499 Y: 2,138.438 Kilometers [X: 1.504.498.549 Y: 2.138.437.635 Meters
no
Preview
Select GWLF-E Tools:Create GWLF Input from the main menu, or click on the Create GWLF Input button
on the GWLF-E toolbar. The following form will appear.

-------
GWLF Input Para meters

Reference Date (mmyyyy) [S|3
¦ Weather Ye a re {csv files}
Weather Years
Weather Years Iwdm files)
Select Years
Start Year:
End Year:
r~ LS Method
(* Stream Density
f* Row .Accumulation
Aggregate Basins ~
(• Yes C No
Growing Season
¦n January
l~~ February
I- March
I- April
Ci May
I- June
I- July
n August
n September
l~~ October
l~ November
y December
Manure Months
l~ January
I- February
I- March
r April
C May
I- June
l"~ July
r August
l~~ September
I~~ October
l~~ November
I- December
¦ Fraction of inigation water estimated to return to surface/subsurface flow (0 -
™	WBM	,	
	J	F
i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i
GWLF-E File Name: |	OK
I- Automatically create directory in Runfiles" for the G W LF-E file.

-------
Click the 'Select Years' button, and the following form will appear for setting the start and end dates of
the run based on the data available in the meteorological WDM file. Set the dates and then click 'OK'.
| Time Series / Dates Selection
J
PA360530: BELLEFONTE4S fl 948/4/30-1973/7/1
PA361480:CLAF!ENCE (1950/7/31-2007/1/1)
P A368449:STATE COLLEGE (1948/5/1--1977/7/1)
PA365104:L0CK HAVEN 11948/4/14-1977/11/1)
PA365109:LOCK HAVEN SEWAGE PLANT (1948/6/1--1969/7/1)
P A360530: B ELLEFO NTE 4 S (1948/5/1-1973/7/1
PA3-68449:STATE COLLEGE (1926/1/1-2007/1/1)
P A725128: STATE CO LLEG E (1994/12/31 -2007/1 /1)
P A3651 D4:LOCK HAVEN (1926/5/1 -1977/11 /I)
PA3651 D9:LOCK HAVEN SEWAGE PLANT (1973/6/1-2007/1/1)
r Status
Select the yeans you wish to generate the weather data for and click OK
[-Simulation Dates
Year
Month Day
11970|
l<
|1 ¦
|1972
|12
|31
OK
A
Specify the season (beginning and end) during which vegetation typically grows. Specify two periods
during which manure is spread on agricultural fields. Specify a name for the GWLF-E file and the
checkbox for automatically creating a directory for the GWLF-E input file. Then click 'OK'.

-------
GWLF Input Para meters
¦

Reference Date (mmyyyy) | D92D11
¦ Weather Ye a re {csv files}
Weather Years
Weather Years Iwdm files)
Select Years
Start Year: 11570
&"id Year: |1572
r LS Method
(* Stream Density
f* Row .Accumulation
Aggregate Basins ~
(• Yes C No
Growing Season
I- January
l~~ February
March
I- April
Ci May
I- June
I- Juh/
I August
l~~ September
October
l~ November
I- December
Manure Months
l~ January
l~	Februan/
I-	March
r	April
W May
F June
l"~ July
W August
W September
I~~	October
l~~	November
I-	December
Fraction of irrigation water estimated to return to surface/subsurface flow (0 -
™	WBK	,	
J	
i i i i i i i i i i
GWLF-E File Name: (GWLFDemo	OK
Automatically create director in Runfiles" for the GW LF-E file.

-------
Processing at this point will take several minutes. Upon completion, a message box will appear
indicating that data processing has been completed.
1 Preprocessing Complete
*j|
(jnpj GWLF-E preprocessing complete. RunTime: 29 Seconds.

OK

Upon completion of the data processing steps, all of the necessary input data for the GWLF-E model
have been created and included in a single input (*.gms) file. Run the model by either selecting the Run
GWLF-E option from the GWLF Tools pull-down menu, or by clicking the Run GWLF-E button. The main
GWLF-E window will appear as shown below.

-------
GWLF-E Model Simulation
2SJ
GWLF-E
Generalized Watershed Loading Functions-Enhanced
Version 1.0.0, 2011 Edition (BETA)
Input Data Editors
Select input data file:
D: \B asins\models\GWLF-E \Fi unfiles\GWLFD emo\GWLFD emo_0. gnns

Edit Transport Data Edit Nutrient Data
Edit BMP Data
Edit Retention Data
Edit Animal Data
Edit Weather Data
Model Run Setup
Enter model run name:
F Use same input data file loaded in the input data editor.
Run GWLF-E
Output Viewers
Average Output
Annual Output
Exit GWLF-E
© pennState
Penn State Institutes of Energy
and the Environment
Note that the GWLF-E input file will be written to the folder \BASINS\models\GWLF-E\Runfiles\.
Notes for using BASINS data in GWLF-E
Most of the data sets that are used to create input data for the GWLF-E plug-in can be compiled using
the data download functions included with BASINS. Appendix F of the Guide to Utilizing the GWLF-E
Plug-in within the BASINS 4.x Environment, provided in the BASINS/docs folder in the file

-------
GWLFE_BASINS_Plugln_Manual_Vl.pdf, provides explicit details of the data layers needed and specific
characteristics of those layers.
Hints for resolving frequently encountered limitations:
•	The streams shapefile must have a field named 'STRMID' containing an integer stream ID that is
unique for each stream segment. This field can be added and populated using the MapWindow
Table Editor.
•	The soils shapefile must have fields named 'MU_AWC', 'MU_KF', and 'MUHSG_DOM'. 'MU_AWC'
must be a real number and should represent the available water-holding capacity in cm. 'MU_KF'
must be a real number representing the soil erodibility (K) factor (typical range of 0.1 - 0.5).
'MUHSG_DOM' must be a text string representing the dominant hydrologic soil group (values of A,
B, C, or D). These fields can be added using the MapWindow Table Editor. Appropriate values for
populating the fields can be found in the USDA Web Soil Survey interface
(http://websoilsurvev.nrcs.usda.gov/app/HomePage.htm).
•	Land use must be provided as a grid, with specific codes for each land use category. Land use
reclassification can be performed using the tool found in the menu selection 'GWLF-E
Tools:Edit/Data Check Tools:Reclassify Landuse', using the codes from Table G13 of the GWLFE Plug-
in Manual.
For complete details see the GWLFE Plug-in Manual.

-------
Model Segmentation Specifier
The BASINS Model Segmentation Specifier is not itself a model, but a tool for use in specifying the model
segmentation for setting up a model. This tool has been designed especially for HSPF, but it may be
useful for other models where subbasins should be grouped in some fashion, often by the nearest or
most appropriate meteorologic data.
The Model Segmentation Specifier provides the user with a simple interface for adding a field to the
Subbasins Layer attribute table containing a model segment identifier. This model segment identifier
can be used with the HSPF setup tool to indicate subbasins that will be modeled as a common model
segment, most often due to common meteorlogical input data. The Model Segmentation Specifier also
provides a direct means to edit the model segment identifier and to create a thematic map of subbasins
rendered by common model segment identifier.
Key Procedures

-------
1. From on the main BASINS window, select Model Segmentation from the Plug-ins menu so that
it is active. This will add Model Segmentation to the 'Models' menu on the main form.
Plug-ins Watershed Delineation Converters Shap

dffl3
dSF

, j1
- 4
SP

,-J3

Edit Plug-ins
Scripts
Analysis
Archive Project Tool
BASINS 4.1
CSV to Shapefile Converter
D^M Data Download
EPA SWMM 5.0 Setup
EPA WASP 7.3 Setup
GeoSFM
GWLF-E Data Processor
HSPFParm - Parameter Database for HSPF
Manual Delineation
Model Segmentation
Model Setup (HSPF/AQUATOX)
Pollutant Loading Estimator (PLOAD)

-------
2. Select Models:Model Segmentation from the main menu to invoke the Model Segmentation
BASINS Model Segmentation Specifier
Subbasins Layer
Subbasins
Edit Table
Met Stations Layer
E
View Map
Weather Station Sites 20D5
I- Use Selected Features
Assign Met Stations To Subbasins By Proximity
Compute Thiessen Polygons
"3
specifier form..
3. Specify the Subbasins Layer and the Met Stations Layer, and then click Edit Table, View Map,
Assign Met Stations to Subbasins By Proximity, or Compute Thiessen Polygons.
With a Subbasins Layer and a Met Stations Layer selected, clicking Assign Met Stations to Subbasins By
Proximity will result in each of the subbasins being assigned the nearest of the selected met stations.
After using this option, the resulting model segment identifier can be displayed and edited using the Edit
Table button, and it may be thematically displayed on the map using the View Map button.
The new field in the attribute table is named 'ModelSeg'. When using the 'assign' function, each
subbasin will be assigned the identifier and station name of the closest station in the specified met
station layer. The 'ModelSeg' attributes may be edited as desired. Any unique 'ModelSeg' attribute
value indicates a separate model segment to the Model Setup plugin for HSPF.

-------
ES Attribute Table Editor - wb subs.shp
Edit View Selection Tools
.jn|x|

SHAPE	ID
ID
GRI| SUB
AREA
LEN1
SL01
SLL
CSL
WID1
DEP1
LATITUDE
| ELEV
BNA | ModelSeg
~	
0
1 1 1
7334.1512
17724.2429
1.3207
121.9512
0.158
16.9746
0.7246
38.938535
45
MD180700: BELTSVILLE

1
2
6
6
3580.3828
14806.2092
1.3647
121.9512
0.3107
11.0394
0.5439
38.920236
31
M D180700: BELTSV1LLE

2
3
3
3
1772.9876
9784.1398
2.3021
91.4634
0.3168
7.2412
0.4106
38.849048
25
VA448906: WASHINGTON R

3
4
5
5
66.116
1186.8626
0
0.05
0.1
1.0064
0.1102
38.815122
15
VA448906:WASHINGTON R

4
5
2
2
8323.8664
21994.0261
2.0767
91.4634
0.2773
18.3141
0.7622
38.863157
35
VA448906: WASH IN GTO N R

5
6
4
4
659.8105
6022.3672
1.8563
121,9512
0.5148
4.0017
0.2765
38.805852
15
VA448906:WASH INGTO N R
Apply	Qose
0 of 6 Selected
The View Map button creates a thematic map of the 'ModelSeg' attribute as shown below. Subbasins
rendered in the same fill color will be created as a unique model segment in the HSPF when the
'ModelSeg' field is specified as the 'Model Segment ID Field' in the 'Subbasins' tab of the BASINS/HSPF
Setup plugin.
BASINS 4.1 - Patuxent
JSJxJ
File «a Analysis si Models Launch u. Compute Layer View Bookmarks Plug-ins Shapefile Editor Watershed Delineation Converters Help
[I D ti Mm •
Us
La
~ M

a*
m
lift]
New Open Save Print Settings
Add
Remove
Clear Symbology
Categories
Query
Properties
Table
o f* an	,D
Out Extent Selected Previous Next Layer
Layers j Toolbox J
~	Point Sources and Withdrswals
E)D PermitComplianceSystem ~
~	0 Observed Data Stations
|B B Weather Station Sites 2009 ¦
EO NAWQAStudy Area Unit Boundari
~	0 Hydrology
~ CI National Hydrography Dataset020
Select Deselect Measure Identify Label Mover New ; v: Add Remove Cop Paste Merge Erase tiase beneath
BD Reach File, V1	^ —
Eld Cataloging Unit Code
SO Accounting Unit Boundaries
00 Cataloging Unit Boundaries Dl
~ ~ W_branch.shp	^ I I
B0 Subbasins
~
Categories
H MD180700: BELTSVILLE
H VA448906:WASHINGTON REAG/
~ @ & Political
EO Urban Area Names
El ~ County Names
BP County Boundaries
m UTM Zone 18, Northern Hemisphere ' X: 327,464.
333 Y: 4,315,380.513 Meters Lat: 38.970 Long: -76.992
The Compute Thiessen Polygons button creates a map layer of Thiessen Polygons around the points of
the specified Met Stations layer. Thiessen polygons may be defined as polygons whose boundaries
define the area that is closest to each point of the input layer, relative to all other points. They are
mathematically defined by the perpendicular bisectors of the lines between ail points. The new map
layer will automatically be added to the map and assigned the name 'Thiessen Polygons for' followed by

-------
the name of the Met Stations layer. This new Thiessen Polygon layer can be used for reference in
assigning met stations to subbasins.

-------
HSPFParm
Successful application of HSPF requires modelers to evaluate parameters for a large number of process-
based algorithms. One of the most pressing needs to support the expanding community of HSPF
modelers is for a readily available source of model parameter values that can provide the best possible
starting point for developing new watershed applications. To meet this need, EPA has funded the
collection of HSPF parameter values from previous applications across North America, assimilation of
the parameter values into a single database, and development of an interface that enables modelers to
access and utilize the database.
The U. S. Environmental Protection Agency under Purchase Order 7W-1220-NASX to AQUA TERRA
Consultants dated September 22, 1997 funded the original development of the HSPFParm database and
supporting software. The pilot HSPFParm database contained parameter values for model applications
in over 40 watersheds in 14 states.
The Minnesota Pollution Control Agency (MPCA) funded an update to HSPFParm in 2012. Under
contract to the MPCA, AQUA TERRA Consultants ported the original stand-alone HSPFParm software to
this BASINS plug-in. As part of that project, many recent Minnesota HSPF applications were added to
the HSPFParm database.
The parameter values that are contained in the database characterize a broad variety of physical
settings, land use practices and water quality constituents. The database has been provided with a
simplified interactive interface that enables modelers to access and utilize HSPF parameter values
developed and calibrated in various watersheds across the United States. It is anticipated that the
HSPFParm database will be expanded as current and future model applications are completed.
Introduction Successful application of HSPF requires modelers to evaluate parameters for a large
number of process-based algorithms. By doing so, modelers 'fine tune' the model to represent site-
specific physical, chemical and biological conditions that determine the fate and transport of pollutants.
Typical applications of HSPF require the development of parameter values numbering in the hundreds.
As a result, one of the most pressing needs to support the expanding community of HSPF modelers is for
a readily available source of model parameter values that can provide the best possible starting point for
developing new watershed applications.
To meet this need, EPA has funded the collection of HSPF parameter values from previous applications
across North America, assimilation of the parameter values into a single database, and development of
an interface that enables modelers to access and utilize the database.
The basic goal of developing a water quality parameter database for HSPF applications is to provide
model users with one of the tools they need to develop realistic input sequences to run the model at
other sites. At some point in the future it will likely be possible to tie environment-dependent water
quality parameter values directly to modeling units (e.g., USGS hydrologic units) across large areas of
North America. (Efforts to do the same for HSPF's hydrology parameters have already been
accomplished in some areas such as the Puget Sound Region.) Users' needs to refine these baseline
values and to develop values for additional water quality parameters will likely be met by use of decision
support and/or expert systems that utilize additional databases, estimation techniques and rules in

-------
order to generate the needed values. By providing an archive of HSPF parameter values from across
North America, HSPFParm is a first step in developing these future capabilities.
The current version of HSPFParm was developed by porting the original stand-alone version into the
BASINS software in the form of a plug-in. This development updates the programming code base of the
original software, and the new plug-in can take advantage of the BASINS's modern GIS mapping
capabilities.
Purpose
The purpose of developing the model parameter database is to provide BASINS and HSPF users with the
best possible starting point for evaluating HSPF parameter values for calibration efforts on new
watershed applications, or additional studies on watersheds that have already been modeled. Nearly
two decades of HSPF applications provide a valuable resource for expediting and improving the
parameter evaluation process for future model applications. The collection of available parameter
values into a single database with straightforward user interaction capabilities enables modelers to
efficiently identify and access calibrated parameter values for modeling studies performed on
watersheds that may have similar characteristics/settings to the watersheds which they intend to
model.
This pilot effort to collect and unify the collective body of HSPF parameter values for model applications
in North America set the groundwork for archiving the data that will be made available from a growing
number of ongoing and future applications. It is anticipated that the HSPFParm database will be
expanded as current and future model applications are completed.
Scope
The scope of the original database was defined to include study sites that meet all the following
requirements:
•	Sites at any scale, anywhere in North America, where HSPF water quality simulation has been
performed
•	Modeling studies that include both hydrology and water quality calibration parameters; water
quality simulations may include one or more water quality constituents (i.e., water temperature,
sediment, conventional pollutants, pesticides, etc.)
•	Calibrated model parameters are available as of September 1998
The Minnesota Pollution Control Agency (MPCA) funded an update to HSPFParm in 2012, through a
contract to AQUA TERRA Consultants. This project ported the original stand-alone HSPFParm software
to a BASINS plug-in. As part of that project, many recent Minnesota HSPF applications were added to
the HSPFParm database.
Limitations

-------
Limitations to the database product resulting from this pilot effort include those related to (1) the type
of assistance made available to modelers for evaluation of model parameters, and (2) the completeness
of the database of parameter values. Each of these categories of limitations is addressed below.
Limitations to nature of parameter evaluation assistance
The basic goal of developing a water quality parameter database for HSPF applications is to provide
model users with one of the tools they need to develop realistic input sequences to run the model at
other sites. In defining and limiting the scope of this product, we recognize that additional tools are
needed by model users in order to ensure the opportunity to develop the best possible values for the
parameters that determine water quality simulation results. Other useful tools include the following:
•	Parameter definitions
•	Summary information relating parameter values to key environmental factors and/or management
practices
•	When available, parameter estimation techniques
•	Decision support and/or expert system capabilities that recognize interdependence of parameters
and provide a directed sequence for developing full input sequences and guiding calibration efforts
Capabilities listed above are not included in the HSPFParm database product.
The usefulness of the data contained in the HSPFParm database is wholly dependent on the users'
ability to evaluate whether or not the values are appropriate, and hence transferable, to the site that
they are modeling. To make this determination, users need to evaluate supplemental data (e.g.,
hydrology, soils, weather, topography, land use, chemical properties) that characterize their own
modeling site and the modeling sites/scenarios contained in the database; further, users must be able to
discern the relevance of the characterization data to specific water quality parameters.
The database product does not provide a sophisticated mechanism or specific guidance that allows
users to identify the list of water quality parameter values that need to be adjusted to reflect basic
differences between a site/scenario contained in the database and a similar site that needs to be
modeled. The database does, however, provide a 'coarse characterization' of important factors
influencing parameter transferability; the characterization includes such relevant information as a
modeling site's physiographic setting (e.g., coastal piedmont), the climate regime, the baseline land use
types that are represented in model segments, and the relative scale (i.e., drainage area) of the model
segments.
Limitations to completeness of HSPF applications database
Acquisition of parameter data sets for past HSPF applications can be a difficult process. As a result, the
breadth of data that are currently contained in the database is not comprehensive. There is an
opportunity to include data for a number of additional applications, some already completed and others
nearing completion in the near future.

-------
Certain types of data included in the User Control Input for some HSPF model applications are not
included in the current version of HSPFParm. In particular, changes to parameter values implemented
using HSPF Special Actions capabilities are not stored and made available in the HSPFParm database.
Approach The approach used to develop the original parameter database featured seven steps: Identify
HSPF applications. A thorough search for HSPF applications in North America that included hydrologic
and water quality calibration was performed. Those responsible for the model applications were
contacted and needed data (HSPF User Control Input (UCIs), study reports) were requested. Develop a
characterization strategy. A list of 'coarse characterization' attributes (predominantly information not
contained in the HSPF User's Control Input) was established. Compilation of these attributes was
deemed necessary in order for a user to assess whether the application might yield information relevant
to the watershed he or she intends to model. A strategy was also developed to extract information from
the application UCIs and enter it into the parameter database. (UCIs contain an additional level of
modeling detail greater than that currently accommodated in the parameter database.) Identify
database requirements. A data model was developed to define the contents of fields and parameter
tables, the structure within tables, and the relationship between tables. Parameter values were
organized first by watershed, and second by modeling scenario. Produce database user interface.
Requirements for a simple user interface were identified, and the interface was implemented using
Visual Basic and MapObjects LT. In addition, an interface to the native data in the UCIs was developed.
The interface provides the capability to erase, rebuild and add data for additional applications. This
simplifies the activities of the HSPFParm database maintainer. Evaluate model applications. This task
entailed implementing the characterization strategy. Study reports and supplemental information
sources were reviewed to compile coarse characterization data for each model application. UCIs were
evaluated manually and electronically to assess completeness of data. UCIs that were only available in
paper format were converted to electronic format. Produce database. A batch processor was
developed and used to populate the parameter database; the processor extracted data from a 'master'
flat file containing coarse characterization and UCI file data. Iterative use of the batch processor
identified the need to accommodate additional input options. In response, the user interface and the
data model were adjusted to accommodate the additional data options. Quality assurance was
performed to check the ability of the processor to correctly transfer parameter values into the database.
Report results. Documentation was developed to explain the project approach, the database, and the
user interface embodied in the final product. Operational Instructions The new BASINS-HSPFParm
plugin helps users to query the HSPFParm database by organizing the querying through a natural
"narrowing down" process. Users first choose watersheds using location or other characteristics,
followed by choosing particular scenarios within those watersheds, then followed by choosing segments
or reaches from within those scenarios, and finally particular parameter values from those selections
can be displayed, saved to a file, or sent to a printer.
This part of the guide assume users have already downloaded and installed the BASINS software. To use
HSPFParm in BASINS, users need to first turn on the HSPFParm plugin from the 'Plug-ins' dropdown
menu as shown below.

-------
_ ~
Plug-ins Watershed Delineation Shapefile Editor
t?
a

LtlT

L^



s>
Edit Plug-ins
Scripts...
Analysis
Archive Project Tool
BASINS 4
CSV to Shapefile Converter
D4EM Data Download
EPA SWMM 5.0 Setup
EPA WASP 7.3 Setup
GIS Tools
GWLF-E Data Processor
hbPFParnn - Parameter Database for HSPF
Manual Delineation
Then, HSPFParm main window can be accessed from the 'Models' menu as shown below.
P BASINS 4.5
File Tiles
It Models t Compute ki Analysis
j QJ wi
New Open
m
m
m
m
m
HSPF
AQUATOX
move
I 5j? £	, +
od
New Insert
Legend
Layers | Toolbc
Model Segmentation
SWMM
WASP
rge Er
SI
HSPFParm






Upon selection of the 'HSPFParm' option under the 'Models' menu, the main window will appear as
shown below.

-------
BASINS HSPFParm - Parameter Database for HSPF

View Map
Watershed
ID | Project Name
HUC^j
Details

1 Calabazas Creek; GA
1805
Add
2 Tualatin River Basin; OR
1703 T I
Delete



Scenario
Name | Project Name | ID
Details


Add
Delete
Segment
Name |
Description |
Scenario Name
Project Name
Filter


All
N one
T able/Parameter
(* T ables C Parameters Filter
Mame | Segment Type	|
vaues
Batch Import
About
If users run it for the first time, the software will ask user for the location of the HSPFParm Access
database file as shown below.

-------
Please locate 'HSPFParmV2.mdb' in a writable directory
? X
Look jn: Q HSPFParnnData
"3 Q f y ^
O Archive
n'lRijnfiles
r^Temp
S]copy of H5PFParm2003.mdb
*mmmm
File name:
|HSPFParmV2.mdb
W
JJpen
Files of type:
|rndb Files f.mdb)
J
Cancel
a
This MS Access MDB file comes with the BASINS software installation, it is usually installed by default
here:
C:\Basins\models\HSPF\HSPFParmData\HSPFParmV2.mdb
The software will remember this default location such that it will try to find it automatically the next
time users run the software.
Scenarios To aid users' selection of a watershed, the HSPFParm plugin provides a map of all of the
recorded sites. Clicking the 'View Map' button will launch the map and display it in the main map
window as shown below.

-------
Preview Map	^ X
FJv -, ,. v
hUs-
¦^¦lriP4
Lat: 52.941 Long: -97.122 jX: -78,047.267 3,317,370.708 Meters	1: 4794E:182jll^	| \ A
BASINS 4 - HSPFParm*
File Tiles Compute Models Launch Analysis Edit
Legend	X
El 0 Data Layers
View Plug-ins
+ X ¦ «
JnlJil
Watershed Delineation Shapefile Editor
m L K a- _
IZ Watershed
	0 State
	0 Hydrologic Region Q
On the map, one or multiple watersheds may be selected at once. The selection of watershed(s) on the
map will trigger the selection of corresponding watershed(s) entries on the main form's 'Watershed' list.
Also, the simulation scenarios within those watersheds are also listed in the 'Scenario' list as shown
below.

-------
BASINS HSPFParm - Parameter Database for HSPF

View Map
Watershed
ID | Project Name |
HUC H
Details

m
Calabazas Creek; CA
Q
Add
Delete
2 Tualatin River Basin; OR
1709W


_ Scenario
Name	| Project Name	||D	J_^_j Details
Calabazas Creek	Calabazas Creek; CA 1
Calabazas Creek Extended Detention Calabazas Creek; CA 2	*
Delete
Segment
Name |
Description |
Scenario Name
Project Name
Filter


All
N one
T able/Parameter
(* T ables C Parameters Filter
Name | Segment Type	|
vaues
Batch Import
About
Clicking the 'Details' button next to the selected watershed will show the detailed description of the
chosen watershed as shown below.

-------
Watershed Details
=IPJ2SJ
ID:
Project Name:
HUC:
Location:
Drainage Area:
Comments:
Physiographic Setting:
Weather Regime:
Calabazas Creek; CA
1805
San Francisco Bay F'eninsula;Santa Clara County
14.4 sq. mi.
Pacific border province.:both upland and valley topography
semi-arid conditions;warrn summers & mild winters
First
Prev
Next
Last
Close

Clicking on the 'Add' button next to the watershed list will show an blank form for adding a new
watershed as shown below.
Add Watershed
JnJxj
Project Name:
HUC:
Location:
Drainage Area:
Comments:
Physiographic Setting:
Weather Regime:
Latitude:
Longitude:
38.44179
¦96.68261
~ K
Cancel
Selecting a scenario from the 'Scenario' list (e.g. Calabazas Creek; CA, ID 1) will trigger the retrieval of a)!
segments in that chosen scenario.

-------
BASINS HSPFParm - Parameter Database for HSPF

View Map
Watershed
ID | Project Name
HUC_^_|
1 Calabazas Creek; CA
12m
2 Tualatin River Basin; OR
1709jr|
Details
Add
Delete
r Scenario
Name
| Project Name
I'D |

I Calabazas Creek
Calabazas Creek; CA
1
Calabazas Creek Extended Detention
Calabazas Creek; CA
2
zJ
Details
Add
Delete
Segment
Name

| Description
| Scenario Name
| Project Name

PERLND
11
LOW DENSITY RES R1
Calabazas Creek
Calabazas Creek; CA

PERLND
14
OPEN R1
Calabazas Creek
Calabazas Creek; CA

Filter
All
N one
T able/Parameter
(* T ables <¦ ' Parameters
Name Segment Type
Filter
Values
Report	Batch Import	Help	About
Clicking the 'Details' button next to the selected scenario will produce a window showing the details of
the selected scenario as shown below. The buttons at the bottom of the window allow the user to move
through the available scenarios.

-------
Scenario Details
=JnJi<]
ID:
Name:
Type:
UCI Name:
Watershed ID:
Start Date:
End Date:
UCI Units:
Num Segments:
Num Reaches:
Land Use Type:
Channels:
WQ Constituents:
Chemical Sources:
Study Purpose:
Version:
Application Reference:
Contact Name:
Contact Organization:
Contact Phone Email:
Comments:
D
Calabazas Creek
calibration
calabwq
1
1/1/1984 12:00:00 AM
12/31/1991 12:00:00 AM
1
23
S
low density residential.:medium density residential;commercial;open
both natural and concrete-lined;no reservoirs
sediment;DO;BOD.:copper
no point sources;atmospheric deposition not considered;sedirnent: urban and undevelo
demonstrate design of multipurpose detention facilities for both flood protection and non
11
Donigian A.S. Jr. R.V. Chinnaswamy and T.H. Jobes. 1997. Conceptual Design of Mul
Tony Donigian Jr.
AQUA TERRA Consultants
S50-9G2-18S4
First
Prev
Next
Last
Close

Clicking on the 'Add' button next to the scenario list will show a blank form for adding a new scenario as
shown below.

-------
*Jj Add Scenario
JnJjsJ
Set | UCI File:	[j
Name:	|
Type:	[
Watershed ID:	fl
Start Date:	f
End Date:	f
UCI Units:	|
Num Segments:	|
Num Reaches:	|
Land Use Type:	|
Channels:	|
WO Constituents:	|
Chemical Sources:	|
Study Purpose:	|
Version:	|
Application Reference:	|
Contact Name:	|
Contact Organization:	|
Contact Phone Email:	|
Comments:	|
I- Do range checking on parameter values
~ K | Cancel
Click on the 'Set' button to navigate to an existing HSPF UCI file, i.e. a new scenario, to be associated
with the selected watershed in the 'Watershed' list on the main form.
Selecting one or more scenario(s) by click on entries in the scenario list will result in the segment list
being populated. The segment listing contains all of the PERLND, IMPLND, or RCHRES segments within
that selected scenario(s). Note: Within the HSPFParm database interface, and throughout this
documentation, the term 'segment' refers to a modeling segment and is inclusive of both land surface
segments and surface water reaches.

-------
The 'Filter' button next to the 'Segment' listing allows users to select which HSPF operations (PERLND,
IMPLND, or RCHRES) to display in the Segment list as shown below.
1 Segment Filter
_ |n
*]
r
Select/Deselect All



0 PERLND
~	IMPLND
~	RCHRES






OK
Cancel




Users can choose to check (include)/uncheck (exclude) the checkboxes in front of the names of the HSPF
operations, then the segment listing will be refreshed to only list those chosen HSPF operations.
The 'All' button will select all entries in the segment list. The 'None' button will deselect all entries.
Values Clicking on one or more segments in the Segment frame results in the Table/Parameter frame
being populated. If the 'Table' radio button is selected, the user may scroll through a list of all of the
tables which apply to the selected segments.
T able/Parameter
(* T ables (' Parameters
Name	Segment Type
Filter
PWAT-FARM1
PERLND
PWAT-PARM2
PERLND
r./at nn k j "i
nrni Kir.
J±J
	i
'd
Clicking the 'Filter' button in the Table/Parameter frame produces a window with which the user may
select/unselect tables to appear in the list.

-------
Table Filter
~aE
1^ Select/Deselect All
5 ACTIVITY:P
s PRINT-INFO:P
0 GEN-INFO:P
0 PWAT-PARM1 :P
~	PWAT-PARM2:P
S PWAT-PARM3:P
v FWAT-PARM4:P
~	PWAT-STATE1:P
5 MON-INTERCEP:P
s MON-LZETPARM:P
0 SED-PARM1:P
~	SED-PARM2:P
0 SED-PARM3:P
S MON-COVER:P

OK
Cancel
A
Clicking a table name will result in values being displayed for all parameters in that table for the selected
segments in the values frame below the Table/Parameter frame. If the Parameter tab is active within
this frame, the user may scroll through a list of all of the parameters which apply to the selected
segments. Clicking a parameter name will result in values being displayed in the values frame for that
parameter for the selected segments.
"Values
Table PWAT-PARM2
Op Nunn
Seen
FOREST
LZSN
INFILT
LSUR
SLSUR
KVARY
AGWRC |
11
Calabazas Creek
0.0
7.0
0.03
200.0
0.0533
0.0
0.8
14
Calabazas Creek
0.0
7.0
0.03
150.0
0.1484
0.0
0.8
21
Calabazas Creek
0.0
7.0
0.03
200.0
0.0418
0.0
0.8
OA
P z.l ah =.-? a-r- P r i=i uj L--
n n
7 n
n m
TTin n
n nca
n n
n q
Reports The HSPFParm software contains a report feature for building text output summaries. Click on
the 'Report' button to open the report dialog window.

-------
HSPFParm Report
I- Report tables in UCI format
Set File	
Add Table/Parm
Close
Clicking the 'Set File' button allows the user to select an output file for reports. Once the output file is
set, the user may click on the 'Add Table/Parm' button to add the contents of the Values frame to the
output file. Users can opt to output the content of the 'Values' frame in two formats, either in the
tabular format as shown in the Values frame or in the form of a properly formatted UCI file table. To
achieve the latter, check the 'Report Tables in UCI Form' check box and the report will be written out in
HSPF UCI table format such that users may directly extract these tables from the output file to use in
their own UCI file.
The 'Write All to File' button writes all tables from the current scenario to the output file. Data Model
The following sections provide technical details of the HSPFParm database. The database contains ten
tables with ten relationships between them. Seven queries are used to update or extract data from the
database. Three reports can be produced by the HSPFParm interface software.
Further details of the HSPFParm database can be obtained by reviewing it with Microsoft Access
(version 2003 or later). Tables The chart below shows the structure of the tables within the HSPFParm
database.
Write All to File

-------
V"(3ter^hed Data
ScenarioData
ID LONO

ID LONG
WatershedName TEXT(123)

Name TEXT(128)
Location TEXT(255)

Type TEXTC12)
Physiological Setting TEXT(255)

UCIName TEXT(12)
WeatherRegime !EXT(255)

Watersheds LONG (FK)
DrainageArea TEXT(4S)

StartDate DATE
HUG TEXT(3)

EndDate DATE
Lat DOUBLE

UCIUnits LONG
Long DOUBLE

NumSegments LONG
AibX DOUBLE

NumReaehes LONG
AlbY DOUBLE

LandUseType MEMO
Comments TEXT(255)

Channels MEMO


WQ Constituents TEXT(96)


ChemicalSources MEMO

StudyPurpose MEMO

Version TEXT(B)

ApplicationReference MEMO

ContactName TEXT(255)

ContactOrganization TEXT(255)

ContactPhoneEmail TEXT(255)

Comments MEMO
ID LONG

ID LONG
Name TEXT(24)
	
ParmiD LONG (FK)(1E)
Description TEXT(255)

SegID LONG (FK)
OpnTyplD LONG (FK)

Occur LON©
ScenarioID LONG (FK)

Value TEXT£20)
TableAiiasDefn
ID LONG

ID LONG
OpnTypID LONG (FK)
Name TEXT(16)
Occur LONG
AppearName TEXT(20)
IDVarName TEXT(8) ¦
tDVar LONG (FK)
SubsKeyName TEXT(8)
IDSubs LONG
Name TEXT(8)

:


ParmTypeDefn
ParmTableDefn
!D LONG
Name TEXT(16)
OpnTypID LONG (FK)
Alias BOOL
TableNumber LONG
Definition TEXT(255)
ID LONG


Name TEXT(4)
ID LONG
Name TEXT(16)
Assoc TEXT(16)
AssociD LONO
ParmTypelD LONG(FK)
ParmTablelD LONG (FK)
Min TEXT(20)
Max TEXT(20)
Def TEXT(20)
StartCol INT
Width INT
Definition TEXTpSS)
HSPFParm
Edit Date: 12/2/98 9:36:15 AM
Parameter Database Table-
Microsoft Access
Rev: 0
Creator: JLKittle
Filename: DBDoe>%.vsd
Aqua Terra Consultants
Records in the WatershedData table contain information about each watershed in the database. In the
HSPFParm interface, the location of these watersheds are shown on the map and described in the
Watershed table below the map in the main window. The following are the fields, data types, and
associated information in this table:
•	ID - LONG - assigned automatically at record creation
•	WatershedName - TEXT
•	Location - TEXT
•	PhysiographicSetting - TEXT
•	WeatherRegime - TEXT
•	DrainageArea - TEXT
•	Hydrologic Unit Code - TEXT - 2 to 8 digits depending on watershed size
Latitude - DOUBLE

-------
•	Longitude - DOUBLE
•	Albers X Coordinate - DOUBLE - calculated from Latitude/Longitude
•	Albers Y Coordinate - DOUBLE - calculated from Latitude/Longitude
•	Comments - TEXT
The ScenarioData table contains information about each scenario or UCI file in the database. Each
scenario is associated with one watershed; one watershed may have multiple scenarios associated with
it.	The following are the fields in this table:
•	ID - LONG - assigned automatically at record creation
•	Name-TEXT
•	Type - TEXT - valid values are 'calibration', 'management' or 'baseline'
•	UCIName - TEXT - file with UCIName and suffix '.uci' must exist to create database
•	WatershedID - LONG - see WatershedData for valid values
•	StartDate - DATE - obtained from UCI
•	EndDate - DATA - obtained from UCI
•	UCIUnits - LONG - English: 1, obtained from UCI
•	NumSegments - LONG - obtained from UCI
•	NumReaches - LONG - obtained from UCI
•	LandUseType - MEMO
•	Channels - MEMO
•	WQConstituents -TEXT
•	ChemicalSources - MEMO
•	StudyPurpose - MEMO
•	Version-TEXT
•	ApplicationReference - MEMO
•	ContactName - TEXT

-------
•	ContactOrganization - TEXT
•	ContactPhoneEmail - TEXT
•	Comments - MEMO
The SegData table contains information about each segment in each scenario. Each segment is
associated with one scenario; one scenario likely has multiple segments associated with it. The
following are the fields in this table:
•	ID - LONG - assigned automatically at record creation
•	Name -TEXT- from UCI
•	Description - TEXT - from UCI
•	OpnTypID - LONG - see OpnTypDefn for valid values
•	ScenariolD - LONG - see ScenarioData for valid values
The ParmData table contains information about each parameter in each segment, including the
parameter value. Each parameter is associated with one segment; one segment will have multiple
parameters associated with it. Some parameters may occur multiple times, hence each parameter has
an occurrence field. The following are the fields in this table:
•	ID - LONG - assigned automatically at record creation
•	ParmID - LONG - see ParmDefn for valid values
•	SegID - LONG - see SegData for valid values
•	Occur-LONG
•	Value-TEXT
The ParmDefn table contains information about each parameter, such as its minimum, maximum,
default value, and definition. This table also associates each parameter with the UCI parameter table in
which it is contained. Each parameter in the parameter data table is associated with one parameter
definition. The following are the fields in this table:
•	ID - LONG - assigned automatically at record creation
•	Name-TEXT

-------
•	Assoc - TEXT - associated parameter name (ties monthly parameters to their constant cousin)
•	AssocID - LONG - associated parameter ID
•	ParmTypelD - LONG - see ParmTypeDefn for valid values
•	ParmTablelD - LONG - see ParmTableDefn for valid values
•	Min - TEXT - minimum allowed value
•	Max - TEXT - maximum allowed value
•	Def - TEXT - default Value
•	StartCol - INT - starting column in UCI file
•	Width - INT - width of field in UCI File
•	Definition - TEXT - not currently in use
The ParmTableDefn table contains information which describes each UCI parameter table. Each
parameter table is associated with one parameter table definition. The following are the fields in this
table:
•	ID - LONG - assigned automatically at record creation
•	Name-TEXT
•	OpnTypID - LONG - see OpnTypDefn for valid values
•	Alias - BOOL - indicates if an alias exists in TableAliasDefn
•	TableNumber - LONG
•	Definition - TEXT - not currently in use
The OpnTypDefn table associates an operation type ID with an operation type name. The following are
the fields in this simple table:
•	ID-LONG-valid are T/273'
•	Name - TEXT - valid are 'PERLND', 'IMPLND', 'RCHRES'

-------
The ParmTypeDefn table associates a parameter type ID with a parameter type name, such as character,
long integer, real, or double precision. The following are the fields in this simple table:
•	ID - LONG - valid are T,'2','3','4'
•	Name - TEXT - valid are 'Char','Long','Real'/Dble'
The TableAliasDefn table contains information about each table alias. The following are the fields in this
table:
•	ID - LONG - assigned automatically at record creation
•	OpnTypID - LONG - - see OpnTypDefn for valid values
•	Name - TEXT - parameter table name, see ParmTableDefn for valid values
•	Occur - LONG - occurence of table
•	AppearName - TEXT - occurence name (such as 'FIRST CROP' for occurance 1 of CROP-STAGES)
•	IDVarName - TEXT - name of variable containing alias (such as QUALID for QUAL-PROPS)
•	IDVar - LONG - ID in ParmDefn for IDVarName
•	SubsKeyName - TEXT - name of supplemental variable
•	IDSubs - LONG - ID in ParmDefn for SubsKeyName
The ParmRange table contains the typical and possible range of parameter values that are garnered
from EPA HSPF techical note 6 and 8. This table is used when users add a new scenario to a watershed.
The newly imported parameter values are checked against the ranges in this table to give users warnings
about range violations. The following are the fields in this table:
•	Name - TEXT - Parameter Name
•	Unit-TEXT-Unit
•	TMin - TEXT - Typical minimum
•	TMax - TEXT - Typical maximum
•	PMin - TEXT - Possible minimum
•	PMax - TEXT - Possible maximum
•	HSPFOPN - TEXT - HSPF operation ie PERLND, IMPLND, RCHES

-------
• HSPFTable - TEXT - HSPF parameter table name as in a UCI File
•	Source - TEXT - Where it comes from, eg tech notes 6 and 8
•	Definition - Memo - Short description
•	Description - Memo - Long description including influencing factors and comments
Queries Queries are used in the HSPFParm database to populate fields in tables in the interface and
update fields when the HSPFParm database is being created. In the following sections the structured
query language (SQL) for each query is shown along with a brief description of the purpose of the query.
Query: ParmTableAliasAvailable
This query changes the Alias value in the ParmTableDefn table to true where appropriate. It runs when
the database is created.
SQL: UPDATE DISTINCTROW TableAliasDefn INNER JOIN ParmTableDefn ON
(TableAliasDefn.OpnTypID = ParmTableDefn.OpnTypID)
AND (TableAliasDefn.Name = ParmTableDefn.Name)
SET ParmTableDefn.Alias = Yes;
Query: ParmTableData
This query builds a result set containing all parameter values in the database. It is used with various
criteria to populate the values frame in the interface
SQL: SELECT DISTINCTROW SegData.ID AS SegID, ParmDefn.Name, ParmData.Value,
ParmDefn.ID AS
ParmID, ParmDefn.AssocID AS AssocID, ParmDefn.ParmTablelD AS TabID,
ParmTableDefn.Name AS [Table]
FROM (ScenarioData INNER JOIN SegData ON ScenarioData.ID =
SegData.ScenarioID) INNER JOIN
((ParmTableDefn INNER JOIN ParmDefn ON ParmTableDefn.ID =
ParmDefn.ParmTablelD) INNER JOIN
ParmData ON ParmDefn.ID = ParmData.ParmID) ON SegData.ID = ParmData.SegID;
Query: ParmTableList
This query builds a result set containing information about all parameter tables in the database. It is
used with a table id to get information about parameters in a particular table.
SQL: SELECT DISTINCTROW ParmDefn.Name, ParmDefn.ID, ParmTableDefn.ID AS TabID,
ParmTableDefn.Name AS TabName, ParmTableDefn.OpnTypID, ParmTypeDefn.Name AS
ParmType,
ParmDefn.Def, ParmDefn.Min, ParmDefn.Max, ParmDefn.StartCol, ParmDefn.Width
FROM ParmTypeDefn INNER JOIN (ParmTableDefn INNER JOIN ParmDefn ON
ParmTableDefn.ID =
ParmDefn.ParmTablelD) ON ParmTypeDefn.ID = ParmDefn.ParmTypelD
ORDER BY ParmDefn.ID, ParmTableDefn.ID;
Query: ScenTableList
This query builds a result set containing information about available tables for scenarios which meet a id
criteria.

-------
SQL: SELECT DISTINCTROW SegData.ID AS SegID, ParmTableDefn.Name, ParmTableDefn.ID
AS TabID,
ParmTableDefn.OpnTypID
FROM (ScenarioData INNER JOIN SegData ON ScenarioData.ID =
SegData.ScenarioID) INNER JOIN
((ParmTableDefn INNER JOIN ParmDefn ON ParmTableDefn.ID =
ParmDefn.ParmTablelD) INNER JOIN
ParmData ON ParmDefn.ID = ParmData.ParmID) ON SegData.ID = ParmData.SegID;
Query: UniqueName
This query builds a result set containing the different names found in parameters 'PESTID', 'QUALID' and
'GQID'.
SQL: SELECT DISTINCTROW OpnTypDefn.Name AS OpnType, ParmDefn.Name AS ParmName,
ParmData.Value
FROM (ParmDefn INNER JOIN (OpnTypDefn INNER JOIN TableAliasDefn ON
OpnTypDefn.ID = TableAliasDefn.OpnTypID) ON ParmDefn.ID =
TableAliasDefn.IDVar)
INNER JOIN ParmData ON ParmDefn.ID = ParmData.ParmID
GROUP BY OpnTypDefn.Name, ParmDefn.Name, ParmData.Value,
TableAliasDefn.OpnTypID,
TableAliasDefn.IDVar
ORDER BY TableAliasDefn.OpnTypID, ParmDefn.Name, ParmData.Value;
Query: ParmListAII
This query lists all parameters in the database along with related text information like watershed name,
scenario name, segment name, etc. Don't run it unless you have lots of ram and disk space.
SQL: SELECT DISTINCTROW OpnTypDefn.Name AS OpnType,
ParmTableDefn.Name AS [Table],
ParmDefn.Name AS Parm,
WatershedData.WatershedName AS Watershed,
ScenarioData.Name AS Scenario,
SegData.Name AS Segment,
ParmData.Occur,
ParmData.Value
FROM ((WatershedData INNER JOIN ScenarioData ON WatershedData.ID =
ScenarioData.WatershedID)
INNER JOIN SegData ON ScenarioData.ID = SegData.ScenarioID)
INNER JOIN (OpnTypDefn
INNER JOIN ((ParmTableDefn
INNER JOIN ParmDefn ON ParmTableDefn.ID = ParmDefn.ParmTablelD)
INNER JOIN ParmData ON ParmDefn.ID = ParmData.ParmID) ON OpnTypDefn.ID =
ParmTableDefn.OpnTypID) ON SegData.ID = ParmData.SegID
ORDER BY ParmDefn.ParmTablelD, ParmData.ParmID, ParmData.Occur,
WatershedData.WatershedName, ScenarioData.Name, SegData.Name;
Relationships Tables in the HSPFParm database have ten defined relationships. Each relationship in this
database has many values in a field in the first table relating to one value in a field in the second table.
A relationship is defined by a relationship name, first table name and field, and second table name and
field. The relationships are as follows:
• OperationName: SegDatalOpnTypID - OpnTypDefnHD

-------
OpnTypDefnTableAliasDefn: TableAliasDefnlOpnTypID - OpnTypDefnllD
ParmDefnTableAliasDefn: TableAliasDefnHDVar - ParmDefnllD
ScenarioName: SegDatalScenariolD - ScenarioDataHD
ProjectName: ScenarioDatalWatershedID - WatershedDataHD
ParameterTypeName: ParmDefnlParmTypelD - ParmDefnllD
ParameterTableName: ParmDefnlParmTablelD - ParmTableDefnllD
ParmName: ParmDatalParmID - ParmDefnllD
SegmentName: ParmDatalSegID -SegDatallD
ParmOperationName: ParmTableDefnlOpntypID - OpnTypDefnllD
The parameter range table (ParmRange) is a stand-alone table. Report Formats The HSPFParm
interface can write files containing parameter values in either a text format which includes scenario
name and associated header information or a UCI format which has just the information needed for the
requested UCI table.
Example: Parameter Table With Associated Information
Table PWAT-PARM2
Op Type PERLND
Op Num
AGWRC
11
0 . 8
14
0 . 8
21
0 . 8
24
0 . 8
31
0 . 95
32
0 . 95
34
0 . 95
42
0 . 95
43
0 . 95
51
0 . 95
52
0 . 95
53
0 . 95
Scenario FOREST LZSN	INFILT	LSUR	SLSUR	KVARY
Calabazas 0.0	7.0	0.03	200.0	0.0533	0.0
Calabazas 0.0	7.0	0.03	150.0	0.1484	0.0
Calabazas 0.0	7.0	0.03	200.0	0.0418	0.0
Calabazas 0.0	7.0	0.03	200.0	0.068	0.0
Calabazas 0.0	7.0	0.03	200.0	0.0222	0.0
Calabazas 0.0	7.0	0.03	200.0	0.0307	0.0
Calabazas 0.0	7.0	0.03	150.0	0.28	0.0
Calabazas 0.0	7.0	0.03	225.0	0.0141	0.0
Calabazas 0.0	7.0	0.03	225.0	0.0141	0.0
Calabazas 0.0	7.0	0.03	250.0	0.0083	0.0
Calabazas 0.0	7.0	0.03	250.0	0.0083	0.0
Calabazas 0.0	7.0	0.03	250.0	0.0083	0.0

-------
62
0	. 95
1
0 . 98E
2
0	. 98E
1
0 . 98
2
0 . 98
3
0 . 98
4
0 . 98
5
0 . 98
Min
Max
Mean
. 9312999
Calabazas 0.0
Tualatin R0.98
Tualatin R0.56
West SandyO
West SandyO
West SandyO
West SandyO
West SandyO
0
. 98
. 077
82
82
0
0
0
0
0
6
7	. 82
6.832
0 . 03
0.210
0.210
0 . 05
0 . 05
0 . 05
0 . 05
0 . 05
. 03
.21
. 053
250 . 0
17225.
9186.8
350 .
350 .
350 .
350 .
350 .
150
17225
1545.59
0.0065
0.250
0.190
0 . 020
0.020
0.020
0 . 020
0.020
.0065
.28
.0622
Example: Parameter Table in UCI Format
0.0
1.	0
1. 0
0.50
0 . 50
0 . 50
0.50
0 . 50
0
1
.225
PWAT-
PARM2









PERLND ***FOREST
LZSN
INFILT
LSUR
SLSUR
KVARY
AGWRC
11
0
0
7.0
o
o
CO
200.0
0.0533
0
0
0
8
14
0
0
7.0
o
o
CO
150.0
0.1484
0
0
0
8
21
0
0
7.0
o
o
CO
200.0
0.0418
0
0
0
8
24
0
0
7.0
o
o
CO
200.0
0.068
0
0
0
8
31
0
0
7.0
o
o
CO
200.0
0.0222
0
0
0
95
32
0
0
7.0
o
o
CO
200.0
0.0307
0
0
0
95
34
0
0
7.0
o
o
CO
150 . 0
0.28
0
0
0
95
42
0
0
7.0
o
o
CO
225.0
0.0141
0
0
0
95
43
0
0
7.0
o
o
CO
225.0
0.0141
0
0
0
95
51
0
0
7.0
o
o
CO
250.0
0.0083
0
0
0
95
52
0
0
7.0
o
o
CO
250.0
0.0083
0
0
0
95
53
0
0
7.0
o
o
CO
250.0
0.0083
0
0
0
95
62
0
0
7.0
o
o
CO
250.0
0.0065
0
0
0
95
1
0
98
7 .82
0.210
17225.
0.250
1
0
0
988
2
0
56
7 .82
0.210
9186.8
0.190
1
0
0
988
1
0

6.0
LO
o
o
350.
0.020
0
50
0
98
2
0

6.0
LO
o
o
350.
0.020
0
50
0
98
3
0

6.0
LO
o
o
350.
0.020
0
50
0
98
4
0

6.0
LO
o
o
350.
0.020
0
50
0
98
5
0

6.0
LO
o
o
350.
0.020
0
50
0
98
END PWAT-PARM2
Example: Parameter Values With Associated Information
Parameter LZSN
Name	Value	Segment	Scenario
LZSN	7.0	PERLND	11	Calabazas Creek Final Detention

-------
LZSN
7 . 0
PERLND
14
Calabazas
Creek
Final
Detention
LZSN
7 . 0
PERLND
21
Calabazas
Creek
Final
Detention
LZSN
7 . 0
PERLND
24
Calabazas
Creek
Final
Detention
LZSN
7 . 0
PERLND
31
Calabazas
Creek
Final
Detention
LZSN
7 . 0
PERLND
32
Calabazas
Creek
Final
Detention
LZSN
7 . 0
PERLND
34
Calabazas
Creek
Final
Detention
LZSN
7 . 0
PERLND
42
Calabazas
Creek
Final
Detention
LZSN
7 . 0
PERLND
43
Calabazas
Creek
Final
Detention
LZSN
7 . 0
PERLND
51
Calabazas
Creek
Final
Detention
LZSN
7 . 0
PERLND
52
Calabazas
Creek
Final
Detention
LZSN
7 . 0
PERLND
53
Calabazas
Creek
Final
Detention
LZSN
7 . 0
PERLND
62
Calabazas
Creek
Final
Detention
LZSN
7 . 82
PERLND
1
Tualatin River


LZSN
7 . 82
PERLND
2
Tualatin River


LZSN
6.0
PERLND
1
West Sandy
¦ Creek

LZSN
6.0
PERLND
2
West Sandy
¦ Creek

LZSN
6.0
PERLND
3
West Sandy
¦ Creek

LZSN
6.0
PERLND
4
West Sandy
¦ Creek

LZSN
6.0
PERLND
5
West Sandy
¦ Creek

HSPF Application References
The following are the application references from the original (circa 1998) HSPFParm
database/software:
Bicknell, B.R., A.S. Donigian, Jr., T.H. Jobes, and R.V. Chinnaswamy. 1996. Modeling Nitrogen Cycling and
Export in Forested Watersheds Using HSPF. Final Report. Prepared for U.S. Geological Survey, Reston,
VA, and U.S. EPA, NERL, Ecosystems Research Division, Athens, GA. 144 p.
Chen, Y.D. 1996. Hydrologic and Water Quality Modeling for Aquatic Ecosystem Protection and
Restoration in Forest Watersheds: A Case Study of Stream Temperature in the Upper Grande Ronde
River, Oregon. Ph.D. Dissertation, University of Georgia, Athens, GA. 267 p.
Chen, Y.D., R.F. Carsel, and S.C. McCutcheon. 1996. Stream Temperature Simulation of Forest
Watersheds: Part 1. Enhancement of HSPF Modeling System, and Part 2. Application Study in the Upper
Grande Ronde River, Oregon. Water Resources Bulletin (submitted for publication).
Chew, C.Y. L.W. Moore, and R.H. Smith. 1991. Hydrological Simulation of Tennessee's North Reelfoot
Creek Watershed. Res. J. WPCF 63(1):10-16.
Dean, J.D., D.W. Meier, B.R. Bicknell and A.S. Donigian, Jr. 1984. Simulation of DDT Transport and Fate
in the Arroyo Colorado Watershed, Texas, Draft Report, prepared for U.S. EPA, Environmental Research
Laboratory, Athens, GA.

-------
Donigian, A.S., Jr., D.W. Meier and P.P. Jowise. 1986. Stream Transport and Agricultural Runoff for
Exposure Assessment: A Methodology. EPA/600/3-86-011, Environmental Research Laboratory, U.S.
EPA, Athens, GA. 30613.
Donigian, A.S. Jr., B.R. Bicknell and J.L. Kittle Jr. 1986. Conversion of the Chesapeake Bay Basin Model to
HSPF Operation. Prepared by AQUA TERRA Consultants for the Computer Sciences Corporation,
Annapolis, MD and U.S. EPA Chesapeake Bay Program, Annapolis, MD.
Donigian, A.S., Jr., B.R. Bicknell, L.C. Linker, J. Hannawald, C. Chang, and R. Reynolds. 1990. Chesapeake
Bay Program Watershed Model Application to Calculate Bay Nutrient Loadings: Preliminary Phase I
Findings and Recommendations. Prepared by AQUA TERRA Consultants for U.S. EPA Chesapeake Bay
Program, Annapolis, MD.
Donigian, A.S. Jr., B.R. Bicknell, A.S. Patwardhan, L.C. Linker, D.Y. Alegre, C.H. Chang and R. Reynolds.
1991. Chesapeake Bay Program Watershed Model Application to Calculate Bay Nutrient Loadings.
Prepared by AQUA TERRA Consultants for U.S. EPA Chesapeake Bay Program , Annapolis, MD.
Donigian, A.S., Jr. R.V. Chinnaswamy, and D.C. Beyerlein. 1993. Surface Water Exposure Assessment:
Preliminary Application of the U.S. EPA HSPF Model to Assess Agrichemical Contributions and Impacts.
EPA Contract No. 68-C0-0019, W.A. No. 18. Prepared for U.S. EPA, Environmental Research Laboratory,
Athens, GA. 200 p.
Donigian, A.S. Jr., B.R. Bicknell, A.S. Patwardhan, L.C. Linker, C.H. Chang, and R. Reynolds. 1994.
Chesapeake Bay Program - Watershed Model Application to Calculate Bay Nutrient Loadings: Final
Findings and Recommendations (FINAL REPORT). Prepared for U.S. EPA Chesapeake Bay Program,
Annapolis, Maryland.
Donigian, A.S. Jr., R.V. Chinnaswamy, A.S. Patwardhan, and R.M. Jacobson. 1996. Watershed Modeling
of Pollutant Contributions and Water Quality in the LeSueur Basin of Southern Minnesota. In:
WATERSHED '96 - Moving Ahead Together. Conference Proceedings, June 8-12, 1996. pp. 109-111.
Donigian, A.S., Jr., R.V. Chinnaswamy and T.H. Jobes. 1997. Conceptual Design of Multipurpose
Detention Facilities for Both Flood protection and Nonpoint Source Pollution Control (Draft Final
Report). Prepared for: Santa Clara Valley Water District, San Jose, CA.
Fontaine, T.A. and V.M.F. Jacomino. 1997. "Sensitivity Analysis of Simulated Contaminated Sediment
Transport," J. Am. Water Res. Assoc., Vol. 33, No. 2., pp 313-?
Imhoff, J.C., B.R. Bicknell, and A.S. Donigian, Jr. 1983. Preliminary Application of HSPF to the Iowa River
Basin to Model Water Quality and the Effects of Agricultural Best Management Practices, Office of
Research and Development, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Contract No. 68-03-2895, (PB-83-
250399).
Maryland Dept. of the Environment. 1996. Patuxent Watershed Model: Final Report. Baltimore, MD.

-------
Moore, L.W. and S.J. Klaine. 1987. Nonpoint Agricultural Pollution Processes in West Tennessee.
Memphis State University, Memphis, TN.
Moore, L.W., H. Matheny, T. Tyree, D. Sabatini, and S.J. Klaine. 1988. Agricultural Runoff Modeling in a
Small West Tennessee Watershed. J. Water Pollution Control Federation 60(2):242-249.
Moore, L.W. et al. 1992. Feasibility of an Integrated Geographic Information/Nonpoint Modeling
System. Memphis State University, Memphis, TN.
Moore, L.W. C.Y. Chew, R.H. Smith and S.Sahoo. 1992. Modeling of Best Management Practices on
North Reelfoot Creek, Tennessee. Water Env. Res. 64(3):241-247.
Patwardhan, A.S., R.M. Jacobson, W.P. Anderson, and A.S. Donigian, Jr. 1996. Modeling Nutrients From
the Minnesota River Watershed. In: WATERSHED '96 - Moving Ahead Together. Conference
Proceedings, June 8-12, 1996. pp. 439-442.
Sams, J.I. Ill and E.C. Witt III. 1992. Simulation of Streamflow and Sediment Transport in Two Surface-
Coal-Mined Basins in Fayette County, PA. U.S. Geological Survey Water Resources Investigation Report
92-4093, 52p.
Tang, F. 1993. Calibration and Verification of HSPF Model for Tualatin River Basin Water Quality.
Technical Report EWR-003-93, Dept. Civil Eng., Portalnd State University, Portland, OR.
Production of HSPFParm Database
The BASINS HSPFParm plug-in allows users to import HSPF parameters from existing UCI files in a batch
mode.
Users need to construct a batch import control file named 'HSPFParmBat.inp'. The
control file is a comma-delimited ASCII text file containing information
about the watersheds and UCIs to be included in the database.
At the beginning of the control file, users can include as many lines of comments as they
wish. Comment lines should begin with '#' character. However, there should not be any
comment lines in the body of the file.
For each watershed to be included in the database, a line beginning
with 'PRJ' must be added to the control file. The 'PRJ' designator
must be followed by the fields below, in single quotes, with commas
separating fields. Note that a comma must not be used within a field's
contents.

-------
•	Watershed Name
•	Hydrologic Unit Code
•	Location
•	Drainage Area
•	Comments
•	Physiographic Setting
•	Weather Regime
•	Latitude
•	Longitude
Following each 'PRJ' record should be a series of 'SCN' records representing each scenario (or UCI file) to
be included in that watershed. The 'SCN' designator must be followed by the fields below, in single
quotes, with commas separating fields. Like the 'PRJ' lines, a comma must not be used within a field's
contents.
•	UCI FileName, full path (this is required)
•	Land Use Types
•	Channel Types
•	Water Quality Constituents
•	Chemical Sources
•	Study Purpose
•	Version
•	Application Reference
•	Contact Name
•	Contact Organization
•	Contact Phone/Email

-------
• Comments
An example 'HSPFParmBat.inp' file is shown below.
#PRJ,PRJName,HUC,Loc,DA,Comments,PhysiographicSetting,Weather,Lat,Long
#SCN,UCIFilename,LandUseType,Channels,WQConst,ChemSrc,Purpose,Version,Ref,ContactN
ame,ContactOrg,ContactNumber,Comments
PRJ,'TZWatershed','03070101North East Georgia','2920','100% GA','Atlantic
slope','Humid subtropical','34.009412','-84.235954'
SCN,'C:\Basins\modelout\scen\seen.uci'
To utilize the import function, launch the HSPFParm plugin in BASINS, then load the map by clicking the
'View Map' button. Then, click on the 'Batch Import' button to start the process. Upon conclusion of the
import process, the software will refresh the watershed grid and the map to reflect newly added
projects.

-------
Climate Assessment Tool
The BASINS Climate Assessment Tool (CAT) provides a flexible set of capabilities for representing and
exploring climate change and its relationship to watershed science. Tools have been integrated into the
BASINS system allowing users to create climate change scenarios by modifying historical weather data,
and to use these data as the meteorological input to several BASINS watershed models (HSPF, SWAT,
SWMM). A capability is also provided to calculate specific hydrologic and water quality endpoints
important to watershed management based on model output (e.g. the 100-year flood or 7Q10 low flow
event). Finally, the CAT can be used to assess the outcomes of a single climate change scenario, or to
automate multiple model runs to determine the sensitivity or general pattern of watershed response to
different types and amounts of climate change.
Users can modify historical climate data using standard arithmetic operators applied monthly,
seasonally or over any other increment of time. Increases or decreases in a climate variable
(precipitation, air temperature) can be applied uniformly, or they can be selectively imposed on only
those historical events that exceed (or fall below) a specified magnitude. This capability allows changes
to be imposed only on events within user-defined size classes, and can be used to represent the
projected effects of 'intensification' of the hydrologic cycle, whereby larger precipitation events
intensify, instead of events becoming more frequent. In addition, users are able to create time series
that contain more frequent precipitation events. These capabilities provide users with an ability to
represent and assess the impacts of a wide range of potential future climatic conditions and events.
BASINS CAT does not provide climate change scenario data. Rather, the tool provides a capability for
quickly creating and running climate change scenarios within the BASINS system. Diverse sources of
information such as records of historical and paleo-extreme events, observed trends, and projections
based on global or regional scale climate models can be used to guide scenario development. Data
requirements will vary depending on assessment goals. BASINS CAT provides capabilities to support a
range of assessment goals, e.g. simple screening analysis, systematic sensitivity analysis, or
implementing more detailed scenarios based on climate model projections. Other resources are
available to support users with scenario development and climate change impact assessment.
To activate CAT, first confirm that the Climate Assessment Tool is active on the Plug-ins:Analysis menu
on the main BASINS window.

-------
Plug-ins Watershed Delineation Converters Shapefile Editor v. Launch Help
L&>
Edit Plug-ins
SI
I? 0 +

Scripts
Measure Identify Label Mover

Analysis ~

Climate Assessment Tool

Archive Project Tool

Data Tree

BASINS 4,5

DFLOW

CSV to Shapefile Converter

Graph

D4EM Data Download ~
tSi3
Graph From JSON
u
EPA SWMM 5.0 Setup

List
u
EPA WASP Model Builder

Lookup Tables
»
GWLF-E Data Processor

Reclassify Land Use
1
HSPFParm - Parameter Database for HSPF

Seasonal Attributes

Manual Delineation

Synoptic

Model Segmentation

USGS Surface Water Statistics (SWSTAT) ~

Model Setup (HSPF/AQUATOX)

Watershed Characterization Reports
I ¦ 1
Pollutant Loading Estimator (pLOAD)

From the main BASINS window, CAT is opened by first clicking Analysis on the BASINS menu bar, then
Climate Assessment Tool on the submenu (or typing ALT-AC).

-------
BASINS 4.5 -02Q600D6*
File Models
Compute
! I M & m
New Open Save Print Setting
4^ ^
Pan
Legend
#-•
In
iP + *
Out Extent Selected
Layers | Toolbox
~
3 I	i Point Sources and Withd
Analysis
Data Tree
DFLOW
Layer View Bookmarks Plug-ins
B C Perm it Go m p I i ance Syst
BUT Observed Data Stations
BD Bacteria
#
B ~ NAWQA Study Area Uni
B|7	i Hydrology
B0 Reach File, V1 ^ —
B U Cataloging Unit Code
BD Accounting Unit Bound a
B|? Cataloging Unit Eoundar
V
jer
M Climate Assessment Tool
H
u
n
i|
m


List
Graph
Watershed Characterization Reports
Synoptic
Seasonal Attributes
Reclassify Land Use
Projection Parameters
STGRET Homepage
Standard Industrial Classification Codes
Water Quality Criteria 304a
Watershed Characterization System (WCS)
USGS Surface Water Statistics (SWSTAT) ~
The main CAT window opens. It contains a menu bar and a tab for scenario organization as shown
below.

-------
^Climate Assessment Tool 2.0
-I I
File Edit Options Help

| Modei ij
i
Open a model with no previous CAT settings
HSPF.uci
SWAT .mdb
SWMM .inp
C AB asins\data\tutorial\CAT \S WM M \FandM_B ase. IN F1
C:\Basins\data\tutorial\CAT\SWAT\baseline90jkRaccoon.mdb
C:\Basins\data\tutorial\CAT\HSPF\Tualatin.UCI
G:'¦Adrnin\C".T CaseStudies\CS7 SWMMBMP\ModelCentralized\FandM Centralized Mani.
1JJ

0pen/save existing model with CAT settings for Climate Data and Assessment Endpoints
Open
Save
G: 
-------
ZL Climate Assessment Tool 2.0 base line 90 jkRaccoon
File Edit Options Help
Model
Climate Data
Assessment Endpoints Results Pivot Table
Base Model
New Model
G:\CAT\SWAT\baseline90jkRaccoon.mdb
M odified_crcrn_cgcrn3
Add
Remove
Edit
Copy
View
Prepared | | v j [ j
[^1 PCPUan Multiply 1.262 Month: Jan
0 TMPUan Add 3.015 Month: Jan
W\ PCP2Jan Multiply 1.21 Month: Jan
0 TMP2Jan Add 2.775 Month: Jan
Total iterations selected = 1 (0:34)
The Climate Data tab allows the user to create climate change scenarios by defining and combining
adjustments to existing weather time series to be used as input to the hydrologic model. The
Assessment Endpoints tab allows the user to specify the hydrologic and water quality endpoints to be
calculated from model output. The Results and Pivot Table tabs are for viewing model output including
hydrologic and water quality endpoints computed by the model.
Total Iterations Selected
Once the desired climate modifications have been specified, the Total Iterations Selected shown at the
bottom of the window indicates the number of model runs to complete the task. This number can range
from 1 when running a single scenario, to greater than 1 when automating multiple runs to determine
sensitivity to a range of different scenarios of change.
The Climate Assessment Tool makes a separate model run for each distinct combination of input data
specified by the user. After the model runs, critical model output endpoints for each run are displayed
so that the user may analyze the impacts of varying input data. Optionally, the user may save the model
output for further analysis.
A series of tutorials are available for the Climate Assessment Tool.

-------
Model Selection

-------
Z. Climate Assessment Tool 2.0
File Edit Options Help
| Modei :
Open a model with no previous CAT settings
HSF'F. uci
SWAT . rndb
SWMM . inp
Open/save existing model with CAT settings for Climate Data and Assessment Endpoints
Open
Save
Open/1save existing result table
Open
Save
Model file can be drag-n-dropped anywhere onto this form to load it.
G: \Admin\CAT_CaseS tudies\CS 6_SWM M \M odell YrB kupVF andM_B ase. IN P
G: \CAT VSWAT \baseline90jkR accoon. mdb
G: \SWAT CAT S eason\baseline90jkR accoon. mdb
G:'¦Admin'',CAT CaseStudies\CS7 SWMMBMP\ModelCentralized\FandM Centralised Mani
<	I
>
GAAdrnin\CAT_CaseS tudies\CS 6_S WM M\M odellYrB kup\CAT_S WM M CAT FandM TYear, xr
G: \CAT \S WAT \CAT_S WAT Season_crcm_cgcm3.xml
G:\SWATCATSeason\CAT_T ong_SWATCATSeason_crcm_cgcm3.xrnl
G: ^Admin\CAT_CaseS tudies\CS 7_SWM M B M P\M odelCentralizedMZAT_T ong_FullR unM inuti
kgjui]	g|l
G:SAdmin\CAT_CaseStudies\CSG_SWMM\M odell YrB kupVSWMM. results. T utorial1Year.txt
G: '¦¦Admin\CA,T_CaseS tudies\CS 7_SWM M B M P\M odelD istributed\SWM M. results. AND istribute
jglB)	®
The Model tab is the only one showing when a user launches CAT. This window helps initiate a brand
new CAT analysis session and manage existing and saved analysis sessions. There are three blocks in this
window:
1.	Open a model with no previous CAT settings
2.	Open/save existing model with CAT settings for Climate Data and Assessment Endpoints
3.	Open/save existing result table
4.
These same functionalities are also accessible through the options under the 'File' menu.
The first block helps initiate a new CAT session. Currently, CAT can be used to conduct analysis using
HSPF, SWAT, and SWMM models, which correspond to the 'HSPF.uci', 'SWAT.mdb' and 'SWMM.inp'

-------
buttons, respectively. Clicking on these namesake buttons will open a file dialog window to locate the
first base model input file/data to be loaded into the application. Alternately, a user may 'drag-n-drop' a
.uci, .inp, or .mdb file directly from a Windows Explorer onto it to be loaded automatically.
The base scenario files for HSPF and SWMM models are their native main text input files with the .uci
and .inp file extensions respectively. The SWAT model requires the model Access mdb database file and
the general SWAT model Access mdb database files. Once the user specifies the base scenario data file,
CAT will attempt to locate all related input and output files.
The second block allows a user to select an existing CAT session (saved in XML file format) that contains
climate data modification and endpoint selection specifications. If CAT is successful in loading the
chosen CAT definition file, it will automatically populate the climate data and endpoint lists on their
corresponding tabs.
The third block allows a user to select an existing result file (saved in tab delimited text file format) to be
opened in the Result tab. This is to allow a quick examination of results from a previously run CAT
session without going through the loading of input data, climate data change and endpoint selection
steps. If CAT is successful in its loading of the result file, it will display the results in grid format on the
Results tab (as shown below) and also allow user to explore the results on the Pivot Table tab.
Climate Assessment Tool 2.0 - CAT_SWMMCATFandM1 Year
File Edit Options Help
Model Climate Data Assessment Endpoints Results Pivot Table
Run the model
Refresh Refresh results from the last model run
~ Show Progress of Each Run
0 Clear Results on Start
Run
| Rain
| T ernp |
Totallnfl+ |
TSS
TP
| Precip
|T emp |
Evap |
Saved Results

| Multiply
| Add |
Mean |
Mean |
Mean
| Mean
| Mean |
Mean |
I
I I I

I
I I I
I
I

| Curren+
| Curre+ |
FandM_B+ |
FandM_B+ |
FandM_Ba+
| VA440766P.+
| VA44076+ |
VA440766E+1
I
base


0.13G68
0.18445
0.009146
0.004967
52.568
0.0030226

1
1.1
1.8
0.14957
0.19727
0.010762
0.11457
54.399
0.0032593
G: VAdmin\CAT_CaseS tudies\CS 6_S WM M \M odell YrB kup\M odif ied - 0 01
2
1.1
3.G
0.1523
0.20019
0.010791
0.11457
56.199
0.0034592
G: Udmin\CAT_CaseS tudies\CS 6_S WM M \M odelTYrB kup\M odif ied¦ 0 0 2
3
1.1
5.4
0.1509G
0.1984
0.010756
0.11457
57.999
0.0036698
G: \Admin\CAT_CaseS tudies\CS 6_S WM M \M odelTYrB kup\M odif ied¦ 0 0 3
4
1.2
1.8
0.1G401
0.21067
0.012494
0.12492
54.399
0.0032593
G:\Admin\CAT_CaseStudies\CS6_SWMM\Model1YrBkup\Modified-004
5
1.2
3.6
0.16373
0.21066
0.0125
0.12492
56.199
0.0034592
G: ^Admin\CAT_CaseS tudies\CS 6_S WM M \M odell YrB kup\M odif ied - 0 0 5
G
1.2
5.4
0.16525
0.21227
0.012528
0.12492
57.999
0.0036698
G: VAdmin\CAT_CaseS tudies\CS 6_S WM M \M odelTYrB kup\M odif ied¦ 0 0 6
7
1.3
1.8
0.18124
0.22689
0.014356
0.13537
54.399
0.0032593
G: V\dmin\CAT_CaseS tudies\CS 6_S WM M \M odelTYrB kup\M odif ied¦ 0 0 7
8
1.3
3.G
0.18094
0.22605
0.014293
0.13537
56.199
0.0034592
G:\Admin\CAT_CaseStudies\CS6_SWMM\Model1YrBkup\Modified-008
9
1.3
5.4
0.17972
0.22534
0.014374
0.13537
57.999
0.0036698
G: \Admin\CAT_CaseS tudies\CS 6_S WM M \M odell YrB kup\M odif ied - 0 0 9
Finished runs

-------
Climate Data

-------
The Climate Data tab is the main window for managing changes to input time series data (i.e. weather
data). Through this tab users are able to create climate change scenarios by selecting existing input time
series to be modified, and selectively implementing one or more changes to create different climate
scenario(s).
Z. Climate Assessment Tool 2.0 - CAT SWMMCATFandMI Year
File Edit Options Help
Model
Climate Data
Assessment Endpoints Results Pivot Table
Base Model
New Model
G:V\dmin\CAT CaseStudies\CS6 SWMM\Model1YrBkup\FandM Base.lNP
Modified
Add
Remove
Edit
Copy
View
Prepared | | v j [ A ]
E Rain Multiply from 1.1 to 1.3 step 0.1
[71 Temp Add from 1.0 to 5.4 step 1.0
0 Evap Hamon Temp: VA440766T VA440766 AT EM
Total iterations selected = 9 (32:23)
The Base Model text field shows the base case input data source file per relevent model (HSPF (.uci),
SWMM (.inp), or SWAT (.mdb)). Running the Climate Assessment Tool will create a set of modified
model input files that are saved in a separate folder with the name specified in the New Model text
field. As shown later on the Assessment Endpoints tab, if the 'Save Complete Copy of All Model Inputs
and Outputs for Every Run' radio button is checked, then each scenario run will be saved in a separate
folder.
Add Button

-------
To add input time series to be modified, click Add, the Modify Existing Data dialog box will be brought
up as shown below:
Modify Existing Data
Modification Name: Rain
Existing Data to Modify:
How to Modify:
VA440766P.DAT VA4407GG PR EC
View
Multiply Existing Values by a Number (eg Precipitation)
Number to multiply existing data by
O Single Change ® Multiple changes within specified range
Minimum 1.1	multiplication factor
multiplication factor
Maximum:
Increment:
1.3
0.1
Events
I I Vary values only in the following Events
Exceeding threshold
0
Allow gaps up to
Sum of values exceeding threshold
T otal duration above
Seasons
All
0 Vary only in selected
[BIBUTE v
Jan Jul
Feb Aug
Mar Sep
Apr Oct
May Nov
Jun Dec
Calendar Years
Months
I Water Years

Ok
None
Cancel

-------
In this window, modify existing time series data as directed in the tutorial. A user is to specify a
Modification Name, the Existing Data to Modify, and How to Modify those data. Several modification
options are available, including:
•	Add/Subtract a constant to existing values (eg Temperature)
•	Multiply Existing Values by a Number (eg Precipitation)
•	Multiply large/small events by a number
•	Add/Remove Storm Events
CAT can also be used to calculate evaporation per modified input weather data using Hamon or
Penman-Monteith methods.
There are three main blocks under the 'How to Modify' choice-box. When user selects a modification
method, the interface will change accordingly to present pertinent choices for that method. In the
topmost block, user chooses to apply change with a single value or by a series of automated changes
within a range. For automated multiple changes, the user needs to specify starting and ending values
and step size. For example, a user can specify an increase in average annual temperature from 1 to 3
degrees C at a step interval of 1 degree C (or 1.8 degree F).
In the middle block, users can choose to enforce change on specific precipitation events based on storm
intensity, volume, gap, and duration. In the bottom block, users can further specify changes to be
applied in chosen months, calendar years, or water years.

-------
Z.. Modify Existing Data
Modification Name:
Existing Data to Modify:
How to Modify:
VA440766T VA440766 AT EM
View
Add/Subtract a constant to existing values (eg Temperature)
Constant to add to existing values
O Single Change ® Multiple changes within specified range
Minimum
1.3
Maximum:
Increment:
5.4
data unit
data unit
1.8
Running CAT would then automate the creation and processing of 3 input time series (i.e. reflecting
average annual temperature increases of 1, 2, and 3 degrees C). When 2 or more sets of multiple
changes are specified, CAT will systematically create scenarios and assess each possible combination of
specified values. For example, if the above temperature change were specified together with changes in
annual precipitation from 0 to 20 percent with a step interval of 5 percent (i.e. changes of 0, 5, 10, 15,
20%), CAT would automate the creation and processing of 3 * 5 = 15 climate change scenarios reflecting
each possible combination of values. To create and process a single scenario, the maximum and
minimum values in the range can be entered as the same value.
An input time series can receive a series of changes. By combining these modifications, a wide range of
climate change scenarios of varying complexity can be created. After adding a change, it will appear as a
line item in the text box on the Climate Data tab. Checking the box will apply the change to the input
timeseries when running the CAT. Unchecking the box will cause the change to be ignored when running
CAT. When multiple changes are applied to an input time series, the changes are implemented in the
same order the changes were added, i.e. line by line from top to bottom as listed in the text box.
Remove Button
To remove a weather data modification scenario, highlight the entry and click Remove button.
Edit Button

-------
To edit a weather data modification scenario, highlight the entry and click Edit.
Copy Button
The copy button allows user to quickly create a new weather change scenario by making small changes
on another similar scenario.
Z.. Climate Assessment Tool CAT_Tong_SWATCATSeason_crcm_cgcm3
File Edit Options Help
Model Climate Data
Assessment Endpoints Results Pivot Table
Base Model
New Model
G:\baseline.mdb
Modified_crcm_cgcm3
Add
Remove
Edit
Copy
View
Prepared
~ ~
ID PCPUan Multiply 1.262 Month: Jan
~
0 PCP1 Feb Multiply 0.883 Month: Feb
|^l PCPIMar Multiply 1.123 Month: Mar

View Button
Click View to see the actual data in tabular form. The Time Series List window will pop up. This may
take a minute to load. To change the layout, use the Analysis menu option.

-------
\Z Timeseries List


-Inixll
File Edit View Analysis Help


Histor/ 1
from base.wdm
from base.wdm
from base.wdm
from base.wdm
from base.wdm
from base.wdm

Constituent
HPRECIP
HPRECIP
HPRECIP
HPRECIP
HPRECIP
HPRECIP
ZJ
Id
104
105
104
105
104
105

Min
0
0
0
0
0
0

Max
5
2.56
7.5
3.34
10
5.12

Mean
0.0049061
0.0043162
0.0073591
0.0072242
0.0093122
0.0D96323

1950/01/01 01:00
0

0

0


1950/01/01 02:00
0

0

0


1950/01/01 03:00
0

0

0


1950/01/01 04:00
0

0

0


1950*01/01 05:00
0

0

0


1950'01jO1 06:00
0

0

0


1950/01/01: 07:00
0

0

0


1950/01/01 03:00
0

0

0


1950/01/01 09:00
0

0

0


1950/01/0110:00
0

0

0


1950/01/0111:00
0

0

0


1950/01/0112:00
0

0

0


1950/01/01 13:00
0

0

0


1950/01/01 14:00
0

0

0


1950/01/01 15:00
0

0

0


1950/01/01 16:00
0

0

0


1950/01/01 17:00
0

0

0


1950/01/01 18:00
0

0

0


1950/01/0119:00
0

0

0


1950/01/01 20:00
0

0

0


1950/01/01 21:00
0

0

0

d







Arrow Buttons
The arrows on the right side of the window are used to move the list of scenario entries up and down for
organization.

-------
Assessment Endpoints
EPA's Guidelines to Ecological Risk Assessment define an assessment endpoint as an explicit expression
of an environmental value that is to be protected. More generally, any ecological attribute of relevance
or concern to those conducting an assessment can be considered an endpoint. Examples include a
particular duration-frequency flow event (e.g. the 100-year flood, 7Q10 low flow event), the annual
water yield from a watershed, or the annual nutrient loading to a stream.
BASINS CAT provides a flexible capability to calculate and display assessment endpoints based on model
output data. Endpoints are calculated as a post-processing step using model output data. This capability
allows users to quickly generate data for assessing the influence of climate change on hydrologic and
water quality endpoints of concern.
Climate Assessment Tool 2.0 - CAT SWMMCATFandMI Year
File Edit Options Help
Model Climate Data
o Save Only Selected Endpoints
<•> Save Complete Copy of All Model Inputs and Outputs for Every Run
Add
Remove
Edit
CqP^ I LJ 0
0 Total Inflow Mean
F/l TSS Mean
@ TP Mean
[^1 Precip Mean
1^1 Temp Mean
0 Evap Mean
Finished runs
The Assessment Endpoints tab contains a list of the Endpoints which the user has created. To run the
model, at least one input and one output are necessary.

-------
Check Boxes.
At the top of the tab window, there are two checkboxes for options when the model is run. The user
can choose to:
•	Save Only Selected Endpoints
•	Save Complete Copy of All Model Inputs and Outputs for Every Run
If the Save Complete Copy box is checked, CAT will save each scenario run (all related input and output
files) into its own separate folder. The naming convention is by appending the weather change
scenarios' ordinal number to the New Model name (specified on the Climate Data tab). For example, if
the new model name is 'Modified', then each run's sequential number is appended to this name to form
corresponding folder for each CAT scenario run, i.e. Modifield-1, Modified-2, Modified-3 etc.
If the Save Only Selected Endpoints box is checked, CAT will save each scenario run (all related input
and output files) into a single folder, whose name is the New Model name (specified on the Climate
Data tab). Subsequent runs' input/output files will overwrite previous runs' files. So, continuing on with
the example above, instead of having multiple folders, there will be only one folder called 'Modified'
Add Button
To generate a new endpoint, click the Add button, and select a dataset as
directed in the tutorial.
Click the 'Add' button will bring up the endpoint definition window as shown below.

-------
Z. Endpoirit
EE®
Mean
Endpoirit Name: TSS
Data set:
Attribute:
Highlight Values
Default Color:
Minimum Value:
Color Lower Values:
Maximum Value:
Color Higher Values:
FandM BaseSD11 TSS
White

DeepS kyBlue

OrangeFled
Manage Attributes
Events
Only include values in the following Events
Exceeding threshold
Allow gaps up to
Sum of values exceeding threshold
Total duration above
Seasons
0 Only include values in selected

Jan Jul
Feb Aug
Mar Sep
Apr Oct
May Nov
Jun Dec
Calendar rears |
Months
Water Years

All
None
Ok
Cancel
The above endpoirit definition window has a similar layout as the climate data modification window
introduced in the 'Climate Data' section. User is to choose a model output as target endpoirit, provide a
label for the chosen endpoint, and select the desired statistics.

-------
The common statistics are shown below:
Z.. Endpoint	[PlfX
Endpoint Name:
Data set:
Attribute:
Highlight Values
Deft
M ininni.
Color Lows
MaHinni.
Color Highf
TSS
FandM BaseSD11 TSS
Mean
Max
Min
Sunn
SumAnnual
Geometric Mean
Variance
Standard Deviation
Skew
Standard Error of Skew
Serial Correlation Coefficiei
Coefficient of Variation
IHiqhIOO	
Manage Attributes
CAT also allows more user-defined advanced statistics such as the duration-frequency statistics or
percentile values. Click on the Manage Attribute button next to the 'Attribute' dropdown list, it will
bring up the extended endpoint statistic definition window as shown below:

-------
2L Attributes
~ X
Max
Min
Sum
SurrAnnual
Mean
Geometric Mean
Variance
Standard Deviation
Skew
Standard Error of Skew
Serial Correlation Coefficient
Coefficient of Variation
HighlOO
3High50
Add N-Day Attribute
Days 0 High Return Period
O Low
50
Add
Add Percentile Attribute
Percentile
25
Add
Remove Selected
Reset to Defaults
Ok
In the above window, user can specify N-Day parameters for desired duration and frequency. Once the
OK button is clicked, the newly created statistics will be added to the existing list until user chooses to
delete it from the list using the window above.
The 'Highlight Values' block in the endpoint definition window allows user to specify minimal and
maximal threshold values for the chosen endpoint to be colored accordingly in the resulting grid.

-------
The 'Events' block allows user to specify whether the endpoint statistics is to be calculated on an event
basis by checking/unchecking the 'Only include values in the following Events' checkbox. If it is checked,
then user is to specify the threshold values and/or duration or gap to define what constitutes an event.
The 'Seasons' block allows user to specify whether the endpoint statistics is to be calculated on a
seasonal basis by checking/unchecking the 'Only include values in selected' checkbox. If it is checked,
then user is to further specify the type of season, i.e. Months, Calendar Years, or Water Years using the
drop down box. Lastly, user can select which seasons are to be included in the statistic.
Remove Button
Click on an endpoint to highlight it, then click Remove to delete the endpoint.
Edit Button
Highlight an endpoint and click Edit to open the main Endpoint window to modify the endpoint.
Copy Button
If you would like to use a similar endpoint, but make a small change (for example, change which months
are selected), click the Copy button to create a new, identical endpoint that can be edited more easily
than starting over.
Arrow Buttons
The arrow buttons on the right side of the window are used to move the list of endpoints up and down
one rank at a time for organization.

-------
Results
The Results tab manages running the chosen CAT scenarios and displays the CAT model run results in a
grid format.
^Climate Assessment Tool 2.0 - CAT_SWMMCATFandM1 Year
File Edit Options Help
Model Climate Data Assessment Endpoints Results Pivot Table
[ Start ] Run the model	I I Show Progress of Each Run
I Refresh I Refresh results from the last model run	0 Clear Results on Start
Run
| Rain
| Temp
|Totallnfl+ |
TSS
| TP
| Precip
| Temp
| Evap
| Saved Results

(Multiply
| Add
| Mean
Mean
| Mean
| Mean
| Mean
| Mean
I I
III I
I I I I I I

| Curren+
| Curre+
| FandM_B+ |
FandM B+
| FandM_Ba+
| VA440766P.+
| VA44076+
| VA440766E+
I I
base


0.13GG8
0.18445
0.00914G
0.004967
52.568
0.0030226

1
1.1
1.8
0.14957
0.19727
0.010762
0.11457
54.399
0.0032593
G:\Admin\CAT_CaseStudies\CS6_SWMM\Model1YrBkup\Modified-001
2
1.1
3.6
0.1523
0.20019
0.010791
0.11457
56.199
0.0034592
G: \Admin\CAT_CaseS tudies\CS 6_S WM M \M odell YrB kup\M odif ied - 0 0 2
3
1.1
5.4
0.1509G
0.1984
0.010756
0.11457
57.999
0.0036698
G: \Admin\CAT_CaseS tudies\CS 6_S WM M \M odell YrB kup\M odif ied -003
4
1.2
1.8
0.16401
0.21067
0.012494
0.12492
54.399
0.0032593
G: V^dmin\CAT_CaseS tudies\CS 6_S WM M \M odell YrB kup\M odif ied - 0 0 4
5
1.2
3.G
0.1G373
0.21066
0.0125
0.12492
56.199
0.0034592
G:\Admin\CAT_CaseStudies\CS6_SWMM\Model1YrBkup\Modified-005
6
1.2
5.4
0.16525
0.21227
0.012528
0.12492
57.999
0.0036698
G:\Admin\CAT_CaseStudies\CS6_SWMM\Model1YrBkup\Modified-006
7
1.3
1.8
0.18124
0.22689
0.014356
0.13537
54.399
0.0032593
G: \Adrnin\CAT_CaseS tudies\CS 6_S WM M \M odell YrB kup\M odif ied -007
8
1.3
3.G
0.18094
0.22605
0.014293
0.13537
56.199
0.0034592
G: V\drnin\CAT_CaseS tudies\CS 6_S WM M \M odell YrB kup\M odif ied - 0 0 8
9
1.3
5.4
0.17972
0.22534
0.014374
0.13537
57.999
0.003GG98
G: \Admin\CAT_CaseS tudies\CS G_S WM M \M odell YrB kup\M odif ied - 0 0 9
Finished runs
There are two buttons on this tab, i.e. Start and Refresh. The Start button will initiate the scenarios
simulations. This implies that input/output files from previous runs will be overwritten and created
anew if the current run uses the same folder naming convention as the previous run. In contrast, the
Refresh button will only retrieve the endpoint results as defined in the saved configuration file without
re-running all the scenarios, which could be time consuming.

-------
There are two checkboxes on this tab, i.e. Show Progress of Each Run and Clear Results on Start. These
are quite straightforward as to their functions.
The simulation results are shown in a grid format.
All chosen scenarios are labeled with a sequential value as the order in which they are defined on the
Climate Data tab. The corresponding endpoint values of the base scenario are displayed in the first row
of the result grid. This allows the user a quick appreciation of the impact of various scenarios. It is worth
pointing out that climate data are also allowed to be defined as endpoints and hence displayed on the
result grid. This is to provide all input/output information for all scenarios in one place for quick analysis.
Lastly, the last (right-most) column of the result grid contains the full path of the result files for each
scenario to allow easy organization.
Pivot Table
A pivot table is a data visualization and mining tool that allows users to reorganize selected columns and
rows of data within a database. The term pivot refers to turning the data to view it from different
perspectives. Pivot tables are especially useful for summarizing large amounts of data in a compact
format, looking for patterns and relationships within a dataset, and organizing data into a format
suitable for plotting data as a chart.
The Pivot Table tab allows users to view model output data (the same data listed in the results table) in
a pivot table. The Rows, Columns, and Cell fields must be selected from the dropdown lists on this tab.
In a classic example, user can choose precipitation changes to be the row and temperature changes to
be the column, then a desired endpoint (such as runoff) to be the cell values.
Other Resources

-------
Further information on Climate Change can be found at EPA's climate change web site. This site
contains a wide range of information about climate change and climate change impacts.
The U.S. Climate Change Science Program (CCSP) web site discusses science issues.
Research topics are discussed at the U.S. Global Change Research Program web site.
More research topics are found at the NOAA Regional Integrated Sciences and Assessments (RISA) web
site.
An international perspective is found at the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) web site.
Further information on Climate Scenarios can be found at the IPCC Climate Change 2001 - The Scientific
Basis - Chapter 13 - Climate Scenario Development
The IPCC Task Group on Scenarios for Climate Impact Analysis gives guidance on developing scenarios
and conducting climate change impact assessments at their guidelines web site.
The Consortium for Atlantic Regional Assessment has a useful Climate Change Primer along with some
climate change scenarios for the Northeastern US.

-------
Model Tutorials
In these tutorials, the user will setup and run the HSPF watershed model.
Next, input meteorological data will be varied to assess the impacts on critical model output parameters
(e.g., streamflow).
Users may also be led through the process of creating a SWMM project through BASINS or creating a
SWAT project through BASINS.

-------
Starting HSPF
One of the most valuable applications of BASINS is the ability to construct an HSPF project from the
information contained within a BASINS project. Execute the following steps to construct and run an
HSPF model for a select area within the Patuxent watershed.
BASINS 4.5 02060006*
1. This section begins with a map of the entire Patuxent watershed, identical to the final product of
the Basic Automatic Delineation tutorial. (A map layer entitled 'Outlet Merged Watershed' may
have been produced by the automatic delineator based on some default settings. This layer is
optional and it is not used in building an HSPF project. It does not appear in the images below.)
Turn off the Reach Vile, VI layer by clicking off the checkbox next to it. This will avoid confusion
with the newly created Stream Reach Shapefile layer.
[2 UTM Zone 18, Northern Hemisphere * | X: 317,317.707 Y: 4,306,964.704Meters | Lat: 38.893 Long: -77.1061	| 1:7157171

File . Models Compute . - Analysis
I «l tfl jk O
New Open Save Print Settings
Layer View Bookmarks Plug-ins Watershed Delineation
La
Add
a a
Remove Clear
Converters
Shapefile Editor Launch Help
Symbology Categories Query Properties Table
0 shp shp	J
New Insert Add Remove Copy Paste Merge Erase
| B EZI Outlet Merged Watershed (
~ 0 Watershed Shapefile (0206
B 0 Stream Reach Shapefile (n
~ D Lj? Point Sources and Withdrawal
BD Permit Compliance System
BDCU Observed Data Stations
B0 Hydrology
BD Reach File, V1	—
BD Cataloging Unit Code
B ~ Accounting Unit Boun daries
B0 Cataloging Unit Boundaries
izi ra I '¦¦¦ n~i;+; — i	
*
Pan
k- ¦
V i-d +. \jtr
In Out Extent Selected Previous Next Layer

o n
Select Deselect Measure Identify Label Mover
Legend	X
Layers j Toolbox j
B0 Terrain Analysis
Preview Map

-------
Out Extent Selected Previous
BASINS 4,5 - 02060006*
File Models Compute Analysis
I LJ £i Ai m
New Open Save Print Settings
4*
Pan
Legend	^ X
Layers | Toolbox j
B 0 Terrain Analysis
|B0 OutletMerged Watershed (
—
B0 Watershed Shapefile (0206
B 0 Stream Reach Sh ap efi I e (n
-I Pi xl
Layer View Bookmarks Plug-ins Watershed Delineation
La Lb ~
Add Remove Clear
m m m m m
Symbology Categories Query Properties Table
Converters
+
Shapefile Editor
a Launch Help
15] OQ shp 3 hp		I
New Insert Add Remove Copy Paste Merge Erase
gJlTTM Zone IS, Northern Hemisphere * X: 360,578.183Y: 1,284,643.504 Meters Lat: 38.699 Long:-76.603
1:713953
B 0 Hydrology
BD National Hydrography Data
BD Reach File, V1 ^ —
BD Cataloging Unit Code
BD Accounting Unit Boundaries
B0 Cataloging Unit Boundaries
BD Ljf Point Sources and Withdrawal
BD Permit Compliance System
Preview Map	^ X
With the Watershed Shapefile active in the map window, zoom in on the Western Branch of the
Patuxent near Washington DC as shown below:

-------
The zoomed view should like that shown below:
BASINS 4.5 -02060006*
^ISjxJ
File _ f Models g -1 Compute ' Analysis Layer View Bookmarks Plug-ins Watershed Delineation
«l ta s
New Open Save Print Settings
Us Lb La I :• l!& Hr l% P*
Add Remove Clear Symbology Categories Query Properties Table
Converters
Hi shp
New Insert Add
Shapefile Editor Launch Help
shp : _]
smove Cop Paste
& & n
+-J +- /• *
In Out Extent
Legend
Layers J Toolbox |
BE3 Terrain Analysis
|SB Outlet Merged Watershed (
Select eselect Measure Identify Label Mover
Previous
Layer
00 Watershed Shapefile (0206
E0 Stream Reach Shapefile(n
Hydrology
ED National Hydrography Data
p^jlJTM Zone 18, Northern Hemisphere
ED Reach File, V1	—
ED Cataloging Unit Code
ED Accounting Unit Boundaries
E0 Cataloging Unit Boundaries
EDL^ Point Sources and Withdrawal
ED Permit Compliance System zl\
' X: 360,871.209 Y: 4,317,254.504Meters Lat: 38.993Long:-76.607
Preview Map
To identify the boundaries of the impending HSPF model, select by using the Select tool (an
arrow on the toolbar) and holding down the Ctrl button while clicking on the seven subbasins of

-------
BASINS 4.5 -02060006*
the Western Branch. Make sure that the Watershed Shapefile is active in the map window.
g]UTM Zone 18, Northern Hemisphere - X: 3-19,417.276 Y: 4,298,667.894Meters | Lat: 38.824Long: -76.735
~ 0 Watershed Shapefile (0206
B 0 Stream Reach Shapefile (n
Hydrology
ED National Hydrography Data
ED Reach File, V1	—
ED Cataloging Unit Code
ED Accounting Unit Boundaries
E@ Cataloging Unit Boundaries
! BDlj' Point Sources and Withdrawal
ED Permit Compliance System zl\
Preview Map	^ X
File | Models il Compute ' Analysis Layer View Bookmarks Plug-ins Watershed Delineation Converters Shapefile Editor J Launch Help
LI Ji Ai m I Us La Lo I 9	0^ li I fe ^ shp sitf Q Q • i
New Open Save Print Settings Add Remove Clear Symbology Categories Query Properties Table New Insert Add Remove Copy Paste Merge Erase
0* L?) £) t * 3T ) O	l O
Pan In Out Extent Selected Previous Next Layer
Legend	1? X
Layers J Toolbox |
B0 Terrain Analysis
B@ Outlet Merged Watershed (
Select
•e HI7 O %
Deselect Measure Identify Label Mover

-------
4. Select Model Setup (HSPF/AQUATOX) from the Plug-ins menu so that it is active. This will add
Models to the menu on the main form.
Plug-ins Watershed Delineation Shapefile Editor
it
if
Edit Plug-ins
F

Scripts

4
Analysis
~
y
Archive Project Tool

d»|
BASINS 4.1

~
CSV to Shapefile Converter


D4EM Data Download
~
y
EPA SWMM 5.0 Setup


EPA WASP 7,3 Setup

y
GeoSFM


GWLF-E Data Processor

~
HSPFParin - Parameter Database for HSPF

n
Manual Delineation


Model Segmentation


Model Setup (HSPF/AQUATOX)

Pollutant Loading Estimator fPLOAD)
5.
Select Models:HSPF from the main menu, and the BASINS HSPFform appears. Change the
name of the HSPF project to 'Patuxent'. All of the other fields will be defaulted appropriately,
specifying that the results of the Automatic Delineator will be used along with the GIRAS

-------
landuse data.
Jn]2<|
General | Land Use |
Streams | Subbasins | Point Sources | Met Stations |

HSPF Project Name:
Patuxentl

Land Use Type:
jlJSGS GIRAS Shapefile




Subbasins Layer:
| Subbasins
^1



Streams Layer:
Streams




Point Sources Layer:
| Outlets
Jd
I- Include Snow Simulation
f* Energyr Balance Method	Temperature Index Method (Degree Day)
Elevation Grid: | Digital Elevation Model l;D206DC'DSderng) ^ | Vertical Units:
| Meters
l~~ Use Advanced Wetlands Setup
Elevation Grid:
) Digital Elevation Model {{EDGDQC'Sdemg}
J



Wetlands Layer:
JNLCD20D1 Landcover
zl
—Status
Update specifications if desired, then click OK to proceed.
OK
Open Existing
Cancel
Help
About
6. Optional: On the Land Use tab, click the Change button to load the classification file that was
produced in the Reclassify Land Use lesson.

-------
Select Classification File
Look in:
: |1E>
etc
My Computer
My Network
Places
QDataDownload
O Extensions
r iNadfiles
nt Reports
H] ATCprj.dbf
H] giras.dbf
[fijhspfusgs.dbf
Bjmrlc.dbf
[ijnlcd.dbF
Regroup_LU.dbf

"3 <- s & mm-
File name:
Files of type:
| R egroup_LLL dbf
| DBF Files (K.dbf)
~3
"3
JJpen
Cancel
A
The Land Use tab will update to display the new classification scheme.

-------
Z. BASINS HSPF
Land Use | Streams ] Sub basin s ] Point Sources | Met Stations |
General
- AJ*J
Classification File:
C:\BAS IN S\etc\re g ro u pj u. d bf
Change
Code
Group Description
Impervious Percent
Multiplier
Subbasin
10
Urban or Built-up Land
50


11
High Density Residential
60
0.25

11
Low Density Residential
20
0.75

12
Urban or Built-up Land
50


13
Urban or Built-up Land
50


14
Urban or Built-up Land
50


15
Urban or Built-up Land
50


16
Urban or Built-up Land
iii r-. i. i i
50
r- i-i


r Status
Update specifications if desired, then click OK to proceed.
OK
Open Existing
Cancel
Help
About
7. Click on the Met Stations tab to view the meteorological data available, based on the WDM files
in the current BASINS project. The WDM file of met data was downloaded in the previous
Downloading Additional Data lesson. The Beltsville, MD met station is a reasonable pick from

-------
the Initial Met Station picklist.
BASINS HSPF
^jD2
-------
project.
Hydrologies I Simulation Program - Fortran (HSPF): 02G600Q6.uci
-|n|x||
File Edit Functions Help l) ifl j M © dl P •" A S " ' -0 I ^
|
o
RCHRES
—all_
RCHRES7
RCHRES9
RCHRES29
RCHRES10
RCHRES27
RCHRES 31
High Density Residen
Low Density Resident
Urban or Built-up La
Agricultural Land
Forest Land
Land Use
| Reaches
| Irnplnd (Acres)
| Perlnd (Acres)
| Total (Acres)
Total

0
0
0
9.
Note:
You are now in the WinHSPF environment. Refer to that program's documentation from this
point on to see how to further enhance your HSPF project (e.g., creating time series in
'Output.wdm' where model output can be written).

-------

-------

-------
Climate Assessment Tool
Variations in the input meteorological data can have a significant effect on instream water quantity and
quality. The Climate Assessment Tool (CAT) allows the user to vary certain input data sets across
specified ranges and see the resulting impact on critical model output parameters (more information
about CAT; other resources for climate change assessment).
BASINS-CAT version 2.0 allows for climate change assessment using three watershed models: HSPF,
SWAT, and SWMM. A tutorial has been developed for CAT using each of these models. Besides showing
CAT interfacing with the models, the tutorials also demonstrate a wide range of CAT capabilities. While
the tutorials use actual real-world models and feasible ranges of climate change, the results presented
in them are for demonstration purposes only.
Note that each of these CAT tutorials assumes the use starts with an empty BASINS project, i.e. a project
with no map layers or timeseries data already loaded. If you have a BASINS project open, save the
project, close BASINS, then reopen BASINS and select 'Close' from the 'Welcome to BASINS 4.5' window.
The three tutorials are:
•	Climate Change Assessment using HSPF
•	Climate Change Assessment using SWAT
•	Climate Change Assessment using SWMM
Climate Change Assessment using HSPF
The BASINS Climate Assessment Tool (CAT) allows users to easily create climate change scenarios, run
hydrologic models to quantify the impact on selected environmental endpoints. Users can refer to the
introduction of CAT features and interface options under the general BASINS help section for CAT. In this
exercise, we will demonstrate the use of CAT with the Hydrological Simulation Program - FORTRAN
(HSPF).
Users can activate the CAT plug-in in BASINS by clicking the Plug-ins->Analysis->Climate Assessment Tool
menu option. To launch CAT after the plug-in is activated, click on the Analysis->Climate Assessment
Tool menu option. This will bring up the CAT window as shown below.

-------
£jcr
imate Assessment Tool 2.0
n x
File Edit Options Help
Model
r Open a model with no previous CAT settings
HSPF .uci
SWAT .mdb
SWMM .inp
0pen/save existing model with CAT settings for Climate Data and Assessment Endpoints
0 pen
Save
~ pen/save existing result table
Open
Save
Model file can be drag-n-dropped anywhere onto this form to load it.
This first tab allows the user to start a brand new analysis, open an existing saved analysis, or simply re-
examine the result table from a past analysis. In this exercise, we will create a new HSPF CAT analysis.
The prerequisite files listed here for this exercise should be found under the
\Basins\data\tutorial\CAT\HSPF folder:
•	Tualatin.UCI (base case HSPF model input file)
•	Tualatin.wdm (base case HSPF model data file)
•	Tualmet.wdm (base case HSPF weather input data file)
In this exercise, the weather data are hourly precipitation (inch), temperature (Fahrenheit), and
potential evapotranspiration (inch) from October 1, 1972 to December 31, 2006.

-------
From the Model Tab, click the HSPF .uci button. This will open the file dialog window to locate the
Tualatin.UCI input file for the base case scenario, which is located under
C:\BASINS\Data\tutorial\CAT\HSPF. Once this is done, the full directory path to this input file will be
displayed as the first entry in the text box next to the HSPF .uci button as shown below.
Climate Assessment Tool 2.0
File Edit Options Help
Model
r Open a model with no previous CAT settings
HSPF .uci
SWAT .mdb
SWMM .inp
Open/save existing model with CAT settings for Climate Data and Assessment Endpoints
0 pen
Save
Open/save existing result table
Open
Save
Model file can be drag-n-dropped anywhere onto this form to load it.
C: \Basins\data\tutorial\CAT\HSPF\Tualatin .UCI
Click on the full path of the base input file in the text box. This will allow CAT to open it and retrieve
related output and input data and make them available for user selection in subsequent steps. Once CAT
successfully opens the base input file, it will automatically advance to the Climate Data tab.
In this exercise, we will assess model sensitivity to varying adjustments to rainfall and temperature data.
To begin, change the 'New Model' name to PrecFreqTempInc as shown below.

-------
Z.. Climate Assessment Tool 2.0 Tualatin
File Edit Options Help
Model
Climate Data
Assessment Endpoints Results Pivot Table
Base Model
New Model
Add
C: \Basins'i,data\tutonal\CAT\HSPF\T ualatin. UCI
PrecFreqT emplnc
Remove
Edit
Copy
View
Prepared | | v | [ A ]
To initiate a climate adjustment, click the Add button to open the Modify Existing Data window. In this
example, we will specify a series of increases to precipitation. Begin this process by setting the
'Modification Name' to PrecipFrequencv as shown below.

-------
fL Modify Existing Data
n x
Modification Name:
Existing Data to Modify:
How to Modify:
F'recipFrequencvl
< click to specify data to modify>
View
Multiply Existing Values by a Number (eg Precipitation]
Number to multiply existing data by
© Single Change (J Multiple changes within specified range
Value	1.1	multiplication factor
Events
I I Vary values only in the following Events
Exceeding threshold	0
Allow gaps up to
Sum of values exceeding threshold
T otal duration above
Months /rears
O Vary only in selected
0
All
None
Ok
Cancel
Next, select the precipitation data records to be modified. A single left-click in the 'Existing Data to
Modify:' text field will open the Select data to vary window. Proceed to select the three precipitation
timeseries as shown below and then click the OK button.

-------
I Select
data to vary
n x
File Attributes Select Help
Select Attribute Values to Filter Available Data
Scenario v
Location
V
Constituent
V

BASE
1:496
A
POTEV
A
COMPUTED
1:771
PQADDR-Total N
OBSERVED
1:796
PQADWT-Total N

T ualatin
OR 350595
PREC

OR 351222
PR SIJ FY

nnicinm
V
nrTr
*
Matching Data (3 of 2563)




COMPUTED
OR 350595
PREC
OBSERVED
OR 351222
PREC
COMPUTED
OR352997
PREC
Selected Data (3)
COMPUTED
OBSERVED
COMPUTED
OR 350595
OR 351222
OR 352997
F'FlEC
PREC
PR EC
Dates to Include
All
Start
End
| Common |
1972/09/30
2006/12/31
	j Change Time Step To: 1
I I Apply month/day range to each year
Month
Average/Same
Ok
Cancel
Next, we will specify the exact changes that will be made to the selected rainfall time series. From the
'How to Modify' dropdown box, one can pick different methods for timeseries adjustments. For
precipitation, the three most common choices are:

-------
•	Multiply Existing Values by a Number (eg Precipitation): This method is used to apply blanket
adjustments by simply multiplying every value in the target timeseries with a constant (e.g. 1.2).
•	Multiply large/small events by a number: This method is used to apply selective adjustment to
rainfall events above or below certain thresholds. Users should specify adjustments as a percentage
(eg. 20 %) of the total rainfall volume. This method is used to intensify certain rainfall events. The
Events frame is used in conjunction with this option to qualify what qualifies as an event.
•	Add/Remove Storm Events: This method is used to apply adjustments to total rainfall volume by
adding or removing events. Users should specify adjustments as a percentage (eg. 20 %). The Events
frame is used in conjunction with this option to qualify what qualifies as an event.
For all three methods above, user can choose to apply either a single adjustment or a range of
adjustments at a constant step size. This is done by the selection of either Single Change or Multiple
changes within specified range radio buttons.
In this exercise, we will choose the 'Add/Remove Storm Events' adjustment method. We will choose to
apply a range of adjustments by selecting the 'Multiple changes within specified range' radio button and
by increasing the total precipitation event volume by 10% and 20% at a step size of 10 as shown below:

-------
fL Modify Existing Data
n x
Modification Name:
Existing Data to Modify:
How to Modify:
F'recFrequency
COMPUTED OR350595 F'REC (and 2 more)
View
Add,¦'Remove Storm Events
Percent Change in Volume
O Single Change © Multiple changes within specified range
Minimum
10
Maximum:
Increment:
20
v
y
ml
Events
1^1 Vary values only in the following Events
Exceeding threshold	0
Allow gaps up to
Sum of values exceeding threshold
T otal duration above
Months /rears
O Vary only in selected
0
All
None
Ok
Cancel
As shown above, the 'Vary values only in the following Events' check box (in the 'Events' frame) needs to
be checked. The four elements in the 'Events' frame are used to define rainfall events to be adjusted to
achieve the desired increase (or decrease) in the total rainfall volume.
Events are defined in terms of intensity, duration, volumes, and gaps, in the units of the data (for BASINS
precipitation data these will be inches and hours). These are briefly described below:

-------
• Exceeding threshold: the minimum rainfall intensity (i.e. values equal to or greater) at which a
rainfall value will be considered (default is zero, in inches/hour for BASINS data)
•	Allow gaps up to: the longest gap in time between two otherwise consecutive rainfall values for
them to be considered as within a single event (default is zero, in number of values)
•	Sum of values exceeding threshold: the minimum total volume for an rainfall event to achieve to be
included in the adjustment (default is zero, in inches for BASINS data)
•	Total duration above: the minimum duration in time for a rainfall event to achieve to be included in
the adjustment (default is zero, in hours for BASINS data)
The combined effect of the above four criteria could result in zero qualified events. Thus, users should
be familiar with the data record and exercise caution when specifying these criteria. Otherwise, users
can simply use the default 0 value for all four, which ensures all potential rainfall events be subject to
consideration to achieve the desired total volume adjustment. In this exercise, use zero for all four
criteria as shown in the screen shot above.
Click the OK button to finish the precipitation adjustment definition and close the window. The Climate
Data tab on the main CAT form will show the newly defined climate data adjustment as below.

-------
Z.. Climate Assessment Tool 2.0 Tualatin
File Edit Options Help
Model
Climate Data
Assessment Endpoints Results Pivot Table
Base Model
New Model
C:\Basins\data\tutorial\CAT\HSPF\Tualatin.UCI
PrecFreqT ennplnc
Add
Remove
Edit
Copy
View
Prepared | | v j [ A |
@ PrecFrequency AddE vents from 10 to 20 step 10
Total iterations selected = 2 (0:00)
Next, we will define a temperature change to be applied to model input data. Begin by again clicking the
Add button from the Climate Data tab. Similar to precipitation adjustment definition, begin by entering
a 'Modification Name' (e.g. Templnc) and then clicking in the 'Existing Data to Modify:' text field. Select
the temperature data to modify as shown below and then click the OK button:

-------
^1. Select data to vary
~0!
3
File Attributes Select Help
Select Attribute Values to Filter Available Data
1 Scenario
J
Location v
Constituent
-
¦ ¦
BASE
1:436 *
AT EM
r
COMPUTED
1:771
AVDEP
-
OBSERVED
1:736
AVSEC'T
T ualatin
OR 350535
AVVEL

OR 351222
BASET
nnnnnrn
"V
nrn r. r n
| Matching Data (2 of 25G3)
COMPUTED
OR 350535
ATEM
COMPUTED
OR 352337
ATEM

Selected Data (2)
COMPUTED
OR 350535
ATEM
COMPUTED
OR 352337
ATEM
	
Dates to Include


[ All || Common |
Start 1372/10/01
End 2006/12/31


I EH Apply month/day range to each year
	i Change Time Step To: 1
Month v Average/Same v Ok Cancel
¦	1
For this example we will apply a single temperature increase of 3.6 degree F as shown below:

-------
fL Modify Existing Data
Modification Name:
Existing Data to Modify:
How to Modify:
T emplnc
COMPUTED OR 350595 AT EM (and 1 more)
View
Add/Subtract a constant to existing values (eg Tennperature)
Constant to add to existing values
© Single Change (J Multiple changes within specified range
Value	3.G	data unit
Events
I I Vary values only in the following Events
Exceeding threshold	0
Allow gaps up to
Sum of values exceeding threshold
T otal duration above
Months /rears
O Vary only in selected
0
All
None
Ok
Cancel
Click the OK button to finish the temperature adjustment definition and close the window.
The Climate Data tab should now appear as below. Note that each climate adjustment listed contains a
check box, allowing it to be turned "on" or "off". This is especially useful when numerous adjustments
are defined, and unique climate scenarios can be developed via different combinations of adjustments.

-------
Z.. Climate Assessment Tool 2.0 Tualatin
File Edit Options Help
Model
Climate Data
Assessment Endpoints Results Pivot Table
Base Model
New Model
C: \Basins'i,data\tutonal\CAT\HSPF\T ualatin. UCI
PrecFreqT ennplnc
Add
Remove
Edit
Copy
View
Prepared | | v j [ A |
@ PrecFrequency AddE vents from 10 to 20 step 10
@ Tennplnc Add 3.6
Total iterations selected = 2 (0:00)
Now that you have defined the weather data adjustments on the Climate Data tab, move onto the
Assessment Endpoints tab as shown below:

-------
Z.. Climate Assessment Tool 2.0 - Tualatin
File Edit Options Help
Model Climate Data j Assessment Endpoints i Results Pivot Table
o Save Only Selected Endpoints
Save Complete Copy of All Model Inputs and Outputs for Every Run
Add
Remove
Edit
Copy
~ 0
Total iterations selected = 2 (0:00)
On the Assessment Endpoints tab, we will define three HSPF output items as endpoints and also add
two precipitation statistics as endpoints. Click the Add button to initiate the definition of a new
endpoint.
On the Endpoint form, begin definition of the flow endpoint by entering Flow in the 'Endpoint Name'
text field as shown below:

-------
Z.. Endpoint	-OX
Endpoint Name: Flow
Data set:
Attribute:
< click to select data>
Mean
Highlight Values
Default Color:
Minimum Value:
Color Lower Values:
Maximum Value:
White

DeepSkyBlue

Color Higher Values: OrangeRed
Manage Attributes
Events
O Only include values in the following Events
Exceediri
jshold
Allow gaps up to
Sum of values exceeding threshold
T otal duration above
Months/Years
LJ Only include values in selected
All
None
Ok
Cancel
To select the time series containing the endpoint values, single click in the Data set text field. The Select
data for endpoint form will be displayed. For this HSPF application, RCH46 is the outlet of the watershed
and will thus be the location of our model output endpoints. Select the Base scenario Flow time series
at RCH46 as shown below and then click the OK button.

-------
t.,. Select data for endpoint
EH *
File Attributes Select Help
Select Attribute Values to Filter Available Data
1 Scenario
H
Location
-I
Constituent v 1
¦ ¦
BASE
R:60
AGV/ET Si
COMPUTED
R:61

AGWI
OBSERVED
RCH46

AGV/0
Tualatin
RCHG0

AGWS

RCHS1
AOQC-Total N
v V I
| Matching Data (6 of 2563)
BASE
RCH4S
FLOW
1 OBSERVED
RCH46
FLOW
BASE RCH46
SEDIMENT
BASE
RCH4S
TOTAL-N
BASE
RCH4S
TOTAL-P
BASE
FICH4S
TAU

Selected Data (1)
BASE
RCH46
FLOW

Dates to Include


| All || Common |
Start 1980/01/01
End 2005/12/31


I ~ Apply month/day range to each year



I I Change Time Step To: 1
Month v Average/Same
Ok Cancel
"	


-------
The Endpoint form now shows the selected time series in the Data set field. For this endpoint we will
consider average flow values, so select the Mean option from the 'Attribute' pull-down list. Click the OK
button to complete endpoint definition.

-------
Z_. Endpoint
Endpoint Name:
Data set:
Attribute:
BASE RCH4G FLOW
Mean
Manage Attributes
Highlight Values
Default Color:
Minimum Value:
Color Lower Values:
Maximum Value:
White

DeepS kyEilue

Color Higher Values: OrangeRed
Events
O Only include values in the following Events
Exceediri
jshold
Allow gaps up to
Sum of values exceeding threshold
T otal duration above
Months/Years
LJ Only include values in selected
All
Ok
None
Cancel
Additional endpoints for Total Sediment and Total N wili now be defined as model output endpoints
the same manner as Flow. Click the Add button from the Climate Data tab to initialize the Endpoint

-------
form. Enter a description (e.g. Total Sediment or Total N) in the 'Endpoint Name' field and then click in
the Data set field to bring up the Select data for endpoint form for selection of the appropriate output
time series. As shown below for Total Sediment, select the time series at location RCH46 for the
constituent Sediment. Click the OK button when done.
Z... Select data for endpoint - ~ X
File Attributes Select Help
Select Attribute Values to Filter Available Data
Scenario v
Location
-I
Constituent. v
BASE
R:S0 A|
AGWET ^
COMPUTED
R:61

AGWI
OBSERVED
RCH4S

AGWO
T ualatin
RCHS0

AGWS

RCHS1 — AOQC-Total N
V V ¦
Matching Data (6 of 2563)
BASE
|OBSERVED
RCH4S
RCH4S
FLOW
FLOW
BASE
RCH4S
SEDIMENT
BASE
RCH46
TOTAL-N
BASE
RCH4S
TOTAL-P
BASE
RCH4S
TALI

Selected Data (1)
BASE
RCH4S SEDIMENT

Dates to Include
| All | | Common |

1 Start 1980/01/01
1 End 2005/12/31


I Apply month/day range to each year



I I Change Time Step To: 1
Month v Average/Same
Ok Cancel
1


-------
The Endpoint form now shows the selected time series in the Data set field. For Total Sediment we will
consider average annual loads, so select the SumAnnual option from the 'Attribute' pull-down list. Click
the OK button to complete endpoint definition.

-------
Z_. Endpoint
Endpoint Name:
Data set:
Attribute:
|T otal Sedimen
G
BASE RCH46 SEDIMENT
S umAnnual
-

Manage Attributes
Highlight Values
Default Color:
Minimum Value:
Color Lower Values:
Maximum Value:
White

DeepSkyBlue

Color Higher Values: OrangeRed
Events
O Only include values in the following Events
Exceeding threshold
Allow gaps up to
Sum of values exceeding threshold
T otal duration above
Months/Years
LJ Only include values in selected
All
Ok
None
Cancel
Repeat the process of Total Sediment endpoint definition, only this time define an endpoint for Total N.
The resulting Endpoint form should appear as below. Click OK when complete.

-------
Z.. Endpoint
~OS
Endpoint Name:
Data set:
Attribute:
Highlight Values
Default Color:
Minimum Value:
Color Lower Values:
Maximum Value:
Color Higher Values:
iTotaIN
1
BASE RCH4S TOTAL-N
SurnAnnual
3

Manage Attributes
White

DeepS kyBlue
(none;
OrangeRed
Events
[ 1 Only include values in the following Events
Exceeding threshold	0
Allow gaps up to
Sum of values exceeding threshold
Total duration above
Months/Years
I I Only include values in selected
All
None
Ok
Cancel

-------
In the same manner as the output endpoints developed above, endpoints of input data may also be
created; a feature that can be useful in presenting a CAT study's results. Two precipitation endpoints will
be developed here. Begin the first by clicking the Add button from the Assessment Endpoints tab. Enter
Precip for the 'Endpoint Name' and then click in the Data set field to select the precipitation time series
as shown below. Click the OK button when complete.

-------
r
Select data for endpoint
g(n x
File Attributes Select Help
Select Attribute Values to Filter Available Data
1 Scenario

Location v
Constituent v 1
i ¦
BASE
1:496 *
PQADDR-Total N
COMPUTED
1:771
POADWT-Total N
OBSERVED
1:796
PREC ¦"-la
T ualatiri
OR 350595
PRSUPY

OR 351222
RETS
*
nmnnm
nn
| Matching Data (3 of 2563)
COMPUTED
OR 350595
PREC
1 OBSERVED
OR 351222
PREC
COMPUTED
OR 352997
PFlEC

Selected Data (1)
COMPUTED
OR 350595
PFlEC

Dates to Include


| All || Common |
Start 1972/09/30
End 2006/12/31


I I Apply month/day range to each year
I I Change Time Step To: 1
Month v Average/Same v Ok Cancel
" "
For the first precipitation endpoint, we want to assess average annual rainfall. Thus, select the
SumAnnual option from the 'Attribute' pull-down list as shown below. Click the OK button to complete
endpoint definition.

-------
Endpoint	- || ~ || X
Endpoint Name: Precip
Data set:
Attribute:
COMPUTED OR350595 PREC
S umArmual
Manage Attributes
Highlight Values
Default Color:
Minimum Value:
Color Lower Values:
Maximum Value:
White

DeepSkyBlue

Color Higher Values: OrangeRed
Events
O Only include values in the following Events
Exceeding threshold
0
Allow gaps up to
Sum of values exceeding threshold
T otal duration above
Months/Years
Q Only include values in selected
Cance

-------
Repeat these same steps, only this time we will assess maximum precipitation values. After selecting
the same precipitation time series as before, select the Max option from the 'Attribute' pull-down list as
shown below. Click the OK button to complete endpoint definition.

-------
Z.. Endpoint
Endpoint Name:
Data set:
Attribute:
COMPUTED OR 350595 PR EC
Max
Manage Attributes
Highlight Values
Default Color:
Minimum Value:
Color Lower Values:
Maximum Value:
White

DeepSkyBlue

Color Higher Values: OrangeRed
Events
O Only include values in the following Events
Exceeding threshold
Allow gaps up to
Sum of values exceeding threshold
T otal duration above
Months/Years
LJ Only include values in selected
All
Ok
None
Cancel
Now your Assessment Endpoint tab should look like below:

-------
Z.. Climate Assessment Tool 2.0 - Tualatin
File Edit Options Help
Model Climate Data j Assessment Endpoints i Results Pivot Table
o Save Only Selected Endpoints
Save Complete Copy of All Model Inputs and Outputs for Every Run
Add
Remove
Edit
CqP-^ I LJ 0
@ Precip SurnAnnual
[71 Precip Max
0 Flow Mean
0 Total N SurnAnnual
Q Total Sediment SurnAnnual
Total iterations selected = 2 (0:00)
With both meteorological input adjustments and endpoints defined, you are ready to conduct the
analysis by running the HSPF model for the defined combination of climate change scenarios. Make sure
to check the radio button with the label Save Complete Copy of All Model Inputs and Outputs for Every
Run on the Assessment Endpoint tab. This choice allows CAT to save all scenarios' run files (both input
and output) into their own folders.
Click the Results tab and note that the result grid has already been populated with the endpoints'
statistics from the base case scenario in the first row of the result grid as shown below.
Note also that since we defined 2 levels of change in precipitation and 1 level of increase in
temperature, there will be 2 (2 x 1) HSPF simulations in total as shown below at the bottom of the form.

-------
_ Climate Assessment Tool 2.0 - Tualatin
File Edit Options Help
Model Climate Data Assessment Endpoints Results Pivot Table
BCD®
Refresh Refresh results from the last model run
I I Show Progress of Each Run
0 Clear Results on Start
Run
| PrecipFrequency |Templnc
| Precip
| Precip
| Flow
| T otal N
| Total Sediment | Saved Results

| AddE vents
| Add
| SurrAnnual
| Max
| Mean
| SurrAnnual
| SumAnnual
III 1 III 1

| Current Value
| Current Value
| COMPUTED OR350595 PREC
| COMPUTED OR350595 PREC
| BASE RCH46 FLOW
| BASE RCH46T0TAL-N
| BASE RCH4G SEDIMENT |
base


39.914
0.795
1,216.9
7,155,700
100,710
T otal iterations selected = 2 (0:00)
Since this is a new CAT analysis, click the Start button to initiate the simulations.
HL Climate Assessment Tool 2.0 Tualatin
File Edit Options Help
Model Climate Data Assessment Endpoints Results Pivot Table
[ Start ] Run the model	I I Show Progress of Each Run
| Refresh ] Refresh results from the last model run	0 Clear Results on Start
Run
| PrecipFrequency
| Tempi no
| Precip
| Precip
| Flow
| Total N
| Total Sediment
| Saved Results

| AddE vents
| Add
| SumAnnual
| Max
| Mean
| SumAnnual
| SumAnnual

I I I I I I I I I

| Current Value
| Current V+
| C0MPUTE+
|C0MPU+
|BASE R+
|BASERCH4+
| BASE RCH46 +
I I
base


39.914
0.795
1,216.9
7,155,700
100,710

1
10
3.G
43.905
0.795
1,366.9
7,867,200
115,650
C: \B asins\data\tutorial\CAT \H S PF\PrecFreqT empl nc-001
2
20
3.6
47.897
0.795
1,536.9
8,622,400
133,880
CAB asins\data\tutorial\CAT \H S PF\PrecFreqT empl nc-002

Finished runs
On the above Results tab, endpoints are listed on the top as column headers and the scenarios' ordinal
number are listed as row numbers.

-------
When the model runs have complete, we can save our work. From the 'File' menu on the top of the CAT
window, select the "Save Model with CAT Settings" option to save all of our input modifications and
endpoint definitions into a XML file as shown below:
Climate Assessment Tool 2.0 - Tualatin
1 Edit Options Help
Open HSPF Model
Open SWAT Model
Open SWMM Model
ndpoints Results Pr
el Inputs and Outputs fc
Open Model with CAT Settings
| Save Model with CAT Settings |
Load Results Table
Save Results Table

Save Pivot Table
l^T~i otai rrsumAnnuai
[^1 Total Sediment SumAnnual

From the 'File' menu, select "Save Results Table" option to save the result grid into a tab-delimited text
file.
We can examine the results in a pivot table on the Pivot Table tab as shown below:

-------
(imate Assessment Tool 2.0 Tualatin
File Edit Options Help
Model Climate Data Assessment Endpoints Results
Pivot T able
R ows
Columns
Cells
PrecipFrequency AddE vents
-
Tempi no Add
-
|Total Sediment SumAnnual
I
-
13.6
10
115,650
20
133,830
Finished runs
At this point, you have successfully completed a CAT analysis with HSPF. However, don't close the
current CAT window just yet, we will try more climate change scenarios below.
Next, we will create another climate change scenario that involves increases in rainfall intensity. Click on
the Climate Data tab and change the New Model name to PreclntTempInc as our new adjustment
name. Click the Add button to start the Modify Existing Data dialog window. Define the rainfall intensity
increase scenario as shown below.
It is important to note the additional Change 'n' % of volume field available in the 'Events' frame when
making this type of adjustment to precipitation. This field allows the user to specify a percentage of the
events in which the volume increase (or decrease) will be applied. For this example, enter '30' in this
field, which means the 10 and 20% increase will be applied to the largest events that constitute 30
percent of the volume in the original record.

-------
fL Modify Existing Data
Modification Name:
Existing Data to Modify:
How to Modify:
COMPUTED OR350595 F'REC (and 2 more)
View
Multiply large/small events by a number
Percent Change in Volume
O Single Change © Multiple changes within specified range
Minimum
10
Maximum:
Increment:
20
v
y
10
Events
0 Vary values only in the following Events
Exceeding threshold
0
Allow gaps up to
Sum of values exceeding threshold
T otal duration above
Months /rears
O Vary only in selected
All
Change
30
of volume
Ok
None
Cancel
Select the same three precipitation timeseries as shown earlier (above) for the rainfall frequency
scenario. Click OK to finalize the data modification, then your Climate Data tab should look like below:

-------
Climate Assessment Tool 2.0 Tualatin
File Edit Options Help
M odel
Climate Data
Assessment Endpoints Results Pivot Table
Base Model
New Model
C: \B asins\data\tutorial\CAT '\H S PF\T ualatin. U CI
PreclntT emplnc
Add
Remove
Edit
Copy
View
Prepared | | v j [ j
]] PrecipFrequency AddE vents from 10 to 20 step 10
Q Templnc Add 3.6
an
Preciplntensity Intensify from 10 to 20 step 10
Total iterations selected = 2 (0:03)
Moving on to Results tab, click the Start button to start the model simulations. After the HSPF model
runs are finished, the Results tab will have the simulation results shown for all combinations of the two
chosen scenarios as shown below:

-------
T Climate Assessment Tool 2.0 Tualatin
File Edit Options Help
Model Climate Data Assessment Endpoints Results Pivot Table
| Start | Run the model
[ Refresh ] Refresh results from the last model run
0 Show Progress of Each Run
0 Clear Results on Start
Run
| Tempi no |
Preciplntensity
| Precip
| Precip
| Flow
| Total N
| Total Sediment
| Saved Results |
| Add
Intensify
| SumAnnual
| Max
| Mean
| SumAnnual
| SumAnnual
I I
1 1
I I I I I I I
| Current V+ |
Current Value
|C0MPUTED+
| C0MPUTE+
| BASE RC+
| BASE RCH46+
| BASE RCH46 +
I I
base


39.914
0.795
1,216.9
7,155,700
100,710

1
3.6
10
43.905
1.0598
1,402
7,782,900
160,560
C: \B asins\data\tutorial\CAT \H S PF\Precl ntT empl nc-001
2
3.6
20
47.897
1.3245
1,591.4
8,344,900
245,400
C: \B asins\data\tutorial\CAT \H S PF\Precl ntT empl nc-002
Finished runs
Notice that by changing the New Model name (on the Climate Data) tab, CAT saves the new analysis
into a different series of folders. By doing so, CAT allows clear file organization of multiple analyses
within a single session.
Lastly, users can explore additional options offered in CAT for climate data modification and endpoint
statistic definition. For example, rainfall data change can be specified to be applied only to certain
events or months/years as shown below:

-------
Events
0 Only include values in the following Events
Exceeding threshold
0
Months/Years
0 Only include values in selected
Allow gaps up to	0
Sum of values exceeding threshold
Total duration above
0
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec
0
Months
Calendar Years
Months
I Water Years
All
None
Ok
Cancel
Lastly, changes in rainfall pattern can be represented by applying adjustments to selected calendar
years, water years, or months within a year. The combined event- and selective duration-based changes
offer tremendous flexibility in representing varying degree of changing climate patterns.
The same event- and duration-based logic applies to both climate data adjustment and endpoints'
statistics, which gives user maximum control over the extraction of endpoints statistics.
Users are encouraged to try out different approach for setting up input climate data modification and
endpoint statistic representations. This concludes this tutorial on climate assessment analysis using
BASINS CAT with the HSPF model.

-------
Climate Change Assessment using SWAT
The BASINS Climate Assessment Tool (CAT) allows users to easily create climate change scenarios, run
hydrologic models to quantify the impact on selected environmental endpoints. Users can refer to the
introduction of CAT features and interface options under the general BASINS help section for CAT. In this
exercise, we will demonstrate the use of CAT with the Soil Water Assessment Tool (SWAT) model.
The user can activate the CAT plug-in by clicking the Plug-ins->Analysis->Climate Assessment Tool menu
options. To launch CAT after the plug-in is activated, click on the Analysis->Climate Assessment Tool
menu option, this will bring up the CAT window as shown below.

-------
£jcr
imate Assessment Tool 2.0
n x
File Edit Options Help
Model
r Open a model with no previous CAT settings
HSPF .uci
SWAT .mdb
SWMM .inp
0pen/save existing model with CAT settings for Climate Data and Assessment Endpoints
0 pen
Save
~ pen/save existing result table
Open
Save
Model file can be drag-n-dropped anywhere onto this form to load it.
This first tab allows the user to start a brand new analysis, open an existing saved analysis, or simply re-
examine the result table from a past analysis. In this exercise, we will create a new SWAT CAT analysis.
The prerequisite files for this exercise are listed below and are provided at
\Basins\data\tutorial\CAT\SWAT:
base case SWAT model files (under \Scenarios\base\TxtlnOut directory) - a working SWAT model
that has already been run and has all of the input and output files ready
baseline90jkRaccoon.mdb (base case SWAT model Microsoft Access database file)
SWAT2005RevP.mdb (SWAT model general Microsoft Access database file)
SWAT_US_Soils.mdb (SWAT model soil Microsoft Access database file)
swat2005.exe (SWAT model executable program)

-------
In this exercise, the weather data are daily precipitation (mm) and temperature (Celsius) data for two
weather stations within the model watershed, duration is from January 1, 1960 to December 31, 2001.
From the first CAT Model Tab, click button SWAT.mdb. This will open the file dialog window to locate
the Access database file for the base case scenario as shown below.
Open SWAT file containing base model
Look jn: tD SWAT
J
Recent
Desktop
&
My Documents
My Computer
My Network
Ir3! Images
|£) Scenarios
Eg!) SWAT2005RevP.mdb
¦HI SWAT_US_5oils.mdb
File name:
Files of type:
baseline90jkRaccoon.mdb
SWAT mdb files
7]{X\
q e? * Em-
Open
Cancel
Once this is done, continue to locate the general SWAT Access database file when prompted, as shown
below:

-------
Please locate SWAT 2005 database
Look jn: £3 SWAT
O
Recent
Desktop
0
My Documents
S»
My Computer
My Network
Ir3! Images
Scenarios
baseline90 jkRaccoon, mdb
a WH-l-HiWimt
@ SWAT_US_5oils.mdb
File name:
Files of type:
li E
sj

SWAT2005RevP.mdb
mdb Files f.mdb)
Open
Cancel
When prompted with a message about SWAT Met WDM as shown below, click 'No' to use SWAT
weather input data in their native text file format that come with the base SWAT model.
SWAT Met WDM Not Found
Did not find 'C:\Basins\data\tutorial\CAT\5WAT\met\met.wdin'
Yes to browse for met data WDM
No to use SWAT met data directly
Cancel to stop opening SWAT base model
Yes
No
Cancel
Now the full directory path to the base model MDB file is displayed as the first entry in the text box next
to the SWAT.mdb on the Model tab as shown below:

-------
f. Climate Assessment Tool 2.0
File Edit Options Help
Model
~ pen a model with no previous CAT settings
SWMM .inp
HSF'F. uci
SWAT .mdb
CABasins\data\tutorial\CAT\SWAT\baseline90ikRaocoon.mdb
Open/save existing model with CAT settings for Climate Data and Assessment Endpoints
Open
Save
Open/save existing result table
Open
Save
Model file can be drag-n-dropped anywhere onto this form to load it.
Click on the full path of the base model MDB file in the text box, this will allow CAT to open it and
retrieve related output and input data and make them available for user selection in subsequent steps.
Once CAT successfully opens the base case model files, it will automatically advance to the Climate Data
tab as shown below.

-------
Z.. Climate Assessment Tool 2.0 base line 90 jkRaccoon
File Edit Options Help
Model
Climate Data
Assessment Endpoints Results Pivot Table
Base Model
New Model
Add
C:\Basins\data\tutorial\CAT\SWAT\baseline90jkRaccoon.mdb
Modified
Remove
Edit
Copy
View
Prepared | | v | [ A |
Change the New Model name on this tab to 'Modified_crcm_cgcm3' as shown below.

-------
Z.. Climate Assessment Tool 2.0 base line 90 jkRaccoon
File Edit Options Help
Model
Climate Data
Assessment Endpoints Results Pivot Table
Base Model
New Model
Add
C:\Basins\data\tutorial\CAT\SWAT\baseline90jkRaccoon.mdb
M odified_crcm_cgcm3
Remove
Edit
Copy
View
Prepared | | v | [ A |
In this exercise, we will demonstrate CAT's ability to selectively adjust data of certain time periods
within the input data. In this exercise's SWAT model, there are daily precipitation and temperature
records (daily minimum and maximum) from two weather stations within the model watershed. They
are labeled as PCP1, PCP2 for rainfall data and TMPlMax, TMPlMin, TMP2Max, TMP2Min for
temperature data. We will apply a series of single modifications on all rainfall and temperature data for
the month of January. To initiate each adjustment, click the Add button to open the Modify Existing
Data window.
For the first adjustment, we will increase the daily rainfall in January from weather station 1 (PCP1) by
26.15%. First, type in the name for this adjustment, 'PCPlJan', in the Modification Name field as shown
below:

-------
fL Modify Existing Data
n x
Modification Name:
Existing Data to Modify:
How to Modify:
PCPUan
< click to specify data to modify>
View
Multiply Existing Values by a Number (eg Precipitation]
Number to multiply existing data by
© Single Change (J Multiple changes within specified range
Value	1.1	multiplication factor
Events
I I Vary values only in the following Events
Exceeding threshold	0
Allow gaps up to
Sum of values exceeding threshold
T otal duration above
Months /rears
O Vary only in selected
0
All
None
Ok
Cancel
Then, select the rainfall data from weather station 1 for adjustment. A single click in the 'Existing Data to
Modify:' text field will open the Select data to vary window. Proceed to choose the 'PCP1' timeseries as
shown below:

-------
^1. Select data to vary
EHj
3
File Attributes Select Help
Select Attribute Values to Filter Available Data
1 Scenario
<3
Location v
Constituent
-
i ¦
base
"I &
AREA

10
AT EM

100
PREC

101
YLD
Matching Data (772 of 772)
102
V
^ n-i

Ibase
PCP1
PREC
i
base
PCP2
PREC
base
TMPIMax
ATEM
base
TMPIMin
AT EM
base
TMP2Max
ATEM
base
TMP2Min
ATEM
base
1
AREA
base
1
YLD v
Selected Data (1)
base
PCP1
PREC

Dates to Include


[ All || Common |
Start 1360/01/01
End 2001/12/31


I EH Apply month/day range to each year
	i Change Time Step To: 1
Month v Average/Same v Ok Cancel
" i
Click OK to accept the selection, then the data modification window will look like below:

-------
Modify Existing Data
BIBB
Modification Name:
Existing Data to Modify:
How to Modify:
PCPUan
base PCP1 PFlEC
View
Multiply Existing Values by a Number (eg Precipitation]
Number to multiply existing data by
© Single Change (J Multiple changes within specified range
Value	1.1	multiplication factor
Events
I I Vary values only in the following Events
Exceeding threshold	0
Allow gaps up to
Sum of values exceeding threshold
T otal duration above
Months /rears
O Vary only in selected
0
All
None
Ok
Cancel
Next, we will specify the exact changes that will be made to the selected rainfall time series. From the
'How to Modify' dropdown box, one can pick different methods for timeseries adjustments. For
precipitation, the three most common choices are:

-------
• Multiply Existing Values by a Number (eg Precipitation): This method is used to apply blanket
adjustment by simply multiplying every value in the target timeseries with a constant (e.g. 1.2).
•	Multiply large/small events by a number: This method is used to apply selective adjustment to
rainfall events above or below certain thresholds. Users should specify adjustments as a percentage
(eg. 20 %). This method is used to intensify certain rainfall events. The Events frame is used in
conjunction with this option to qualify what qualifies as an event.
•	Add/Remove Storm Events: This method is used to apply adjustment to total rainfall volume of the
target timeseries. User should specify adjustment as percentage (eg. 20 %). The Events frame is
used in conjunction with this option to qualify what qualifies as an event.
For all three methods above, user can choose to apply either a single adjustment or a range of
adjustments at a constant step size. This is done by the selection of either 'Single Change' or 'Multiple
changes within specified range' radio buttons.
In this exercise, we will choose the 'Multiply Existing Values by a Number' adjustment method. We will
choose to apply a Single adjustment by selecting the 'Single Change' radio button and specify 1.2615 as
the multiplier factor as shown below:

-------
Modify Existing Data	(^]
Modification Name:
Existing Data to Modify:
How to Modify:
PCPIJan
base PCP1 PFlEC
View
Multiply Existing Values by a Number (eg Precipitation)
Number to multiply existing data by
0 Single Change O Multiple changes within specified range
Value	1.2615	multiplication factor
Events
I I Vary values only in the following Events
Exceeding threshold	0
Allow gaps up to
Sum of values exceeding threshold
T otal duration above
Months/Years
I I Vary only in selected
0
0
All
None
Ok
Cancel
Next, we will specify to only apply the above adjustment to rainfall data within the month of January
throughout the timeseries. First, check the 'Vary only in selected' checkbox. Then, from the dropdown
list, select 'Month'. This will bring up the three-letter abbreviation of the twelve months of a year for
selection. Click on 'Jan' to highlight it. At this point, you have completed the definition of the first
climate data adjustment. Your climate data modification window should look like below:

-------
Modify Existing Data
Modification Name:
Existing Data to Modify:
How to Modify:
PCPUan
base PCP1 PFlEC
View
Multiply Existing Values by a Number (eg Precipitation]
Number to multiply existing data by
© Single Change (J Multiple changes within specified range
Value	1.2615	multiplication factor
Events
I I Vary values only in the following Events
Exceeding threshold
Allow gaps up to	U
Sum of values exceeding threshold 0
Total duration above	0
Months /rears
0 Vary only in selected
Month
.J an
,Jul
Feb
Aug
Mar
Sep
Apr
Oct
May
Nov
Jun
Dec
All
None
Ok
Cancel
Click OK to accept the adjustment. Then the Climate Data tab will look like below:

-------
Z.. Climate Assessment Tool 2.0 base line 90 jkRaccoon
File Edit Options Help
Model
Climate Data
Assessment Endpoints Results Pivot Table
Base Model
New Model
C: \B asins\data\tutorial\CAT\SWAT\baseline90jkR accoon. mdb
M odified_crcm_cgcm3
Add
Remove
Edit
Copy
View
Prepared | | v j [ A |
@ PCPIJan Multiply 1.262 Month: Jan
Total iterations selected = 1 (0:34)
The next adjustment is to increase the daily temperature in January from weather station 1 (TMPlMax
and TMPlMin) by 3.0147 degree C. The steps are the same as the rainfall data adjustment you just
finished. Click on the Add button to bring up the Modify Existing Data window. Then, provide a name
for this adjustment (TMPlJan), as shown below:

-------
fL Modify Existing Data
n x
Modification Name:
Existing Data to Modify:
How to Modify:
TMPUan
< click to specify data to modify>
View
Multiply Existing Values by a Number (eg Precipitation]
Number to multiply existing data by
© Single Change (J Multiple changes within specified range
Value	1.1	multiplication factor
Events
I I Vary values only in the following Events
Exceeding threshold	0
Allow gaps up to
Sum of values exceeding threshold
T otal duration above
Months /rears
O Vary only in selected
0
All
None
Ok
Cancel
Similar to precipitation data selection, a single click in the 'Existing Data to Modify:' text field will open
the Select data to vary window. Proceed to choose the temperature data by selecting both daily min
and max timeseries from weather station 1 as shown below:

-------
r
^1. Select data to vary
00!
E)
File Attributes Select Help
Select Attribute Values to Filter Available Data
1 Scenario
<3
Location v
Constituent
-
i ¦
base
"I &
AREA

10
AT EM

100
PREC

101
YLD
Matching Data (772 of 772)
102
V
^ n-i

base
PCP1
PREC £|
base
PCP2
PREC
'	'
base
TMPIMax
ATEM

base
TMPIMin
ATEM
base
TMP2Max
ATEM

base
TMP2Min
ATEM
base
1
AREA
base
1
YLD v
Selected Data (2)
base
TMPIMax
ATEM
1 base
TMPIMin
ATEM
	
Dates to Include


[ All || Common |
Start 1360/01/01
End 2001/12/31


I EH Apply month/day range to each year
	i Change Time Step To: 1
Month v Average/Same v Ok Cancel
¦	1
Then, the Modify Existing Data window will look like below:

-------
Modify Existing Data
BIBB
Modification Name:
Existing Data to Modify:
How to Modify:
TMPUan
tase TMP1 Max ATE(and 1 more)
View
Multiply Existing Values by a Number (eg Precipitation]
Number to multiply existing data by
© Single Change (J Multiple changes within specified range
Value	1.1	multiplication factor
Events
I I Vary values only in the following Events
Exceeding threshold	0
Allow gaps up to
Sum of values exceeding threshold
T otal duration above
Months /rears
O Vary only in selected
0
All
None
Ok
Cancel
Then, from the How to modify dropdown list, choose 'Add/Subtract a constant to existing values'
adjustment method. Then, specify a single change. Then, specify 3.0147 as the change constant in the
'Value' text field. The Modify Existing Data window will look like below:

-------
Modify Existing Data	(^]
Modification Name:
TMPUan
Existing Data to Modify: base TMP1 Max AT EM (and 1 more)
How to Modify:
View
Add/Subtract a constant to existing values (eg Temperature)
Constant to add to existing values
0 Single Change O Multiple changes within specified range
Value	3.0147]	data unit
Events
I I Vary values only in the following Events
Exceeding threshold	0
Allow gaps up to
Sum of values exceeding threshold
T otal duration above
Months/Years
I I Vary only in selected
0
0
All
None
Ok
Cancel
Next, we will specify to only apply the above adjustment to temperature data within the month of
January throughout the timeseries. First, check the 'Vary only in selected' checkbox. Then, from the
dropdown list, select 'Month'. This will bring up the three-letter abbreviation of the twelve month of a
year for selection. Click on 'Jan' to highlight it. At this point, you have completed the definition of the
second climate data adjustment. Your Modify Existing Data window should look like below:

-------
t. Modify Existing Data
Modification Name:
TMPUa
Existing Data to Modify: base TMF'1 Max AT EM (and 1 more)
How to Modify:
View
Add,¦'Subtract a constant to existing values (eg Temperature)
Constant to add to existing values
© Single Change (J Multiple changes within specified range
Value	3.0147	data unit
Events
I I Vary values only in the following Events
Exceeding threshold
Allow gaps up to	U
Sum of values exceeding threshold 0
Total duration above	0
Months /rears
0 Vary only in selected
Month
U an
,Jul
Feb
Aug
Mar
Sep
Apr
Oct
May
Nov
Jun
Dec
All
None
Ok
Cancel
Click OK to accept the adjustment. Then, the 'Climate Data ' tab will look like below:

-------
Z.. Climate Assessment Tool 2.0 base line 90 jkRaccoon
File Edit Options Help
Model
Climate Data
Assessment Endpoints Results Pivot Table
Base Model
New Model
C: \B asins\data\tutorial\CAT\SWAT\baseline90jkR accoon. mdb
M odified_crcm_cgcm3
Add
Remove
Edit
Copy
View
Prepared | | v j [ A |
@ PCPIJan Multiply 1.262 Month: Jan
@ TMPUanAdd 3.015 Month: Jan
Total iterations selected = 1 (0:34)
Below, we will apply similar adjustments to the rainfall and temperature data from weather station 2.
Follow the same steps as with the rainfall adjustment for weather station 1, increase the daily rainfall in
January from weather station 2 (PCP2) by 21.02% as shown below:

-------
fL Modify Existing Data
Modification Name:
Existing Data to Modify:
How to Modify:
PCPZJan
base PCP2 PR EC
View
Multiply Existing Values by a Number (eg Precipitation]
Number to multiply existing data by
© Single Change (J Multiple changes within specified range
Value
1.2102
multiplication factor
Events
I I Vary values only in the following Events
Exceeding threshold
Allow gaps up to	U
Sum of values exceeding threshold 0
Total duration above	0
Months /rears
0 Vary only in selected
Month
U an
¦Jul
Feb
Aug
Mar
Sep
Apr
Oct
May
Nov
Jun
Dec
All
None
Ok
Cancel
In the above window, to select rainfall data from weather station2 (PCP2), click in the 'Existing data to
modify' textbox to bring up the data selection window and select PCP2 data as shown below:

-------
r
^1. Select data to vary
EHj
3
File Attributes Select Help
Select Attribute Values to Filter Available Data
1 Scenario
<3
Location v
Constituent
-
i ¦
base
"I &
AREA

10
AT EM

100
PREC

101
YLD
Matching Data (772 of 772)
102
V
^ n-i

base
PCP1
PREC
A
Ibase
PCP2
PREC

base
TMPIMax
ATEM

base
T M PI M in
AT EM
base
TMP2Max
ATEM
base
TMP2Min
ATEM
base
1
AREA
base
1
YLD v
Selected Data (1)
base
PCP2
PREC

Dates to Include


[ All || Common |
Start 1360/01/01
End 2001/12/31


I EH Apply month/day range to each year
	i Change Time Step To: 1
Month v Average/Same v Ok Cancel
" i
Click OK to accept the adjustment, now your 'Climate Data' tab will look like below:

-------
Z.. Climate Assessment Tool 2.0 base line 90 jkRaccoon
File Edit Options Help
Model
Climate Data
Assessment Endpoints Results Pivot Table
Base Model
New Model
C: \B asins\data\tutorial\CAT\SWAT\baseline90jkR accoon. mdb
M odified_crcm_cgcm3
Add
Remove
Edit
Copy
View
Prepared | | v j [ A |
@ PCPIJan Multiply 1.262 Month: Jan
@ TMPUanAdd 3.015 Month: Jan
[y*1 PCP2Jan Multiply 1.21 Month: Jan
Total iterations selected = 1 (0:34)
Lastly, follow the same steps as with the temperature adjustment for weather station 1, increase the
daily temperature in January from weather station 2 (TMP2Max and TMP2Min) by 2.775 degree C as
shown below:

-------
fL Modify Existing Data
n x
Modification Name:
Existing Data to Modify:
How to Modify:
TMPZJa
base TMP2MaxATEM (and 1 more)
View
Add/Subtract a constant to existing values (eg Temperature)
Constant to add to existing values
© Single Change (J Multiple changes within specified range
Value	2.775	data unit
Events
I I Vary values only in the following Events
Exceeding threshold
Allow gaps up to	U
Sum of values exceeding threshold 0
Total duration above	0
Months /rears
0 Vary only in selected
Month
U an
¦Jul
Feb
Aug
Mar
Sep
Apr
Oct
May
Nov
Jun
Dec
All
None
Ok
Cancel
In the above window, to select temperature data from weather station2 (TMP2...), click in the 'Existing
data to modify' textbox to bring up the data selection window and select both TMP2Max and TMP2Min
temperature timeseries from weather station 2 as shown below:

-------
^1. Select data to vary
001
X]
File Attributes Select Help
Select Attribute Values to Filter Available Data
1 Scenario

Location v
Constituent

i ¦
base
"I &
AREA

10
AT EM

100
PREC

101
YLD
Matching Data (772 of 772)
102
V
^ n-i

base
PCP1
PREC £|
base
PCP2
PREC
base
TMPIMax
ATEM
base
TMPIMin
AT EM

base
TMP2Max
ATEM

base
TMP2Min
ATEM
base
1
AREA

base
1
YLD
Selected Data (2)
base
TMP2Max
ATEM
1 base
TMP2Min
ATEM
	
Dates to Include


[ All || Common |
Start 1360/01/01
End 2001/12/31


I EH Apply month/day range to each year
	i Change Time Step To: 1
Month v Average/Same v Ok Cancel
¦	1
Click OK to accept the adjustment, now, the Climate Data tab should look like below:

-------
Z.. Climate Assessment Tool 2.0 base line 90 jkRaccoon
File Edit Options Help
Model
Climate Data
Assessment Endpoints Results Pivot Table
Base Model
New Model
CAB asins\data\tutorial\CAT '\SWAT \baseline90jkFlaccoon.mdb
M odified_crern_cgcrn3
Add
Remove
Edit
Copy
View
Prepared | | v j [ ^ |
0 PCPUan Multiply 1.262 Month: Jan
0 T MRU an Add 3.015 Month: Jan
0 PCP2Jan Multiply 1.21 Month: Jan
0 TMP2Jan Add 2.775 Month: Jan
Total iterations selected = 1 (0:34)
Now that you have defined the four modifications on the Climate Data tab, move onto the Assessment
Endpoints tab as shown below:

-------
Z.. Climate Assessment Tool 2.0 base line 90 jkRaccoon
File Edit Options Help
Model Climate Data Assessment Endpoints Results Pivot Table
o Save Only Selected Endpoints
Save Complete Copy of All Model Inputs and Outputs for Every Run
Add
Remove
Edit
Copy
~ 0
Total iterations selected = 1 (0:34)
On the Assessment Endpoints tab, we will define three SWAT output items as endpoints and also add all
weather input data from both weather stations as endpoints. This way, we will be able to see both input
and output on the Results tab after running the model simulations.
The SWAT outputs from REACH 2, which is the outlet of the model watershed, will be the focus. We will
select the mean Flow out (cms), Sediment (SED) load (tonnes/year), and Nitrate (N03) load (kg/year) as
endpoints.
Click the Add button to initiate the definition of a new endpoint.
For the first endpoint, specify the Endpoint Name as 'Flow_out' and specify the endpoint Attribute to
be 'Mean' as shown below:

-------
Z_. Endpoint
HUH
Endpoint Name:
Data set:
Attribute:
|Flow out
1
< click to select data>
Mean
-

Manage Attributes
Highlight Values
Default Color:
Minimum Value:
Color Lower Values:
Maximum Value:
White

DeepSkyBlue

Color Higher Values: OrangeRed
Events
O Only include values in the following Events
Exceeding threshold
Allow gaps up to
Sum of values exceeding threshold
T otal duration above
Months/Years
LJ Only include values in selected
All
None
Ok
Cancel
In the above window, click in the Data set text box to open the Select data for endpoint window to
select the outflow output at REACH 2 as shown below:

-------
Z,. Select data for endpoirit
n x
File Attributes Select Help
Select Attribute Values to Filter Available Data
Scenario v
Location
V
Constituent
V

base
PCP1
A
AREA
A

PCP2
AT EM
"	

REACH 1
BACTLP_OUT

REACH 2 1
BACTP_0UT

TMPIMax

BED_F'ST

ti jm i j:..
V
ni invnrT

Matching Data (53 of 922)




base
REACH 2
AREA
A
base
REACH 2

FLOWJN
—
base
REACH 2
FL0W_0UT
base
REACH 2
EVAP
base
REACH 2
TLOSS
base
REACH 2
SEDJN
base
REACH 2
SEDJDUT
base
REACH 2
SEDCONC
V




Selected Data (1)








base
REACH 2
FL0W_0UT
Dates to Include
All
Common
Start	1961/12/31
End	2001/12/31
I I Apply month/day range to each year
I I Change Time Step To: ~
Month
Average/Same
Ok
Cancel
Click OK to accept data selection, then, the endpoint definition window will look like below:

-------
Z.. Endpoint
Endpoint Name:
Data set:
Attribute:
|Flow out
1
base REACH 2 FL0W_0UT
Mean
-

Manage Attributes
Highlight Values
Default Color:
Minimum Value:
Color Lower Values:
Maximum Value:
White

DeepSkyBlue

Color Higher Values: OrangeRed
Events
O Only include values in the following Events
Exceeding threshold
Allow gaps up to
Sum of values exceeding threshold
T otal duration above
Months/Years
LJ Only include values in selected
All
Ok
None
Cancel
Click OK to accept the endpoint definition, then the Assessment Endpoint tab will look like below:

-------
Z.. Climate Assessment Tool 2.0 base line 90 jkRaccoon
File Edit Options Help
Model Climate Data Assessment Endpoints Results Pivot Table
o Save Only Selected Endpoints
Save Complete Copy of All Model Inputs and Outputs for Every Run
Add
Remove
Edit
CqP-^ I LJ 0
0 Flow_out Mean
Total iterations selected = 1 (0:34)
Click Add button to add a second endpoint. In the endpoint definition window, specify 'Sediment' as
endpoint and use 'Mean' as the statistic attribute as shown below:

-------
Endpoint	- )<
Endpoint Name:
Data set:
Attribute:
ISedimen
G
< click to select data>
Mean
-

Manage Attributes
Highlight Values
Default Color:
Minimum Value:
Color Lower Values:
Maximum Value:
White

DeepSkyBlue

Color Higher Values: OrangeRed
Events
O Only include values in the following Events
Exceeding threshold
Allow gaps up to
Sum of values exceeding threshold
T otal duration above
Months/Years
LJ Only include values in selected
Cancel
In the above window, click in the Data set text box to open the Select data for endpoint window to
select the sediment output at REACH 2 as shown below. Note that the image below includes the
'History 1' attribute as well as the Scenario, Location, and Constituent attribute headers; the 'History 1'

-------
attribute was added by the user through the 'Attributes:Add' menu as another means of selecting
timeseries, but it is optional.
Z.. Select data for end point
File Attributes Select Help
Select Attribute Values to Filter Available Data
Scenario
Selected Data (1)
base
Dates to Include
Location
REACH 2
All
Start
End
I I Apply month/day range to each year
I I Change Time Step To: 1 J [Year
Constituent
SED OUT
Common
1961/12/31
Accumulate/Divide
History 1
from output, rch
base
1
a
SEDF'
m from output, hru

10

SEDJN
from output, rch

100

SEDJDUT
from output, sub

101

SETTLPST
from pcpl.pcp

102

SNOMELT
from tmpl tmp

i ni
V
rni n
;V||
Matching Data (2 of 922)




base
REACH 1

SEDJDUT
from output, rch
| base
REACH 2

SEDJDUT
from output, rch
Ok
Cancel
Click OK to accept data selection, then, the endpoint definition window will look like below:

-------
Z.. Endpoint
Endpoint Name:
Data set:
Attribute:
ISedimen
G
base REACH 2 SED_
OUT
Mean
-

Manage Attributes
Highlight Values
Default Color:
Minimum Value:
Color Lower Values:
Maximum Value:
White

DeepSkyBlue

Color Higher Values: OrangeRed
Events
O Only include values in the following Events
Exceeding threshold
Allow gaps up to
Sum of values exceeding threshold
T otal duration above
Months/Years
LJ Only include values in selected
All
Ok
None
Cancel
Click OK to accept the endpoint definition, then the Assessment Endpoint tab will look like below:

-------
Z.. Climate Assessment Tool 2.0 base line 90 jkRaccoon
File Edit Options Help
Model Climate Data Assessment Endpoints Results Pivot Table
o Save Only Selected Endpoints
Save Complete Copy of All Model Inputs and Outputs for Every Run
Add
Remove
Edit
Copy
~ 0
0 Flow_out Mean
0 Sediment Mean
Total iterations selected = 1 (0:34)
Click Add button to add a third endpoint. In the endpoint definition window, specify 'N03' as endpoint
and use 'Mean' as the statistic attribute as shown below:

-------
Endpoint	- )<
Endpoint Name: NG3|
Data set:
Attribute:
< click to select data>
Mean
Highlight Values
Default Color:
Minimum Value:
Color Lower Values:
Maximum Value:
White

DeepSkyBlue

Color Higher Values: OrangeRed
Manage Attributes
Events
O Only include values in the following Events
Exceediri
jshold
Allow gaps up to
Sum of values exceeding threshold
T otal duration above
Months/Years
LJ Only include values in selected
All
None
Ok
Cancel
In the above window, click in the Data set text box to open the Select data for endpoint window to
select the NOB output at REACH 2 as shown below:

-------
Z,. Select data for end point
File Attributes Select Help
Select Attribute Values to Filter Available Data
Scenario
Location
base
Matching Data (2 of 322)
base
1
10
100
101
102
REACH 1
REACH 2
Selected Data (1 of 922)
base
Dates to Include
REACH 2
All
Common
Start	1961/12/31
End	2001/12/31
I I Apply month/day range to each year
I I Change Time Step To: ~ [ Year
Constituent
N02JN
NQ2_QUT
NO3 IN
NO3 OUT
NSURQ
NO3 OUT
N03 OUT
NO3 OUT
Accumulate/Divide
v History 1
¦A from output, hru
from output, rch
from output, sub
from pcpl.pcp
from tmp1. tmp
from output, rch
from output, rch
from output, rch
Ok
Cancel
Click OK to accept data selection, then the endpoint definition window will look like below:

-------
Z.. Endpoint
Endpoint Name:
Data set:
Attribute:
[JTiEl
base REACH 2 N03_
OUT
Mean
V

Manage Attributes
Highlight Values
Default Color:
Minimum Value:
Color Lower Values:
Maximum Value:
White

DeepSkyBlue

Color Higher Values: OrangeRed
Events
O Only include values in the following Events
Exceeding threshold
Allow gaps up to
Sum of values exceeding threshold
T otal duration above
Months/Years
LJ Only include values in selected
All
Ok
None
Cancel
Click OK to accept the endpoint definition, then the Assessment Endpoint tab will look like below:

-------
Z.. Climate Assessment Tool 2.0 base line 90 jkRaccoon
File Edit Options Help
Model Climate Data Assessment Endpoints Results Pivot Table
o Save Only Selected Endpoints
0 Save Complete Copy of All Model Inputs and Outputs for Every Run
Add
Remove
Edit
CqP>' I ~ hd
0 Flow_out Mean
0 Sediment Mean
0 N03 Mean
Total iterations selected = 1 (0:34)
Click Add button to add a fourth endpoint. In the endpoint definition window, specify 'Rain' as endpoint
and use 'SumAnnual' as the statistic attribute as shown below:

-------
Z_. Endpoint
Endpoint Name:
Data set:
Attribute:
< click to select data>
S umArmual
Manage Attributes
Highlight Values
Default Color:
Minimum Value:
Color Lower Values:
Maximum Value:
White

DeepSkyBlue

Color Higher Values: OrangeRed
Events
O Only include values in the following Events
Exceediri
jshold
Allow gaps up to
Sum of values exceeding threshold
T otal duration above
Months/Years
LJ Only include values in selected
All
Ok
None
Cancel
In the above window, click in the Data set text box to open the Select data for endpoint window to
select the rainfall data at both weather stations as shown below:

-------
Z,. Select data for end point	|_ ||D|[X
File Attributes Select Help
Select Attribute Values to Filter Available Data
Scenario v
Location
3
Constituent v
History 1

base
1
* OXQ
from output, hru
10
"	'
PERC
from output, rch

100

PET
from output, sub
101
PR EC
from pcpl.pcp
102
PRE CIP
from tmp1. tmp
i ni
Matching Data (2 of 922)
V"
nr a rnrnnrT
base
PCP1
PREC
from pcpl.pcp
base
PCP2
PREC
from pcpl.pcp
Selected Data (2)
base
PCP1
PREC
from pcpl.pcp
base
PCP2
PREC
from pcpl.pcp
Dates to Include
All
Common
Start	1960/01/01
End	2001/12/31
I I Apply month/day range to each year
I I Change Time Step To: ~ [ Year
Accumulate/Divide
Ok
Cancel
Click OK to accept the data selection, then the endpoint definition window will look like below:

-------
Z.. Endpoint
Endpoint Name:
Data set:
Attribute:
base PCP1 PR EC (and 1 more)
S umArmual
Manage Attributes
Highlight Values
Default Color:
Minimum Value:
Color Lower Values:
Maximum Value:
White

DeepS kyEilue

Color Higher Values: OrangeRed
Events
O Only include values in the following Events
Exceeding threshold
Allow gaps up to
Sum of values exceeding threshold
T otal duration above
Months/Years
LJ Only include values in selected
All
Ok
None
Cancel
Click OK to accept the endpoint definition, then the Assessment Endpoint tab will look like below:

-------
Z.. Climate Assessment Tool 2.0 base line 90 jkRaccoon
File Edit Options Help
Model Climate Data Assessment Endpoints Results Pivot Table
o Save Only Selected Endpoints
0 Save Complete Copy of All Model Inputs and Outputs for Every Run
Add
Remove
Edit
CqP>' I ~ hd
0 Flow_out Mean
0 Sediment Mean
0 N03 Mean
0 Rain SunrAnnual
Total iterations selected = 1 (0:34)
Click Add button to add the last endpoint, temperature. In the endpoint definition window, specify
'Ternp' as endpoint and use 'Mean' as the statistic attribute as shown below:

-------
Endpoint	- )<
Endpoint Name:
Data set:
Attribute:
< click to select data>
Mean
Highlight Values
Default Color:
Minimum Value:
Color Lower Values:
Maximum Value:
White

DeepSkyBlue

Color Higher Values: OrangeRed
Manage Attributes
Events
O Only include values in the following Events
Exceediri
jshold
Allow gaps up to
Sum of values exceeding threshold
T otal duration above
Months/Years
LJ Only include values in selected
All
None
Ok
Cancel
In the above window, click in the Data set text box to open the Select data for endpoint window to
select the air temperature data at both weather stations as shown below:

-------
r
^1. Select data for endpoint
~(~X
File Attributes Select Help
Select Attribute Values to Filter Available Data
1 Scenario
Location v
Constituent v
History 1
i ¦
base 1 A AREA *
from output, hru
10
ATEM
from output, rch
100
BACTLP_OUT
from output, sub

101
BACTP_0UT
from pcpl.pcp
102
BED_PST
from tmpl.trnp
V
i nn
V 1
ni invnrT
| Matching Data (4 of 322]
base
TMPIMax
ATEM
from tmpl.trnp
base
TMPIMin
ATEM
from tmpl.trnp
base
TMP2Max
ATEM
from tmpl.trnp
base
TMP2Min
ATEM
from tmpl.trnp

Selected Data (4)
base TMPIMax ATEM from tmpl.trnp A
base TMPIMin ATEM fromtmpl.tmp
base TMP2Max ATEM fromtmpl.tmp
base TMP2Min ATEM fromtmpl.tmp jvj
Dates to Include


[ All || Common |
Start 1360/01/01
End 2001/12/31


I EH Apply month/day range to each year
I I Change Time Step To: 1
a
Year v Accumulate/Divide v Ok Cancel
¦	1
Click OK to accept the data selection, then the endpoint definition window will look like below:

-------
Z.. Endpoint
Endpoint Name:
Data set:
Attribute:
base TMFIMaxATEM (and 3 more)
Mean
Manage Attributes
Highlight Values
Default Color:
Minimum Value:
Color Lower Values:
Maximum Value:
White

DeepSkyBlue

Color Higher Values: OrangeRed
Events
O Only include values in the following Events
Exceeding threshold
Allow gaps up to
Sum of values exceeding threshold
T otal duration above
Months/Years
LJ Only include values in selected
All
Ok
None
Cancel
Click OK to accept the endpoint definition, then the Assessment Endpoint tab will look like below:

-------
Z.. Climate Assessment Tool 2.0 base line 90 jkRaccoon
File Edit Options Help
Model Climate Data Assessment Endpoints Results Pivot Table
o Save Only Selected Endpoints
Save Complete Copy of All Model Inputs and Outputs for Every Run
Add
Remove
Edit
Copy
~ 0
0 Flow_out Mean
0 Sediment Mean
0 N03 Mean
[7] Rain SunrAnnual
Q Temp Mean
Total iterations selected = 1 (0:34)
Now you have defined both input modification and endpoints to be inspected, you are ready to conduct
the analysis by running the SWAT model for the combined climate change scenarios.
Click the Results tab and right away, you will see the result grid has already been populated with the
endpoints' statistics from the base case scenario, it is in the first row of the result grid. Since this is a
brand new CAT analysis, click the Start button to initiate the simulations.
Since we defined 4 single climate data modifications and they are applied as a combined change
scenario, there will be only 1 SWAT simulation run in total as shown below on the Results tab:

-------
*L Climate Assessment Tool 2.0 - base line 90 jkRaccoon








BHD
File Edit Options
Help










Model Climate Data
Assessment Endpoints Results Pivot Table









[ Start | Run the model









0 Show Progress of Each Run
[ Refresh ] Refresh results from the last model run









0 Clear Results on Start
Run |PCP1Jan
| TMPUan | PCP2Jan
| TMP2Jan | Flow_out
| Sediment
| N03
| Rain
| Rain
| Temp
| Temp
| Temp
| Temp
| Saved Results
| Multiply
| Add | Multiply
| Add | Mean
| Mean
| Mean
| SurrAnnual
| SurrAnnual
| Mean
| Mean
| Mean
| Mean
I
| Month (Jan)
| Month (Jan) | Month (Jan)
| Month (Jan ) |

J
J
J



I
I
| Current Value
| Current Value | Current Val+
| Current Val+ |baseREA+
| base REA+
| base REAC+
| base PCP1 +
| base PCP2 +
| base TMP1Max+
| base TMPIMir
i + | base TMP2Ma>
!+ | base TMP2Min
~I
base

47.149
921,970
7,911,700
806.78
826.56
14.71
2.6643
15.291
3.0093

1 1.2615
3.0147 1.2102
2.775 47.312
917,840
8,103,000
812.11
831.17
14.965
2.9189
15.531
3.2532
C: SB asins\data\tutorial\CAT \SWAT \M o>

1 <










I > 1

Finished runs
On the above Results tab, endpoints are listed on the top as column headers and the scenarios' ordinal
number are listed as row numbers.
Now we can save our work. From the 'File' menu on the top of the CAT window, select "Save Model with
CAT Settings" option to save all of our input modifications and output endpoint statistic choices into a
XML file with a user-specified name. It is recommended to save the XML file in the folder that contains
the 'Scenarios' folder.
From the 'File' menu, select "Save Results Table" option to save the result grid into a tab-delimited text
file.
We can examine the results in a pivot table on the Pivot Table tab as shown below:

-------
ZL Climate Assessment Tool 2.0 - CAT_SWATSeason_crcm_cgcm3_Tutorial (^]
File Edit Options Help
Model Climate Data Assessment Endpoints Results Pivot Table
Rows
Columns
Cells
PCPUan Multiply Month (Jan ]
Flow out Mean

3.0147
1.2615
47.312
Finished runs
Lastly, users can explore additional options offered for CAT during climate data modification and
endpoint statistic definition. For example, rainfall data change can be specified to be applied only to
certain events or selected months or years in the climate data modification window.
Events are defined in terms of intensity, duration, volumes, and gaps. Changes in rainfall pattern are
represented by applying changes to selected calendar years, water years, or months within a year. The
combined event- and selective duration-based changes offer tremendous flexibility in representing
varying degree of changing climate patterns.
The same event- and duration-based logic also applies to endpoints' statistics, which gives user
maximum control over the extraction of endpoints statistics.
Users are encouraged to define more time specific climate data modifications and run CAT for different
combinations of these changes.
In the example above, when user is to define many time-specific modifications, the Copy button provide
a quick way of making new modification based on an existing one. This concludes this tutorial on climate
assessment analysis using BASINS CAT with the SWAT model.

-------
Climate Change Assessment using SWMM
The BASINS Climate Assessment Tool (CAT) allows users to easily create climate change scenarios, run
hydrologic models to quantify the impact on selected environmental endpoints. Users can refer to the
introduction of CAT features and interface options under the general BASINS help section for CAT. In this
exercise, we will demonstrate the use of CAT with the Storm Water Management Model (SWMM).
Users can activate the CAT plug-in by clicking the Plug-ins->Analysis->Climate Assessment Tool menu
options. To launch CAT, click on the Analysis->Climate Assessment Tool menu option, this will bring up
the CAT window as shown below.
Z.. Climate Assessment Tool 2.0
3
~
fx
II File Edit Options Help
Model
Open a model with no previous CAT settings
HSPF.uci
SWAT .rndb
SWMM .inp
IJpen/save existing model with CAT settings for Climate Data and Assessment Endpoints
Open
Save
IJ pen/save existing result table
Open
Save
Model file can be drag-n-dropped anywhere onto this form to load it.

-------
This first tab allows the user to start a brand new analysis, open an existing saved analysis, or simply re-
examine the result table from a past analysis. In this exercise, we will create a new SWMM CAT analysis.
The prerequisite files for this exercise are listed below and can be found at:
\Basins\data\tutorial\CAT\SWMM:
•	FandM_Base.lNP (base case SWMM input file)
•	FandM_Base.out (base case SWMM output file, this means the base case has to be run first)
•	VA440766P.DAT (base case rainfall data, inch)
•	VA440766T.DAT (base case temperature data, Fahrenheit)
•	VA440766E.DAT (base case evaporation data, inch)
In this exercise, the weather data are hourly data from January 1, 2006 to December 31, 2006.
From the CAT Model Tab, click button SWMM.inp. This will open the file dialog window to locate the
FandM_Base.lNP input file for the base case scenario. Once this is done, the full directory path to this
input file will be displayed as the first entry in the text box next to the SWMM.inp button as shown
below.

-------
f. Climate Assessment Tool 2.0
File Edit Options Help
Model
~ pen a model with no previous CAT settings
SWMM .inp
HSF'F. uci
SWAT .mdb
C: \B asins\data\tutorial\CAT\SWM M \FandM B ase. IN P
Open/save existing model with CAT settings for Climate Data and Assessment Endpoints
Open
Save
Open/save existing result table
Open
Save
Model file can be drag-n-dropped anywhere onto this form to load it.
A single click on the full path of the base input file in the text box will allow CAT to open it and retrieve
related output and input data and make them available for user selection in subsequent steps. Once CAT
successfully open the base input file, it will automatically advance to the Climate Data tab as shown
below.

-------
Z.. Climate Assessment Tool 2.0 FandM_Base
File Edit Options Help
Model
Climate Data
Assessment Endpoints Results Pivot Table
Base Model
New Model
Add
C:\Basins\data\tutorial\CAT\SWMM\FandM Base.lNP
Modified
Remove
Edit
Copy
View
Prepared | j v j | ^ |
In this exercise, we will conduct modifications on rainfall and temperature data. The evaporation data
will also be modified using the Hamon's method that uses temperature as the sole input. To initiate
each modification, click the Add button to open the Modify Existing Data window. Begin defining this
adjustment a name by entering 'Rain' in the Modification Name field as shown below:

-------
Z._. Modify Existing Data
Modification Name: Flairj
Existing Data to Modify:
How to Modify:
< click to specify data to modify>
View
Multiply Existing Values by a Number (eg Precipitation]
Number to multiply existing data by
© Single Change (J Multiple changes within specified range
Value
1.1
multiplication factor
Events
I I Vary values only in the following Events
Exceeding threshold
Allow gaps up to
Sum of values exceeding threshold
Total duration above
Months /rears
O Vary only in selected
All
Ok
None
Cancel
Then, select the rainfall data for adjustment. A single click in the 'Existing Data to Modify:' text field will
open the Select data to vary window. Proceed to choose the rainfall data timeseries as shown below:

-------
r
^1. Select data to vary
EHj

File Attributes Select Help
Select Attribute Values to Filter Available Data
1 Scenario
<3
Location v
Constituent
-
i ¦
FandM_Base
10 ^ AT EM *1
VA440766E
14
Capacity
VA440766P.DAT
15
DW Inflow
VA440766T
16
Depth

17
Direct Inflow
Matching Data (2214 of 2214)

r		l:_. .
*

lVA440766P.DAT
VA440766
PREC
A
VA4407S6T
VA440766
AT EM
VA4407SSE
VA440766
PEVT
FandM_Base
B102
Precipitation
FandM_Base
El 102
Snow Depth
FandM_Base
B102
Losses
FandM_Base
B102
R unoff
FandM_Base
B102
GW Flow v
Selected Data (1)
VA4407GGP.DAT
VA440766
PREC

Dates to Include


[ All || Common |
Start 2006/01/01
End 2006/12/31


I EH Apply month/day range to each year
	i Change Time Step To: 1
Month v Average/Same v Ok Cancel
"	1
Click OK to accept the selection, then the data modification window will look like below:

-------
Modify Existing Data
BIBB
Modification Name:
Existing Data to Modify:
How to Modify:
Rain
[¦/A44076EP.DAT VA4407GG PR EC
View
Multiply Existing Values by a Number (eg Precipitation]
Number to multiply existing data by
© Single Change (J Multiple changes within specified range
Value	1.1	multiplication factor
Events
I I Vary values only in the following Events
Exceeding threshold	0
Allow gaps up to
Sum of values exceeding threshold
T otal duration above
Months /rears
O Vary only in selected
0
All
None
Ok
Cancel
Next, we will specify the exact changes that will be made to the selected rainfall time series. From the
'How to Modify' dropdown box, one can pick different methods for timeseries adjustments. For
precipitation, the three most common choices are:

-------
• Multiply Existing Values by a Number (eg Precipitation): This method is used to apply blanket
adjustment by simply multiplying every value in the target timeseries with a constant (e.g. 1.2).
•	Multiply large/small events by a number: This method is used to apply selective adjustment to
rainfall events above or below certain thresholds. Users should specify adjustments as a percentage
(eg. 20 %). This method is used to intensify certain rainfall events. The Events frame is used in
conjunction with this option to qualify what qualifies as an event.
•	Add/Remove Storm Events: This method is used to apply adjustment to total rainfall volume of the
target timeseries. User should specify adjustment as percentage (eg. 20 %). The Events frame is
used in conjunction with this option to qualify what qualifies as an event.
For all three methods above, user can choose to apply either a single adjustment or a range of
adjustments at a constant step size. This is done by the selection of either 'Single Change' or 'Multiple
changes within specified range' radio buttons.
In this exercise, we will choose the 'Multiply Existing Values by a Number' adjustment method. We will
choose to apply multiple adjustments by selecting the 'Multiple changes within a specified range' radio
button and specify to increase the hourly rainfall input by 10%, 20%, and 30% as shown below:

-------
t. Modify Existing Data
Modification Name: Rain
Existing Data to Modify:
How to Modify:
VA440766P.DAT VA4407GG PR EC
View
Multiply Existing Values by a Number (eg Precipitation]
Number to multiply existing data by
O Single Change © Multiple changes within specified range
Minimum 1.1	multiplication factor
multiplication factor
Maximum:
Increment:
1.3
0.1
Events
I I Vary values only in the following Events
Exceeding threshold
Allow gaps up to
Sum of values exceeding threshold
Total duration above
Months /rears
O Vary only in selected
All
Ok
None
Cancel
Click OK to accept the adjustment. Then the 'Climate Data' tab will look like below:

-------
T Climate Assessment Tool 2.0 - FandM_Base
File Edit Options Help
Model
Climate Data
Assessment Endpoints Results Pivot Table
Base Model
New Model
C:\Basins\data\tutorial\CAT\SWMM\FandM Base.lNP
Modified
Add
Remove
Edit
Copy
View
Prepared | | v | [ A |
@ Rain Multiply from 1.1 to 1.3 step 0.1
Total iterations selected = 9 (32:36)
The next adjustment is to increase the daily temperature by 1.8, 3.6, and 5.4 degree F. The steps are the
same as the rainfall data adjustment you just finished. Click on the Add button to bring up the climate
data modification window. Then, provide a name for this adjustment (Temp), as shown below:

-------
fL Modify Existing Data
n x
Modification Name:
Existing Data to Modify:
How to Modify:
T emp
< click to specify data to modify>
View
Multiply Existing Values by a Number (eg Precipitation]
Number to multiply existing data by
© Single Change (J Multiple changes within specified range
Value	1.1	multiplication factor
Events
I I Vary values only in the following Events
Exceeding threshold	0
Allow gaps up to
Sum of values exceeding threshold
T otal duration above
Months /rears
O Vary only in selected
0
All
None
Ok
Cancel
Similar to precipitation data selection, a single click in the 'Existing Data to Modify:' text field will open
the Select data to vary window. Proceed to choose the temperature data by selecting both daily min
and max timeseries from weather station 1 as shown below:

-------
r
^1. Select data to vary
EHj

File Attributes Select Help
Select Attribute Values to Filter Available Data
1 Scenario
<3
Location v
Constituent
-
i ¦
FandM_Base
10 ^ AT EM *1
VA440766E
14
Capacity
VA440766P.DAT
15
DW Inflow
VA440766T
16
Depth

17
Direct Inflow
Matching Data (2214 of 2214)

r		l:_. .
*

VA4407G6P.DAT
VA440766
PFlEC
A
VA440766T
VA440766
ATEM

VA4407SSE
VA440766
PEVT

FandM_Base
B102
Precipitation
FandM_Base
El 102
Snow Depth
FandM_Base
B102
Losses
FandM_Base
B102
R unoff
FandM_Base
B102
GW Flow v
Selected Data (1 of 2214)
VA440766T
VA440766
ATEM

Dates to Include


[ All || Common |
Start 2006/01/01
End 2006/12/31


I EH Apply month/day range to each year
	i Change Time Step To: 1
Year v Accumulate/Divide v Ok Cancel
"	1
Then, the Modify Existing Data window will look like below:

-------
fL Modify Existing Data
3 EM
Modification Name:
Existing Data to Modify:
How to Modify:
T emp
VA440766T VA44076G AT EM
View
Multiply Existing Values by a Number (eg Precipitation]
Number to multiply existing data by
© Single Change (J Multiple changes within specified range
Value	1.1	multiplication factor
Events
I I Vary values only in the following Events
Exceeding threshold	0
Allow gaps up to
Sum of values exceeding threshold
T otal duration above
Months /rears
O Vary only in selected
0
All
None
Ok
Cancel
Then, from the 'How to modify' dropdown list, choose 'Add/Subtract a constant to existing val
adjustment method. Then, specify multiple changes within a range as shown below:

-------
t. Modify Existing Data
M odification N anne: T emp|
Existing Data to Modify:
How to Modify:
VA440766T VA44076G AT EM
View
Add,¦'Subtract a constant to existing values (eg Tennperature)
Constant to add to existing values
O Single Change © Multiple changes within specified range
Minimum 1.8	data unit
data unit
Maximum:
Increment:
5.4
1.E
Events
I I Vary values only in the following Events
Exceeding threshold
Allow gaps up to
Sum of values exceeding threshold
Total duration above
Months /rears
O Vary only in selected
All
Ok
None
Cancel
Click OK to accept the adjustment. Then, the 'Climate Data ' tab will look like below:

-------
T Climate Assessment Tool 2.0 - FandM_Base
File Edit Options Help
Model
Climate Data
Assessment Endpoints Results Pivot Table
Base Model
New Model
C:\Basins\data\tutorial\CAT\SWMM\FandM Base.lNP
Modified
Add
Remove
Edit
Copy
View
Prepared | | v | [ A |
@ Rain Multiply from 1.1 to 1.3 step 0.1
@ Temp Add from 1.0 to 5.4 step 1.0
Total iterations selected = 3 (32:30)
Lastly, specify to re-calculate evaporation using the Hamon's method. Click the Add button to bring up a
new data modification window and specify the name for the adjustment to be "Evap" as shown below:

-------
Z._. Modify Existing Data
Modification Name: Evap
Existing Data to Modify:
How to Modify:
< click to specify data to modify>
View
Multiply Existing Values by a Number (eg Precipitation]
Number to multiply existing data by
© Single Change (J Multiple changes within specified range
Value
1.1
multiplication factor
Events
I I Vary values only in the following Events
Exceeding threshold
Allow gaps up to
Sum of values exceeding threshold
Total duration above
Months /rears
O Vary only in selected
All
Ok
None
Cancel
Next, click in the 'Existing Data to Modify' text box to bring up the data selection window and select the
evaporation data as shown below:

-------
^1. Select data to vary
EHj
3
File Attributes Select Help
Select Attribute Values to Filter Available Data
1 Scenario
<3
Location v
Constituent
-
i ¦
FandM_Base
10 ^ AT EM *1
VA440766E
14
Capacity
VA440766P.DAT
15
DW Inflow
VA440766T
16
Depth

17
Direct Inflow
Matching Data (2214 of 2214)

r		l:_. .
1

VA4407G6P.DAT
VA44076G
PFlEC
| VA4407GGT VA440766
AT EM
'	'
VA440766E
VA440766
PEVT

FandM_Base
B102
Precipitation

FandM_Base
El 102
Snow Depth
FandM_Base
B102
Losses
FandM_Base
B102
R unoff
FandM_Base
B102
GW Flow v
Selected Data (1)
VA440766E
VA440766
PEVT

Dates to Include


[ All || Common |
Start 2006/01/01
End 2006/12/31


I EH Apply month/day range to each year
	i Change Time Step To: 1
Year v Accumulate/Divide v Ok Cancel
"	1
Click OK to accept data selection, now, the data modification window will look like below:

-------
Z.. Modify Existing Data
Modification Name: Evap|
Existing Data to Modify:
How to Modify:
VA440766E VA44076G PEVT
View
Multiply Existing Values by a Number (eg Precipitation]
Number to multiply existing data by
© Single Change (J Multiple changes within specified range
Value
1.1
multiplication factor
Events
I I Vary values only in the following Events
Exceeding threshold
Allow gaps up to
Sum of values exceeding threshold
Total duration above
Months /rears
O Vary only in selected
All
Ok
None
Cancel
Next, from the 'How to modify' dropdown list, choose 'Calculate Hamon PET' as shown below:

-------
Z.. Modify Existing Data
Modification Name: Evap
Existing Data to Modify:
How to Modify:
T emperature for Hamon
T emperature:
VA440766E VA44076G PEVT
View
Calculate Hamon PET
< click to specify T emperature for PET>
View
Events
Vary values only in the following Events
Exceeding threshold
Allow gaps up to	U
Sum of values exceeding threshold 0
Total duration above	0
Months/Years
O Vary only in selected
Ok
Cancel
Next, click in the 'Temperature' textbox to select temperature input for the Hamon's method as shown
below:

-------
r
^1. Select data to vary
EHj

File Attributes Select Help
Select Attribute Values to Filter Available Data
1 Scenario
<3
Location v
Constituent
-
i ¦
FandM_Base
10 ^ AT EM *1
VA440766E
14
Capacity
VA440766P.DAT
15
DW Inflow
VA440766T
16
Depth

17
Direct Inflow
Matching Data (2214 of 2214)

r		l:_. .
*

VA4407G6P.DAT
VA440766
PFlEC
A
VA440766T
VA440766
ATEM

VA4407SSE
VA440766
PEVT

FandM_Base
B102
Precipitation
FandM_Base
El 102
Snow Depth
FandM_Base
B102
Losses
FandM_Base
B102
R unoff
FandM_Base
B102
GW Flow v
Selected Data (1 of 2214)
VA440766T
VA440766
ATEM

Dates to Include


[ All || Common |
Start 2006/01/01
End 2006/12/31


I EH Apply month/day range to each year
	i Change Time Step To: 1
Year v Accumulate/Divide v Ok Cancel
"	1
Click OK to accept data selection, then, the data modification window will look like below:

-------
Z.. Modify Existing Data
Modification Name: Evap
Existing Data to Modify:
How to Modify:
T emperature for Hamon
T emperature:
VA440766E VA44076G PEVT
Calculate Hamon PET
'A440766T VA44076G AT EM
Events
Vary values only in the following Events
Exceeding threshold
Allow gaps up to	U
Sum of values exceeding threshold 0
Total duration above	0
Months/Years
O Vary only in selected
View
View
Ok
Cancel
Click OK to accept the data modification, then, the Climate Data tab will look like below:

-------
Z. Climate Assessment Tool 2.0 FandM Base
File Edit Options Help
Model
Climate Data
Assessment Endpoints Results Pivot Table
Base Model
New Model
C: \B asins\data\tutorial\CAT \SWM M \FandM B ase. IN P
Modified
Add
Remove
Edit
Copy
View
Prepared | | v j [ ^ j
[^1 Rain Multiply from 1.1 to 1.3 step 0.1
0 T emp Add from 1.8 to 5.4 step 1.3
0 Evap Hamon Temp: VA440766T VA4407GG AT EM
Total iterations selected = 9 (0:20)
Now that you have defined the three modifications on the Climate Data tab, move onto the Assessment
Endpoints tab as shown below:

-------
Z.. Climate Assessment Tool 2.0 FandM_Base
File Edit Options Help
Model Climate Data j Assessment Endpoints j Results Pivot Table
o Save Only Selected Endpoints
0 Save Complete Copy of All Model Inputs and Outputs for Every Run
Add
Remove
Edit
Copy
nm
Total iterations selected = 9 (0:20)
Click in the radio button that is labeled as "Save Complete Copy of All Model Inputs and Outputs for
Every Run". This option will save each scenario run into its own directory, whereas the 'Save Only
Selected Endpoints' option will save each scenario run into a same directory (hence overwrite input
output files from previous runs).
On the Assessment Endpoints tab, we will define three SWMM output items as endpoints and also add
the three input climate data items (defined on the Climate Data tab) as endpoints. This way, we will be
able to see both input and output on the Results tab after running the model simulations. Click the Add
button to initiate the definition of a new endpoint.
The SWMM outputs from the Node SD11, which is the outlet of the urban watershed, will be the focus.
We will select the mean Total Inflow (cfs), Total Suspended Sediment (TSS) concentration (mg/l), and
Total Phosphorus (TP) concentration (mg/l) at the node SD11 as our endpoints.

-------
Click the Add button to bring up the endpoint definition window.
In the first endpoint definition window, specify the endpoint name as Total Inflow as shown below:
Endpoint
n x
E ndpoint N ame: T otal I nflow)
Data set:
Attribute:
< click to select data>
Mean
Highlight Values
Default Color:
Minimum Value:
Color Lower Values:
Maximum Value:
Color Higher Values:
White
'none•
DeepS kyBlue

OrangeRed
Manage Attributes
Events
I I Only include values in the following Events
Exceeding threshold	0
Allow gaps up to
Sum of values exceeding threshold
Total duration above
Months/V ears
Only include values in selected
0
0
Cance

-------
Click in the Data set field to open data selection window to select total inflow at SD11 node as below:
t,.. Select data for endpoint
g(n x
File Attributes Select Help
Select Attribute Values to Filter Available Data
1 Scenario
4
Location

Constituent v 1
i ¦
FandM_Base
SD102
A
ATEM ^
VA4407GGE
SD11

Capacity
VA4407G6P.DAT
SD110

DW Inflow
VA44076GT
SD111
Depth

SD112
Direct Inflow
Matching Data (8 of 2214)





FandM_Base
SD11
Depth
FandM_Base
SD11
Head
FandM_Base
SD11
Volume
FandM_Base
SD11
Lateral Inflow
|FandM_Base
SD11
Total Inflow
FandM_Base
SD11
Flooding
FandM_Base
SD11
TSS
FandM_Base
SD11
TP

I Selected Data (1)
I FandM_Base
SD11
Total Inflow

Dates to Include


| All || Common
Start 2006/01/01
End 2006/12/30


I ~ Apply month/day range to each year



|	] Change Time Step To: 1
Month v Average/Same
Uk Cancel
"

Click OK to accept data selection, then the endpoint definition window will look like below:

-------
Z., Endpoint
E ndpoint N arne: T otal I nflow
Data set:
Attribute: Mean
FandM Base SD11 Total Inflow
Manage Attributes
Highlight Values
Default Color:
M inimum Value:
Color Lower Values:
Maximum Value:
Color Higher Values:
White

DeepS kyBlue
(none;
OrangeRed
Events
[ 1 Only include values in the following Events
Exceeding threshold
Allow gaps up to
Total duration above
Months/Years
I I Only include values in selected
Sum of values exceeding threshold 0
All
None
Ok
Cancel
Be sure to use the default statistic attribute, i.e. "Mean".
Click OK to accept the endpoint definition, then, the Endpoint Assessment tab will look like below:

-------
Z Climate Assessment Tool 2.0 FandM Base
File Edit Options Help
Model Climate Data
Assessment Endpoints j Results Pivot Table
o Save Only Selected Endpoints
0 Save Complete Copy of All Model Inputs and Outputs for Every Run
Add
Remove
Edit
CqP^ 1 O H
[^1 Total Inflow Mean
Total iterations selected = 9 (0:20)
Again, click the Add button to bring up the endpoint definition window.
This time, specify the endpoint name as TSS as shown below:

-------
Z.. Endpoint
Endpoint Name: TSS|
Data set:
Attribute:
< click to select data>
Mean
Manage Attributes
Highlight Values
Default Color:
Minimum Value:
Color Lower Values:
Maximum Value:
White

DeepSkyBlue

Color Higher Values: OrangeRed
Events
O Only include values in the following Events
Exceeding threshold
Allow gaps up to
Sum of values exceeding threshold
T otal duration above
Months/Years
LJ Only include values in selected
All
Ok
None
Cancel
Click in the Data set field to open data selection window to select TSS at SD11 node as below:

-------
r
^1. Select data for endpoint
01 *
File Attributes Select Help
Select Attribute Values to Filter Available Data
1 Scenario

Location

Constituent v 1
i ¦
FandM_Base
PMHB2 * AT EM * 1
VA440766E
SD102

Capacity
VA440766P.DAT
SD11

DW Inflow
VA440766T
SD110
C«.i
Depth

SD111
Direct Inflow
Matching Data (8 of 2214)


r	1:_.. 1



FandM_Base
SD11
Depth
I FandM_Base SD11
Head
FandM_Base
SD11
Volume
FandM_Base
SD11
Lateral Inflow
FandM_Base
SD11
Total Inflow
FandM_Base
SD11
Flooding
[FandM_Base
SD11
TSS
I FandM_Base
SD11
TP
1
Selected Data (1 of 2214)
I FandM_Base
SD11
TSS

Dates to Include


[ All || Common |
Start 2006/01/01
End 2006/12/30


I EH Apply month/day range to each year



	i Change Time Step To: 1
Year v Accumulate/Divide v
Ok Cancel
"	

Click OK to accept data selection, then the endpoint definition window will look like below:

-------
Endpoint	- _n^ )<
Endpoint Name: TSS|
Data set:
Attribute:
FandM BaseSD11 TSS
Mean
Highlight Values
Default Color:
Minimum Value:
Color Lower Values:
Maximum Value:
White

DeepSkyBlue

Color Higher Values: OrangeRed
Manage Attributes
Events
O Only include values in the following Events
Exceediri
jshold
Allow gaps up to
Sum of values exceeding threshold
T otal duration above
Months/Years
LJ Only include values in selected
All
None
Ok
Cancel
Be sure to use the default statistic attribute, i.e. "Mean".
Click OK to accept the endpoint definition, then, the Endpoint Assessment tab will look like below:

-------
T Climate Assessment Tool 2.0 - FandM_Base
File Edit Options Help
Model Climate Data Assessment Endpoints Results Pivot Table
o Save Only Selected Endpoints
Save Complete Copy of All Model Inputs and Outputs for Every Run
Add
Remove
Edit
CqP-^ I LJ 0
0 Total Inflow Mean
@ TSS Mean
Total iterations selected = 9 (32:36)
Click the Add button to bring up the endpoint definition window.
In this endpoint definition window, specify the endpoint name as TP as shown below:

-------
Z.. Endpoint
Endpoint Name: TP
Data set:
Attribute:
< click to select data>
Mean
Manage Attributes
Highlight Values
Default Color:
Minimum Value:
Color Lower Values:
Maximum Value:
White

DeepSkyBlue

Color Higher Values: OrangeRed
Events
O Only include values in the following Events
Exceeding threshold
Allow gaps up to
Sum of values exceeding threshold
T otal duration above
Months/Years
LJ Only include values in selected
All
Ok
None
Cancel
Click in the Data set field to open data selection window to select TP at SD11 node as below:

-------
r
^1. Select data for endpoint
g(n x
File Attributes Select Help
Select Attribute Values to Filter Available Data
1 Scenario

Location

Constituent v 1
i ¦
FandM_Base
PMHB2 * AT EM * 1
VA440766E
SD102

Capacity
VA440766P.DAT
SD11

DW Inflow
VA440766T
SD110
C«.i
Depth

SD111
Direct Inflow
Matching Data (8 of 2214)


r	1:_.. 1



FandM_Base
SD11
Depth
I FandM_Base SD11
Head
FandM_Base
SD11
Volume
FandM_Base
SD11
Lateral Inflow
FandM_Base
SD11
Total Inflow
FandM_Base
SD11
Flooding
FandM_Base
SD11
TSS
|FandM_Base
SD11
TF
1
Selected Data (1 of 2214)
I FandM_Base
SD11
TP

Dates to Include


[ All || Common |
Start 2006/01/01
End 2006/12/30


I EH Apply month/day range to each year



	i Change Time Step To: 1
Year v Accumulate/Divide v
Ok Cancel
"	

Click OK to accept data selection, then the endpoint definition window will look like below:

-------
Z_. Endpoint
Endpoint Name: TP
Data set:
Attribute:
FandM BaseSDH TP
Mean
Manage Attributes
Highlight Values
Default Color:
Minimum Value:
Color Lower Values:
Maximum Value:
White

DeepSkyBlue

Color Higher Values: OrangeRed
Events
O Only include values in the following Events
Exceediri
jshold
Allow gaps up to
Sum of values exceeding threshold
T otal duration above
Months/Years
LJ Only include values in selected
All
Ok
None
Cancel
Be sure to use the default statistic attribute, i.e. "Mean".
Click OK to accept the endpoint definition, then, the Endpoint Assessment tab will look like below:

-------
T Climate Assessment Tool 2.0 - FandM_Base
File Edit Options Help
Model Climate Data Assessment Endpoints Results Pivot Table
o Save Only Selected Endpoints
Save Complete Copy of All Model Inputs and Outputs for Every Run
Add
Remove
Edit
CqP-^ I LJ 0
0 Total Inflow Mean
@ TSS Mean
0 TP Mean
Total iterations selected = 9 (32:36)
Similarly, we will add the rainfall, temperature, evaporation data as endpoint.
Click the Add button to bring up the endpoint definition window.
In this endpoint definition window, specify the endpoint name as Precip as shown below:

-------
Z.. Endpoint
Endpoint Name: Precip
Data set:
Attribute:
< click to select data>
Mean
Manage Attributes
Highlight Values
Default Color:
Minimum Value:
Color Lower Values:
Maximum Value:
White

DeepSkyBlue

Color Higher Values: OrangeRed
Events
O Only include values in the following Events
Exceeding threshold
Allow gaps up to
Sum of values exceeding threshold
T otal duration above
Months/Years
LJ Only include values in selected
All
Ok
None
Cancel
Click in the Data set field to open data selection window to select PREC at VA440766 as below:

-------
r
^1. Select data for endpoint
EHj

File Attributes Select Help
Select Attribute Values to Filter Available Data
1 Scenario
<3
Location v
Constituent
-
i ¦
FandM_Base
10 ^ AT EM *1
VA440766E
14
Capacity
VA440766P.DAT
15
DW Inflow
VA440766T
16
Depth

17
Direct Inflow
Matching Data (2214 of 2214)

r		l:_. .
*

lVA440766P.DAT
VA440766
PREC
A
VA4407GST
VA440766
AT EM
VA4407SSE
VA440766
PEVT
FandM_Base
B102
Precipitation
FandM_Base
El 102
Snow Depth
FandM_Base
B102
Losses
FandM_Base
B102
R unoff
FandM_Base
B102
GW Flow v
Selected Data (1 of 2214)
VA4407GGP.DAT
VA440766
PREC

Dates to Include


[ All || Common |
Start 2006/01/01
End 2006/12/31


I EH Apply month/day range to each year
	i Change Time Step To: 1
Year v Accumulate/Divide v Ok Cancel
"	1
Click OK to accept data selection, then the endpoint definition window will look like below:

-------
Z_. Endpoint
Data set:
Attribute:
Precip
I
A44076GP.DAT VA4407GG PRE
i
Mean
-

Manage Attributes
Highlight Values
Default Color:
Minimum Value:
Color Lower Values:
Maximum Value:
White

DeepSkyBlue

Color Higher Values: OrangeRed
Events
O Only include values in the following Events
Exceeding threshold
Allow gaps up to
Sum of values exceeding threshold
T otal duration above
Months/Years
LJ Only include values in selected
All
Ok
None
Cancel
Be sure to use the default statistic attribute, i.e. 'Mean'.
Click OK to accept the endpoint definition, then, the Endpoint Assessment tab will look like below:

-------
T Climate Assessment Tool 2.0 - FandM_Base
File Edit Options Help
Model Climate Data Assessment Endpoints Results Pivot Table
o Save Only Selected Endpoints
Save Complete Copy of All Model Inputs and Outputs for Every Run
Add
Remove
Edit
CqP-^ I LJ 0
0 Total Inflow Mean
@ TSS Mean
0 TP Mean
0 Precip Mean
Total iterations selected = 9 (32:36)
Next, click the Add button to bring up the endpoint definition window.
In this endpoint definition window, specify the endpoint name as Temp as shown below:

-------
Z.. Endpoint
Endpoint Name: Ternp
Data set:
Attribute:
< click to select data>
Mean
Manage Attributes
Highlight Values
Default Color:
Minimum Value:
Color Lower Values:
Maximum Value:
White

DeepSkyBlue

Color Higher Values: OrangeRed
Events
O Only include values in the following Events
Exceeding threshold
Allow gaps up to
Sum of values exceeding threshold
T otal duration above
Months/Years
LJ Only include values in selected
All
Ok
None
Cancel
Click in the Data set field to open data selection window to select ATEM at VA440766 as below:

-------
r
^1. Select data for endpoint
EHj

File Attributes Select Help
Select Attribute Values to Filter Available Data
1 Scenario
<3
Location v
Constituent
-
i ¦
FandM_Base
10 ^ AT EM *1
VA440766E
14
Capacity
VA440766P.DAT
15
DW Inflow
VA440766T
16
Depth

17
Direct Inflow
Matching Data (2214 of 2214)

r		l:_. .
*

VA4407G6P.DAT
VA440766
PFlEC
A
VA440766T
VA440766
ATEM

VA4407SSE
VA440766
PEVT

FandM_Base
B102
Precipitation
FandM_Base
El 102
Snow Depth
FandM_Base
B102
Losses
FandM_Base
B102
R unoff
FandM_Base
B102
GW Flow v
Selected Data (1 of 2214)
VA440766T
VA440766
ATEM

Dates to Include


[ All || Common |
Start 2006/01/01
End 2006/12/31


I EH Apply month/day range to each year
	i Change Time Step To: 1
Year v Accumulate/Divide v Ok Cancel
"	1
Click OK to accept data selection, then the endpoint definition window will look like below:

-------
Z_. Endpoint
Data set:
Attribute:
T emp
fvA44076GT VA4407GG AT Eh

Mean
Manage Attributes
Highlight Values
Default Color:
Minimum Value:
Color Lower Values:
Maximum Value:
White

DeepSkyBlue

Color Higher Values: OrangeRed
Events
O Only include values in the following Events
Exceeding threshold
Allow gaps up to
Sum of values exceeding threshold
T otal duration above
Months/Years
LJ Only include values in selected
All
Ok
None
Cancel
Be sure to use the default statistic attribute, i.e. "Mean".
Click OK to accept the endpoint definition, then, the Endpoint Assessment tab will look like below:

-------
T Climate Assessment Tool 2.0 - FandM_Base
File Edit Options Help
Model Climate Data Assessment Endpoints Results Pivot Table
o Save Only Selected Endpoints
Save Complete Copy of All Model Inputs and Outputs for Every Run
Add
Remove
Edit
CqP-^ I LJ 0
0 Total Inflow Mean
@ TSS Mean
0 TP Mean
0 Precip Mean
Q Temp Mean
Total iterations selected = 9 (32:36)
Next, click the Add button to bring up the endpoint definition window.
In this endpoint definition window, specify the endpoint name as Evap as shown below:

-------
Z.. Endpoint
Endpoint Name: Evap
Data set:
Attribute:
< click to select data>
Mean
Manage Attributes
Highlight Values
Default Color:
Minimum Value:
Color Lower Values:
Maximum Value:
White

DeepSkyBlue

Color Higher Values: OrangeRed
Events
O Only include values in the following Events
Exceeding threshold
Allow gaps up to
Sum of values exceeding threshold
T otal duration above
Months/Years
LJ Only include values in selected
All
Ok
None
Cancel
Click in the Data set field to open data selection window to select PEVT at VA440766 as below:

-------
^1. Select data for endpoint
EHj
3
File Attributes Select Help
Select Attribute Values to Filter Available Data
1 Scenario
<3
Location v
Constituent
-
i ¦
FandM_Base
10 ^ AT EM *1
VA440766E
14
Capacity
VA440766P.DAT
15
DW Inflow
VA440766T
16
Depth

17
Direct Inflow
Matching Data (2214 of 2214)

r		l:_. .
1

VA4407G6P.DAT
VA44076G
PFlEC
| VA4407GGT VA440766
AT EM
'	'
VA440766E
VA440766
PEVT

FandM_Base
B102
Precipitation

FandM_Base
El 102
Snow Depth
FandM_Base
B102
Losses
FandM_Base
B102
R unoff
FandM_Base
B102
GW Flow v
Selected Data (1 of 2214)
VA440766E
VA440766
PEVT

Dates to Include


[ All || Common |
Start 2006/01/01
End 2006/12/31


I EH Apply month/day range to each year
	i Change Time Step To: 1
Year v Accumulate/Divide v Ok Cancel
"	1
Click OK to accept data selection, then the endpoint definition window will look like below:

-------
Z_. Endpoint
Data set:
Attribute:
Evap
fvA44076GE VA4407GG REV!

Mean
Manage Attributes
Highlight Values
Default Color:
Minimum Value:
Color Lower Values:
Maximum Value:
White

DeepSkyBlue

Color Higher Values: OrangeRed
Events
O Only include values in the following Events
Exceeding threshold
Allow gaps up to
Sum of values exceeding threshold
T otal duration above
Months/Years
LJ Only include values in selected
All
Ok
None
Cancel
Be sure to use the default statistic attribute, i.e. 'Mean'.
Click OK to accept the endpoint definition, then, the Endpoint Assessment tab will look like below:

-------
Z.. Climate Assessment Tool 2.0 FandM_Base
File Edit Options Help
Model Climate Data Assessment Endpoints Results Pivot Table
o Save Only Selected Endpoints
01 Save Complete Copy of AN Modei Inputs and Outputs for Every Rl
Add
Remove
Edit
Copy
~ 0
0 Total Inflow Mean
@ TSS Mean
0 TP Mean
0 Precip Mean
Q Temp Mean
[^1 EvapMean
Total iterations selected = 9 (0:20)
Now you have defined both input modifications and endpoints to be inspected, you are ready to
conduct the analysis by running the SWMM model for the defined combination of climate change
scenarios.
Click the Results tab and right away, you will see the result grid has already been populated with the
endpoints' statistics from the base case scenario, it is in the first row of the result grid as shown below:

-------
rue cuii upuuMb ntifj
Model
Oimate Data
.Assessment Endpoints
Results
Pivot Table
Start
Refresh
Run the model
Refresh results from the last model run
j Show Progress of Each Run
17] Clear Results on Start
Run
Rain
Temp
Total Inflow
TSS
TP
Precip
Terr.p
Evap

Multiply
Add
Mean
Mean
Mean
Mean
Mean
Mean

Current +
Current+
FandM_Bas+
FandM_+
FandM_Eas+
VA440766P.+
VA44D766T +
VA440766E 'V
base


0.12501
0.17467
0.0091693
0.004967
52.568
0.072657
rrr
Total iterations selected = 9 (9:22)
Since this is a brand new CAT analysis, click the Start button to initiate the simulations. You will see
SWMM execution in the popup DOS window for each combination of the defined climate data
modifications as shown below:

-------
F'G:Udmin\EPA_CATSWMM_20610_437\CatTria IVswmm 5. exe
. .. EPA-SUMM 5.0 (Build 5.0.018>
o Retrieving project data
o Simulating day: 299 hour: 3
Since we defined 3 levels of changes in precipitation and 3 levels of changes in temperature, hence,
there will be 9 (3 x 3) SWMM simulations in total as shown below on the Results tab. Evaporation is
recalculated every time temperature data is changed, it is not considered as an independent climate
change scenario.
Model Climate Data Assessment Endpoints Results ' pivot Table
Start ] Run the model	[p] Show Progress of Each Run
Refresh Refresh results from the last model run	[V] Clear Results on Start
Run
| Rain
| Temp
| Total Inflow
|tss
| TP
I Precip
I Temp
| Evap
I Saved Results

| Multiply
| Add
| Mean
| Mean
| Mean
| Mean
| Mean
| Mean
I
III II I II I

| Current +
| Current+
| FandM_Bas+
| FandM_Ba+
| FandM_Bas+
| VA440766P.+
| VA440766+
| VA440766E +
I
base


0.12501
0.17467
0.0091693
0.004967
52.568
0.072657

1
1.1
1.8
0.13948
0.1901
0.010972
0.11457
54.399
0.078223
D :'',BASI N S41 \data''.tutori al\CAT',SWM M\Modified-001
2
1.1
3.6
0.13906
0.18977
0.010981
0.11457
56.199
0.083022
D:\BASI N S41 \data\tutorial\CAT\SWM M\Modified-002
3
1.1
5.4
0.13864
0.18944
0.010972
0.11457
57.999
0.088074
D:\BASI NS41 \data'1.tutorial\CAT,,SWM M\Modified-003
4
1.2
1.8
0.15398
0.20419
0.012774
0.12492
54.399
0.078223
D :\BASI N S41 Idata'tfutori al\CATVSWM M\Modified-004
5
1.2
3.6
0.15356
0.20412
0.012842
0.12492
56.199
0.083022
D:\BASI N S41 \data\tutorial\CAT\SWM M\Modified-005
6
1.2
5.4
0.15311
0.20379
0.012847
0.12492
57.999
0.088074
D:\BASI NS41 ''4ata\tutorial\CA"n.S'.''/M M',Modified-006
7
1.3
1.8
0.16887
0.21835
0.014725
0.13537
54.399
0.078223
D:\BASINS41\data\tutorial\CAT\S\^yMM\Modified-007
8
1.3
3.6
0.16841
0.21823
0.014794
0.13537
56.199
0.083022
D:\BASINS41^ata\tutorial\CAT\^/MM\Modified-008
9
1.3
5.4
0.16799
0.21793
0.014814
0.13537
57.999
0.088074
D:\BASINS4r(data\tutorial\CAT^.^M\Modified-009

-------
On the above Results tab, endpoints are listed on the top as column headers and the scenarios' ordinal
number are listed as row numbers.
Now we can save our work. From the 'File' menu on the top of the CAT window, select "Save Model with
CAT Settings" option to save all of our input modifications and output endpoint statistic choices into a
XML file as shown below:
Save Variations as XML Text
Save in:
£) SWMM
Sj
P
Recent
Desktop
Mi) Documents
j DAT 1 Year
^.jModified-OOl
QModified-002
i£)Modified-003
lr iModified-004
|£)ModiFied-005
l£jModified-006
If 'iModified-007
if iModified-008
, lModiFied-009
m
My Computer
My Network Save asIvpe: XML files (K.xml)
File name:
FandM Base.xm
Save
Cancel
From the 'File' menu, select 'Save Results Table' option to save the result grid into a tab-delimited text
file.
We can examine the results in a pivot table on the Pivot Table tab as shown below:

-------
Model
Climate Data
Assessment Endpoints
Results
Pivot Table
Rows Pnecip Mean
Columns Temp Mean
Cells

152.568
| 54.399
| 56.199
157.999
0.004967
0.12501



0.11457

0.13943
0.13906
0.13364
0.12492

0.15393
0.15356
0.15311
3.13537
0.16337
0.16341
0.16795
Lastly, users can explore additional options offered in CAT during climate data modification and
endpoint statistic definition. For example, rainfall data change can be specified to be applied only to
certain events or months/years as shown below:

-------
Z.. Modify Existing Data
Modification Name: Flain
Existing Data to Modify:
How to Modify:
VA4407GGP.DAT VA44076G PR EC
View
Multiply Existing Values by a Number (eg Precipitation)
Number to multiply existing data by
O Single Change ® Multiple changes within specified range
Minimum
1.1
Maximum:
Increment:
1.3
multiplication factor
multiplication factor
0.1
Events
[^1 Vary values only in the following Events
Exceeding threshold	0
0
Allow gaps up to	0
Sum of values exceeding threshold
T otal duration above
Months/Years
0
0 Vary only in selected
[BBBUBS v
Jan
Feb Aug
Mar Sep
Apr Oct
May Nov
¦J un D ec
Calendar Y ears
Months
I Water Years

All
~ k
None
Cancel
Events are defined in terms of intensity, duration, volumes, and gaps. Changes in rainfall pattern are
represented by applying changes to selected calendar years, water years, or months within a year. The
combined event- and selective duration-based changes offer tremendous flexibility in representing
varying degree of changing climate patterns.

-------
The same event- and duration-based logic also applies to endpoints' statistics as shown below.
Endpoint
Endpoint Name: Total Inflow
Data set:
Attribute: Mean
FandM Base SD11 Total Inflow
Manage Attributes
Highlight Values
Default Color:
Minimum Value:
Color Lower Values:
Maximum Value:
White

DeepSkyBlue

Color Higher Values: OrangeRed
Events
0 Only include values in the following Events
Exceeding threshold
0
Allow gaps up to
Sum of values exceeding threshold
T otal duration above
Months/Years
0 Only include values in selected

Jan Jul
Feb Aug
Mar Sep
Apr Oct
May Nov
Jun Dec
Calendar Years |
Months
Water Years

All None
Ok
Cancel
This gives user maximum control over the extraction of endpoints statistics.

-------
Users are encouraged to try out different approach for setting up input climate data modification and
endpoint statistic representations. This concludes this tutorial on climate assessment analysis using
BASINS CAT with the SWMM model.

-------
Starting SWMM
The EPA Storm Water Management Model (SWMM) can be setup using GIS data and the meteorologic
timeseries data available within BASINS. Execute the following steps to construct and run a SWMM
model for a select area within the Patuxent watershed.
Note: SWMM 5.0 is not included with this package. It may be downloaded from
http://www.epa.eov/ednnrmrl/models/swmm/
Before beginning this tutorial, be sure you have completed the first two tutorials, Building a BASINS 4.5
Project and Downloading Additional Data. This tutorial also uses the NLCD Land Cover data, so use the
Download Data tool to download the Land Cover data from NLCD2001.
The BASINS/SWMM Setup Plug-in is normally used in conjunction with existing shapefiles of
subcatchments, conduits, and nodes, as might be available for an existing storm or sanitary sewer
system. (More details about building these layers using BASINS tools can be found in the Tutorial
section entitled Tutorial: Preparing GIS Data for use in the BASINS/SWMM plug-in.) Add the catchments,
conduits, and nodes shapefiles from the \BASINS\data\SWMMtutorial folder to the current Patuxent
project. (In the image below, the nodes are labeled on the map and the Terrain Analysis group from the
Automatic Watershed Delineation is visible in the legend; both are optional steps that are not required
to run this tutorial.)

-------
..T.]n.j-xj
File " Models ' Compute Launch Analysis Layer View Bookmarks Plug-ins Watershed Delineation Shapefile Editor Converters Help
D & M
:: a a
m ^ m m
New Open Save Print Settings Add Remove Clear Symbology Categories Query Properties Table New Insert Add Remove Cop/ Paste Merge Erase
. iP * ill? O +
Pan In Out Extent Selected Previous Next Layer Select Deselect Measure Identify Label Mover
Layers | Toolbox ]
0DQ Terrain Analysis
B0 & Data Layers
00 catchments
00 conduits
|00 nodes
001^ Point Sources and Withdrawals
0D Perm it Compliance System
~ D \& Observed Data Stations
0D Weather Station Sites 2009
0 ~ NAWQA Study Area U n it Bo u
0 0 Hydrology
0D National Hydrography Dataset
0D Reach File, V1	—
0D CatalogingUnitCode
0D Accounting Unit Boundaries
rn [771 pate
Preview Map

MapWinGIS
[VjlJTM Zone 18, Northern Hemisphere -\ X: 325,144.598 Y: 4,316,300.670 Meters Lat: 38.978 Long:-77.019
1:180420

-------
1.
Select EPA SWMM 5.0 Setup from the Plug-ins menu so that it is active. This will add SWMM to
the Models menu on the main form.
Plug-ins
Edit Plug-ins
U# Scripts
Watershed Delineation Shapefile Editor
| Analysis
Archive Project Tool
BASINS 4,1
CSV to Shapefile Converter
s
j. D^M Data Download
EPA SWMM 5.0 Setup
PDA	~ 7 ^ Cotiin
2.
Select Models:SWMM from the main menu, and the BASINS SWMM form appears. The
interface loads with the General tab active. This tab includes fields for the user to specify the
SWMM project name (which defaults to the name of the BASINS project), the land use type
(NLCD Grid and USGS GIRAS shapefile are 2 types available in BASINS depending upon the data
downloaded for the project, or a user may choose to specify another grid or shapefile), map
layers for catchments, conduits, and nodes (nodes layer is optional), the BASINS met stations
layer (usually called Weather Station Sites 2009 in BASINS), and start and end dates for the
simulation.

-------
BASINS SWMM

! General
|Land Use
Field Mappinq
Met Stations
SWMM Project Name:
Land Use Type:
Sub catchments Layer:
Conduits Layer:
Nodes Layer:
Met Stations Layer:
Simulation Dates
Patuxent
Year
Month Day
Start
2005
h
h

2005
|12
|31
| NLCD Grid


A

catchments

IS
~

| conduits
d

~ 1




nodes
zi
%
~ 1




Weather Station Sites 2006


d
-Status
Update specifications if desired, then click OK to proceed.
OK
Open Existing
Cancel
Help
About
All of the fields will be defaulted appropriately, specifying that the user-provided layers of
subcatchrnents, conduits, and nodes will be used along with the NLCD landuse data. Provided
that the BASINS meteorological data has been downloaded as specified in the Downloading
Additional Data lesson, the Met Stations Layer will default to 'Weather Stations Sites 2009'. As
the BASINS/SWMM Plugln loads, the meteorological data is scanned to build the lists of
available met data. This process may take a minute or two, depending upon how much met
data is included in the BASINS project. The start and end dates for the simulation default to the
most recent calendar year of data for the selected met stations (specified on the Met Stations
tab). The simulation dates can be changed to any period within the span of the selected met

-------
stations, but be aware that using many years of hourly met data will result in a very large
SWMM project file.
3. The Land Use tab contains the user interface for specifying details about the land use layer to be
used. The particular land use layer is specified on this tab, and it is defaulted based on the type
of land use specified on the General tab. For this example, it will be set to 'NLCD LandCover
2001', which is the land use type specified. Also, on this tab is a dialog for specifying a
classification file and a table for specifying the impervious percent for each land use category.
_ | ~ | X
BASINS SWMM
General
|Land Use
| Field Mapping
Met Stations
Land Use Layer:
Classification File:
NLCD LandCover 2001
C:\BASINS\etc\nlcd.dbf
3
Change
Group Description
Impervious Percent
Wat er/Wet lands
0
Urban
50
Barren or Mining
0
Transitional
0
Forest
0
Upland Shrub Land
0
Agriculture - Cropland
0
Grass Land
0
Agriculture - Pasture
0
r Status
Update specifications if desired, then click OK to proceed.
OK
Open Existing
Cancel
Help
About
The land use classification file is a simple dbf file that contains a list of land use codes and a

-------
corresponding group description, for use in grouping land use codes into categories. A very
similar interface is available in BASINS/HSPF Plug-in. For instance, the land use classification file
might indicate that codes 21 through 24 should all be grouped together into one 'Urban'
category. The user may create or modify this file as desired. By default, the file will be set to
one called nlcd.dbf when using NLCD data.
4. The Field Mapping tab is used to map fields from the subcatchment, conduit, and node
shapefile attribute tables specified on the 'General' tab to the variables in the BASINS/SWMM
Plugln data structure where that data will be used. This field mapping will default appropriately
if using the output from a BASINS watershed delineation as the subcatchments and conduits,
but it is needed if the user has obtained this data from a source other than BASINS.

-------
BASINS SWMM

General | Land Use ; Field Mapping j| pt stations
Select a. Source and Target field, then click Add
Source Field
Target Field
Node:MWShapelD
A
Node: ID

Node:Type

Co n d u it: M WS h ap e ID

Conduit: IriNodeld
	
Conduit: OutNodelD

Conduit: Geornetryl
	id
Conduit: Geornetry2
Add

Delete

Clear
Connections
Load
Save
Node: Name
Jk.
Node:Type

Node:lnvertElevation

Node:MaxDepth

Node:lnitDepth

Node:SurchargeDepth

Node:PondedArea
	zi
Node:OutfallType
Node: ID <-> Node: Name
Conduit:lnNodeld <-> Conduit:lnletNodeNaime
Conduit: OutNodeID <-> Conduit: OutIetNodeName
Subcatchment:SL01 <-> Subcatchment:Slope
Subcatchment:ID <-> Subcatchment: Name
Subcatchment:OutNode <-> Subcatchment:OutletNodelD
Status
Update specifications if desired, then click OK to proceed.
OK
Open Existing
Cancel
Help
About
The list entitled 'Source Field' includes all of the fields of each attribute table associated with
the specified subcatchment, conduit, and node shapefiles. The 'Target Field' list includes all of
the information the BASINS/SWMM Plugln can populate given corresponding information from
a shapefile attribute. The user adds to the list of connections below by selecting a source field,
and target field, and then clicking 'Add'. For instance, a user might have a field on the nodes
shapefile attribute table named 'InvertElev' containing invert elevations. The user could map
this field to the Invert Elevations of the nodes in SWMM by selecting Node:lnvertElev on the
source field list, selecting Node:lnvertElevation in the target field list, and then clicking the 'Add'
button to add it to the list of field connections. The Delete button is used to delete a connection

-------
from the connections list, while the Clear button is used to clear all the connections from the
connections list. The Load and Save buttons are used to read in and write out the list of
connections for use in a later application of the BASINS/SWMM Plug-in, if desired.
5. The Met Stations tab is used to specify which meteorological stations will be used to provide
meteorological input for the model. In normal BASINS use, the met WDM file will be set to the
name of the WDM that corresponds to the met stations layer specified on the General tab. Any
other WDM file containing met data can be used through this interface by choosing that file
through the Select button.
BASINS SWMM
General Land Use Field Mappinq Met Stations
Met WDM File
C: \B AS IN S\d at a\0206000 6\m et\rn et. wd rn
Select
(* Single Precip Station	" Multiple Precip Stations
Precip Station: |MD 189070:UPPER MARLBORO 3 NNW (1956/4/30-2007/
Other Met Data:
MD189070:UPPER MARLBORO 3 NNW (1956/5/1-2007/1
0
r Status
Update specifications if desired, then click OK to proceed.
OK
Open Existing
Cancel
Help
About

-------
The precipitation station is specified through a single drop down list, as is the station for
obtaining all other meteorological constituents. The BASINS/SWMM interface allows a user to
specify a single precipitation station for the entire SWMM study area, or a precipitation station
for each SWMM catchment. To specify a precipitation station for each catchment, chose the
'multiple precip stations' option. With this option selected, a precipitation stations may be
assigned by catchment.
BASINS SWMM
- n X
General Land Use Field Mappinq Met Stations
Met WDM File
C: \B AS IN S\d at a\0 206000 6\m et\m et. wd rn
Select
'¦' Single Precip Station
lV Multiple Precip Stations
Subcatchrnent | Precip Station
1
MD189070: UPPER MARLBORO 3 NNW (1956/4/30-2007/1/1)
6
MD189070: UPPER MARLBORO 3 NNW (1956/4/30-2007/1/1)
3
MD 189070: UPPER MARLBORO 3 NNW (1956/4/30-2007/1/1)
5
MD 189070: UPPER MARLBORO 3 NNW (1956/4/30-2007/1/1)
2
MD 189070: UPPER MARLBORO 3 NNW (1956/4/30-2007/1/1)
4
MD 189070: UPPER MARLBORO 3 NNW (1956/4/30-2007/1/1)
Other Met Data: | MD189070: UPPEP. MAPLE!ORO 3 NNW (1956/5/1 -2007/1
Status
Update specifications if desired, then click OK to proceed.
OK
Open Existing
Cancel
Help
About
6. Once all of the specifications are set as desired, click OK to create the SWMM project. After
processing, the SWMM 5.0 interface will open with the newly created project.

-------
7.
Tutorial: Preparing GIS Data for use in the BASINS/SWMM Plug-in
The BASINS/SWMM plug-in is normally used in conjunction with existing shapefiles of subcatchments,
conduits, and nodes, as might be available for an existing storm or sanitary sewer system. If available
these layers should be used in building the new SWMM project. See the SWMM section of this User's
Manual for more details.
The GIS layers of subcatchments, conduits, and nodes may also be created using the BASINS watershed
delineation and/or shapefile editing tools. This section provides brief tutorials illustrating how the
BASINS delineation and shapefile editing tools can be used to create the shapefiles of subcatchments,
conduits, and nodes, expected by the BASINS/SWMM plug-in.
Tutorials are provided for preparing GIS data by the following methods:
•	Using the Automatic Watershed Delineation Tools
•	Using the Manual Watershed Delineation Tools
•	Using the BASINS Shapefile Editor Tools

-------

More details about preparing GIS data for use in the BASINS/SWMM Plug-in can be found in the User's
Manual section titled Preparing GIS Data for use in the BASINS/SWMM Plug-in.
Shapefile attributes may be added to the subcatchments, conduits, and nodes layers once these
features have been created. (In the images below these features were created using the Shapefile
Editor; the number of features and initial attributes will differ depending upon which method was used
to create these features.) Use the I—I buttons to add the shapefile attributes.

-------
BASINS SWMM
-injxl
General | Land Use Field Mapping | Met Stations
SWMM Project Name:
Land Use Type:
Subcatchments Layer:
Conduits Layer:
Nodes Layer:
Met Stations Layer:
Simulation Dates
Start
End
Patuxent
NLCD Grid
catchments
conduits
nodes
Weather Station Sites 2009

"3 a
"3
U jsJul
3
Year
'wlonth
Day
11991

< h J



11991

12
|31
btatus
Update specifications if desired, then click OK to proceed.
OK
Open Existing
Cancel
Help
About

-------
1. Click the
~
icon next to the Subcatchments Layer field. The following window will appear,
showing the fields that may be calculated for the Subcatchments layer.
Calculate Attribute Values
Select/Deselect All

.J
y
a!
0
Name
a.

OutletNodelD

e
Width

0
Slope

0
CurbLenqth

0
SnowPackName

0
ManninqsNlmperv

0
ManninqsNPerv

0
DepressionStoraqelmperv

0
DepressionStoraqePerv

0
Pe roe nt Z e ro St o raq e
-
0
RouteTo
OK	Cancel
A
2. The user may choose any or all of the possible attribute values that may be added for each
subcatchment feature. Clicking 'OK' on this form will calculate the selected values for each
feature, in many cases using the default value. If a value for an attribute already exists on the
shapefile, it will be recalculated if that field is checked. If the field does not exist, it will be
added. In the case of the average slope of a subcatchment, the interface will prompt for an
elevation layer to use in the calculation.
Select Elevation Grid

_ njxj
National Elevation Dataset (D2C,6C'C,CGned) ~*]
OK I Cancel [


-------
After calculating the attributes, the user may use the Table Editor icon	to view the
attributes that have been added.
3 Attribute Table Editor - LottsfordCatchmentshp

Edit View Selection Tools
| SHAPE	ID | Name
| OutNodelD | Width	| Slope	| CurbLength I SnowPkNam ManNlmperv j ManNPer/ | QepStorlmp | DepStorPer | PctZeroSto | RouteTo | PctR
5490.424179 59.80107175 0

L3
Apply
0 of 1 Selected
Click the
~
icon next to the Conduits Layer field. The following window will appear,
showing the fields that may be calculated for the Conduits layer.
r
Calculate Attribute Values
n
I.*J|
p
Select/Deselect All


0
Name





Inlet Node Name




B
OutletNodeName



0
ManninqsN




0
Inlet Offset




0
Out let Offset




0
Initial Flow




0
MaxFlow




0
Shape




0
Geometrvl

	


0
Geometrv2

-


0
Geometrv3







OK
Cancel

J



-------
5. The user may choose any or all of the possible attribute values that may be added for each
conduit feature. Clicking 'OK' on this form will calculate the selected values for each feature, in
many cases using the default value. If a value for an attribute already exists on the shapefile, it
will be recalculated if that field is checked. If the field does not exist, it will be added. After
calculating the attributes, the user may use the Table Editor icon
that have been added.
to view the attributes
'S Attribute Table Editor - LottsfordCreeleshp
Edit View Selection Tools
I SHAPE	ID Name
OutletNode | ManningsN | InOffset
N2	005	0
OutOffset
InitFlcw
MaxFlow
| Shape
TRAPEZOID 10
Geometry 1 | Geometry2 | Geometry3 I Geor

-------
Click the I—I | icon next to the Nodes Layer field. The following window will appear, showing
the fields that may be calculated for the Nodes layer.
E
Calculate Attribute Values
«ji
P
Select/Deselect All

0 Name



-------
been added.
£ Attribute Table Editor - LottsfordNodes.shp
Edit View Selection Tools
-=_LpJjsJ

SHAPE	ID Name
Type
| InvertElev
MaxDepth
| InitDepth
| SurchargeD
PondedArea
OutfallTyp
| StageTable | TideGate
_~	
0 N1
JUNCTION
0
0
0
0
0
FREE
NO

1 | N2
JUNCTION
0
0
0
0
0
FREE
I	hoi
~0
0 of 2 Selected
At this point the new layers for Subcatchments, Conduits, and Nodes have been created and populated.
The user may proceed with the BASINS/SWMM plug-in using these layers.

-------
BASINS SWMM
-injxl
General | Land Use Field Mapping | Met Stations
SWMM Project Name:
Land Use Type:
Subcatchments Layer:
Conduits Layer:
Nodes Layer:
Met Stations Layer:
Simulation Dates
Start
End
Patuxent
NLCD Grid
Lottsf ordCatchmerit .shp
LottsfordCneek.shp
Lottsf ond Nodes .shp
Weather Station Sites 2009
3
"3 a
"3

3
Year
'wlonth
Day
11991

< h J



11991

12
|31
btatus
Update specifications if desired, then click OK to proceed.
OK
Open Existing
Cancel
Help
About

-------
Using the BASINS Automatic Watershed Delineation Tools to Set Up BASINS/SWMM
The BASINS Automatic Watershed Delineation tools may be used to create subcatchment and conduit
shapefiles for use in SWMM modeling. The delineation process requires a Digital Elevation Model (DEM)
in grid format. Two forms of DEM grids are available through the BASINS Download Data menu. The
BASINS DEM Grid (DEMG) has a 100 m resolution while the National Elevation Dataset (NED) has a 30 m
resolution.
1. For this tutorial, be sure you have built a BASINS project and have downloaded a DEM grid. The
following image shows a BASINS project with an NED grid loaded, zoomed in to the approximate

-------
Y: 4,318,540.849 Meters Lat: 39.002 Long: -76.796
File ' Models Compute
New Open Save Print Settings
~ m? o +:fei
Launch 1 Analysis
& jg
Layer View Bookmarks Plug-ins Watershed Delineation Converters Shapefile Editor Help
/¦ : Lfl l-O MQ
Pan In Out Extent Selected Previous Next Layer . Add Remove Clear
Symbology Categories Query
/ t|» ¦
Properties
Legend
shp shp J J mm fJU M U ^ *t* ¦	¦	If
New Insert Add Remove Copy Paste Merge Erase Erase beneath Move Rotate Resize Move vertex Add vertex Remove vertex Cleanup
¥ X
ED Ecoregions (Level III)

±1
EO Land Use Index
»~

EO Managed .Area Database


SO State Soil


[+]~ Land Use


EO Land Use


001^ Elevation


EO Digital Elevation Model (02060006de

Bo - 131


E 131-262


^ No Data


|B0 National Elevation Dataset(02060006

U -168 -14077


|P 14077-28322


W6 No Data


BD&Census


EO 2002TigerNonvisibleFeature ^ —

EO 2002 Tiger Physical Feature
-

EO 2002 Tiger Landmark


EO 2000 Block Group
~s> ~
d
ra I I -1 DO". flrnnn
.is
area to be modeled in the SWMM project, along with a street network for reference.
QUTM Zone 18, Northern Hemisphere ¦» | X: 344,511.:
^JnjxJ
Select the Plug-ins:Watershed Delineation menu item, which will make the automatic
delineation tool available under the Watershed Delineation:Automatic menu item. Then select
the Watershed Delineation:Automatic menu item, and the Automatic Watershed Delineation

-------
form will pop up.
2U
Setup and Preprocessing
Elevation Units Base Elevation Data (DEM) Layer:

| Centimeters T| | National Elevation Dataset <]Q2060006ned)
d
_ ""mI
!~~ Burn-in Existing Stream Polyline


| Select a Stream Polyline Shapefile
J
¦~m|
W Use a Focusing Mask


(* Use Cunent View Extents for Mask
Set Extents
r* Use Grid or Shapefile for Mask


| Select a Mask Grid or Polygon Shapefile or Use Extents
zi
"a
Draw Mask | Select Mask | G1 Selected
Use Existing Intermediate Files
Run
1

Network Delineation by Threshold Method
400
# of Cells |0.DBB4
Use Existing Intermediate Files
sq. mi
Run
Custom Outlet/Inlet Definition and Delineation Completion
I- Use a Custom Outlets/Inlets Layer
Select a Point Shapefile, then Select or Draw Outlets/Inlets
Draw Outlets/Inlets Select Outlets/Inlets D Selected
Snap Preview
Snap Threshold |3C'D
3
Run
Number of processes [T
.Advanced Settings
r~ Show TauDEM output
Close
Run All

-------
3.	Select the DEM grid to provide topographic data for the delineation process. Check the Use a
Focusing Mask box to delineate subbasins in only a portion of the specified input DEM grid.
When the Use a Focusing Mask box is checked, specify the current view extents as the mask to
delineate subbasins only within the area currently shown on the map.
4.	Click the Run button within the Setup and Preprocessing frame. At this point the DEM will be
preprocessed for use in the following delineation options.
5.	Enter the minimum number of cells to be used as the threshold for delineation. Click the Run
button within the Delineation frame. At this point the stream network will be computed based
upon the input threshold level.
6. Click the Run button within the Custom Outlet Definition and Delineation Completion frame.
At this point the subbasins will be computed based upon the specifications of the form.
EO LottsfordCatchmeritshp
m
~ 0 Terrain Analysis
~ 0 Watershed Shapefile (Q2060006nedw.
B0 Stream Reach Shapefile(net) (02050
EO C2 Regulatory
EOE2 Point Sources and Withdrawals
E10C3 Observed Data Stations
~ 0 V3 Political
El ~ Urban Area Names	~
El ~ County Names
EO County Boundaries	Q
EO EPA Region Boundaries	Q
E10 State Boundaries	^ I I
1+1 r~l„.l Irhan Area RnunHflriisg	\^> I I
	z\
Preview Map	J? X
PC|lfTM Zone 18, Northern Hemisphere
X: 341,940.531Y: 4,318,810.152 Meters Lat: 39.004Long: -76.825
File k r Models
i oj «i i « 0
New Open Save Print Settings
~ HI' O +
Legend
Layers j Toolbox j
EO Lottsford Creek .shp
4 Compute ,, ' Launch I Analysis
B 0 * & P
Layer View Bookmarks Plug-ins Watershed Delineation Converters
K a :-y>,	~->»
Pan In Out Extent Selected Previous t lext Layer
Shapefile Editor Help
m & m m m
Symbology Categories Query Properties Table
j ^9 shp shp	| <©	jJj	S ~§~ m	¦" s/
¦ New insert Add Remove Copy Paste Merge Erase Erase beneath Move Rotate Resize Move vertex Add vertex Remove vertex Cleanup
¥ X
11 B D
Add Remove Clear
d i n

The Watershed and Stream Reach Shapefiles that are added to the map may be used as the
Subcatchment and Conduit layers in the BASINS/SWMM plug-in. Complete instructions for using the
BASINS Automatic Watershed Delineator can be found in the Automatic Watershed Delineation section.

-------
Using the BASINS Manual Watershed Delineation Tools to Set Up BASINS/SWMM
The BASINS 4 Manual Watershed Delineation tool may also be used to create subcatchment and conduit
shapefiles for use in SWMM modeling. This tool allows the user to manually subdivide a watershed into
several smaller hydrologically connected watersheds.
1. For this tutorial, be sure you have built a BASINS project and have downloaded a DEM grid via
the File:Download Data menu item. Also download the National Hydrography Dataset Plus
(NHDPLus) Catchments and Hydrography via the File:Download Data menu item. The BASINS
NHDPIus catchment and flowline layers have a high resolution that works well for detailed
analyses, such as a SWMM study. (In the example shown here, only a single NHDPIus catchment
is used to define the SWMM subcatchments. The single NHDPIus catchment was obtained by
selecting a single NHDPIus catchment and then saving that single catchment as a new shapefile

-------
using the BASINS Table Editor.)
File ! Models Compute ¦' Launch Analysis
: D ai a! S i
Layer View Bookmarks Plug-ins Watershed Delineation Converters Shapefiie Editor
New Open Save Print Settings
B1>0 +
Help
~	P £J>uiP|LnLoio|l® la Hr Hk
Pan In Out Extent Selected Previous Next Layer Add Remove Clear Symbology Categories Query Properties Table
shp shp	j aD SB	O ^	"+ ¦"
S oo shp shp 0 OB	Jv* O S *j+ m* ¦" > ¦

ElO Waterbody Features


SB Catchment
•&n
J
|00 Folly Catch merit


~


0IZ1C3 Terrain Analysis


0DQI Regulatoiy


0 ~ ~ Point Sources and Withdrawals

00 ~ Observed Data Stations


00 & Political


0D Urban Area Names
^ -

SO County Names


0D County Boundaries
~

0D EPA Region Boundaries


00 State Boundaries


0D Urban Area Boundaries


FlEfl \r5 Hviirnlnnv

Preview Map

a x
0UTM Zone 18, Northern Hemisphere - | X: 336,431.464 Y: 4,319,309.068 Meters | Lat: 39.008 Long: -76.889
1:58184
^jnjxj
Select the Plug-ins:Manual Delineation menu item, which will make the manual delineation tool
available under the Watershed Delineation:Manual menu item. Select the Watershed

-------
Delineation:Manual menu item, and the Manual Watershed Delineator form will pop up
Manual Watershed Delineator
r Manual Delineation
Subbasin Layer: | FoltyCatchment
Delineate Subbasin
Commit
Lancel
Combine Selected Subbasins
3J
Subbasin Parameters
Elevation Layer:
National Elevation Dataset (KDGDDDGned) ~^]
Vertical Units: [| Centimeters ~^\
Calculate Subbasin
Stream Network
Reach Layer:
Rowline Features
Define Stream Network
and Outlets
I- Include PCS as Outlets
I- Force continuous flow path
Id
Close
3. Select the watershed boundary layer from the Subbasin Layer pull-down menu. Click the
Delineate Subbasin button. Change focus to the main BASINS window. Draw a new interior

-------
boundary to subdivide the watershed by clicking on the beginning and end point, as well as any
intermediate vertices, of the new boundary line.
File m Models . ! Compute Launch Analysis Layer View Bookmarks Plug-ins Watershed Delineation Converters Shapefile Editor Help
QJ a
Sa s @
4-
J® P
* *

La
La
~ m
*
111
ft
New Open
Save Print Settings
Pan
In Out
Extent Selected
Previous Next Layer
Add
Remove
Clear Symbology
Categories Query
Properties
Table
¦*i, [|1? Q % tS <§b shp shp	J CD
New Insert Add Remove Copy Paste Merge
rV ¦ ¦
Erase beneath Move Rotate Resize Move vertex Add vertex Remove vertex Cleanup
Legend
¥
X
Layers | Toolbox |


~ 0L3' Hydrology-NHDPIus
-
|E0 Subbasins
^ I

n


00 Flowline Features


E ~ Area Features
.$> ¦

ED WaterbodyFeatures

—
ED Catchment


E0 FollyCatchmerit
~


EOLJ Terrain Analysis


EOCJ Regulatory


ED ~ PointSources and Withdraws

E@LJ Observed Data Stations


B@ & Political


SO Urban .Area Names


BO County Names


ED County Boundaries


ED EPA Region Boundaries

zi
E0 State Boundaries
-i> n
Preview Map

X
4. To finish the watershed outline, make a final mouse-click at a point outside the existing
watershed boundary and right-click; or return to the Manual Watershed Delineator form, and
click the Commit button. It is not necessary to delineate the portion of your watershed that
coincides with the existing watershed boundary. The delineation tool automatically clips your
watershed at the existing watershed boundary.
-Inl *1
HC| UTM Zone 18, Northern Hemisphere
X: 339,941.396 Y: 4,319,473.407 Meters Lat: 39.010 Long: -76.849
5.	The Delineate Subbasin step may be performed as many times as desired to break a single
catchment into multiple catchments.
6.	To demarcate the stream segments in the newly delineated watershed, select the polyline
stream layer from the Reach Layer pull-down menu. Click the Define Stream Network and
Outlets button. The new stream segment parameters will be stored in the DBF file associated

-------
with the stream layer.
0UTM Zone 18, Northern Hemisphere - | X: 347,777.166 V: 4,319,724.718 Meters | Lat: 39.013Long: -76.758
1:58184
File Models ^Compute . ^ Launch Analysis Layer View Bookmarks Plug-ins Watershed Delineation Converters Shapefile Editor Help
~
«
« %
ii s >	"	>a ,4 • _
New Open Save Print Settings Pan In Out Extent Selected Previous next Layer Add Remove Clear Symbology Categories Query Properties Table
II? O VI 5
Legend
Layers j Toolbox |
BEDlZ51 Hydrotoqy-NHDPhis
[B0 Outlets
shp shp	j Ct9	jJ* 0 S	** m~ s/
New Insert Add Remove Copy Paste Merge Erase Erase beneath Move Rotate Resize Move vertex Add vertex Remove vertex Cleanup
¥ X
~ 0 Streams
B0 Subbasins	^
~
00 Flowline Features
E ~ Area Features	|
EG WaterbodyFeatures
ED Catchment	^ [I]
B0 Folly Catch merit
~
EDC3 Terrain Analysis
EDCa Regulatory
E ~ ~ Po i nt So urces an d With d rawals
BE ~ Observed Data Stations
~ 0 Political
Preview Map

The Subbasins and Streams Shapefiles that are added to the map may be used as the Subcatchment and
Conduit layers in the BASINS/SWMM plug-in. Complete instructions for using the BASINS Manual
Watershed Delineator can be found in the Manual Watershed Delineation section.

-------
Using the BASINS Shapefile Editor to Set Up BASINS/SWMM
The BASINS Shapefile Editing tools may be used to create subcatchment and conduit shapefiles for use
in SWMM modeling. These tools allow a user to create these shapefiles by digitizing the features
directly. The BASINS/SWMM plug-in provides convenient tools for creating empty shapefiles for
subcatchments, conduits, and nodes, and for calculating the attributes of these features. These tools
require no data other than a Digital Elevation Model (DEM) in grid format for calculating the average
slope of a subcatchment.
Within the BASINS/SWMM plug-in user interface, icons are available for creating new shapefiles of
subcatchments, conduits, and nodes, as well as icons for populating the attribute values of these
shapefiles.
1. For this tutorial, be sure you have built a BASINS project and have downloaded a DEM grid.
Select Models:SWMM from the main menu, and the BASINS SWMM form appears. The

-------
interface loads with the General tab active.
BASINS SWMM
- ~]*!
General Land Use Field Mapping Met Stations
SWMM Project Name:
Land Use Type:
Subcatchments Layer:
Conduits Layer:
Nodes Layer:
Met Stations Layer:
Simulation Dates
Start
End
Patuxent
NLCD Grid


d

| Cataloging Unit Boundaries
d
&
n

| Reach File. VI
d
Pil
Jill



|cnone>
d
1&\
qJ



| Weather Station Sites 2009



Year
Month
Day
(1991
h
h

11991
|12
|31
Update specifications if desired, then click QKto proceed.
OK
Open E
-------
3. A dialog will appear for the user to enter the name of the new subcatchments shapefile. Enter
the name of the new shapefile and click 'Open'.
|^_ Enter name of new polygon shapefile


1
I _ II
- Computer - 500G (D;) - BASINS41 - data - 02060006 -
-
aj | Search 02060006
m\
I — II
Organize ~ New folder

h
: -p| ®
1C Favorites
K Desktop
£ Downloads
M Recent Places
Libraries
_J| Documents
Music
B Pictures
1*1 Videos
**i Computer
& OS (C:)
LSI 500G 
-------
blank shapefile has been created using the specified name.

File «fl Models Compute ^ Launch «a Analysis Layer View Bookmarks Plug-ins Watershed Delineation Converters Shapefile Editor Help
i QJ Sa

*
&
&
• 11
>
>¦ \^'
Ls.a
-a
~
1
« %
IBL
8ft!
New Open
Save Print Settings
Pan
In
Out
Extent Selected
Previous Next Layer
Add
Remove
Clear
Symbology
Categories Query
Properties
Table
Legend
¦ : ~ » +	i°j	* ~	+	-	/
111 Ml Sb sNa shp	~	W
: New Insert Add Remove Copy Paste	Merge Erase Erase beneath Move Rotate Resize Move vertex Add vertex Remove vertex Cleanup
¥ X
B@k3 Hydrology


|B0 LottsfordCatchmentshp

1
0


~ ~ National Hydrography Dalaset 020600

m\3 Reach File, V1
vi>-
—
mU Cataloging UnitCode
*$>

0D Accounting Unit Boundaries


00 Cataloging Unit Boundaries
~

BD Outlets
•

SD Streams


BD Subbasins
~

B0C3 Terrain Analysis


~ ~~ Regulatory


BDG3 Point Sources and Withdrawals

ESQ Observed Data Stations


~ 0 Political


mn Urban Area Names
^ •

BQ County Names

Preview Map

? X
0UTM Zone 18, Northern Hemisphere ' | X: 344,421.388 Y: 4,318,748.947 Meters | Lat: 39.004 Long: -76.797 j
Now within the Shapefile Editor toolbar, the user can click on the shp icon to add a shape to
the new shapefile. The shape is added by clicking a series of points on the map representing the

-------
polygon vertices.
W. BASINS 4.1 Patuxent*
File Models Compute Launch : Analysis Layer View Bookmarks Plug-ins Watershed Delineation Converters Shapefile Editor Help

| y
ia

¦i ~

&
, IP
La '-a ~
* m

% ft
New
Open
Save
Print Settings
Pan In Out Extent Selected
Previous
Next Layer
Add Remove Clear
Symbology Categories
Query
Properties Table
i&i
~
A
on
shp
New
Insert
Add
shp , Q 1
Remove Copy Paste Merge
® 
-------
£|]UTM Zone 18, Northern Hemisphere - | X: 344,176.567Y: 4,318,912.161 Meters | Lat: 39.005Long: -76.800 |
0D Reach File, V1	—
0O Cataloging Unit Code	^
0D Accounting Unit Boundaries
00 Cataloging Unit Boundaries ^ D
0D Outlets	*
SD Streams	—
SD Subbasins	^ ~
00Q Terrain Analysis
0DCJ Regulatory
0 ~ ~ Point Sources and Withdrawals
00 L3 Observed Data Stations
00 LPolitical
0D Urban Area Names	^ ~
Bp County Names	\>> _dl
Preview Map	1? X
~
6. When finished drawing the vertices, double click on the first vertex and the figure will be
completed. This process can be repeated as many times as desired.
File Models ' Compute . Launch Analysis Layer View Bookmarks Plug-ins Watershed Delineation Converters Shapefile Editor Help
\ U ml
&
s &
*
j®
C"i ? 9
lP
Ua
-a
~ V
^ a*
I'BL ?*-
New Open
Save
Print Settings
Pan
In
Out Extent Selected Previous Next
Layer
Add
Remove
Clear Symbology
Categories Query
Properties Table
^Jn|xJ
^ lil? O V; & shp shp j 	O s	¦" s/
New Insert Add Remove Copy Paste Merge Erase Erase beneath Move Rotate Resize Move vertex Add vertex Remove vertex Cleanup
Legend	X
Layers j Toolbox j
B 0 k3* Hydrology	
|B0 LottsfordCatchmentshp ^
~	I
0D National Hydrography Daiaset 020600
7. The same process can be used to create a shapefile of conduits. Click on the — icon to the
right of the Conduits Layer field.
Conduits Layer:	(Reach File^ V1	3 Jul _nJ

-------
8. A dialog will appear for the user to enter the name of the new conduits shapefile. Enter the
name of the new shapefile and click 'Open'.
|^_ Enter name of new line shapefile


1
I _ II
\f£jk( )•& 1 T Computer - 500G (D;) - BASINS41 - data - 02060006 -

3j | Search 02060006
m\

Organize ~ New folder

m
¦ - a s
1C Favorites
K Desktop
£ Downloads
M Recent Places
Libraries
_J| Documents
Music
B Pictures
1*1 Videos
**i Computer
& OS (C:)
LSI 500G 
-------
completed. This process can be repeated as many times as desired.
File Models Compute ' Launch «a Analysis Layer View Bookmarks Plug-ins Watershed Delineation Converters Shapefile Editor Help
T & , iP j La La La I ft ft m ft m
New Open Save Print Settings Pan In Out Extent Selected Previous Next Layer Add Remove Clear Symbology Categories Query Properties Table
III7 O ^ o& shP shp _j SB	0^4* "+ ¦" s/
New Insert Add Remove Copy Paste Merge Erase Erase beneath Move Rotate Resize Move vertex Add vertex Remove vertex Cleanup
^mixj
f Legend



00 Cataloging Unit Boundaries
~

0D Subbasins
¦$> ~

|00 LottsfordCreek

~
00 Lottsford Catch merrtshp


B


~ 0 Transportation


0D 2002Tiger Provisional
^ -

0D 2002TigerMiscGround
«$> -

0D 2002 Tiger Railroad
^ ~

Preview Map

? X
a
[V]lJTM Zone 18, Northern Hemisphere " | X: 341,379.960 Y: 4,318,684.005 Meters Lat: 39.003 Long: -76.832 j
Similarly, this process can be used to create a shapefile of nodes. Click on the — icon to
the right of the Nodes Layer field.
j	^
Nodes Layer:

-------
12. A dialog will appear for the user to enter the name of the new nodes shapefile. Enter the name
of the new shapefile and click 'Open'.
|^_ Enter name of new point shapefile


1
I _ II
- Computer - 500G (D;) - BASINS41 - data - 02060006 -

aj | Search 02060006
m\
I — II
Organize ~ New folder

h
¦ - a s
1C Favorites
K Desktop
£ Downloads
M Recent Places
Libraries
_Jl Documents
Music
B Pictures
1*1 Videos
**i Computer
& OS (C:)
LSI 500G 
-------
BASINS/SWMM interface. See the section entitled Tutorial: Preparing GIS Data for use in the
BASINS/SWMM Plug-in for more details.

-------
Starting SWAT
The Soil and Water Assessment Tool (SWAT) can be setup using GIS data available within BASINS.
Execute the following steps to construct and run a SWAT model for a select area within the Patuxent
watershed.
Before beginning this tutorial, be sure you have completed the first two tutorials, Building a BASINS 4.5
Project and Downloading Additional Data. This tutorial also uses a few additional data types not
downloaded in the earlier tutorials, including the NLCD Land Cover data, the NHDPIus Hydrography, and
a predefined delineation of the West Branch watershed. Execute the following steps to load these
layers onto the map:
•	Using the Download Data tool, download NLCD 2001 Land Cover.
•	Using the Download Data tool, download NHDPIus Hydrography.
•	Using the Add button on the main MapWindow toolbar, add the shapefile w_branch.shp from the
BASINS "Predefined Delineations" folder (In BASINSInstall\Predefined Delineations where
BASINSInstall is the name of the folder where BASINS is installed, such as C:\BASINS.
Note: SWAT2005 and the SWAT Editor are not included with this package. They may be downloaded
from http://swatmodel.tamu.edu/
Enabling the SWAT Plug-In
From the main menu in BASINS, select the Plug-Ins menu and then select the Soil and Water Assessment
Tool (SWAT) to activate the SWAT plug-in.

-------
,=jn|x]
:: a a
Add Remove Clear
File n Models i ' Compute Launch
D il al S 9
New Open Save Print Settings
* r- ;" > >a
Pan In Out Extent Selected Previous Next Layer
Legend	^ X
Layers | Toolbox |
SDCa Terrain Analysis
| E 0 [£? Data Layers
00 catchments	H]
00 conduits	-
|00 nodes	~
~ 0 Point Sources and Withdrawals
0D Permit Compliance System
| ~~ 1Observed Data Stations
0 ~ Weather Station Sites 2009
0D NAWQA Study Area Unit Bo u
| 00 Hydrology
0D National Hydrography Dataset
0D Reach File, V1	—
0D Cataloging Unit Code
0D Accounting Unit Boundaries
Preview Map
A'-e . ;
riookr::.?:"'-:?
a m
Symbology Categories Quer
Sdect d eselect Measure Id«


m

Plug-ins | Watershed Delineation Shapefile Editor Converters
Edit Plug-ins
Scripts
Analysis
Archive Project Tool
BASINS 4.1
CSV to Shapefile Converter
D4EM Data Download
EPA SWMM 5.0 Setup
EPA WASP 7,3 Setup
GeoSFM
GWLF-E Data Processor
HSPFParm - Parameter Database for HSPF
Manual Delineation
Model Segmentation
Model Setup (HSPF/AQUATOX)
Pollutant Loading Estimator (PLOAD)
Rain Drop Tracer
ScriptPlugin
Shapefile Editor
Soil and Water Assessment Tool (SWAT)
Tiled Map
Timeseries
UEB
Watershed Characterization System (WCS)
Watershed Delineation
[^]UTM Zone 18, Northern Hemisphere -\ X: 357,987.131 Y: 4,308,328.718 Meters Lat: 38,912 Long:-76.638
Paste Merge Erase
MapWinGIS
With the Open SWAT plug-in active, you will see the SWAT toolbar.

-------
Project	Re c 1 as s ify SWAT Editor
T.._	A
&r 3' A* ?t iM
Watershed
Write output
Delineation	tables
Creating a New SWAT Project
Project-related functionalities are grouped under the SWAT project icon; these functionalities can be
accessed by clicking the arrow next to the project icon.
: sum
PV
fwjT T (j§f fe] Ob sh


New SWAT Project I

Copy SWAT Project


Delete Project
Lv"

Project Properties
' "l 1™ -h

About OpenSWAT |

-------
Click the "New SWAT Project" option to create a new project. Users can select a directory by clicking
the browse button next to the "Project Directory" name box. A new directory can be created by clicking
the "Make New Folder" button in the Windows interface.
k-l SWAT Project Setup
Jil
Project Directory
C: \B AS IN S\S WAP..P at u x e nt
SWAT Project Database
Database Name (*rridb)
Patuxent.mdb
SWAT Parameter Database
Database Name (*.mdb)
C: \B AS IN S\b i n\P I u g i n s\S WATvD at a b a s e s\S WAT2005 mdb
~
Cancel
OK
Once you have given the required parameters for the SWAT Project Setup dialog, press the "OK" button.
SWAT Project
*J
1
1.) SWAT Project Selup sucessfU!
OK
The files created during the project setup are shown below:

-------
Ifii C:\BASINS\SWAT\Patuxent 1
-
~l *i
File Edit View Favorites lools Help

Q Back * @
Search
Folders
S7 X *9
to
3' 1
Address S C:\BASINS\SWAT\Patuxent

0 Go
Links
Name *¦

Size
Type



Gil Scenarios
£3 Watershed
® Patuxent.mdb
prjDBConfig.txt

64 KB
1 KB
File Folder
File Folder
Microsoft Access Application
Text Document



i



Watershed Delineation
The Watershed Delineation tool on the SWAT toolbar uses a Digital Elevation Model (DEM) grid to
create subwatersheds, much like the Automatic Watershed Delineator in BASINS. OpenSWAT may also
be used with watershed delineations produced using the BASINS Manual Watershed Delineation tool.
The automatic watershed delineator functions can be accessed through clicking the arrow next to the
"Watershed Delineation" icon.



M ,5 & shp shp
C ¦¦¦ .J*
jkM
.r {J* '-

Automatic Watershed Delineator

Watershed Reports
Click the "Automatic Watershed Delineator" to start the watershed delineator.

-------
Automatic Watershed Delineation
Setup and Preprocessing
Elevation Units Base Elevation Data (DEM) Layer:
| Meters"" ~~3 |5ii ital Elevation Model
Burn-in Existing Stream Polyline
|Flowline Features
F Use a Focusing Mask
r Use Current View Extents for Mask
*• Use Grid or Shapefile for Mask
W branch
Draw Mask
Select Mask
1 selected
Use Existing Intermediate Files

31

&
_ ^
kfv
Set Extents
"3 &l
Run
Network Delineation by Threshold Method
3730
# of Cells 10|
Use Existing Intermediate Files
sg. mi "~"[
Run
Custom Outlet/Inlet Definition and Delineation Completion
r Use a Custom Outlets/Inlets Layer
Select a. Point Shapefile, then Select or Draw Outlets/Inlets
Select Outlets/Inlets 0 Selected
Draw Outlets/Inlets
Snap Preview
Snap Threshold 13~ ~.0000
Run
Advanced Settings

-------
Using the settings shown above, use the Automatic Delineator to produce the delineation results shown
below.
BASINS 4 -Patuxent

File i S Compute
: o y
SSI
Watershed Delineation
« * T? V P P P-
111 Analysis y S Models
Test i ' uJ
"MSI
Edit View Plug-ins
: fel gk, shp I
Shapefile Editor Converters
~ •
00 Terrain Analysis	
H 13 Watershed Shapefile 102060006 "Bl
	0 Stream Reach Shapefile (net) (0
E10 Observed Data Stations
—0 Weather Station Sites 2006 ¦
~	Bacteria	¦
~	NAWQA Studv Area Unit Bound ~
0D Hvdroloqy-NHDPIus
O Flowline Features
~	Catchment
—~ Area Features
—~ Waterbodv Features
00 Hvdroloqy
—0 W branch
~	Reach File. VI
~	Cataloqinq Unit Code
~	Accountinq Unit Boundaries
	0 Cataloqinq Unit Boundaries
00 Elevation
H+)0 Diqital Elevation Model
0D Point Sources and Withdrawals
—O Permit Compliance Svstem
00 Political
—O Urban Area Names
—~ Countv Names
—~ Countv Boundaries
O EPA Reqion Boundaries
0 State Boundaries
—~ Urban Area Boundaries
difig
wMSm
Preview f
V
K




<•
A—



r
V"
U'

¦X 329 875 Y 4,518 786 Kilometers |x 329.875287V 1,318.785 509 Meters



Land use/ Soil/ Slope Reclassification
The Land use and Soil definition option in the "Land Use/ Soil/ Slope menu" allows users to specify the
land use, soil, and slope layers that will be used for modeling using SWAT. These layers are then used to
determine the Hydrological Response Unit (HRU) distribution for each sub watershed.

-------
f* T
E * t*"

M
ob Shp Shp
Cj © ®

Subwatershed Definition
Land Use and Soil Definition
HRU Definition
Analysis Reports
The "Subwatershed Definition" menu option is used to set the Subwatershed and Streams layers to be
used in the reclassification and overlay steps. Specify the output of the automatic watershed
delineation process as shown below.
Subwatershed Definition
Select the Subwatershed Shape File (Step 1)
Watershed Shapefile (Q2060QQ6derngw.shp)
E
Select the Subwatershed ID Field (Step 2)
St re arm Link
1\
Select the Associated Streams Shape File (Step 3)
|Stream Reach Shapefile (net)"(02060006demgnet.sh T |
Cancel
OK

-------
SWAT requires land use data to determine the area of each land category to be simulated within each
subwatershed. SWAT also relies on soil and slope data to determine the range of hydrologic
characteristics found within each subwatershed. The Land use and Soil Definition option guides the user
through the process of specifying the data to be used in the simulation and of ensuring that those data
are in the appropriate format.

-------
Landuse/Soil/Slope Definition

Land Use Data
Soil Data
Slope
Select the Land Use Grid (Step 1)
NLCD 2001 Landcover
"3 _i|
I Load the unique grid values into LU Classification table (Step 2)
Load the Table
(Step 3)
Look Up Table
Table Grid Values —> Land Cover Classes
SWAT Land Use Classification Table

ID
Name

31
SWRN

41
FRSD

42
FRSE

43
FRST

81
HAY

82
AGRR

90
WETF

95
WETN

0
NoData
Reclassify
Overlay

-------
To reclassify Land use and Soil, click on the "Land use and Soil Definition" option. The Land Use/ Soil/
Slope definition window has three different tabs for defining the Land Use, Soil, and Slopes.
To define the Land Use, users should select the NLCD 2001 grid from the "Select the Land use Grid"
drop-down list. After selecting the Land use grid, click the "Load the Table" button to load the unique
data from the grid to the SWAT Land use classification table. Soon after clicking the "Load the Table",
users will get a message summarizing the information about the grid.
Land Use Loading Info
*J
V
The Landuse data have been sucessfUlly loaded and clipped to the watershed boundary.
CLIP(Data)
Overlap area (in map units): 219472956.820413
Percentage of overlap: 99.9928611872022
No data area (jn map units) :0
Overlap of < 100% may result in some subbasins without any landuse data overlap. This will result in a failure of thedata overlay process. Please go back and ensure that all of your
subbasins are covered by your landuse datasetbefore proceeding.
The land use grid codes must be assigned a land cover/plant description. Users may import or manually
assign a land cover/plant code. To do so, click on the "Look up Table" button.
1_J a
IgjLULC Lookup Table
C LULC USGS Table
C NLCD 1992 Table
& NLCD 2001 Table
r User Table
OK
Cancel
Jnl xl

-------
Select the NLCD 2001 look up table, and then view the land use descriptions next to the grid values.
Click the "Reclassify" button to finish the reclassification operation of Land Uses. Upon completion, a
notification of the conclusion of the LU Reclassification is shown.
Ilu Reclassification

xJl
1Land Use r
^classification si
| OK j
jcessfiJy completed!
In order to reclassify the soil dataset, go to the "Soil Data" tab. STATSGO soils data is available within
BASINS, so a BASINS user will most likely want to choose "Use STATSGO Shapefile". After choosing this
option, select the name of the STATSGO soils layer from the drop-down list.

-------
Landuse/Soil/Slope Definition
JsJ_*
Land Use Data
Soil Data
Slope
<* Use STATS GO Shapefile C Use Soil Grid
Input STATSGO Soil Shapefile
State Soil
H_J
"Input Grid Data
"Select the Soil Grid (Step 1)
3
Load the Table
"Load the unique grid values into Soil Classification Table (Step 2) -
"Options (Step 3)	
f Name	C Strnuid+Narne	S5id
C" Strnuid	C Stmuid+Seqn
-(Step 4) -
LookUp Table Table Grid Values —> Soils Attributes
SWAT Soil Classification Table
Reclassify
Overlay

-------
In order to reclassify the slope, users should browse to slope tab. Select the "Multiple Slope" option,
click the "Number of Slope Classes" drop-down and select two slope classes to define. Then select the
first "Current Slope Class", specify a "Class Upper Limit" value of 2, and click "Add" to add it into the
"SWAT Slope Classification Table".

-------
Slope
Land Use Data.
Soil Data
Landuse/Soil/Slope Definition

Land Use Data |£ Soil Data
Select the DEM Grid (Step 0)
Digital Elevation Model
31 J5j
Slope Discretization (Step 1)
f Single Slope	Watershed Min: 0.00 Mean: .9
Multiple Slope	Slope Stats : Max: 6.3 Median: .7
Slope Classes (Step 2)
Number of Slope Classes
3
Current Slope Class	Class Upper Limit (96)
"	- |2
Add
SWAT Slope Classification Table
Lower
Limit
Reclassify
Overlay

-------
Select "Reclassify" to complete the slope reclassification.
Slope Reclassify

m
V Slope reclassification sucessfully completed!
OK
Finally select "Overlay" near the bottom to overlay "Land Use", "Soil", and "Slope" grids. This step will
produce a complete Hydrological Response Units (HRUs) map. Upon completion the following
confirmation message is displayed.
(overlay

xJl
i^) Overlap
¦¦ operation suce
[ OK I
issfully completed!

-------
BASINS 4 -Patuxent
File ' Compute Watershed Delineation Analysis
|X: 333.625 Y: 1.316.375 Kilometers |x: 333.625.039 Y: 1.316.3,'4.903 Meters
11 Models
¦a * Launch
I 00 Terrain Analysis	J
-)B0 Full HRUs	l~
-00 Slope Reclass	itE
H30 LU ARCIs
-00 LUAfterClip	Eit
—0 Watershed Shapefile (02060006 ~
—0 Stream Reach Shapefile (net) (0 **
00 Observed Data Stations
—0 Weather Station Sites 2006 ¦
—~ Bacteria	¦
—~ NAWQA Study Area Unit Bound ~
0D Hvdroloqy-NHDPIus
—~ Flowline Features
—~ Catchment	~
—~ Area Features
—D Waterbodv Features
00 Hvdroloqv
—0 W branch	~
~	Reach File. VI	^
~	Cataloqinq Unit Code	¦
—~ Accountinq Unit Boundaries 1
—01 Cataloqinq Unit Boundaries ~
00 Elevation
00 Diqital Elevation Model	iii
0D Point Sources and Withdrawals
—~ Permit Compliance System *
00 Political
—D Urban Area Names	¦
—~ Countv Names	¦ w
Preview Map	? x
Edit View Plug-ins Shapefile Editor Converters GIS Tools Help
fel shp shp {J J • • ® £8 t5 s «§• m m s/ 0" j
JaJjiJ
HRU Definition/ Hydrologic Response Unit Distribution
Select the "HRU Definition" from "Land Use/ Soil/ Slope" menu. From this dialog users can specify
different threshold values for land use, soil, slope percentages for each subbasin. Select the desired
threshold values for land use, soil, and slope (for this example use 15% LU, 10% soil, 10% slope) and click
"OK".

-------
_HRUs
HRU Thresholds Landuse Splitting
HRU Definition
Dominant Land Use, Soils, Slope
Dominant HRU
(* Multiple Hydroloqic Response Unit
Land use percentage {%) over subbasin area
15
96
>
Soil class percentage {%) over land use area
10
96
0 '

i	i	i	i	i	i	i	i

Threshold
Percentage
Area
I	i	i	i	i	i	i	i	i	i	i	i	i	i	i	i	i	i	i	i	I
u	100
100
Slope class percentage (%) over soil area
%
10
l >
0
>
iii	iii
i	i	i	i	i	i
100
Create HRUs
Cancel

-------
Upon completion of the HRU distribution, a confirmation message is displayed as shown below.
HRU Definition
j
-------
Weather Data Definition
*1



j Weather Generator Data
| Rainfall Data | Temperature Data
| Relative Humidity Data | Solar Radiation Data | Wind Speed Data |
C US Database
Custom Database
Locations Table:
Status
Stop
A
Cancel
OK
On the 'Weather Generator Data' tab, select the "US Database" Option for weather simulation data,
F]
Then click the cylinder-shaped button ( ) to add the weather simulation database automatically.
Activate the 'Rainfall Data' tab. Specify the 'Precip Timestep' to be 'Daily' from the dropdown list. Then,
¦m
check the 'Raingages' radio button. Then, click the browse button ( ) to locate the rain gage
location file (in dbf file format) as shown below.
^Weather Data Definition

Weather Generator Data Rainfall Data j jemperature Data | Relative Humidity Data | Solar Radiation Data | Wind Speed Data |
Precip Timestep (Daily	^
f Simulation
<• Raingages
Locations Table: |C:\BASINS\data\SWATTe sfyn et\p G ag e Lo c. d bf
_J
Status
A
Stop
Cancel
OK

-------
Activate the 'Temperature Data' tab. Select the "Climate Stations" option. Then, click the browse button
¦—Ji
( ) next to the "Location Table" text box to locate the temperature gage location file (in dbf file
format) as shown below.
Hi Weather Data Definition
*]
Weather Generator Data | Rainfall Data Temperature Data | Relative Humidity Data | Solar Radiation Data ] Wind Speed Data |
Simulation
(* Climate Stations
Locations Table: |C:\BASINS\data\SWATTe s1\m et\tG ag e Lo c. d bf	j
Status
Stop
h
Cancel
OK
Finally, click the "OK" button at the bottom of the dialog to generate the SWAT weather input data files.
Upon its completion, a confirmation message is displayed as shown below:
1 Weather data definition
j
-------
''%J Write Tables
j
-------
Writing Tables
jd
Writing Tables Complete
OK
Run SWAT Editor
When a user finishes the writing tables operation using QpenSWAT, the next step is to launch the SWAT
Editor to continue watershed modeling. Click the "Launch SWAT Editor" button ( ) on the
OpenSWAT toolbar.
V SWAT Editor
Edit SWAT Input SWAT Si m illation
SWAT Project Geo database
C:\BASIN S\S WAT\Patuxe nt\Patuxe nt. m d b
SWAT Parameter Geo database
Ij C:\B AS IN S\b in\PI ugins\S WAT\D atab as e s\S WAT2 005.mdb
SWAT Executable Folder
|C:\Program Files\SWAT\SWAT 2005 Editor
_~]
jnl_x]
Exit

-------
When using the SWAT Editor for the first time for a given project, it is recommended that users re-write
al!
SWAT input files by choosing "Re-Write SWAT input Files" from the "Edit SWAT Input" menu.
V SWAT Editor
Edit SWAT Input SWAT Si m ulation
Databases
Update Databases

jxent.mdb

Point Source Discharges
Inlet Discharges
Reservoirs
Subbasin Data
Watershed Data ~

atab as e s\S WAT2 0 0 5. m d b

2005 Editor
Re-Write SWAT Input Files

Integrate APEX
About SWAT Editor
~J
~

Since OpenSWAT doesn't create any text input files, it is recommended to "Select AN" items for the first
application and to write them using the "Write Files" option

-------
Rewrite SWAT Input Files
-JnJ_*J
Select Input Files to Rewrite:
.Chm
3
.Pnd
.Swq

.Bsn

.Wwq

.Res/.Lwq

crop.dat

urban.dat

pest.dat

fert.dat

till.dat

Select All
Cancel
Write Files
A
Upon successfully writing input files, a confirmation message is displayed as below.
ArcSWAT
SWAT files successfully written,
If users want to edit specific inputs, choose input type from "Edit SWAT Input" menu, edit the values,
and save them.

-------
The next step is to run and simulate the model
1. Go to "SWAT Simulation" and click the "Run SWAT" option. That will bring up the "Setup and
Run SWAT Model Simulation" dialog box.
V Setup arid Run SWAT Model Simulation
jaj_xj
Period of Simulation
Starling Date : |l/1/2000
n|
Ending Date
|12/31/2006]
~I
I- Simulate Forecast Period
¦Rainfall S ub-Daily Time step ~
Timestep: |
H Minutes
"Forecast Period~
Starting Date :
~ I
Number of Simulations
Rainfall Distribution
(* Skewed normal
f Mixed exponential
|TT
Printout Settings
r Daily	r Print Soil Chem Output	l~ Print Hourly Output
<* Monthly	f" prjnt Pesticide Output	V Print Soil Storage
Yearly NYSKIP :	[o p prjnt |_0g plows	|7 Limit HRU Output
Deposition File:

Setup SWAT Run
Run SWAT
Cancel

2.	Specify the starting and ending simulation dates and then press "Setup SWAT Run."
3.	If the setup is successful, users will get a confirmation message.
ArcSWAT
2
-------
5. Users can then view a DOS window showing year of SWAT Run and progress of model run.
ArcSWAT
jd
1J SWAT run successful,
OK

-------

-------